Changes in / [92538ab:4559b34]
- Files:
-
- 7 added
- 135 deleted
- 127 edited
-
Jenkinsfile (modified) (6 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/http/main.cfa (modified) (4 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/http/parhttperf (modified) (1 diff)
-
benchmark/io/http/protocol.cfa (modified) (18 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/http/protocol.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/http/worker.cfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/http/worker.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
benchmark/io/sendfile/consumer.c (deleted)
-
benchmark/io/sendfile/producer.c (deleted)
-
benchmark/plot.py (modified) (4 diffs)
-
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.sty (modified) (2 diffs)
-
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.tex (modified) (2 diffs)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/.gitignore (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/Makefile (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/array.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/background.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/conclusion.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/glossary.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/intro.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/measuring-like-layout.pdf (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/string-graph-allocn.png (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/string-graph-pbv.png (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/string-graph-peq-cppemu.png (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/string-graph-peq-sharing.png (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/pictures/string-graph-pta-sharing.png (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/programs/hello-accordion.cfa (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/programs/hello-array.cfa (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/programs/hello-md.cfa (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/programs/sharectx-demo.cfa (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/programs/sharing-demo.cfa (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/string.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/style/master.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/style/uw-bot.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/style/uw-top.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/thesis-frontpgs.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/uw-ethesis-frontpgs.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/uw-ethesis.bib (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mike_brooks_MMath/uw-ethesis.tex (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/AllocDS1.fig (added)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/AllocDS2.fig (added)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/Makefile (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/allocator.tex (modified) (16 diffs)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/background.tex (modified) (2 diffs)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/benchmarks.tex (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AddressSpace.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocDS1.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocDS2.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocInducedActiveFalseSharing.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocInducedPassiveFalseSharing.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocatedObject.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/AllocatorComponents.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/CoalesceAllocated.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/CoalesceFree.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/Container.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerFalseSharing1.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerFalseSharing2.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerNoOwnership.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerNoOwnershipFreelist.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerOwnership.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContainerOwnershipFreelist.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ContigFragmentation.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FalseSharingA.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FalseSharingB.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FalseSharingC.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FalseSharingD.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FreeListAmongContainers.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/FreeListWithinContainers.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/HeapStructure.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/IntExtFragmentation.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/MemoryFragmentation.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/MultipleHeapsNoOwnership.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/MultipleHeapsOwnership.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/MultipleHeapsStorage.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/NewHeapStructure.eps (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/NonContigFragmentation.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ObjectHeaders.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/PerThreadGlobalHeap2.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/PerThreadHeap.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/PrivatePublicHeaps2.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/ProgramFalseSharing.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/RemoteFreeList.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/SharedHeaps.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/SingleHeap.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/SuperContainers.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/figures/UserKernelHeaps.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/intro.tex (modified) (5 diffs)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/performance.tex (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/pictures/MultipleHeapsOwnershipStorage.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/pictures/PrivatePublicHeaps.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/uw-ethesis.bib (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/uw-ethesis.tex (modified) (4 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/Makefile (modified) (3 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/data/cycle.jax (deleted)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/fig/base.fig (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/fig/base_avg.fig (deleted)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/glossary.tex (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/core.tex (modified) (5 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/eval_micro.tex (modified) (3 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/existing.tex (modified) (8 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/io.tex (modified) (7 diffs)
-
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/thesis.tex (modified) (1 diff)
-
doc/user/user.tex (modified) (50 diffs)
-
driver/cc1.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/Makefile.am (modified) (3 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/barrier.hfa (deleted)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/coroutine.cfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/io.cfa (modified) (24 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/io/setup.cfa (modified) (8 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/io/types.hfa (modified) (4 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/iofwd.hfa (modified) (5 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel.cfa (modified) (21 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel.hfa (modified) (6 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/cluster.cfa (deleted)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/cluster.hfa (deleted)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/fwd.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/private.hfa (deleted)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/startup.cfa (modified) (15 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel_private.hfa (added)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/locks.cfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/locks.hfa (modified) (3 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/monitor.cfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/mutex.cfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/mutex_stmt.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/preemption.cfa (modified) (5 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/ready_queue.cfa (modified) (7 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/ready_subqueue.hfa (modified) (6 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/stats.cfa (modified) (3 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/stats.hfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/thread.cfa (modified) (5 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/concurrency/thread.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/containers/string.cfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/containers/string.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/containers/string_res.cfa (modified) (38 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/containers/string_res.hfa (modified) (8 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/containers/string_sharectx.hfa (deleted)
-
libcfa/src/device/cpu.hfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
libcfa/src/fstream.cfa (modified) (3 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/math.trait.hfa (modified) (4 diffs)
-
libcfa/src/stdlib.hfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/AST/AssertAcyclic.cpp (added)
-
src/AST/AssertAcyclic.hpp (added)
-
src/AST/Convert.cpp (modified) (14 diffs)
-
src/AST/Decl.cpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/AST/Fwd.hpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/AST/GenericSubstitution.cpp (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/AST/Node.cpp (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/AST/Node.hpp (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/AST/Pass.hpp (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/AST/Pass.impl.hpp (modified) (10 diffs)
-
src/AST/Print.cpp (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/AST/Stmt.hpp (modified) (8 diffs)
-
src/AST/TranslationUnit.hpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/AST/Type.cpp (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/AST/Type.hpp (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/AST/TypeSubstitution.hpp (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/AST/Util.cpp (deleted)
-
src/AST/Util.hpp (deleted)
-
src/AST/Visitor.hpp (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/AST/module.mk (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/Common/CodeLocationTools.cpp (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/Common/CodeLocationTools.hpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/Common/Examine.cc (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/Common/Examine.h (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/Concurrency/Keywords.cc (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/Concurrency/KeywordsNew.cpp (modified) (14 diffs)
-
src/ControlStruct/ExceptTranslateNew.cpp (modified) (29 diffs)
-
src/ControlStruct/LabelGeneratorNew.cpp (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/ControlStruct/LabelGeneratorNew.hpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/ControlStruct/MultiLevelExit.cpp (modified) (14 diffs)
-
src/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/InitTweak/FixInitNew.cpp (modified) (16 diffs)
-
src/InitTweak/InitTweak.cc (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/Parser/parser.yy (modified) (15 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/CandidateFinder.cpp (modified) (24 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/CandidateFinder.hpp (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/CandidatePrinter.cpp (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/RenameVars.h (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/ResolvExpr/ResolveTypeof.cc (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/ResolveTypeof.h (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.cc (modified) (39 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.h (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/Unify.cc (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/SymTab/Validate.cc (modified) (8 diffs)
-
src/SymTab/Validate.h (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/Tuples/TupleAssignment.cc (modified) (7 diffs)
-
src/Validate/Autogen.cpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/Validate/FindSpecialDeclsNew.cpp (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/Validate/ForallPointerDecay.cpp (deleted)
-
src/Validate/ForallPointerDecay.hpp (deleted)
-
src/Validate/module.mk (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/Virtual/Tables.cc (modified) (7 diffs)
-
src/Virtual/Tables.h (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/main.cc (modified) (5 diffs)
-
tests/.expect/declarationSpecifier.arm64.txt (modified) (2 diffs)
-
tests/.expect/gccExtensions.arm64.txt (modified) (2 diffs)
-
tests/.expect/random.arm64.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/Makefile.am (modified) (3 diffs)
-
tests/PRNG.cfa (modified) (4 diffs)
-
tests/array-container/.expect/array-md-sbscr-cases.x86.txt (added)
-
tests/collections/.expect/string-api-coverage-noshare.txt (deleted)
-
tests/collections/.expect/string-api-coverage.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/collections/.expect/string-ctx-manage.txt (deleted)
-
tests/collections/.expect/string-gc.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/collections/.expect/string-overwrite-noshare.txt (deleted)
-
tests/collections/.expect/vector-err-pass-perm-it-byval.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/collections/string-api-coverage-noshare.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/collections/string-api-coverage.cfa (modified) (3 diffs)
-
tests/collections/string-ctx-manage.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/collections/string-gc.cfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
tests/collections/string-overwrite-noshare.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/collections/string-overwrite.cfa (modified) (6 diffs)
-
tests/concurrent/.expect/keywordErrors.nast.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/.expect/keywordErrors.oast.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/.expect/keywordErrors.txt (added)
-
tests/concurrent/.expect/mainError.nast.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/.expect/mainError.oast.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/.expect/generation.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/.expect/last.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/.expect/order.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/gen_generation_expect.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/generation.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/last.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/barrier/order.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/mainError.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/.expect/locks.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/.expect/scoped_lock.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/locks.cfa (modified) (8 diffs)
-
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/scoped_lock.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/readyQ/.expect/barrier_sleeper.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/readyQ/.expect/leader_spin.txt (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/readyQ/barrier_sleeper.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/concurrent/readyQ/leader_spin.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/designations.cfa (modified) (15 diffs)
-
tests/errors/.expect/scope.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/io/.expect/away_fair.txt (deleted)
-
tests/io/.expect/comp_fair.txt (deleted)
-
tests/io/away_fair.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/io/comp_fair.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/io/io-acquire.cfa (modified) (2 diffs)
-
tests/io/many_read.cfa (modified) (1 diff)
-
tests/meta/dumpable.cfa (modified) (4 diffs)
-
tests/pybin/settings.py (modified) (4 diffs)
-
tests/pybin/tools.py (modified) (8 diffs)
-
tests/test.py (modified) (9 diffs)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/.gitignore (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/Makefile (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpori-about.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-100-1-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-100-10-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-100-2-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-100-20-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-100-5-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-5-20-1.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-5-20-2.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/corpus-5-20-3.txt (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/make-corpus.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/make-flamegraph.sh (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/not_string_res.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/not_string_res.hfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/pbx-correctness-demos.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/pbx-correctness-demos.cpp (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog-allocn.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog-find.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog-normalize.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog-passbyX.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog-passbyval.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/prog.cfa (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/qanal.py (deleted)
-
tests/zombies/string-perf/qrun.sh (deleted)
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
Jenkinsfile
r92538ab r4559b34 108 108 109 109 // Configure libcfa 110 sh 'make -j $(nproc)--no-print-directory configure-libcfa'110 sh 'make -j 8 --no-print-directory configure-libcfa' 111 111 } 112 112 } … … 116 116 dir (BuildDir) { 117 117 // Build driver 118 sh 'make -j $(nproc)--no-print-directory -C driver'118 sh 'make -j 8 --no-print-directory -C driver' 119 119 120 120 // Build translator 121 sh 'make -j $(nproc)--no-print-directory -C src'121 sh 'make -j 8 --no-print-directory -C src' 122 122 } 123 123 } … … 126 126 // Build outside of the src tree to ease cleaning 127 127 dir (BuildDir) { 128 sh "make -j \$(nproc)--no-print-directory -C libcfa/${Settings.Architecture.name}-debug"128 sh "make -j 8 --no-print-directory -C libcfa/${Settings.Architecture.name}-debug" 129 129 } 130 130 } … … 133 133 // Build outside of the src tree to ease cleaning 134 134 dir (BuildDir) { 135 sh "make -j \$(nproc)--no-print-directory -C libcfa/${Settings.Architecture.name}-nodebug"135 sh "make -j 8 --no-print-directory -C libcfa/${Settings.Architecture.name}-nodebug" 136 136 } 137 137 } … … 140 140 // Build outside of the src tree to ease cleaning 141 141 dir (BuildDir) { 142 sh 'make -j $(nproc) --no-print-directory install'142 sh "make -j 8 --no-print-directory install" 143 143 } 144 144 } … … 161 161 Tools.BuildStage('Test: full', Settings.RunAllTests) { 162 162 dir (BuildDir) { 163 jopt = '-j $(nproc)'163 jopt = "" 164 164 if( Settings.Architecture.node == 'x86' ) { 165 jopt = '-j2'165 jopt = "-j2" 166 166 } 167 167 //Run the tests from the tests directory -
benchmark/io/http/main.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 33 33 //=============================================================================================' 34 34 35 thread StatsPrinter { 36 Worker * workers; 37 int worker_cnt; 38 }; 35 thread StatsPrinter {}; 39 36 40 37 void ?{}( StatsPrinter & this, cluster & cl ) { 41 38 ((thread&)this){ "Stats Printer Thread", cl }; 42 this.worker_cnt = 0;43 39 } 44 40 45 41 void ^?{}( StatsPrinter & mutex this ) {} 46 47 #define eng3(X) (ws(3, 3, unit(eng( X ))))48 42 49 43 void main(StatsPrinter & this) { … … 57 51 58 52 print_stats_now( *active_cluster(), CFA_STATS_READY_Q | CFA_STATS_IO ); 59 if(this.worker_cnt != 0) {60 uint64_t tries = 0;61 uint64_t calls = 0;62 uint64_t header = 0;63 uint64_t splcin = 0;64 uint64_t splcot = 0;65 struct {66 volatile uint64_t calls;67 volatile uint64_t bytes;68 } avgrd[zipf_cnts];69 memset(avgrd, 0, sizeof(avgrd));70 71 for(i; this.worker_cnt) {72 tries += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.tries;73 calls += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.calls;74 header += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.header;75 splcin += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.splcin;76 splcot += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.splcot;77 for(j; zipf_cnts) {78 avgrd[j].calls += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.avgrd[j].calls;79 avgrd[j].bytes += this.workers[i].stats.sendfile.avgrd[j].bytes;80 }81 }82 83 double ratio = ((double)tries) / calls;84 85 sout | "----- Worker Stats -----";86 sout | "sendfile : " | calls | "calls," | tries | "tries (" | ratio | " try/call)";87 sout | " " | header | "header," | splcin | "splice in," | splcot | "splice out";88 sout | " - zipf sizes:";89 for(i; zipf_cnts) {90 double written = avgrd[i].calls > 0 ? ((double)avgrd[i].bytes) / avgrd[i].calls : 0;91 sout | " " | zipf_sizes[i] | "bytes," | avgrd[i].calls | "shorts," | written | "written";92 }93 }94 else {95 sout | "No Workers!";96 }97 53 } 98 54 } … … 262 218 { 263 219 Worker * workers = anew(options.clopts.nworkers); 264 cl[0].prnt->workers = workers;265 cl[0].prnt->worker_cnt = options.clopts.nworkers;266 220 for(i; options.clopts.nworkers) { 267 221 // if( options.file_cache.fixed_fds ) { … … 357 311 } 358 312 } 359 360 const size_t zipf_sizes[] = { 102, 204, 307, 409, 512, 614, 716, 819, 921, 1024, 2048, 3072, 4096, 5120, 6144, 7168, 8192, 9216, 10240, 20480, 30720, 40960, 51200, 61440, 71680, 81920, 92160, 102400, 204800, 307200, 409600, 512000, 614400, 716800, 819200, 921600 };361 static_assert(zipf_cnts == sizeof(zipf_sizes) / sizeof(zipf_sizes[0])); -
benchmark/io/http/parhttperf
r92538ab r4559b34 6 6 7 7 mkdir -p out 8 rm out/* 9 echo "httperf --client [0-$(($NTHREADS - 1))]/$NTHREADS $@ > out/result.[0-$(($NTHREADS - 1))].out" 8 rm -v out/* 10 9 for ((i=0; i<$NTHREADS; i++)) 11 10 do 11 # echo "httperf --client $i/$NTHREADS $@ > out/result.$i.out" 12 12 httperf --client $i/$NTHREADS $@ > out/result.$i.out & 13 13 done -
benchmark/io/http/protocol.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 24 24 25 25 #include "options.hfa" 26 #include "worker.hfa"27 26 28 27 #define PLAINTEXT_1WRITE … … 157 156 158 157 count -= ret; 158 offset += ret; 159 159 size_t in_pipe = ret; 160 160 SPLICE2: while(in_pipe > 0) { … … 173 173 } 174 174 175 static void zero_sqe(struct io_uring_sqe * sqe) { 176 sqe->flags = 0; 177 sqe->ioprio = 0; 178 sqe->fd = 0; 179 sqe->off = 0; 180 sqe->addr = 0; 181 sqe->len = 0; 182 sqe->fsync_flags = 0; 183 sqe->__pad2[0] = 0; 184 sqe->__pad2[1] = 0; 185 sqe->__pad2[2] = 0; 186 sqe->fd = 0; 187 sqe->off = 0; 188 sqe->addr = 0; 189 sqe->len = 0; 190 } 191 175 192 enum FSM_STATE { 176 193 Initial, … … 249 266 } 250 267 251 static inline int wait_and_process(header_g & this , sendfile_stats_t & stats) {268 static inline int wait_and_process(header_g & this) { 252 269 wait(this.f); 253 270 … … 278 295 } 279 296 280 stats.header++;281 282 297 // It must be a Short read 283 298 this.len -= this.f.result; … … 291 306 io_future_t f; 292 307 int fd; int pipe; size_t len; off_t off; 293 short zipf_idx;294 308 FSM_Result res; 295 309 }; … … 300 314 this.len = len; 301 315 this.off = 0; 302 this.zipf_idx = -1;303 STATS: for(i; zipf_cnts) {304 if(len <= zipf_sizes[i]) {305 this.zipf_idx = i;306 break STATS;307 }308 }309 if(this.zipf_idx < 0) mutex(serr) serr | "SPLICE IN" | len | " greated than biggest zipf file";310 316 } 311 317 … … 323 329 } 324 330 325 static inline int wait_and_process(splice_in_t & this , sendfile_stats_t & stats) {331 static inline int wait_and_process(splice_in_t & this) { 326 332 wait(this.f); 327 333 … … 339 345 return error(this.res, -ECONNRESET); 340 346 } 341 mutex(serr) serr | "SPLICE IN got" | error | ", WTF!";342 return error(this.res, -ECONNRESET);343 347 } 344 348 … … 353 357 return done(this.res); 354 358 } 355 356 stats.splcin++;357 stats.avgrd[this.zipf_idx].calls++;358 stats.avgrd[this.zipf_idx].bytes += this.f.result;359 359 360 360 // It must be a Short read … … 398 398 } 399 399 400 static inline void wait_and_process(splice_out_g & this , sendfile_stats_t & stats) {400 static inline void wait_and_process(splice_out_g & this) { 401 401 wait(this.f); 402 402 … … 414 414 return error(this, -ECONNRESET); 415 415 } 416 mutex(serr) serr | "SPLICE OUT got" | error | ", WTF!";417 return error(this, -ECONNRESET);418 416 } 419 417 … … 430 428 431 429 SHORT_WRITE: 432 stats.splcot++;433 434 430 // It must be a Short Write 435 431 this.len -= this.f.result; … … 438 434 } 439 435 440 int answer_sendfile( int pipe[2], int fd, int ans_fd, size_t fsize, sendfile_stats_t & stats ) { 441 stats.calls++; 436 int answer_sendfile( int pipe[2], int fd, int ans_fd, size_t fsize ) { 442 437 #if defined(LINKED_IO) 443 438 char buffer[512]; … … 448 443 449 444 RETRY_LOOP: for() { 450 stats.tries++;451 445 int have = need(header.res) + need(splice_in.res) + 1; 452 446 int idx = 0; … … 467 461 // we may need to kill the connection if it fails 468 462 // If it already completed, this is a no-op 469 wait_and_process(splice_in , stats);463 wait_and_process(splice_in); 470 464 471 465 if(is_error(splice_in.res)) { … … 475 469 476 470 // Process the other 2 477 wait_and_process(header , stats);478 wait_and_process(splice_out , stats);471 wait_and_process(header); 472 wait_and_process(splice_out); 479 473 480 474 if(is_done(splice_out.res)) { … … 496 490 return len + fsize; 497 491 #else 498 stats.tries++;499 492 int ret = answer_header(fd, fsize); 500 493 if( ret < 0 ) { close(fd); return ret; } -
benchmark/io/http/protocol.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 #pragma once 2 3 struct sendfile_stats_t;4 2 5 3 enum HttpCode { … … 20 18 int answer_plaintext( int fd ); 21 19 int answer_empty( int fd ); 22 int answer_sendfile( int pipe[2], int fd, int ans_fd, size_t count , struct sendfile_stats_t &);20 int answer_sendfile( int pipe[2], int fd, int ans_fd, size_t count ); 23 21 24 22 [HttpCode code, bool closed, * const char file, size_t len] http_read(int fd, []char buffer, size_t len); -
benchmark/io/http/worker.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 23 23 this.pipe[1] = -1; 24 24 this.done = false; 25 26 this.stats.sendfile.calls = 0;27 this.stats.sendfile.tries = 0;28 this.stats.sendfile.header = 0;29 this.stats.sendfile.splcin = 0;30 this.stats.sendfile.splcot = 0;31 for(i; zipf_cnts) {32 this.stats.sendfile.avgrd[i].calls = 0;33 this.stats.sendfile.avgrd[i].bytes = 0;34 }35 25 } 36 26 … … 133 123 134 124 // Send the desired file 135 int ret = answer_sendfile( this.pipe, fd, ans_fd, count , this.stats.sendfile);125 int ret = answer_sendfile( this.pipe, fd, ans_fd, count); 136 126 if( ret == -ECONNRESET ) break REQUEST; 137 127 -
benchmark/io/http/worker.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 11 11 //============================================================================================= 12 12 13 extern const size_t zipf_sizes[];14 enum { zipf_cnts = 36, };15 16 struct sendfile_stats_t {17 volatile uint64_t calls;18 volatile uint64_t tries;19 volatile uint64_t header;20 volatile uint64_t splcin;21 volatile uint64_t splcot;22 struct {23 volatile uint64_t calls;24 volatile uint64_t bytes;25 } avgrd[zipf_cnts];26 };27 28 13 thread Worker { 29 14 int pipe[2]; … … 33 18 int flags; 34 19 volatile bool done; 35 struct {36 sendfile_stats_t sendfile;37 } stats;38 20 }; 39 21 void ?{}( Worker & this); -
benchmark/plot.py
r92538ab r4559b34 40 40 } 41 41 42 def plot(data, x, y , out):42 def plot(data, x, y): 43 43 fig, ax = plt.subplots() 44 44 colors = itertools.cycle(['#0095e3','#006cb4','#69df00','#0aa000','#fb0300','#e30002','#fd8f00','#ff7f00','#8f00d6','#4b009a','#ffff00','#b13f00']) … … 67 67 ax.yaxis.set_major_formatter( EngFormatter(unit=field_names[y].unit) ) 68 68 plt.legend(loc='upper left') 69 if out: 70 plt.savefig(out) 71 else: 72 plt.show() 69 plt.show() 73 70 74 71 … … 78 75 parser = parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(description='Python Script to draw R.M.I.T. results') 79 76 parser.add_argument('-f', '--file', nargs='?', type=argparse.FileType('r'), default=sys.stdin) 80 parser.add_argument('-o', '--out', nargs='?', type=str, default=None)81 parser.add_argument('-y', nargs='?', type=str, default="")82 77 83 78 try: … … 108 103 fields.add(label) 109 104 110 if not options.out : 111 print(series) 112 print("fields") 113 for f in fields: 114 print("{}".format(f)) 105 print(series) 106 print("fields") 107 for f in fields: 108 print("{}".format(f)) 115 109 116 if options.y and options.y in field_names.keys(): 117 plot(data, "Number of processors", options.y, options.out) 118 else: 119 if options.y: 120 print("Could not find key '{}', defaulting to 'ns per ops'".format(options.y)) 121 plot(data, "Number of processors", "ns per ops", options.out) 110 plot(data, "Number of processors", "ns per ops") -
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.sty
r92538ab r4559b34 11 11 %% Created On : Sat Apr 9 10:06:17 2016 12 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 %% Last Modified On : Sat Apr 2 17:35:23202214 %% Update Count : 5 7013 %% Last Modified On : Mon Feb 7 23:00:46 2022 14 %% Update Count : 569 15 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 16 16 … … 301 301 {=>}{$\Rightarrow$}2 302 302 {->}{\makebox[1ex][c]{\raisebox{0.4ex}{\rule{0.8ex}{0.075ex}}}\kern-0.2ex\textgreater}2, 303 defaultdialect={CFA}, 303 304 }% lstset 304 305 }% CFAStyle -
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 11 11 %% Created On : Sat Apr 9 10:06:17 2016 12 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 %% Last Modified On : Sat Apr 2 16:42:31202214 %% Update Count : 55 313 %% Last Modified On : Mon Feb 7 23:00:08 2022 14 %% Update Count : 552 15 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 16 16 … … 306 306 {=>}{$\Rightarrow$}2 307 307 {->}{\makebox[1ex][c]{\raisebox{0.4ex}{\rule{0.8ex}{0.075ex}}}\kern-0.2ex\textgreater}2, 308 defaultdialect={CFA}, 308 309 }% lstset 309 310 }% CFAStyle -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/Makefile
r92538ab r4559b34 1 # Configuration variables 2 3 Build = build 4 Figures = figures 5 Pictures = pictures 6 7 TeXSRC = ${wildcard *.tex} 8 FigSRC = ${notdir ${wildcard ${Figures}/*.fig}} 9 PicSRC = ${notdir ${wildcard ${Pictures}/*.fig}} 10 BibSRC = ${wildcard *.bib} 11 12 TeXLIB = .:../../LaTeXmacros:${Build}: # common latex macros 13 BibLIB = .:../../bibliography # common citation repository 1 DOC = uw-ethesis.pdf 2 BASE = ${DOC:%.pdf=%} # remove suffix 3 # directory for latex clutter files 4 BUILD = build 5 TEXSRC = $(wildcard *.tex) 6 FIGSRC = $(wildcard *.fig) 7 BIBSRC = $(wildcard *.bib) 8 TEXLIB = .:../../LaTeXmacros:${BUILD}: # common latex macros 9 BIBLIB = .:../../bibliography # common citation repository 14 10 15 11 MAKEFLAGS = --no-print-directory # --silent 16 VPATH = ${B uild} ${Figures} ${Pictures} # extra search path for file names used in document12 VPATH = ${BUILD} 17 13 18 DOCUMENT = uw-ethesis.pdf 19 BASE = ${basename ${DOCUMENT}} # remove suffix 14 ### Special Rules: 20 15 21 # Commands 16 .PHONY: all clean 17 .PRECIOUS: %.dvi %.ps # do not delete intermediate files 22 18 23 LaTeX = TEXINPUTS=${TeXLIB} && export TEXINPUTS && latex -halt-on-error -output-directory=${Build} 24 BibTeX = BIBINPUTS=${BibLIB} && export BIBINPUTS && bibtex 25 #Glossary = INDEXSTYLE=${Build} makeglossaries-lite 19 ### Commands: 20 LATEX = TEXINPUTS=${TEXLIB} && export TEXINPUTS && latex -halt-on-error -output-directory=${BUILD} 21 BIBTEX = BIBINPUTS=${BIBLIB} bibtex 22 #GLOSSARY = INDEXSTYLE=${BUILD} makeglossaries-lite 26 23 27 # Rules and Recipes24 ### Rules and Recipes: 28 25 29 .PHONY : all clean # not file names 30 .PRECIOUS: %.dvi %.ps # do not delete intermediate files 31 .ONESHELL : 26 all: ${DOC} 32 27 33 all : ${DOCUMENT} 28 ${BUILD}/%.dvi: ${TEXSRC} ${FIGSRC:%.fig=%.tex} ${BIBSRC} Makefile | ${BUILD} 29 ${LATEX} ${BASE} 30 ${BIBTEX} ${BUILD}/${BASE} 31 ${LATEX} ${BASE} 32 # ${GLOSSARY} ${BUILD}/${BASE} 33 # ${LATEX} ${BASE} 34 34 35 clean:36 @rm -frv ${DOCUMENT} ${Build}35 ${BUILD}: 36 mkdir $@ 37 37 38 # File Dependencies 39 40 %.dvi : ${TeXSRC} ${FigSRC:%.fig=%.tex} ${PicSRC:%.fig=%.pstex} ${BibSRC} Makefile | ${Build} 41 ${LaTeX} ${BASE} 42 ${BibTeX} ${Build}/${BASE} 43 ${LaTeX} ${BASE} 44 # if needed, run latex again to get citations 45 if fgrep -s "LaTeX Warning: Citation" ${basename $@}.log ; then ${LaTeX} ${BASE} ; fi 46 # ${Glossary} ${Build}/${BASE} 47 # ${LaTeX} ${BASE} 48 49 ${Build}: 50 mkdir -p $@ 51 52 %.pdf : ${Build}/%.ps | ${Build} 38 %.pdf : ${BUILD}/%.ps | ${BUILD} 53 39 ps2pdf $< 54 40 55 %.ps : %.dvi | ${B uild}41 %.ps : %.dvi | ${BUILD} 56 42 dvips $< -o $@ 57 43 58 %.tex : %.fig | ${B uild}59 fig2dev -L eepic $< > ${B uild}/$@44 %.tex : %.fig | ${BUILD} 45 fig2dev -L eepic $< > ${BUILD}/$@ 60 46 61 %.ps : %.fig | ${B uild}62 fig2dev -L ps $< > ${B uild}/$@47 %.ps : %.fig | ${BUILD} 48 fig2dev -L ps $< > ${BUILD}/$@ 63 49 64 %.pstex : %.fig | ${Build} 65 fig2dev -L pstex $< > ${Build}/$@ 66 fig2dev -L pstex_t -p ${Build}/$@ $< > ${Build}/$@_t 50 %.pstex : %.fig | ${BUILD} 51 fig2dev -L pstex $< > ${BUILD}/$@ 52 fig2dev -L pstex_t -p ${BUILD}/$@ $< > ${BUILD}/$@_t 53 54 clean: 55 @rm -frv ${DOC} ${BUILD} *.fig.bak -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/allocator.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 \chapter{Allocator} 2 2 3 \section{uHeap} 4 uHeap is a lightweight memory allocator. The objective behind uHeap is to design a minimal concurrent memory allocator that has new features and also fulfills GNU C Library requirements (FIX ME: cite requirements). 5 6 The objective of uHeap's new design was to fulfill following requirements: 7 \begin{itemize} 8 \item It should be concurrent and thread-safe for multi-threaded programs. 3 \noindent 4 ==================== 5 6 Writing Points: 7 \begin{itemize} 8 \item 9 Objective of uHeapLmmm. 10 \item 11 Design philosophy. 12 \item 13 Background and previous design of uHeapLmmm. 14 \item 15 Distributed design of uHeapLmmm. 16 17 ----- SHOULD WE GIVE IMPLEMENTATION DETAILS HERE? ----- 18 19 \PAB{Maybe. There might be an Implementation chapter.} 20 \item 21 figure. 22 \item 23 Advantages of distributed design. 24 \end{itemize} 25 26 The new features added to uHeapLmmm (incl. @malloc\_size@ routine) 27 \CFA alloc interface with examples. 28 29 \begin{itemize} 30 \item 31 Why did we need it? 32 \item 33 The added benefits. 34 \end{itemize} 35 36 37 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 38 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 39 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% uHeapLmmm Design 40 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 41 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 42 43 \section{Objective of uHeapLmmm} 44 UHeapLmmm is a lightweight memory allocator. The objective behind uHeapLmmm is to design a minimal concurrent memory allocator that has new features and also fulfills GNU C Library requirements (FIX ME: cite requirements). 45 46 \subsection{Design philosophy} 47 The objective of uHeapLmmm's new design was to fulfill following requirements: 48 \begin{itemize} 49 \item It should be concurrent to be used in multi-threaded programs. 9 50 \item It should avoid global locks, on resources shared across all threads, as much as possible. 10 51 \item It's performance (FIX ME: cite performance benchmarks) should be comparable to the commonly used allocators (FIX ME: cite common allocators). … … 14 55 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 15 56 16 \section{Design choices for uHeap} 17 uHeap's design was reviewed and changed to fulfill new requirements (FIX ME: cite allocator philosophy). For this purpose, following two designs of uHeapLmm were proposed: 18 19 \paragraph{Design 1: Centralized} 57 \section{Background and previous design of uHeapLmmm} 58 uHeapLmmm was originally designed by X in X (FIX ME: add original author after confirming with Peter). 59 (FIX ME: make and add figure of previous design with description) 60 61 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 62 63 \section{Distributed design of uHeapLmmm} 64 uHeapLmmm's design was reviewed and changed to fulfill new requirements (FIX ME: cite allocator philosophy). For this purpose, following two designs of uHeapLmm were proposed: 65 66 \paragraph{Design 1: Decentralized} 67 Fixed number of heaps: shard the heap into N heaps each with a bump-area allocated from the @sbrk@ area. 68 Kernel threads (KT) are assigned to the N heaps. 69 When KTs $\le$ N, the heaps are uncontented. 70 When KTs $>$ N, the heaps are contented. 71 By adjusting N, this approach reduces storage at the cost of speed due to contention. 72 In all cases, a thread acquires/releases a lock, contented or uncontented. 73 \begin{cquote} 74 \centering 75 \input{AllocDS1} 76 \end{cquote} 77 Problems: need to know when a KT is created and destroyed to know when to assign/un-assign a heap to the KT. 78 79 \paragraph{Design 2: Centralized} 20 80 One heap, but lower bucket sizes are N-shared across KTs. 21 81 This design leverages the fact that 95\% of allocation requests are less than 512 bytes and there are only 3--5 different request sizes. … … 30 90 When no thread is assigned a bucket number, its free storage is unavailable. All KTs will be contended for one lock on sbrk for their initial allocations (before free-lists gets populated). 31 91 32 \paragraph{Design 2: Decentralized N Heaps} 33 Fixed number of heaps: shard the heap into N heaps each with a bump-area allocated from the @sbrk@ area. 34 Kernel threads (KT) are assigned to the N heaps. 35 When KTs $\le$ N, the heaps are uncontented. 36 When KTs $>$ N, the heaps are contented. 37 By adjusting N, this approach reduces storage at the cost of speed due to contention. 38 In all cases, a thread acquires/releases a lock, contented or uncontented. 39 \begin{cquote} 40 \centering 41 \input{AllocDS1} 42 \end{cquote} 43 Problems: need to know when a KT is created and destroyed to know when to assign/un-assign a heap to the KT. 44 45 \paragraph{Design 3: Decentralized Per-thread Heaps} 46 Design 3 is similar to design 2 but instead of having an M:N model, it uses a 1:1 model. So, instead of having N heaos and sharing them among M KTs, Design 3 has one heap for each KT. 47 Dynamic number of heaps: create a thread-local heap for each kernel thread (KT) with a bump-area allocated from the @sbrk@ area. 48 Each KT will have its own exclusive thread-local heap. Heap will be uncontended between KTs regardless how many KTs have been created. 49 Operations on @sbrk@ area will still be protected by locks. 50 %\begin{cquote} 51 %\centering 52 %\input{AllocDS3} FIXME add figs 53 %\end{cquote} 54 Problems: We cannot destroy the heap when a KT exits because our dynamic objects have ownership and they are returned to the heap that created them when the program frees a dynamic object. All dynamic objects point back to their owner heap. If a thread A creates an object O, passes it to another thread B, and A itself exits. When B will free object O, O should return to A's heap so A's heap should be preserved for the lifetime of the whole program as their might be objects in-use of other threads that were allocated by A. Also, we need to know when a KT is created and destroyed to know when to create/destroy a heap for the KT. 55 56 \paragraph{Design 4: Decentralized Per-CPU Heaps} 57 Design 4 is similar to Design 3 but instead of having a heap for each thread, it creates a heap for each CPU. 58 Fixed number of heaps for a machine: create a heap for each CPU with a bump-area allocated from the @sbrk@ area. 59 Each CPU will have its own CPU-local heap. When the program does a dynamic memory operation, it will be entertained by the heap of the CPU where the process is currently running on. 60 Each CPU will have its own exclusive heap. Just like Design 3(FIXME cite), heap will be uncontended between KTs regardless how many KTs have been created. 61 Operations on @sbrk@ area will still be protected by locks. 62 To deal with preemtion during a dynamic memory operation, librseq(FIXME cite) will be used to make sure that the whole dynamic memory operation completes on one CPU. librseq's restartable sequences can make it possible to re-run a critical section and undo the current writes if a preemption happened during the critical section's execution. 63 %\begin{cquote} 64 %\centering 65 %\input{AllocDS4} FIXME add figs 66 %\end{cquote} 67 68 Problems: This approach was slower than the per-thread model. Also, librseq does not provide such restartable sequences to detect preemtions in user-level threading system which is important to us as CFA(FIXME cite) has its own threading system that we want to support. 69 70 Out of the four designs, Design 3 was chosen because of the following reasons. 71 \begin{itemize} 72 \item 73 Decentralized designes are better in general as compared to centralized design because their concurrency is better across all bucket-sizes as design 1 shards a few buckets of selected sizes while other designs shards all the buckets. Decentralized designes shard the whole heap which has all the buckets with the addition of sharding sbrk area. So Design 1 was eliminated. 74 \item 75 Design 2 was eliminated because it has a possibility of contention in-case of KT > N while Design 3 and 4 have no contention in any scenerio. 76 \item 77 Design 4 was eliminated because it was slower than Design 3 and it provided no way to achieve user-threading safety using librseq. We had to use CFA interruption handling to achive user-threading safety which has some cost to it. Desing 4 was already slower than Design 3, adding cost of interruption handling on top of that would have made it even slower. 78 \end{itemize} 79 92 Out of the two designs, Design 1 was chosen because it's concurrency is better across all bucket-sizes as design-2 shards a few buckets of selected sizes while design-1 shards all the buckets. Design-2 shards the whole heap which has all the buckets with the addition of sharding sbrk area. 80 93 81 94 \subsection{Advantages of distributed design} 82 83 The distributed design of uHeap is concurrent to work in multi-threaded applications. 84 85 Some key benefits of the distributed design of uHeap are as follows: 86 87 \begin{itemize} 88 \item 89 The bump allocation is concurrent as memory taken from sbrk is sharded across all heaps as bump allocation reserve. The call to sbrk will be protected using locks but bump allocation (on memory taken from sbrk) will not be contended once the sbrk call has returned. 90 \item 91 Low or almost no contention on heap resources. 95 The distributed design of uHeapLmmm is concurrent to work in multi-threaded applications. 96 97 Some key benefits of the distributed design of uHeapLmmm are as follows: 98 99 \begin{itemize} 100 \item 101 The bump allocation is concurrent as memory taken from sbrk is sharded across all heaps as bump allocation reserve. The lock on bump allocation (on memory taken from sbrk) will only be contended if KTs > N. The contention on sbrk area is less likely as it will only happen in the case if heaps assigned to two KTs get short of bump allocation reserve simultanously. 102 \item 103 N heaps are created at the start of the program and destroyed at the end of program. When a KT is created, we only assign it to one of the heaps. When a KT is destroyed, we only dissociate it from the assigned heap but we do not destroy that heap. That heap will go back to our pool-of-heaps, ready to be used by some new KT. And if that heap was shared among multiple KTs (like the case of KTs > N) then, on deletion of one KT, that heap will be still in-use of the other KTs. This will prevent creation and deletion of heaps during run-time as heaps are re-usable which helps in keeping low-memory footprint. 92 104 \item 93 105 It is possible to use sharing and stealing techniques to share/find unused storage, when a free list is unused or empty. … … 96 108 \end{itemize} 97 109 98 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 99 100 \section{uHeap Structure} 101 102 As described in (FIXME cite 2.4) uHeap uses following features of multi-threaded memory allocators. 103 \begin{itemize} 104 \item 105 uHeap has multiple heaps without a global heap and uses 1:1 model. (FIXME cite 2.5 1:1 model) 106 \item 107 uHeap uses object ownership. (FIXME cite 2.5.2) 108 \item 109 uHeap does not use object containers (FIXME cite 2.6) or any coalescing technique. Instead each dynamic object allocated by uHeap has a header than contains bookkeeping information. 110 \item 111 Each thread-local heap in uHeap has its own allocation buffer that is taken from the system using sbrk() call. (FIXME cite 2.7) 112 \item 113 Unless a heap is freeing an object that is owned by another thread's heap or heap is using sbrk() system call, uHeap is mostly lock-free which eliminates most of the contention on shared resources. (FIXME cite 2.8) 114 \end{itemize} 115 116 As uHeap uses a heap per-thread model to reduce contention on heap resources, we manage a list of heaps (heap-list) that can be used by threads. The list is empty at the start of the program. When a kernel thread (KT) is created, we check if heap-list is empty. If no then a heap is removed from the heap-list and is given to this new KT to use exclusively. If yes then a new heap object is created in dynamic memory and is given to this new KT to use exclusively. When a KT exits, its heap is not destroyed but instead its heap is put on the heap-list and is ready to be reused by new KTs. 117 118 This reduces the memory footprint as the objects on free-lists of a KT that has exited can be reused by a new KT. Also, we preserve all the heaps that were created during the lifetime of the program till the end of the program. uHeap uses object ownership where an object is freed to the free-buckets of the heap that allocated it. Even after a KT A has exited, its heap has to be preserved as there might be objects in-use of other threads that were initially allocated by A and the passed to other threads. 119 120 \begin{figure} 121 \centering 122 \includegraphics[width=0.65\textwidth]{figures/NewHeapStructure.eps} 123 \caption{HeapStructure} 124 \label{fig:heapStructureFig} 125 \end{figure} 126 127 Each heap uses seggregated free-buckets that have free objects of a specific size. Each free-bucket of a specific size has following 2 lists in it: 128 \begin{itemize} 129 \item 130 Free list is used when a thread is freeing an object that is owned by its own heap so free list does not use any locks/atomic-operations as it is only used by the owner KT. 131 \item 132 Away list is used when a thread A is freeing an object that is owned by another KT B's heap. This object should be freed to the owner heap (B's heap) so A will place the object on the away list of B. Away list is lock protected as it is shared by all other threads. 133 \end{itemize} 134 135 When a dynamic object of a size S is requested. The thread-local heap will check if S is greater than or equal to the mmap threshhold. Any request larger than the mmap threshhold is fulfilled by allocating an mmap area of that size and such requests are not allocated on sbrk area. The value of this threshhold can be changed using mallopt routine but the new value should not be larger than our biggest free-bucket size. 136 137 Algorithm~\ref{alg:heapObjectAlloc} briefly shows how an allocation request is fulfilled. 138 139 \begin{algorithm} 140 \caption{Dynamic object allocation of size S}\label{alg:heapObjectAlloc} 141 \begin{algorithmic}[1] 142 \State $\textit{O} \gets \text{NULL}$ 143 \If {$S < \textit{mmap-threshhold}$} 144 \State $\textit{B} \gets (\text{smallest free-bucket} \geq S)$ 145 \If {$\textit{B's free-list is empty}$} 146 \If {$\textit{B's away-list is empty}$} 147 \If {$\textit{heap's allocation buffer} < S$} 148 \State $\text{get allocation buffer using system call sbrk()}$ 149 \EndIf 150 \State $\textit{O} \gets \text{bump allocate an object of size S from allocation buffer}$ 151 \Else 152 \State $\textit{merge B's away-list into free-list}$ 153 \State $\textit{O} \gets \text{pop an object from B's free-list}$ 154 \EndIf 155 \Else 156 \State $\textit{O} \gets \text{pop an object from B's free-list}$ 157 \EndIf 158 \State $\textit{O's owner} \gets \text{B}$ 159 \Else 160 \State $\textit{O} \gets \text{allocate dynamic memory using system call mmap with size S}$ 161 \EndIf 162 \State $\Return \textit{ O}$ 163 \end{algorithmic} 164 \end{algorithm} 165 110 FIX ME: Cite performance comparison of the two heap designs if required 166 111 167 112 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 168 113 169 114 \section{Added Features and Methods} 170 To improve the uHeap allocator (FIX ME: cite uHeap) interface and make it more user friendly, we added a few more routines to the C allocator. Also, we built a \CFA (FIX ME: cite cforall) interface on top of C interface to increase the usability of the allocator.115 To improve the UHeapLmmm allocator (FIX ME: cite uHeapLmmm) interface and make it more user friendly, we added a few more routines to the C allocator. Also, we built a CFA (FIX ME: cite cforall) interface on top of C interface to increase the usability of the allocator. 171 116 172 117 \subsection{C Interface} 173 118 We added a few more features and routines to the allocator's C interface that can make the allocator more usable to the programmers. THese features will programmer more control on the dynamic memory allocation. 174 119 175 \subsection{Out of Memory} 176 177 Most allocators use @nullptr@ to indicate an allocation failure, specifically out of memory; 178 hence the need to return an alternate value for a zero-sized allocation. 179 The alternative is to abort a program when out of memory. 180 In theory, notifying the programmer allows recovery; 181 in practice, it is almost impossible to gracefully when out of memory, so the cheaper approach of returning @nullptr@ for a zero-sized allocation is chosen. 182 183 184 \subsection{\lstinline{void * aalloc( size_t dim, size_t elemSize )}} 185 @aalloc@ is an extension of malloc. It allows programmer to allocate a dynamic array of objects without calculating the total size of array explicitly. The only alternate of this routine in the other allocators is calloc but calloc also fills the dynamic memory with 0 which makes it slower for a programmer who only wants to dynamically allocate an array of objects without filling it with 0. 186 \paragraph{Usage} 187 @aalloc@ takes two parameters. 188 189 \begin{itemize} 190 \item 191 @dim@: number of objects in the array 192 \item 193 @elemSize@: size of the object in the array. 194 \end{itemize} 195 It returns address of dynamic object allocatoed on heap that can contain dim number of objects of the size elemSize. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 196 197 \subsection{\lstinline{void * resize( void * oaddr, size_t size )}} 198 @resize@ is an extension of relloc. It allows programmer to reuse a cuurently allocated dynamic object with a new size requirement. Its alternate in the other allocators is @realloc@ but relloc also copy the data in old object to the new object which makes it slower for the programmer who only wants to reuse an old dynamic object for a new size requirement but does not want to preserve the data in the old object to the new object. 199 \paragraph{Usage} 200 @resize@ takes two parameters. 201 202 \begin{itemize} 203 \item 204 @oaddr@: the address of the old object that needs to be resized. 205 \item 206 @size@: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized. 207 \end{itemize} 208 It returns an object that is of the size given but it does not preserve the data in the old object. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 209 210 \subsection{\lstinline{void * resize( void * oaddr, size_t nalign, size_t size )}} 211 This @resize@ is an extension of the above @resize@ (FIX ME: cite above resize). In addition to resizing the size of of an old object, it can also realign the old object to a new alignment requirement. 120 \subsubsection void * aalloc( size\_t dim, size\_t elemSize ) 121 aalloc is an extension of malloc. It allows programmer to allocate a dynamic array of objects without calculating the total size of array explicitly. The only alternate of this routine in the other allocators is calloc but calloc also fills the dynamic memory with 0 which makes it slower for a programmer who only wants to dynamically allocate an array of objects without filling it with 0. 122 \paragraph{Usage} 123 aalloc takes two parameters. 124 125 \begin{itemize} 126 \item 127 dim: number of objects in the array 128 \item 129 elemSize: size of the object in the array. 130 \end{itemize} 131 It returns address of dynamic object allocatoed on heap that can contain dim number of objects of the size elemSize. On failure, it returns NULL pointer. 132 133 \subsubsection void * resize( void * oaddr, size\_t size ) 134 resize is an extension of relloc. It allows programmer to reuse a cuurently allocated dynamic object with a new size requirement. Its alternate in the other allocators is realloc but relloc also copy the data in old object to the new object which makes it slower for the programmer who only wants to reuse an old dynamic object for a new size requirement but does not want to preserve the data in the old object to the new object. 135 \paragraph{Usage} 136 resize takes two parameters. 137 138 \begin{itemize} 139 \item 140 oaddr: the address of the old object that needs to be resized. 141 \item 142 size: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized. 143 \end{itemize} 144 It returns an object that is of the size given but it does not preserve the data in the old object. On failure, it returns NULL pointer. 145 146 \subsubsection void * resize( void * oaddr, size\_t nalign, size\_t size ) 147 This resize is an extension of the above resize (FIX ME: cite above resize). In addition to resizing the size of of an old object, it can also realign the old object to a new alignment requirement. 212 148 \paragraph{Usage} 213 149 This resize takes three parameters. It takes an additional parameter of nalign as compared to the above resize (FIX ME: cite above resize). … … 215 151 \begin{itemize} 216 152 \item 217 @oaddr@: the address of the old object that needs to be resized.218 \item 219 @nalign@: the new alignment to which the old object needs to be realigned.220 \item 221 @size@: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized.222 \end{itemize} 223 It returns an object with the size and alignment given in the parameters. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.224 225 \subs ection{\lstinline{void * amemalign( size_t alignment, size_t dim, size_t elemSize )}}153 oaddr: the address of the old object that needs to be resized. 154 \item 155 nalign: the new alignment to which the old object needs to be realigned. 156 \item 157 size: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized. 158 \end{itemize} 159 It returns an object with the size and alignment given in the parameters. On failure, it returns a NULL pointer. 160 161 \subsubsection void * amemalign( size\_t alignment, size\_t dim, size\_t elemSize ) 226 162 amemalign is a hybrid of memalign and aalloc. It allows programmer to allocate an aligned dynamic array of objects without calculating the total size of the array explicitly. It frees the programmer from calculating the total size of the array. 227 163 \paragraph{Usage} … … 230 166 \begin{itemize} 231 167 \item 232 @alignment@: the alignment to which the dynamic array needs to be aligned.233 \item 234 @dim@: number of objects in the array235 \item 236 @elemSize@: size of the object in the array.237 \end{itemize} 238 It returns a dynamic array of objects that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects of the size of elemSize. The returned dynamic array is aligned to the given alignment. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.239 240 \subs ection{\lstinline{void * cmemalign( size_t alignment, size_t dim, size_t elemSize )}}168 alignment: the alignment to which the dynamic array needs to be aligned. 169 \item 170 dim: number of objects in the array 171 \item 172 elemSize: size of the object in the array. 173 \end{itemize} 174 It returns a dynamic array of objects that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects of the size of elemSize. The returned dynamic array is aligned to the given alignment. On failure, it returns NULL pointer. 175 176 \subsubsection void * cmemalign( size\_t alignment, size\_t dim, size\_t elemSize ) 241 177 cmemalign is a hybrid of amemalign and calloc. It allows programmer to allocate an aligned dynamic array of objects that is 0 filled. The current way to do this in other allocators is to allocate an aligned object with memalign and then fill it with 0 explicitly. This routine provides both features of aligning and 0 filling, implicitly. 242 178 \paragraph{Usage} … … 245 181 \begin{itemize} 246 182 \item 247 @alignment@: the alignment to which the dynamic array needs to be aligned.248 \item 249 @dim@: number of objects in the array250 \item 251 @elemSize@: size of the object in the array.252 \end{itemize} 253 It returns a dynamic array of objects that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects of the size of elemSize. The returned dynamic array is aligned to the given alignment and is 0 filled. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.254 255 \subs ection{\lstinline{size_t malloc_alignment( void * addr )}}256 @malloc_alignment@returns the alignment of a currently allocated dynamic object. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verofying the alignment of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was allocated with the required alignment.257 \paragraph{Usage} 258 @malloc_alignment@takes one parameters.259 260 \begin{itemize} 261 \item 262 @addr@: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object.263 \end{itemize} 264 @malloc_alignment@ returns the alignment of the given dynamic object. On failure, it return the value of default alignment of the uHeapallocator.265 266 \subs ection{\lstinline{bool malloc_zero_fill( void * addr )}}267 @malloc_zero_fill@returns whether a currently allocated dynamic object was initially zero filled at the time of allocation. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verifying the zero filled property of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was zero filled at the time of allocation.268 \paragraph{Usage} 269 @malloc_zero_fill@takes one parameters.270 271 \begin{itemize} 272 \item 273 @addr@: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object.274 \end{itemize} 275 @malloc_zero_fill@returns true if the dynamic object was initially zero filled and return false otherwise. On failure, it returns false.276 277 \subs ection{\lstinline{size_t malloc_size( void * addr )}}278 @malloc_size@ returns the allocation size of a currently allocated dynamic object. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verofying the alignment of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was allocated with the required size. Its current alternate in the other allocators is @malloc_usable_size@. But, @malloc_size@ is different from @malloc_usable_size@ as @malloc_usabe_size@ returns the total data capacity of dynamic object including the extra space at the end of the dynamic object. On the other hand, @malloc_size@returns the size that was given to the allocator at the allocation of the dynamic object. This size is updated when an object is realloced, resized, or passed through a similar allocator routine.279 \paragraph{Usage} 280 @malloc_size@takes one parameters.281 282 \begin{itemize} 283 \item 284 @addr@: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object.285 \end{itemize} 286 @malloc_size@returns the allocation size of the given dynamic object. On failure, it return zero.287 288 \subs ection{\lstinline{void * realloc( void * oaddr, size_t nalign, size_t size )}}289 This @realloc@ is an extension of the default @realloc@ (FIX ME: cite default @realloc@). In addition to reallocating an old object and preserving the data in old object, it can also realign the old object to a new alignment requirement.290 \paragraph{Usage} 291 This @realloc@ takes three parameters. It takes an additional parameter of nalign as compared to the default @realloc@.292 293 \begin{itemize} 294 \item 295 @oaddr@: the address of the old object that needs to be reallocated.296 \item 297 @nalign@: the new alignment to which the old object needs to be realigned.298 \item 299 @size@: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized.300 \end{itemize} 301 It returns an object with the size and alignment given in the parameters that preserves the data in the old object. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.302 303 \subsection{ \CFA Malloc Interface}304 We added some routines to the malloc interface of \CFA. These routines can only be used in \CFA and not in our standalone uHeap allocator as these routines use some features that are only provided by \CFA and not by C. It makes the allocator even more usable to the programmers.305 \CFA provides the liberty to know the returned type of a call to the allocator. So, mainly in these added routines, we removed the object size parameter from the routine as allocator can calculate the size of the object from the returned type.306 307 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * malloc( void )}}183 alignment: the alignment to which the dynamic array needs to be aligned. 184 \item 185 dim: number of objects in the array 186 \item 187 elemSize: size of the object in the array. 188 \end{itemize} 189 It returns a dynamic array of objects that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects of the size of elemSize. The returned dynamic array is aligned to the given alignment and is 0 filled. On failure, it returns NULL pointer. 190 191 \subsubsection size\_t malloc\_alignment( void * addr ) 192 malloc\_alignment returns the alignment of a currently allocated dynamic object. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verofying the alignment of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was allocated with the required alignment. 193 \paragraph{Usage} 194 malloc\_alignment takes one parameters. 195 196 \begin{itemize} 197 \item 198 addr: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object. 199 \end{itemize} 200 malloc\_alignment returns the alignment of the given dynamic object. On failure, it return the value of default alignment of the uHeapLmmm allocator. 201 202 \subsubsection bool malloc\_zero\_fill( void * addr ) 203 malloc\_zero\_fill returns whether a currently allocated dynamic object was initially zero filled at the time of allocation. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verifying the zero filled property of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was zero filled at the time of allocation. 204 \paragraph{Usage} 205 malloc\_zero\_fill takes one parameters. 206 207 \begin{itemize} 208 \item 209 addr: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object. 210 \end{itemize} 211 malloc\_zero\_fill returns true if the dynamic object was initially zero filled and return false otherwise. On failure, it returns false. 212 213 \subsubsection size\_t malloc\_size( void * addr ) 214 malloc\_size returns the allocation size of a currently allocated dynamic object. It allows the programmer in memory management and personal bookkeeping. It helps the programmer in verofying the alignment of a dynamic object especially in a scenerio similar to prudcer-consumer where a producer allocates a dynamic object and the consumer needs to assure that the dynamic object was allocated with the required size. Its current alternate in the other allocators is malloc\_usable\_size. But, malloc\_size is different from malloc\_usable\_size as malloc\_usabe\_size returns the total data capacity of dynamic object including the extra space at the end of the dynamic object. On the other hand, malloc\_size returns the size that was given to the allocator at the allocation of the dynamic object. This size is updated when an object is realloced, resized, or passed through a similar allocator routine. 215 \paragraph{Usage} 216 malloc\_size takes one parameters. 217 218 \begin{itemize} 219 \item 220 addr: the address of the currently allocated dynamic object. 221 \end{itemize} 222 malloc\_size returns the allocation size of the given dynamic object. On failure, it return zero. 223 224 \subsubsection void * realloc( void * oaddr, size\_t nalign, size\_t size ) 225 This realloc is an extension of the default realloc (FIX ME: cite default realloc). In addition to reallocating an old object and preserving the data in old object, it can also realign the old object to a new alignment requirement. 226 \paragraph{Usage} 227 This realloc takes three parameters. It takes an additional parameter of nalign as compared to the default realloc. 228 229 \begin{itemize} 230 \item 231 oaddr: the address of the old object that needs to be reallocated. 232 \item 233 nalign: the new alignment to which the old object needs to be realigned. 234 \item 235 size: the new size requirement of the to which the old object needs to be resized. 236 \end{itemize} 237 It returns an object with the size and alignment given in the parameters that preserves the data in the old object. On failure, it returns a NULL pointer. 238 239 \subsection{CFA Malloc Interface} 240 We added some routines to the malloc interface of CFA. These routines can only be used in CFA and not in our standalone uHeapLmmm allocator as these routines use some features that are only provided by CFA and not by C. It makes the allocator even more usable to the programmers. 241 CFA provides the liberty to know the returned type of a call to the allocator. So, mainly in these added routines, we removed the object size parameter from the routine as allocator can calculate the size of the object from the returned type. 242 243 \subsubsection T * malloc( void ) 308 244 This malloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt malloc (FIX ME: cite malloc). It does not take any parameter as compared to default malloc that takes one parameter. 309 245 \paragraph{Usage} 310 246 This malloc takes no parameters. 311 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type @T@. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.312 313 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * aalloc( size_t dim )}}247 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type T. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 248 249 \subsubsection T * aalloc( size\_t dim ) 314 250 This aalloc is a simplified polymorphic form of above aalloc (FIX ME: cite aalloc). It takes one parameter as compared to the above aalloc that takes two parameters. 315 251 \paragraph{Usage} … … 318 254 \begin{itemize} 319 255 \item 320 @dim@: required number of objects in the array.321 \end{itemize} 322 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type @T@. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.323 324 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * calloc( size_t dim )}}256 dim: required number of objects in the array. 257 \end{itemize} 258 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type T. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 259 260 \subsubsection T * calloc( size\_t dim ) 325 261 This calloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt calloc (FIX ME: cite calloc). It takes one parameter as compared to the default calloc that takes two parameters. 326 262 \paragraph{Usage} … … 329 265 \begin{itemize} 330 266 \item 331 @dim@: required number of objects in the array.332 \end{itemize} 333 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type @T@. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.334 335 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * resize( T * ptr, size_t size )}}336 This resize is a simplified polymorphic form of above resize (FIX ME: cite resize with alignment). It takes two parameters as compared to the above resize that takes three parameters. It frees the programmer from explicitly mentioning the alignment of the allocation as \CFA provides gives allocator the liberty to get the alignment of the returned type.267 dim: required number of objects in the array. 268 \end{itemize} 269 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type T. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 270 271 \subsubsection T * resize( T * ptr, size\_t size ) 272 This resize is a simplified polymorphic form of above resize (FIX ME: cite resize with alignment). It takes two parameters as compared to the above resize that takes three parameters. It frees the programmer from explicitly mentioning the alignment of the allocation as CFA provides gives allocator the liberty to get the alignment of the returned type. 337 273 \paragraph{Usage} 338 274 This resize takes two parameters. … … 340 276 \begin{itemize} 341 277 \item 342 @ptr@: address of the old object.343 \item 344 @size@: the required size of the new object.345 \end{itemize} 346 It returns a dynamic object of the size given in paramters. The returned object is aligned to the alignemtn of type @T@. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.347 348 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * realloc( T * ptr, size_t size )}}349 This @realloc@ is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt @realloc@ (FIX ME: cite @realloc@ with align). It takes two parameters as compared to the above @realloc@ that takes three parameters. It frees the programmer from explicitly mentioning the alignment of the allocation as \CFA provides gives allocator the liberty to get the alignment of the returned type.350 \paragraph{Usage} 351 This @realloc@takes two parameters.352 353 \begin{itemize} 354 \item 355 @ptr@: address of the old object.356 \item 357 @size@: the required size of the new object.358 \end{itemize} 359 It returns a dynamic object of the size given in paramters that preserves the data in the given object. The returned object is aligned to the alignemtn of type @T@. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.360 361 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * memalign( size_t align )}}278 ptr: address of the old object. 279 \item 280 size: the required size of the new object. 281 \end{itemize} 282 It returns a dynamic object of the size given in paramters. The returned object is aligned to the alignemtn of type T. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 283 284 \subsubsection T * realloc( T * ptr, size\_t size ) 285 This realloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt realloc (FIX ME: cite realloc with align). It takes two parameters as compared to the above realloc that takes three parameters. It frees the programmer from explicitly mentioning the alignment of the allocation as CFA provides gives allocator the liberty to get the alignment of the returned type. 286 \paragraph{Usage} 287 This realloc takes two parameters. 288 289 \begin{itemize} 290 \item 291 ptr: address of the old object. 292 \item 293 size: the required size of the new object. 294 \end{itemize} 295 It returns a dynamic object of the size given in paramters that preserves the data in the given object. The returned object is aligned to the alignemtn of type T. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 296 297 \subsubsection T * memalign( size\_t align ) 362 298 This memalign is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt memalign (FIX ME: cite memalign). It takes one parameters as compared to the default memalign that takes two parameters. 363 299 \paragraph{Usage} … … 366 302 \begin{itemize} 367 303 \item 368 @align@: the required alignment of the dynamic object.369 \end{itemize} 370 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type @T@ that is aligned to given parameter align. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.371 372 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * amemalign( size_t align, size_t dim )}}304 align: the required alignment of the dynamic object. 305 \end{itemize} 306 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type T that is aligned to given parameter align. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 307 308 \subsubsection T * amemalign( size\_t align, size\_t dim ) 373 309 This amemalign is a simplified polymorphic form of above amemalign (FIX ME: cite amemalign). It takes two parameter as compared to the above amemalign that takes three parameters. 374 310 \paragraph{Usage} … … 377 313 \begin{itemize} 378 314 \item 379 @align@: required alignment of the dynamic array.380 \item 381 @dim@: required number of objects in the array.382 \end{itemize} 383 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type @T@. The returned object is aligned to the given parameter align. On failure, it returns a @NULL@pointer.384 385 \subs ection{\lstinline{T * cmemalign( size_t align, size_t dim )}}315 align: required alignment of the dynamic array. 316 \item 317 dim: required number of objects in the array. 318 \end{itemize} 319 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type T. The returned object is aligned to the given parameter align. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 320 321 \subsubsection T * cmemalign( size\_t align, size\_t dim ) 386 322 This cmemalign is a simplified polymorphic form of above cmemalign (FIX ME: cite cmemalign). It takes two parameter as compared to the above cmemalign that takes three parameters. 387 323 \paragraph{Usage} … … 390 326 \begin{itemize} 391 327 \item 392 @align@: required alignment of the dynamic array. 393 \item 394 @dim@: required number of objects in the array. 395 \end{itemize} 396 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type @T@. The returned object is aligned to the given parameter align and is zero filled. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 397 398 \subsection{\lstinline{T * aligned_alloc( size_t align )}} 399 This @aligned_alloc@ is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt @aligned_alloc@ (FIX ME: cite @aligned_alloc@). It takes one parameter as compared to the default @aligned_alloc@ that takes two parameters. 400 \paragraph{Usage} 401 This @aligned_alloc@ takes one parameter. 402 403 \begin{itemize} 404 \item 405 @align@: required alignment of the dynamic object. 406 \end{itemize} 407 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type @T@ that is aligned to the given parameter. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 408 409 \subsection{\lstinline{int posix_memalign( T ** ptr, size_t align )}} 410 This @posix_memalign@ is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt @posix_memalign@ (FIX ME: cite @posix_memalign@). It takes two parameters as compared to the default @posix_memalign@ that takes three parameters. 411 \paragraph{Usage} 412 This @posix_memalign@ takes two parameter. 413 414 \begin{itemize} 415 \item 416 @ptr@: variable address to store the address of the allocated object. 417 \item 418 @align@: required alignment of the dynamic object. 419 \end{itemize} 420 421 It stores address of the dynamic object of the size of type @T@ in given parameter ptr. This object is aligned to the given parameter. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 422 423 \subsection{\lstinline{T * valloc( void )}} 424 This @valloc@ is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt @valloc@ (FIX ME: cite @valloc@). It takes no parameters as compared to the default @valloc@ that takes one parameter. 425 \paragraph{Usage} 426 @valloc@ takes no parameters. 427 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type @T@ that is aligned to the page size. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 428 429 \subsection{\lstinline{T * pvalloc( void )}} 430 \paragraph{Usage} 431 @pvalloc@ takes no parameters. 432 It returns a dynamic object of the size that is calcutaed by rouding the size of type @T@. The returned object is also aligned to the page size. On failure, it returns a @NULL@ pointer. 433 434 \subsection{Alloc Interface} 435 In addition to improve allocator interface both for \CFA and our standalone allocator uHeap in C. We also added a new alloc interface in \CFA that increases usability of dynamic memory allocation. 328 align: required alignment of the dynamic array. 329 \item 330 dim: required number of objects in the array. 331 \end{itemize} 332 It returns a dynamic object that has the capacity to contain dim number of objects, each of the size of type T. The returned object is aligned to the given parameter align and is zero filled. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 333 334 \subsubsection T * aligned\_alloc( size\_t align ) 335 This aligned\_alloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt aligned\_alloc (FIX ME: cite aligned\_alloc). It takes one parameter as compared to the default aligned\_alloc that takes two parameters. 336 \paragraph{Usage} 337 This aligned\_alloc takes one parameter. 338 339 \begin{itemize} 340 \item 341 align: required alignment of the dynamic object. 342 \end{itemize} 343 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type T that is aligned to the given parameter. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 344 345 \subsubsection int posix\_memalign( T ** ptr, size\_t align ) 346 This posix\_memalign is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt posix\_memalign (FIX ME: cite posix\_memalign). It takes two parameters as compared to the default posix\_memalign that takes three parameters. 347 \paragraph{Usage} 348 This posix\_memalign takes two parameter. 349 350 \begin{itemize} 351 \item 352 ptr: variable address to store the address of the allocated object. 353 \item 354 align: required alignment of the dynamic object. 355 \end{itemize} 356 357 It stores address of the dynamic object of the size of type T in given parameter ptr. This object is aligned to the given parameter. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 358 359 \subsubsection T * valloc( void ) 360 This valloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt valloc (FIX ME: cite valloc). It takes no parameters as compared to the default valloc that takes one parameter. 361 \paragraph{Usage} 362 valloc takes no parameters. 363 It returns a dynamic object of the size of type T that is aligned to the page size. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 364 365 \subsubsection T * pvalloc( void ) 366 This pcvalloc is a simplified polymorphic form of defualt pcvalloc (FIX ME: cite pcvalloc). It takes no parameters as compared to the default pcvalloc that takes one parameter. 367 \paragraph{Usage} 368 pvalloc takes no parameters. 369 It returns a dynamic object of the size that is calcutaed by rouding the size of type T. The returned object is also aligned to the page size. On failure, it return NULL pointer. 370 371 \subsection Alloc Interface 372 In addition to improve allocator interface both for CFA and our standalone allocator uHeapLmmm in C. We also added a new alloc interface in CFA that increases usability of dynamic memory allocation. 436 373 This interface helps programmers in three major ways. 437 374 … … 442 379 Parametre Positions: alloc interface frees programmers from remembering parameter postions in call to routines. 443 380 \item 444 Object Size: alloc interface does not require programmer to mention the object size as \CFA allows allocator to determince the object size from returned type of alloc call.445 \end{itemize} 446 447 Alloc interface uses polymorphism, backtick routines (FIX ME: cite backtick) and ttype parameters of \CFA (FIX ME: cite ttype) to provide a very simple dynamic memory allocation interface to the programmers. The new interfece has just one routine name alloc that can be used to perform a wide range of dynamic allocations. The parameters use backtick functions to provide a similar-to named parameters feature for our alloc interface so that programmers do not have to remember parameter positions in alloc call except the position of dimension (dim) parameter.448 449 \subs ection{Routine: \lstinline{T * alloc( ... )}}450 Call to alloc wihout any parameter returns one object of size of type @T@allocated dynamically.381 Object Size: alloc interface does not require programmer to mention the object size as CFA allows allocator to determince the object size from returned type of alloc call. 382 \end{itemize} 383 384 Alloc interface uses polymorphism, backtick routines (FIX ME: cite backtick) and ttype parameters of CFA (FIX ME: cite ttype) to provide a very simple dynamic memory allocation interface to the programmers. The new interfece has just one routine name alloc that can be used to perform a wide range of dynamic allocations. The parameters use backtick functions to provide a similar-to named parameters feature for our alloc interface so that programmers do not have to remember parameter positions in alloc call except the position of dimension (dim) parameter. 385 386 \subsubsection{Routine: T * alloc( ... )} 387 Call to alloc wihout any parameter returns one object of size of type T allocated dynamically. 451 388 Only the dimension (dim) parameter for array allocation has the fixed position in the alloc routine. If programmer wants to allocate an array of objects that the required number of members in the array has to be given as the first parameter to the alloc routine. 452 alocc routine accepts six kinds of arguments. Using different combinations of tha parameters, different kind of allocations can be performed. Any combincation of parameters can be used together except @`realloc@ and @`resize@ that should not be used simultanously in one call to routine as it creates ambiguity about whether to reallocate or resize a currently allocated dynamic object. If both @`resize@ and @`realloc@are used in a call to alloc then the latter one will take effect or unexpected resulted might be produced.389 alocc routine accepts six kinds of arguments. Using different combinations of tha parameters, different kind of allocations can be performed. Any combincation of parameters can be used together except `realloc and `resize that should not be used simultanously in one call to routine as it creates ambiguity about whether to reallocate or resize a currently allocated dynamic object. If both `resize and `realloc are used in a call to alloc then the latter one will take effect or unexpected resulted might be produced. 453 390 454 391 \paragraph{Dim} 455 This is the only parameter in the alloc routine that has a fixed-position and it is also the only parameter that does not use a backtick function. It has to be passed at the first position to alloc call in-case of an array allocation of objects of type @T@.456 It represents the required number of members in the array allocation as in \CFA's aalloc (FIX ME: cite aalloc).457 This parameter should be of type @size_t@.458 459 Example: @int a = alloc( 5 )@392 This is the only parameter in the alloc routine that has a fixed-position and it is also the only parameter that does not use a backtick function. It has to be passed at the first position to alloc call in-case of an array allocation of objects of type T. 393 It represents the required number of members in the array allocation as in CFA's aalloc (FIX ME: cite aalloc). 394 This parameter should be of type size\_t. 395 396 Example: int a = alloc( 5 ) 460 397 This call will return a dynamic array of five integers. 461 398 462 399 \paragraph{Align} 463 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine align ( @`align@). The parameter passed with @`align@ should be of type @size_t@. If the alignment parameter is not a power of two or is less than the default alignment of the allocator (that can be found out using routine libAlign in \CFA) then the passed alignment parameter will be rejected and the default alignment will be used.464 465 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , 64`align )@400 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine align (`align). The parameter passed with `align should be of type size\_t. If the alignment parameter is not a power of two or is less than the default alignment of the allocator (that can be found out using routine libAlign in CFA) then the passed alignment parameter will be rejected and the default alignment will be used. 401 402 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , 64`align ) 466 403 This call will return a dynamic array of five integers. It will align the allocated object to 64. 467 404 468 405 \paragraph{Fill} 469 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine fill ( @`fill@). In case of @realloc@, only the extra space after copying the data in the old object will be filled with given parameter.406 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine fill (`fill). In case of realloc, only the extra space after copying the data in the old object will be filled with given parameter. 470 407 Three types of parameters can be passed using `fill. 471 408 472 409 \begin{itemize} 473 410 \item 474 @char@: A char can be passed with @`fill@to fill the whole dynamic allocation with the given char recursively till the end of required allocation.475 \item 476 Object of returned type: An object of type of returned type can be passed with @`fill@to fill the whole dynamic allocation with the given object recursively till the end of required allocation.477 \item 478 Dynamic object of returned type: A dynamic object of type of returned type can be passed with @`fill@ to fill the dynamic allocation with the given dynamic object. In this case, the allocated memory is not filled recursively till the end of allocation. The filling happen untill the end object passed to @`fill@or the end of requested allocation reaches.479 \end{itemize} 480 481 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , 'a'`fill )@411 char: A char can be passed with `fill to fill the whole dynamic allocation with the given char recursively till the end of required allocation. 412 \item 413 Object of returned type: An object of type of returned type can be passed with `fill to fill the whole dynamic allocation with the given object recursively till the end of required allocation. 414 \item 415 Dynamic object of returned type: A dynamic object of type of returned type can be passed with `fill to fill the dynamic allocation with the given dynamic object. In this case, the allocated memory is not filled recursively till the end of allocation. The filling happen untill the end object passed to `fill or the end of requested allocation reaches. 416 \end{itemize} 417 418 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , 'a'`fill ) 482 419 This call will return a dynamic array of five integers. It will fill the allocated object with character 'a' recursively till the end of requested allocation size. 483 420 484 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , 4`fill )@421 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , 4`fill ) 485 422 This call will return a dynamic array of five integers. It will fill the allocated object with integer 4 recursively till the end of requested allocation size. 486 423 487 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`fill )@ where @a@is a pointer of int type424 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`fill ) where a is a pointer of int type 488 425 This call will return a dynamic array of five integers. It will copy data in a to the returned object non-recursively untill end of a or the newly allocated object is reached. 489 426 490 427 \paragraph{Resize} 491 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine resize ( @`resize@). It represents the old dynamic object (oaddr) that the programmer wants to428 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine resize (`resize). It represents the old dynamic object (oaddr) that the programmer wants to 492 429 \begin{itemize} 493 430 \item … … 498 435 fill with something. 499 436 \end{itemize} 500 The data in old dynamic object will not be preserved in the new object. The type of object passed to @`resize@and the returned type of alloc call can be different.501 502 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize )@437 The data in old dynamic object will not be preserved in the new object. The type of object passed to `resize and the returned type of alloc call can be different. 438 439 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize ) 503 440 This call will resize object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. 504 441 505 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize , 32`align )@442 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize , 32`align ) 506 443 This call will resize object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. The returned object will also be aligned to 32. 507 444 508 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize , 32`align , 2`fill )@445 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`resize , 32`align , 2`fill) 509 446 This call will resize object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. The returned object will also be aligned to 32 and will be filled with 2. 510 447 511 448 \paragraph{Realloc} 512 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine @realloc@ (@`realloc@). It represents the old dynamic object (oaddr) that the programmer wants to449 This parameter is position-free and uses a backtick routine realloc (`realloc). It represents the old dynamic object (oaddr) that the programmer wants to 513 450 \begin{itemize} 514 451 \item … … 519 456 fill with something. 520 457 \end{itemize} 521 The data in old dynamic object will be preserved in the new object. The type of object passed to @`realloc@and the returned type of alloc call cannot be different.522 523 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc )@458 The data in old dynamic object will be preserved in the new object. The type of object passed to `realloc and the returned type of alloc call cannot be different. 459 460 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc ) 524 461 This call will realloc object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. 525 462 526 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc , 32`align )@463 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc , 32`align ) 527 464 This call will realloc object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. The returned object will also be aligned to 32. 528 465 529 Example: @int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc , 32`align , 2`fill )@466 Example: int b = alloc( 5 , a`realloc , 32`align , 2`fill) 530 467 This call will resize object a to a dynamic array that can contain 5 integers. The returned object will also be aligned to 32. The extra space after copying data of a to the returned object will be filled with 2. -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/background.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 1 \begin{comment} 1 \chapter{Background} 2 3 \noindent 2 4 ==================== 5 3 6 Writing Points: 4 7 \begin{itemize} … … 16 19 Features and limitations. 17 20 \end{itemize} 18 \end{comment}19 21 20 \chapter[Background]{Background\footnote{Part of this chapter draws from similar background work in~\cite{wasik.thesis} with many updates.}} 22 \noindent 23 ==================== 21 24 25 \section{Background} 22 26 23 A program dynamically allocates and deallocates the storage for a variable, referred to as an \newterm{object}, through calls such as @malloc@ and @free@ in C, and @new@ and @delete@ in \CC. 24 Space for each allocated object comes from the dynamic-allocation zone. 25 A \newterm{memory allocator} contains a complex data-structure and code that manages the layout of objects in the dynamic-allocation zone. 26 The management goals are to make allocation/deallocation operations as fast as possible while densely packing objects to make efficient use of memory. 27 Objects in C/\CC cannot be moved to aid the packing process, only adjacent free storage can be \newterm{coalesced} into larger free areas. 28 The allocator grows or shrinks the dynamic-allocation zone to obtain storage for objects and reduce memory usage via operating-system calls, such as @mmap@ or @sbrk@ in UNIX. 27 % FIXME: cite wasik 28 \cite{wasik.thesis} 29 29 30 \subsection{Memory Allocation} 31 With dynamic allocation being an important feature of C, there are many standalone memory allocators that have been designed for different purposes. For this thesis, we chose 7 of the most popular and widely used memory allocators. 30 32 31 \ section{Allocator Components}32 \label{s:AllocatorComponents} 33 \paragraph{dlmalloc} 34 dlmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is single threaded and single heap. dlmalloc maintains free-lists of different sizes to store freed dynamic memory. (FIX ME: cite wasik) 33 35 34 \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorComponents} shows the two important data components for a memory allocator, management and storage, collectively called the \newterm{heap}. 35 The \newterm{management data} is a data structure located at a known memory address and contains all information necessary to manage the storage data. 36 The management data starts with fixed-sized information in the static-data memory that references components in the dynamic-allocation memory. 37 The \newterm{storage data} is composed of allocated and freed objects, and \newterm{reserved memory}. 38 Allocated objects (white) are variable sized, and allocated and maintained by the program; 39 \ie only the program knows the location of allocated storage, not the memory allocator. 40 \begin{figure}[h] 41 \centering 42 \input{AllocatorComponents} 43 \caption{Allocator Components (Heap)} 44 \label{f:AllocatorComponents} 45 \end{figure} 46 Freed objects (light grey) represent memory deallocated by the program, which are linked into one or more lists facilitating easy location of new allocations. 47 Often the free list is chained internally so it does not consume additional storage, \ie the link fields are placed at known locations in the unused memory blocks. 48 Reserved memory (dark grey) is one or more blocks of memory obtained from the operating system but not yet allocated to the program; 49 if there are multiple reserved blocks, they are also chained together, usually internally. 36 \paragraph{hoard} 37 Hoard (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and using a heap layer framework. It has per-thred heaps that have thread-local free-lists, and a gloabl shared heap. (FIX ME: cite wasik) 50 38 51 Allocated and freed objects typically have additional management data embedded within them. 52 \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatedObject} shows an allocated object with a header, trailer, and alignment padding and spacing around the object. 53 The header contains information about the object, \eg size, type, etc. 54 The trailer may be used to simplify an allocation implementation, \eg coalescing, and/or for security purposes to mark the end of an object. 55 An object may be preceded by padding to ensure proper alignment. 56 Some algorithms quantize allocation requests into distinct sizes resulting in additional spacing after objects less than the quantized value. 57 When padding and spacing are necessary, neither can be used to satisfy a future allocation request while the current allocation exists. 58 A free object also contains management data, \eg size, chaining, etc. 59 The amount of management data for a free node defines the minimum allocation size, \eg if 16 bytes are needed for a free-list node, any allocation request less than 16 bytes must be rounded up, otherwise the free list cannot use internal chaining. 60 The information in an allocated or freed object is overwritten when it transitions from allocated to freed and vice-versa by new management information and possibly data. 39 \paragraph{jemalloc} 40 jemalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that uses multiple arenas. Each thread is assigned an arena. Each arena has chunks that contain contagious memory regions of same size. An arena has multiple chunks that contain regions of multiple sizes. 61 41 62 \begin{figure} 63 \centering 64 \input{AllocatedObject} 65 \caption{Allocated Object} 66 \label{f:AllocatedObject} 67 \end{figure} 42 \paragraph{ptmalloc} 43 ptmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a modification of dlmalloc. It is a thread-safe multi-threaded memory allocator that uses multiple heaps. ptmalloc heap has similar design to dlmalloc's heap. 68 44 45 \paragraph{rpmalloc} 46 rpmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and uses per-thread heap. Each heap has multiple size-classes and each size-calss contains memory regions of the relevant size. 69 47 70 \ section{Single-Threaded Memory-Allocator}71 \label{s:SingleThreadedMemoryAllocator} 48 \paragraph{tbb malloc} 49 tbb malloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and uses private heap for each thread. Each private-heap has multiple bins of different sizes. Each bin contains free regions of the same size. 72 50 73 A single-threaded memory-allocator does not run any threads itself, but is used by a single-threaded program. 74 Because the memory allocator is only executed by a single thread, concurrency issues do not exist. 75 The primary issues in designing a single-threaded memory-allocator are fragmentation and locality. 51 \paragraph{tc malloc} 52 tcmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator. It uses per-thread cache to store free objects that prevents contention on shared resources in multi-threaded application. A central free-list is used to refill per-thread cache when it gets empty. 76 53 54 \subsection{Benchmarks} 55 There are multiple benchmarks that are built individually and evaluate different aspects of a memory allocator. But, there is not standard set of benchamrks that can be used to evaluate multiple aspects of memory allocators. 77 56 78 \ subsection{Fragmentation}79 \label{s:Fragmentation} 57 \paragraph{threadtest} 58 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Each thread repeatedly allocates and then deallocates 100,000 objects. Runtime of the benchmark evaluates its efficiency. 80 59 81 Fragmentation is memory requested from the operating system but not used by the program; 82 hence, allocated objects are not fragmentation. 83 \VRef[Figure]{f:InternalExternalFragmentation} shows fragmentation is divided into two forms: internal or external. 60 \paragraph{shbench} 61 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Each thread allocates and randomly frees a number of random-sized objects. It is a stress test that also uses runtime to determine efficiency of the allocator. 84 62 85 \begin{figure} 86 \centering 87 \input{IntExtFragmentation} 88 \caption{Internal and External Fragmentation} 89 \label{f:InternalExternalFragmentation} 90 \end{figure} 91 92 \newterm{Internal fragmentation} is memory space that is allocated to the program, but is not intended to be accessed by the program, such as headers, trailers, padding, and spacing around an allocated object. 93 This memory is typically used by the allocator for management purposes or required by the architecture for correctness, \eg alignment. 94 Internal fragmentation is problematic when management space is a significant proportion of an allocated object. 95 For example, if internal fragmentation is as large as the object being managed, then the memory usage for that object is doubled. 96 An allocator should strive to keep internal management information to a minimum. 97 98 \newterm{External fragmentation} is all memory space reserved from the operating system but not allocated to the program~\cite{Wilson95,Lim98,Siebert00}, which includes all external management data, freed objects, and reserved memory. 99 This memory is problematic in two ways: heap blowup and highly fragmented memory. 100 \newterm{Heap blowup} occurs when memory freed by the program is not reused for future allocations leading to potentially unbounded external fragmentation growth~\cite{Berger00}. 101 Heap blowup can occur due to allocator policies that are too restrictive in reusing freed memory and/or no coalescing of free storage. 102 Memory can become \newterm{highly fragmented} after multiple allocations and deallocations of objects. 103 \VRef[Figure]{f:MemoryFragmentation} shows an example of how a small block of memory fragments as objects are allocated and deallocated over time. 104 Blocks of free memory become smaller and non-contiguous making them less useful in serving allocation requests. 105 Memory is highly fragmented when the sizes of most free blocks are unusable. 106 For example, \VRef[Figure]{f:Contiguous} and \VRef[Figure]{f:HighlyFragmented} have the same quantity of external fragmentation, but \VRef[Figure]{f:HighlyFragmented} is highly fragmented. 107 If there is a request to allocate a large object, \VRef[Figure]{f:Contiguous} is more likely to be able to satisfy it with existing free memory, while \VRef[Figure]{f:HighlyFragmented} likely has to request more memory from the operating system. 108 109 \begin{figure} 110 \centering 111 \input{MemoryFragmentation} 112 \caption{Memory Fragmentation} 113 \label{f:MemoryFragmentation} 114 \vspace{10pt} 115 \subfigure[Contiguous]{ 116 \input{ContigFragmentation} 117 \label{f:Contiguous} 118 } % subfigure 119 \subfigure[Highly Fragmented]{ 120 \input{NonContigFragmentation} 121 \label{f:HighlyFragmented} 122 } % subfigure 123 \caption{Fragmentation Quality} 124 \label{f:FragmentationQuality} 125 \end{figure} 126 127 For a single-threaded memory allocator, three basic approaches for controlling fragmentation are identified~\cite{Johnstone99}. 128 The first approach is a \newterm{sequential-fit algorithm} with one list of free objects that is searched for a block large enough to fit a requested object size. 129 Different search policies determine the free object selected, \eg the first free object large enough or closest to the requested size. 130 Any storage larger than the request can become spacing after the object or be split into a smaller free object. 131 The cost of the search depends on the shape and quality of the free list, \eg a linear versus a binary-tree free-list, a sorted versus unsorted free-list. 132 133 The second approach is a \newterm{segregated} or \newterm{binning algorithm} with a set of lists for different sized freed objects. 134 When an object is allocated, the requested size is rounded up to the nearest bin-size, often leading to spacing after the object. 135 A binning algorithm is fast at finding free memory of the appropriate size and allocating it, since the first free object on the free list is used. 136 The fewer bin-sizes, the fewer lists need to be searched and maintained; 137 however, the bin sizes are less likely to closely fit the requested object size, leading to more internal fragmentation. 138 The more bin-sizes, the longer the search and the less likely free objects are to be reused, leading to more external fragmentation and potentially heap blowup. 139 A variation of the binning algorithm allows objects to be allocated to the requested size, but when an object is freed, it is placed on the free list of the next smallest or equal bin-size. 140 For example, with bin sizes of 8 and 16 bytes, a request for 12 bytes allocates only 12 bytes, but when the object is freed, it is placed on the 8-byte bin-list. 141 For subsequent requests, the bin free-lists contain objects of different sizes, ranging from one bin-size to the next (8-16 in this example), and a sequential-fit algorithm may be used to find an object large enough for the requested size on the associated bin list. 142 143 The third approach is \newterm{splitting} and \newterm{coalescing algorithms}. 144 When an object is allocated, if there are no free objects of the requested size, a larger free object may be split into two smaller objects to satisfy the allocation request without obtaining more memory from the operating system. 145 For example, in the buddy system, a block of free memory is split into two equal chunks, one of those chunks is again split into two equal chunks, and so on until a block just large enough to fit the requested object is created. 146 When an object is deallocated it is coalesced with the objects immediately before and after it in memory, if they are free, turning them into one larger object. 147 Coalescing can be done eagerly at each deallocation or lazily when an allocation cannot be fulfilled. 148 In all cases, coalescing increases allocation latency, hence some allocations can cause unbounded delays during coalescing. 149 While coalescing does not reduce external fragmentation, the coalesced blocks improve fragmentation quality so future allocations are less likely to cause heap blowup. 150 Splitting and coalescing can be used with other algorithms to avoid highly fragmented memory. 151 152 153 \subsection{Locality} 154 \label{s:Locality} 155 156 The principle of locality recognizes that programs tend to reference a small set of data, called a working set, for a certain period of time, where a working set is composed of temporal and spatial accesses~\cite{Denning05}. 157 Temporal clustering implies a group of objects are accessed repeatedly within a short time period, while spatial clustering implies a group of objects physically close together (nearby addresses) are accessed repeatedly within a short time period. 158 Temporal locality commonly occurs during an iterative computation with a fix set of disjoint variables, while spatial locality commonly occurs when traversing an array. 159 160 Hardware takes advantage of temporal and spatial locality through multiple levels of caching, \ie memory hierarchy. 161 When an object is accessed, the memory physically located around the object is also cached with the expectation that the current and nearby objects will be referenced within a short period of time. 162 For example, entire cache lines are transferred between memory and cache and entire virtual-memory pages are transferred between disk and memory. 163 A program exhibiting good locality has better performance due to fewer cache misses and page faults\footnote{With the advent of large RAM memory, paging is becoming less of an issue in modern programming.}. 164 165 Temporal locality is largely controlled by how a program accesses its variables~\cite{Feng05}. 166 Nevertheless, a memory allocator can have some indirect influence on temporal locality and largely dictates spatial locality. 167 For temporal locality, an allocator can return storage for new allocations that was just freed as these memory locations are still \emph{warm} in the memory hierarchy. 168 For spatial locality, an allocator can place objects used together close together in memory, so the working set of the program fits into the fewest possible cache lines and pages. 169 However, usage patterns are different for every program as is the underlying hardware memory architecture; 170 hence, no general-purpose memory-allocator can provide ideal locality for every program on every computer. 171 172 There are a number of ways a memory allocator can degrade locality by increasing the working set. 173 For example, a memory allocator may access multiple free objects before finding one to satisfy an allocation request, \eg sequential-fit algorithm. 174 If there are a (large) number of objects accessed in very different areas of memory, the allocator may perturb the program's memory hierarchy causing multiple cache or page misses~\cite{Grunwald93}. 175 Another way locality can be degraded is by spatially separating related data. 176 For example, in a binning allocator, objects of different sizes are allocated from different bins that may be located in different pages of memory. 177 178 179 \section{Multi-Threaded Memory-Allocator} 180 \label{s:MultiThreadedMemoryAllocator} 181 182 A multi-threaded memory-allocator does not run any threads itself, but is used by a multi-threaded program. 183 In addition to single-threaded design issues of fragmentation and locality, a multi-threaded allocator is simultaneously accessed by multiple threads, and hence, must deal with concurrency issues such as mutual exclusion, false sharing, and additional forms of heap blowup. 184 185 186 \subsection{Mutual Exclusion} 187 \label{s:MutualExclusion} 188 189 \newterm{Mutual exclusion} provides sequential access to the shared management data of the heap. 190 There are two performance issues for mutual exclusion. 191 First is the overhead necessary to perform (at least) a hardware atomic operation every time a shared resource is accessed. 192 Second is when multiple threads contend for a shared resource simultaneously, and hence, some threads must wait until the resource is released. 193 Contention can be reduced in a number of ways: 194 \begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt] 195 \item 196 using multiple fine-grained locks versus a single lock, spreading the contention across a number of locks; 197 \item 198 using trylock and generating new storage if the lock is busy, yielding a classic space versus time tradeoff; 199 \item 200 using one of the many lock-free approaches for reducing contention on basic data-structure operations~\cite{Oyama99}. 201 \end{itemize} 202 However, all of these approaches have degenerate cases where program contention is high, which occurs outside of the allocator. 203 204 205 \subsection{False Sharing} 206 \label{s:FalseSharing} 207 208 False sharing is a dynamic phenomenon leading to cache thrashing. 209 When two or more threads on separate CPUs simultaneously change different objects sharing a cache line, the change invalidates the other thread's associated cache, even though these threads may be uninterested in the other modified object. 210 False sharing can occur in three different ways: program induced, allocator-induced active, and allocator-induced passive; 211 a memory allocator can only affect the latter two. 212 213 \paragraph{\newterm{Program-induced false-sharing}} occurs when one thread passes an object sharing a cache line to another thread, and both threads modify the respective objects. 214 \VRef[Figure]{f:ProgramInducedFalseSharing} shows when Task$_1$ passes Object$_2$ to Task$_2$, a false-sharing situation forms when Task$_1$ modifies Object$_1$ and Task$_2$ modifies Object$_2$. 215 Changes to Object$_1$ invalidate CPU$_2$'s cache line, and changes to Object$_2$ invalidate CPU$_1$'s cache line. 216 217 \begin{figure} 218 \centering 219 \subfigure[Program-Induced False-Sharing]{ 220 \input{ProgramFalseSharing} 221 \label{f:ProgramInducedFalseSharing} 222 } \\ 223 \vspace{5pt} 224 \subfigure[Allocator-Induced Active False-Sharing]{ 225 \input{AllocInducedActiveFalseSharing} 226 \label{f:AllocatorInducedActiveFalseSharing} 227 } \\ 228 \vspace{5pt} 229 \subfigure[Allocator-Induced Passive False-Sharing]{ 230 \input{AllocInducedPassiveFalseSharing} 231 \label{f:AllocatorInducedPassiveFalseSharing} 232 } % subfigure 233 \caption{False Sharing} 234 \label{f:FalseSharing} 235 \end{figure} 236 237 \paragraph{\newterm{Allocator-induced active false-sharing}} occurs when objects are allocated within the same cache line but to different threads. 238 For example, in \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedActiveFalseSharing}, each task allocates an object and loads a cache-line of memory into its associated cache. 239 Again, changes to Object$_1$ invalidate CPU$_2$'s cache line, and changes to Object$_2$ invalidate CPU$_1$'s cache line. 240 241 \paragraph{\newterm{Allocator-induced passive false-sharing}} is another form of allocator-induced false-sharing caused by program-induced false-sharing. 242 When an object in a program-induced false-sharing situation is deallocated, a future allocation of that object may cause passive false-sharing. 243 For example, in \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedPassiveFalseSharing}, Task$_1$ passes Object$_2$ to Task$_2$, and Task$_2$ subsequently deallocates Object$_2$. 244 Allocator-induced passive false-sharing occurs when Object$_2$ is reallocated to Task$_2$ while Task$_1$ is still using Object$_1$. 245 246 247 \subsection{Heap Blowup} 248 \label{s:HeapBlowup} 249 250 In a multi-threaded program, heap blowup can occur when memory freed by one thread is inaccessible to other threads due to the allocation strategy. 251 Specific examples are presented in later sections. 252 253 254 \section{Multi-Threaded Memory-Allocator Features} 255 \label{s:MultiThreadedMemoryAllocatorFeatures} 256 257 The following features are used in the construction of multi-threaded memory-allocators: 258 \begin{list}{\arabic{enumi}.}{\usecounter{enumi}\topsep=0.5ex\parsep=0pt\itemsep=0pt} 259 \item multiple heaps 260 \begin{list}{\alph{enumii})}{\usecounter{enumii}\topsep=0.5ex\parsep=0pt\itemsep=0pt} 261 \item with or without a global heap 262 \item with or without ownership 263 \end{list} 264 \item object containers 265 \begin{list}{\alph{enumii})}{\usecounter{enumii}\topsep=0.5ex\parsep=0pt\itemsep=0pt} 266 \item with or without ownership 267 \item fixed or variable sized 268 \item global or local free-lists 269 \end{list} 270 \item hybrid private/public heap 271 \item allocation buffer 272 \item lock-free operations 273 \end{list} 274 The first feature, multiple heaps, pertains to different kinds of heaps. 275 The second feature, object containers, pertains to the organization of objects within the storage area. 276 The remaining features apply to different parts of the allocator design or implementation. 277 278 279 \section{Multiple Heaps} 280 \label{s:MultipleHeaps} 281 282 A multi-threaded allocator has potentially multiple threads and heaps. 283 The multiple threads cause complexity, and multiple heaps are a mechanism for dealing with the complexity. 284 The spectrum ranges from multiple threads using a single heap, denoted as T:1 (see \VRef[Figure]{f:SingleHeap}), to multiple threads sharing multiple heaps, denoted as T:H (see \VRef[Figure]{f:SharedHeaps}), to one thread per heap, denoted as 1:1 (see \VRef[Figure]{f:PerThreadHeap}), which is almost back to a single-threaded allocator. 285 286 287 \paragraph{T:1 model} where all threads allocate and deallocate objects from one heap. 288 Memory is obtained from the freed objects, or reserved memory in the heap, or from the operating system (OS); 289 the heap may also return freed memory to the operating system. 290 The arrows indicate the direction memory conceptually moves for each kind of operation: allocation moves memory along the path from the heap/operating-system to the user application, while deallocation moves memory along the path from the application back to the heap/operating-system. 291 To safely handle concurrency, a single heap uses locking to provide mutual exclusion. 292 Whether using a single lock for all heap operations or fine-grained locking for different operations, a single heap may be a significant source of contention for programs with a large amount of memory allocation. 293 294 \begin{figure} 295 \centering 296 \subfigure[T:1]{ 297 % \input{SingleHeap.pstex_t} 298 \input{SingleHeap} 299 \label{f:SingleHeap} 300 } % subfigure 301 \vrule 302 \subfigure[T:H]{ 303 % \input{MultipleHeaps.pstex_t} 304 \input{SharedHeaps} 305 \label{f:SharedHeaps} 306 } % subfigure 307 \vrule 308 \subfigure[1:1]{ 309 % \input{MultipleHeapsGlobal.pstex_t} 310 \input{PerThreadHeap} 311 \label{f:PerThreadHeap} 312 } % subfigure 313 \caption{Multiple Heaps, Thread:Heap Relationship} 314 \end{figure} 315 316 317 \paragraph{T:H model} where each thread allocates storage from several heaps depending on certain criteria, with the goal of reducing contention by spreading allocations/deallocations across the heaps. 318 The decision on when to create a new heap and which heap a thread allocates from depends on the allocator design. 319 The performance goal is to reduce the ratio of heaps to threads. 320 In general, locking is required, since more than one thread may concurrently access a heap during its lifetime, but contention is reduced because fewer threads access a specific heap. 321 322 For example, multiple heaps are managed in a pool, starting with a single or a fixed number of heaps that increase\-/decrease depending on contention\-/space issues. 323 At creation, a thread is associated with a heap from the pool. 324 When the thread attempts an allocation and its associated heap is locked (contention), it scans for an unlocked heap in the pool. 325 If an unlocked heap is found, the thread changes its association and uses that heap. 326 If all heaps are locked, the thread may create a new heap, use it, and then place the new heap into the pool; 327 or the thread can block waiting for a heap to become available. 328 While the heap-pool approach often minimizes the number of extant heaps, the worse case can result in more heaps than threads; 329 \eg if the number of threads is large at startup with many allocations creating a large number of heaps and then the number of threads reduces. 330 331 Threads using multiple heaps need to determine the specific heap to access for an allocation/deallocation, \ie association of thread to heap. 332 A number of techniques are used to establish this association. 333 The simplest approach is for each thread to have a pointer to its associated heap (or to administrative information that points to the heap), and this pointer changes if the association changes. 334 For threading systems with thread-local storage, the heap pointer is created using this mechanism; 335 otherwise, the heap routines must simulate thread-local storage using approaches like hashing the thread's stack-pointer or thread-id to find its associated heap. 336 337 The storage management for multiple heaps is more complex than for a single heap (see \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorComponents}). 338 \VRef[Figure]{f:MultipleHeapStorage} illustrates the general storage layout for multiple heaps. 339 Allocated and free objects are labelled by the thread or heap they are associated with. 340 (Links between free objects are removed for simplicity.) 341 The management information in the static zone must be able to locate all heaps in the dynamic zone. 342 The management information for the heaps must reside in the dynamic-allocation zone if there are a variable number. 343 Each heap in the dynamic zone is composed of a list of a free objects and a pointer to its reserved memory. 344 An alternative implementation is for all heaps to share one reserved memory, which requires a separate lock for the reserved storage to ensure mutual exclusion when acquiring new memory. 345 Because multiple threads can allocate/free/reallocate adjacent storage, all forms of false sharing may occur. 346 Other storage-management options are to use @mmap@ to set aside (large) areas of virtual memory for each heap and suballocate each heap's storage within that area, pushing part of the storage management complexity back to the operating system. 347 348 \begin{figure} 349 \centering 350 \input{MultipleHeapsStorage} 351 \caption{Multiple-Heap Storage} 352 \label{f:MultipleHeapStorage} 353 \end{figure} 354 355 Multiple heaps increase external fragmentation as the ratio of heaps to threads increases, which can lead to heap blowup. 356 The external fragmentation experienced by a program with a single heap is now multiplied by the number of heaps, since each heap manages its own free storage and allocates its own reserved memory. 357 Additionally, objects freed by one heap cannot be reused by other threads, except indirectly by returning free memory to the operating system, which can be expensive. 358 (Depending on how the operating system provides dynamic storage to an application, returning storage may be difficult or impossible, \eg the contiguous @sbrk@ area in Unix.) 359 In the worst case, a program in which objects are allocated from one heap but deallocated to another heap means these freed objects are never reused. 360 361 Adding a \newterm{global heap} (G) attempts to reduce the cost of obtaining/returning memory among heaps (sharing) by buffering storage within the application address-space. 362 Now, each heap obtains and returns storage to/from the global heap rather than the operating system. 363 Storage is obtained from the global heap only when a heap allocation cannot be fulfilled, and returned to the global heap when a heap's free memory exceeds some threshold. 364 Similarly, the global heap buffers this memory, obtaining and returning storage to/from the operating system as necessary. 365 The global heap does not have its own thread and makes no internal allocation requests; 366 instead, it uses the application thread, which called one of the multiple heaps and then the global heap, to perform operations. 367 Hence, the worst-case cost of a memory operation includes all these steps. 368 With respect to heap blowup, the global heap provides an indirect mechanism to move free memory among heaps, which usually has a much lower cost than interacting with the operating system to achieve the same goal and is independent of the mechanism used by the operating system to present dynamic memory to an address space. 369 370 However, since any thread may indirectly perform a memory operation on the global heap, it is a shared resource that requires locking. 371 A single lock can be used to protect the global heap or fine-grained locking can be used to reduce contention. 372 In general, the cost is minimal since the majority of memory operations are completed without the use of the global heap. 373 374 375 \paragraph{1:1 model (thread heaps)} where each thread has its own heap eliminating most contention and locking because threads seldom access another thread's heap (see ownership in \VRef{s:Ownership}). 376 An additional benefit of thread heaps is improved locality due to better memory layout. 377 As each thread only allocates from its heap, all objects for a thread are consolidated in the storage area for that heap, better utilizing each CPUs cache and accessing fewer pages. 378 In contrast, the T:H model spreads each thread's objects over a larger area in different heaps. 379 Thread heaps can also eliminate allocator-induced active false-sharing, if memory is acquired so it does not overlap at crucial boundaries with memory for another thread's heap. 380 For example, assume page boundaries coincide with cache line boundaries, then if a thread heap always acquires pages of memory, no two threads share a page or cache line unless pointers are passed among them. 381 Hence, allocator-induced active false-sharing in \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedActiveFalseSharing} cannot occur because the memory for thread heaps never overlaps. 382 383 When a thread terminates, there are two options for handling its heap. 384 First is to free all objects in the heap to the global heap and destroy the thread heap. 385 Second is to place the thread heap on a list of available heaps and reuse it for a new thread in the future. 386 Destroying the thread heap immediately may reduce external fragmentation sooner, since all free objects are freed to the global heap and may be reused by other threads. 387 Alternatively, reusing thread heaps may improve performance if the inheriting thread makes similar allocation requests as the thread that previously held the thread heap because any unfreed storage is immediately accessible.. 388 389 390 \subsection{User-Level Threading} 391 392 It is possible to use any of the heap models with user-level (M:N) threading. 393 However, an important goal of user-level threading is for fast operations (creation/termination/context-switching) by not interacting with the operating system, which allows the ability to create large numbers of high-performance interacting threads ($>$ 10,000). 394 It is difficult to retain this goal, if the user-threading model is directly involved with the heap model. 395 \VRef[Figure]{f:UserLevelKernelHeaps} shows that virtually all user-level threading systems use whatever kernel-level heap-model is provided by the language runtime. 396 Hence, a user thread allocates/deallocates from/to the heap of the kernel thread on which it is currently executing. 397 398 \begin{figure} 399 \centering 400 \input{UserKernelHeaps} 401 \caption{User-Level Kernel Heaps} 402 \label{f:UserLevelKernelHeaps} 403 \end{figure} 404 405 Adopting this model results in a subtle problem with shared heaps. 406 With kernel threading, an operation that is started by a kernel thread is always completed by that thread. 407 For example, if a kernel thread starts an allocation/deallocation on a shared heap, it always completes that operation with that heap even if preempted, \ie any locking correctness associated with the shared heap is preserved across preemption. 408 409 However, this correctness property is not preserved for user-level threading. 410 A user thread can start an allocation/deallocation on one kernel thread, be preempted (time slice), and continue running on a different kernel thread to complete the operation~\cite{Dice02}. 411 When the user thread continues on the new kernel thread, it may have pointers into the previous kernel-thread's heap and hold locks associated with it. 412 To get the same kernel-thread safety, time slicing must be disabled/\-enabled around these operations, so the user thread cannot jump to another kernel thread. 413 However, eagerly disabling/enabling time-slicing on the allocation/deallocation fast path is expensive, because preemption is rare (10--100 milliseconds). 414 Instead, techniques exist to lazily detect this case in the interrupt handler, abort the preemption, and return to the operation so it can complete atomically. 415 Occasionally ignoring a preemption should be benign, but a persistent lack of preemption can result in both short and long term starvation. 416 417 418 \begin{figure} 419 \centering 420 \subfigure[Ownership]{ 421 \input{MultipleHeapsOwnership} 422 } % subfigure 423 \hspace{0.25in} 424 \subfigure[No Ownership]{ 425 \input{MultipleHeapsNoOwnership} 426 } % subfigure 427 \caption{Heap Ownership} 428 \label{f:HeapsOwnership} 429 \end{figure} 430 431 432 \subsection{Ownership} 433 \label{s:Ownership} 434 435 \newterm{Ownership} defines which heap an object is returned-to on deallocation. 436 If a thread returns an object to the heap it was originally allocated from, a heap has ownership of its objects. 437 Alternatively, a thread can return an object to the heap it is currently associated with, which can be any heap accessible during a thread's lifetime. 438 \VRef[Figure]{f:HeapsOwnership} shows an example of multiple heaps (minus the global heap) with and without ownership. 439 Again, the arrows indicate the direction memory conceptually moves for each kind of operation. 440 For the 1:1 thread:heap relationship, a thread only allocates from its own heap, and without ownership, a thread only frees objects to its own heap, which means the heap is private to its owner thread and does not require any locking, called a \newterm{private heap}. 441 For the T:1/T:H models with or without ownership or the 1:1 model with ownership, a thread may free objects to different heaps, which makes each heap publicly accessible to all threads, called a \newterm{public heap}. 442 443 \VRef[Figure]{f:MultipleHeapStorageOwnership} shows the effect of ownership on storage layout. 444 (For simplicity assume the heaps all use the same size of reserves storage.) 445 In contrast to \VRef[Figure]{f:MultipleHeapStorage}, each reserved area used by a heap only contains free storage for that particular heap because threads must return free objects back to the owner heap. 446 Again, because multiple threads can allocate/free/reallocate adjacent storage in the same heap, all forms of false sharing may occur. 447 The exception is for the 1:1 model if reserved memory does not overlap a cache-line because all allocated storage within a used area is associated with a single thread. 448 In this case, there is no allocator-induced active false-sharing (see \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedActiveFalseSharing}) because two adjacent allocated objects used by different threads cannot share a cache-line. 449 As well, there is no allocator-induced passive false-sharing (see \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedActiveFalseSharing}) because two adjacent allocated objects used by different threads cannot occur because free objects are returned to the owner heap. 450 % Passive false-sharing may still occur, if delayed ownership is used (see below). 451 452 \begin{figure} 453 \centering 454 \input{MultipleHeapsOwnershipStorage.pstex_t} 455 \caption{Multiple-Heap Storage with Ownership} 456 \label{f:MultipleHeapStorageOwnership} 457 \end{figure} 458 459 The main advantage of ownership is preventing heap blowup by returning storage for reuse by the owner heap. 460 Ownership prevents the classical problem where one thread performs allocations from one heap, passes the object to another thread, and the receiving thread deallocates the object to another heap, hence draining the initial heap of storage. 461 As well, allocator-induced passive false-sharing is eliminated because returning an object to its owner heap means it can never be allocated to another thread. 462 For example, in \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedPassiveFalseSharing}, the deallocation by Task$_2$ returns Object$_2$ back to Task$_1$'s heap; 463 hence a subsequent allocation by Task$_2$ cannot return this storage. 464 The disadvantage of ownership is deallocating to another task's heap so heaps are no longer private and require locks to provide safe concurrent access. 465 466 Object ownership can be immediate or delayed, meaning free objects may be batched on a separate free list either by the returning or receiving thread. 467 While the returning thread can batch objects, batching across multiple heaps is complex and there is no obvious time when to push back to the owner heap. 468 It is better for returning threads to immediately return to the receiving thread's batch list as the receiving thread has better knowledge when to incorporate the batch list into its free pool. 469 Batching leverages the fact that most allocation patterns use the contention-free fast-path so locking on the batch list is rare for both the returning and receiving threads. 470 471 It is possible for heaps to steal objects rather than return them and reallocating these objects when storage runs out on a heap. 472 However, stealing can result in passive false-sharing. 473 For example, in \VRef[Figure]{f:AllocatorInducedPassiveFalseSharing}, Object$_2$ may be deallocated to Task$_2$'s heap initially. 474 If Task$_2$ reallocates Object$_2$ before it is returned to its owner heap, then passive false-sharing may occur. 475 476 477 \section{Object Containers} 478 \label{s:ObjectContainers} 479 480 Bracketing every allocation with headers/trailers can result in significant internal fragmentation, as shown in \VRef[Figure]{f:ObjectHeaders}. 481 Especially if the headers contain redundant management information, \eg object size may be the same for many objects because programs only allocate a small set of object sizes. 482 As well, it can result in poor cache usage, since only a portion of the cache line is holding useful information from the program's perspective. 483 Spatial locality can also be negatively affected leading to poor cache locality~\cite{Feng05}: 484 while the header and object are together in memory, they are generally not accessed together; 485 \eg the object is accessed by the program when it is allocated, while the header is accessed by the allocator when the object is free. 486 487 \begin{figure} 488 \centering 489 \subfigure[Object Headers]{ 490 \input{ObjectHeaders} 491 \label{f:ObjectHeaders} 492 } % subfigure 493 \subfigure[Object Container]{ 494 \input{Container} 495 \label{f:ObjectContainer} 496 } % subfigure 497 \caption{Header Placement} 498 \label{f:HeaderPlacement} 499 \end{figure} 500 501 An alternative approach factors common header/trailer information to a separate location in memory and organizes associated free storage into blocks called \newterm{object containers} (\newterm{superblocks} in~\cite{Berger00}), as in \VRef[Figure]{f:ObjectContainer}. 502 The header for the container holds information necessary for all objects in the container; 503 a trailer may also be used at the end of the container. 504 Similar to the approach described for thread heaps in \VRef{s:MultipleHeaps}, if container boundaries do not overlap with memory of another container at crucial boundaries and all objects in a container are allocated to the same thread, allocator-induced active false-sharing is avoided. 505 506 The difficulty with object containers lies in finding the object header/trailer given only the object address, since that is normally the only information passed to the deallocation operation. 507 One way to do this is to start containers on aligned addresses in memory, then truncate the lower bits of the object address to obtain the header address (or round up and subtract the trailer size to obtain the trailer address). 508 For example, if an object at address 0xFC28\,EF08 is freed and containers are aligned on 64\,KB (0x0001\,0000) addresses, then the container header is at 0xFC28\,0000. 509 510 Normally, a container has homogeneous objects of fixed size, with fixed information in the header that applies to all container objects (\eg object size and ownership). 511 This approach greatly reduces internal fragmentation since far fewer headers are required, and potentially increases spatial locality as a cache line or page holds more objects since the objects are closer together due to the lack of headers. 512 However, although similar objects are close spatially within the same container, different sized objects are further apart in separate containers. 513 Depending on the program, this may or may not improve locality. 514 If the program uses several objects from a small number of containers in its working set, then locality is improved since fewer cache lines and pages are required. 515 If the program uses many containers, there is poor locality, as both caching and paging increase. 516 Another drawback is that external fragmentation may be increased since containers reserve space for objects that may never be allocated by the program, \ie there are often multiple containers for each size only partially full. 517 However, external fragmentation can be reduced by using small containers. 518 519 Containers with heterogeneous objects implies different headers describing them, which complicates the problem of locating a specific header solely by an address. 520 A couple of solutions can be used to implement containers with heterogeneous objects. 521 However, the problem with allowing objects of different sizes is that the number of objects, and therefore headers, in a single container is unpredictable. 522 One solution allocates headers at one end of the container, while allocating objects from the other end of the container; 523 when the headers meet the objects, the container is full. 524 Freed objects cannot be split or coalesced since this causes the number of headers to change. 525 The difficulty in this strategy remains in finding the header for a specific object; 526 in general, a search is necessary to find the object's header among the container headers. 527 A second solution combines the use of container headers and individual object headers. 528 Each object header stores the object's heterogeneous information, such as its size, while the container header stores the homogeneous information, such as the owner when using ownership. 529 This approach allows containers to hold different types of objects, but does not completely separate headers from objects. 530 The benefit of the container in this case is to reduce some redundant information that is factored into the container header. 531 532 In summary, object containers trade off internal fragmentation for external fragmentation by isolating common administration information to remove/reduce internal fragmentation, but at the cost of external fragmentation as some portion of a container may not be used and this portion is unusable for other kinds of allocations. 533 A consequence of this tradeoff is its effect on spatial locality, which can produce positive or negative results depending on program access-patterns. 534 535 536 \subsection{Container Ownership} 537 \label{s:ContainerOwnership} 538 539 Without ownership, objects in a container are deallocated to the heap currently associated with the thread that frees the object. 540 Thus, different objects in a container may be on different heap free-lists (see \VRef[Figure]{f:ContainerNoOwnershipFreelist}). 541 With ownership, all objects in a container belong to the same heap (see \VRef[Figure]{f:ContainerOwnershipFreelist}), so ownership of an object is determined by the container owner. 542 If multiple threads can allocate/free/reallocate adjacent storage in the same heap, all forms of false sharing may occur. 543 Only with the 1:1 model and ownership is active and passive false-sharing avoided (see \VRef{s:Ownership}). 544 Passive false-sharing may still occur, if delayed ownership is used. 545 Finally, a completely free container can become reserved storage and be reset to allocate objects of a new size or freed to the global heap. 546 547 \begin{figure} 548 \centering 549 \subfigure[No Ownership]{ 550 \input{ContainerNoOwnershipFreelist} 551 \label{f:ContainerNoOwnershipFreelist} 552 } % subfigure 553 \vrule 554 \subfigure[Ownership]{ 555 \input{ContainerOwnershipFreelist} 556 \label{f:ContainerOwnershipFreelist} 557 } % subfigure 558 \caption{Free-list Structure with Container Ownership} 559 \end{figure} 560 561 When a container changes ownership, the ownership of all objects within it change as well. 562 Moving a container involves moving all objects on the heap's free-list in that container to the new owner. 563 This approach can reduce contention for the global heap, since each request for objects from the global heap returns a container rather than individual objects. 564 565 Additional restrictions may be applied to the movement of containers to prevent active false-sharing. 566 For example, in \VRef[Figure]{f:ContainerFalseSharing1}, a container being used by Task$_1$ changes ownership, through the global heap. 567 In \VRef[Figure]{f:ContainerFalseSharing2}, when Task$_2$ allocates an object from the newly acquired container it is actively false-sharing even though no objects are passed among threads. 568 Note, once the object is freed by Task$_1$, no more false sharing can occur until the container changes ownership again. 569 To prevent this form of false sharing, container movement may be restricted to when all objects in the container are free. 570 One implementation approach that increases the freedom to return a free container to the operating system involves allocating containers using a call like @mmap@, which allows memory at an arbitrary address to be returned versus only storage at the end of the contiguous @sbrk@ area, again pushing storage management complexity back to the operating system. 571 572 \begin{figure} 573 \centering 574 \subfigure[]{ 575 \input{ContainerFalseSharing1} 576 \label{f:ContainerFalseSharing1} 577 } % subfigure 578 \subfigure[]{ 579 \input{ContainerFalseSharing2} 580 \label{f:ContainerFalseSharing2} 581 } % subfigure 582 \caption{Active False-Sharing using Containers} 583 \label{f:ActiveFalseSharingContainers} 584 \end{figure} 585 586 Using containers with ownership increases external fragmentation since a new container for a requested object size must be allocated separately for each thread requesting it. 587 In \VRef[Figure]{f:ExternalFragmentationContainerOwnership}, using object ownership allocates 80\% more space than without ownership. 588 589 \begin{figure} 590 \centering 591 \subfigure[No Ownership]{ 592 \input{ContainerNoOwnership} 593 } % subfigure 594 \\ 595 \subfigure[Ownership]{ 596 \input{ContainerOwnership} 597 } % subfigure 598 \caption{External Fragmentation with Container Ownership} 599 \label{f:ExternalFragmentationContainerOwnership} 600 \end{figure} 601 602 603 \subsection{Container Size} 604 \label{s:ContainerSize} 605 606 One way to control the external fragmentation caused by allocating a large container for a small number of requested objects is to vary the size of the container. 607 As described earlier, container boundaries need to be aligned on addresses that are a power of two to allow easy location of the header (by truncating lower bits). 608 Aligning containers in this manner also determines the size of the container. 609 However, the size of the container has different implications for the allocator. 610 611 The larger the container, the fewer containers are needed, and hence, the fewer headers need to be maintained in memory, improving both internal fragmentation and potentially performance. 612 However, with more objects in a container, there may be more objects that are unallocated, increasing external fragmentation. 613 With smaller containers, not only are there more containers, but a second new problem arises where objects are larger than the container. 614 In general, large objects, \eg greater than 64\,KB, are allocated directly from the operating system and are returned immediately to the operating system to reduce long-term external fragmentation. 615 If the container size is small, \eg 1\,KB, then a 1.5\,KB object is treated as a large object, which is likely to be inappropriate. 616 Ideally, it is best to use smaller containers for smaller objects, and larger containers for medium objects, which leads to the issue of locating the container header. 617 618 In order to find the container header when using different sized containers, a super container is used (see~\VRef[Figure]{f:SuperContainers}). 619 The super container spans several containers, contains a header with information for finding each container header, and starts on an aligned address. 620 Super-container headers are found using the same method used to find container headers by dropping the lower bits of an object address. 621 The containers within a super container may be different sizes or all the same size. 622 If the containers in the super container are different sizes, then the super-container header must be searched to determine the specific container for an object given its address. 623 If all containers in the super container are the same size, \eg 16KB, then a specific container header can be found by a simple calculation. 624 The free space at the end of a super container is used to allocate new containers. 625 626 \begin{figure} 627 \centering 628 \input{SuperContainers} 629 % \includegraphics{diagrams/supercontainer.eps} 630 \caption{Super Containers} 631 \label{f:SuperContainers} 632 \end{figure} 633 634 Minimal internal and external fragmentation is achieved by having as few containers as possible, each being as full as possible. 635 It is also possible to achieve additional benefit by using larger containers for popular small sizes, as it reduces the number of containers with associated headers. 636 However, this approach assumes it is possible for an allocator to determine in advance which sizes are popular. 637 Keeping statistics on requested sizes allows the allocator to make a dynamic decision about which sizes are popular. 638 For example, after receiving a number of allocation requests for a particular size, that size is considered a popular request size and larger containers are allocated for that size. 639 If the decision is incorrect, larger containers than necessary are allocated that remain mostly unused. 640 A programmer may be able to inform the allocator about popular object sizes, using a mechanism like @mallopt@, in order to select an appropriate container size for each object size. 641 642 643 \subsection{Container Free-Lists} 644 \label{s:containersfreelists} 645 646 The container header allows an alternate approach for managing the heap's free-list. 647 Rather than maintain a global free-list throughout the heap (see~\VRef[Figure]{f:GlobalFreeListAmongContainers}), the containers are linked through their headers and only the local free objects within a container are linked together (see~\VRef[Figure]{f:LocalFreeListWithinContainers}). 648 Note, maintaining free lists within a container assumes all free objects in the container are associated with the same heap; 649 thus, this approach only applies to containers with ownership. 650 651 This alternate free-list approach can greatly reduce the complexity of moving all freed objects belonging to a container to another heap. 652 To move a container using a global free-list, as in \VRef[Figure]{f:GlobalFreeListAmongContainers}, the free list is first searched to find all objects within the container. 653 Each object is then removed from the free list and linked together to form a local free-list for the move to the new heap. 654 With local free-lists in containers, as in \VRef[Figure]{f:LocalFreeListWithinContainers}, the container is simply removed from one heap's free list and placed on the new heap's free list. 655 Thus, when using local free-lists, the operation of moving containers is reduced from $O(N)$ to $O(1)$. 656 The cost is adding information to a header, which increases the header size, and therefore internal fragmentation. 657 658 \begin{figure} 659 \centering 660 \subfigure[Global Free-List Among Containers]{ 661 \input{FreeListAmongContainers} 662 \label{f:GlobalFreeListAmongContainers} 663 } % subfigure 664 \hspace{0.25in} 665 \subfigure[Local Free-List Within Containers]{ 666 \input{FreeListWithinContainers} 667 \label{f:LocalFreeListWithinContainers} 668 } % subfigure 669 \caption{Container Free-List Structure} 670 \label{f:ContainerFreeListStructure} 671 \end{figure} 672 673 When all objects in the container are the same size, a single free-list is sufficient. 674 However, when objects in the container are different size, the header needs a free list for each size class when using a binning allocation algorithm, which can be a significant increase in the container-header size. 675 The alternative is to use a different allocation algorithm with a single free-list, such as a sequential-fit allocation-algorithm. 676 677 678 \subsection{Hybrid Private/Public Heap} 679 \label{s:HybridPrivatePublicHeap} 680 681 Section~\Vref{s:Ownership} discusses advantages and disadvantages of public heaps (T:H model and with ownership) and private heaps (thread heaps with ownership). 682 For thread heaps with ownership, it is possible to combine these approaches into a hybrid approach with both private and public heaps (see~\VRef[Figure]{f:HybridPrivatePublicHeap}). 683 The main goal of the hybrid approach is to eliminate locking on thread-local allocation/deallocation, while providing ownership to prevent heap blowup. 684 In the hybrid approach, a task first allocates from its private heap and second from its public heap if no free memory exists in the private heap. 685 Similarly, a task first deallocates an object its private heap, and second to the public heap. 686 Both private and public heaps can allocate/deallocate to/from the global heap if there is no free memory or excess free memory, although an implementation may choose to funnel all interaction with the global heap through one of the heaps. 687 Note, deallocation from the private to the public (dashed line) is unlikely because there is no obvious advantages unless the public heap provides the only interface to the global heap. 688 Finally, when a task frees an object it does not own, the object is either freed immediately to its owner's public heap or put in the freeing task's private heap for delayed ownership, which allows the freeing task to temporarily reuse an object before returning it to its owner or batch objects for an owner heap into a single return. 689 690 \begin{figure} 691 \centering 692 \input{PrivatePublicHeaps.pstex_t} 693 \caption{Hybrid Private/Public Heap for Per-thread Heaps} 694 \label{f:HybridPrivatePublicHeap} 695 % \vspace{10pt} 696 % \input{RemoteFreeList.pstex_t} 697 % \caption{Remote Free-List} 698 % \label{f:RemoteFreeList} 699 \end{figure} 700 701 As mentioned, an implementation may have only one heap interact with the global heap, so the other heap can be simplified. 702 For example, if only the private heap interacts with the global heap, the public heap can be reduced to a lock-protected free-list of objects deallocated by other threads due to ownership, called a \newterm{remote free-list}. 703 To avoid heap blowup, the private heap allocates from the remote free-list when it reaches some threshold or it has no free storage. 704 Since the remote free-list is occasionally cleared during an allocation, this adds to that cost. 705 Clearing the remote free-list is $O(1)$ if the list can simply be added to the end of the private-heap's free-list, or $O(N)$ if some action must be performed for each freed object. 706 707 If only the public heap interacts with other threads and the global heap, the private heap can handle thread-local allocations and deallocations without locking. 708 In this scenario, the private heap must deallocate storage after reaching a certain threshold to the public heap (and then eventually to the global heap from the public heap) or heap blowup can occur. 709 If the public heap does the major management, the private heap can be simplified to provide high-performance thread-local allocations and deallocations. 710 711 The main disadvantage of each thread having both a private and public heap is the complexity of managing two heaps and their interactions in an allocator. 712 Interestingly, heap implementations often focus on either a private or public heap, giving the impression a single versus a hybrid approach is being used. 713 In many case, the hybrid approach is actually being used, but the simpler heap is just folded into the complex heap, even though the operations logically belong in separate heaps. 714 For example, a remote free-list is actually a simple public-heap, but may be implemented as an integral component of the complex private-heap in an allocator, masking the presence of a hybrid approach. 715 716 717 \section{Allocation Buffer} 718 \label{s:AllocationBuffer} 719 720 An allocation buffer is reserved memory (see~\VRef{s:AllocatorComponents}) not yet allocated to the program, and is used for allocating objects when the free list is empty. 721 That is, rather than requesting new storage for a single object, an entire buffer is requested from which multiple objects are allocated later. 722 Any heap may use an allocation buffer, resulting in allocation from the buffer before requesting objects (containers) from the global heap or operating system, respectively. 723 The allocation buffer reduces contention and the number of global/operating-system calls. 724 For coalescing, a buffer is split into smaller objects by allocations, and recomposed into larger buffer areas during deallocations. 725 726 Allocation buffers are useful initially when there are no freed objects in a heap because many allocations usually occur when a thread starts (simple bump allocation). 727 Furthermore, to prevent heap blowup, objects should be reused before allocating a new allocation buffer. 728 Thus, allocation buffers are often allocated more frequently at program/thread start, and then allocations often diminish. 729 730 Using an allocation buffer with a thread heap avoids active false-sharing, since all objects in the allocation buffer are allocated to the same thread. 731 For example, if all objects sharing a cache line come from the same allocation buffer, then these objects are allocated to the same thread, avoiding active false-sharing. 732 Active false-sharing may still occur if objects are freed to the global heap and reused by another heap. 733 734 Allocation buffers may increase external fragmentation, since some memory in the allocation buffer may never be allocated. 735 A smaller allocation buffer reduces the amount of external fragmentation, but increases the number of calls to the global heap or operating system. 736 The allocation buffer also slightly increases internal fragmentation, since a pointer is necessary to locate the next free object in the buffer. 737 738 The unused part of a container, neither allocated or freed, is an allocation buffer. 739 For example, when a container is created, rather than placing all objects within the container on the free list, the objects form an allocation buffer and are allocated from the buffer as allocation requests are made. 740 This lazy method of constructing objects is beneficial in terms of paging and caching. 741 For example, although an entire container, possibly spanning several pages, is allocated from the operating system, only a small part of the container is used in the working set of the allocator, reducing the number of pages and cache lines that are brought into higher levels of cache. 742 743 744 \section{Lock-Free Operations} 745 \label{s:LockFreeOperations} 746 747 A \newterm{lock-free algorithm} guarantees safe concurrent-access to a data structure, so that at least one thread makes progress, but an individual task has no execution bound and may starve~\cite[pp.~745--746]{Herlihy93}. 748 (A \newterm{wait-free algorithm} puts a bound on the number of steps any thread takes to complete an operation to prevent starvation.) 749 Lock-free operations can be used in an allocator to reduce or eliminate the use of locks. 750 While locks and lock-free data-structures often have equal performance, lock-free has the advantage of not holding a lock across preemption so other threads can continue to make progress. 751 With respect to the heap, these situations are unlikely unless all threads make extremely high use of dynamic-memory allocation, which can be an indication of poor design. 752 Nevertheless, lock-free algorithms can reduce the number of context switches, since a thread does not yield/block while waiting for a lock; 753 on the other hand, a thread may busy-wait for an unbounded period holding a processor. 754 Finally, lock-free implementations have greater complexity and hardware dependency. 755 Lock-free algorithms can be applied most easily to simple free-lists, \eg remote free-list, to allow lock-free insertion and removal from the head of a stack. 756 Implementing lock-free operations for more complex data-structures (queue~\cite{Valois94}/deque~\cite{Sundell08}) is correspondingly more complex. 757 Michael~\cite{Michael04} and Gidenstam \etal \cite{Gidenstam05} have created lock-free variations of the Hoard allocator. 63 \paragraph{larson} 64 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Larson simulates a server environment. Multiple threads are created where each thread allocator and free a number of objects within a size range. Some objects are passed from threads to the child threads to free. It caluculates memory operations per second as an indicator of memory allocator's performance. -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/benchmarks.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 41 41 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 42 42 43 44 \section{Benchmarks}45 There are multiple benchmarks that are built individually and evaluate different aspects of a memory allocator. But, there is not standard set of benchamrks that can be used to evaluate multiple aspects of memory allocators.46 47 \paragraph{threadtest}48 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Each thread repeatedly allocates and then deallocates 100,000 objects. Runtime of the benchmark evaluates its efficiency.49 50 \paragraph{shbench}51 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Each thread allocates and randomly frees a number of random-sized objects. It is a stress test that also uses runtime to determine efficiency of the allocator.52 53 \paragraph{larson}54 (FIX ME: cite benchmark and hoard) Larson simulates a server environment. Multiple threads are created where each thread allocator and free a number of objects within a size range. Some objects are passed from threads to the child threads to free. It caluculates memory operations per second as an indicator of memory allocator's performance.55 56 57 43 \section{Performance Matrices of Memory Allocators} 58 44 -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/intro.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 \chapter{Introduction} 2 2 3 % Shared-memory multi-processor computers are ubiquitous and important for improving application performance.4 % However, writing programs that take advantage of multiple processors is not an easy task~\cite{Alexandrescu01b}, \eg shared resources can become a bottleneck when increasing (scaling) threads.5 % One crucial shared resource is program memory, since it is used by all threads in a shared-memory concurrent-program~\cite{Berger00}.6 % Therefore, providing high-performance, scalable memory-management is important for virtually all shared-memory multi-threaded programs.7 8 \vspace*{-23pt}9 Memory management takes a sequence of program generated allocation/deallocation requests and attempts to satisfy them within a fixed-sized block of memory while minimizing the total amount of memory used.10 A general-purpose dynamic-allocation algorithm cannot anticipate future allocation requests so its output is rarely optimal.11 However, memory allocators do take advantage of regularities in allocation patterns for typical programs to produce excellent results, both in time and space (similar to LRU paging).12 In general, allocators use a number of similar techniques, each optimizing specific allocation patterns.13 Nevertheless, memory allocators are a series of compromises, occasionally with some static or dynamic tuning parameters to optimize specific program-request patterns.14 15 16 \section{Memory Structure}17 \label{s:MemoryStructure}18 19 \VRef[Figure]{f:ProgramAddressSpace} shows the typical layout of a program's address space divided into the following zones (right to left): static code/data, dynamic allocation, dynamic code/data, and stack, with free memory surrounding the dynamic code/data~\cite{memlayout}.20 Static code and data are placed into memory at load time from the executable and are fixed-sized at runtime.21 Dynamic-allocation memory starts empty and grows/shrinks as the program dynamically creates/deletes variables with independent lifetime.22 The programming-language's runtime manages this area, where management complexity is a function of the mechanism for deleting variables.23 Dynamic code/data memory is managed by the dynamic loader for libraries loaded at runtime, which is complex especially in a multi-threaded program~\cite{Huang06}.24 However, changes to the dynamic code/data space are typically infrequent, many occurring at program startup, and are largely outside of a program's control.25 Stack memory is managed by the program call-mechanism using a simple LIFO technique, which works well for sequential programs.26 For multi-threaded programs (and coroutines), a new stack is created for each thread;27 these thread stacks are commonly created in dynamic-allocation memory.28 This thesis focuses on management of the dynamic-allocation memory.29 30 \begin{figure}31 \centering32 \input{AddressSpace}33 \vspace{-5pt}34 \caption{Program Address Space Divided into Zones}35 \label{f:ProgramAddressSpace}36 \end{figure}37 38 39 \section{Dynamic Memory-Management}40 \label{s:DynamicMemoryManagement}41 42 Modern programming languages manage dynamic-allocation memory in different ways.43 Some languages, such as Lisp~\cite{CommonLisp}, Java~\cite{Java}, Haskell~\cite{Haskell}, Go~\cite{Go}, provide explicit allocation but \emph{implicit} deallocation of data through garbage collection~\cite{Wilson92}.44 In general, garbage collection supports memory compaction, where dynamic (live) data is moved during runtime to better utilize space.45 However, moving data requires finding pointers to it and updating them to reflect new data locations.46 Programming languages such as C~\cite{C}, \CC~\cite{C++}, and Rust~\cite{Rust} provide the programmer with explicit allocation \emph{and} deallocation of data.47 These languages cannot find and subsequently move live data because pointers can be created to any storage zone, including internal components of allocated objects, and may contain temporary invalid values generated by pointer arithmetic.48 Attempts have been made to perform quasi garbage collection in C/\CC~\cite{Boehm88}, but it is a compromise.49 This thesis only examines dynamic memory-management with \emph{explicit} deallocation.50 While garbage collection and compaction are not part this work, many of the work's results are applicable to the allocation phase in any memory-management approach.51 52 Most programs use a general-purpose allocator, often the one provided implicitly by the programming-language's runtime.53 When this allocator proves inadequate, programmers often write specialize allocators for specific needs.54 C and \CC allow easy replacement of the default memory allocator with an alternative specialized or general-purpose memory-allocator.55 (Jikes RVM MMTk~\cite{MMTk} provides a similar generalization for the Java virtual machine.)56 However, high-performance memory-allocators for kernel and user multi-threaded programs are still being designed and improved.57 For this reason, several alternative general-purpose allocators have been written for C/\CC with the goal of scaling in a multi-threaded program~\cite{Berger00,mtmalloc,streamflow,tcmalloc}.58 This thesis examines the design of high-performance allocators for use by kernel and user multi-threaded applications written in C/\CC.59 60 61 \section{Contributions}62 \label{s:Contributions}63 64 This work provides the following contributions in the area of concurrent dynamic allocation:65 \begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=*]66 \item67 Implementation of a new stand-lone concurrent low-latency memory-allocator ($\approx$1,200 lines of code) for C/\CC programs using kernel threads (1:1 threading), and specialized versions of the allocator for the programming languages \uC and \CFA using user-level threads running over multiple kernel threads (M:N threading).68 69 \item70 Adopt @nullptr@ return for a zero-sized allocation, rather than an actual memory address, which can be passed to @free@.71 72 \item73 Extend the standard C heap functionality by preserving with each allocation:74 \begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt]75 \item76 its request size plus the amount allocated,77 \item78 whether an allocation is zero fill,79 \item80 and allocation alignment.81 \end{itemize}82 83 \item84 Use the preserved zero fill and alignment as \emph{sticky} properties for @realloc@ to zero-fill and align when storage is extended or copied.85 Without this extension, it is unsafe to @realloc@ storage initially allocated with zero-fill/alignment as these properties are not preserved when copying.86 This silent generation of a problem is unintuitive to programmers and difficult to locate because it is transient.87 88 \item89 Provide additional heap operations to complete programmer expectation with respect to accessing different allocation properties.90 \begin{itemize}91 \item92 @resize( oaddr, size )@ re-purpose an old allocation for a new type \emph{without} preserving fill or alignment.93 \item94 @resize( oaddr, alignment, size )@ re-purpose an old allocation with new alignment but \emph{without} preserving fill.95 \item96 @realloc( oaddr, alignment, size )@ same as @realloc@ but adding or changing alignment.97 \item98 @aalloc( dim, elemSize )@ same as @calloc@ except memory is \emph{not} zero filled.99 \item100 @amemalign( alignment, dim, elemSize )@ same as @aalloc@ with memory alignment.101 \item102 @cmemalign( alignment, dim, elemSize )@ same as @calloc@ with memory alignment.103 \end{itemize}104 105 \item106 Provide additional heap wrapper functions in \CFA creating an orthogonal set of allocation operations and properties.107 108 \item109 Provide additional query operations to access information about an allocation:110 \begin{itemize}111 \item112 @malloc_alignment( addr )@ returns the alignment of the allocation pointed-to by @addr@.113 If the allocation is not aligned or @addr@ is the @nulladdr@, the minimal alignment is returned.114 \item115 @malloc_zero_fill( addr )@ returns a boolean result indicating if the memory pointed-to by @addr@ is allocated with zero fill, e.g., by @calloc@/@cmemalign@.116 \item117 @malloc_size( addr )@ returns the size of the memory allocation pointed-to by @addr@.118 \item119 @malloc_usable_size( addr )@ returns the usable (total) size of the memory pointed-to by @addr@, i.e., the bin size containing the allocation, where @malloc_size( addr )@ $\le$ @malloc_usable_size( addr )@.120 \end{itemize}121 122 \item123 Provide mostly contention-free allocation and free operations via a heap-per-kernel-thread implementation.124 125 \item126 Provide complete, fast, and contention-free allocation statistics to help understand program behaviour:127 \begin{itemize}128 \item129 @malloc_stats()@ print memory-allocation statistics on the file-descriptor set by @malloc_stats_fd@.130 \item131 @malloc_info( options, stream )@ print memory-allocation statistics as an XML string on the specified file-descriptor set by @malloc_stats_fd@.132 \item133 @malloc_stats_fd( fd )@ set file-descriptor number for printing memory-allocation statistics (default @STDERR_FILENO@).134 This file descriptor is used implicitly by @malloc_stats@ and @malloc_info@.135 \end{itemize}136 137 \item138 Provide extensive runtime checks to valid allocation operations and identify the amount of unfreed storage at program termination.139 140 \item141 Build 4 different versions of the allocator:142 \begin{itemize}143 \item144 static or dynamic linking145 \item146 statistic/debugging (testing) or no statistic/debugging (performance)147 \end{itemize}148 A program may link to any of these 4 versions of the allocator often without recompilation.149 (It is possible to separate statistics and debugging, giving 8 different versions.)150 151 \item152 A micro-benchmark test-suite for comparing allocators rather than relying on a suite of arbitrary programs.153 These micro-benchmarks have adjustment knobs to simulate allocation patterns hard-coded into arbitrary test programs154 \end{enumerate}155 156 \begin{comment}157 3 \noindent 158 4 ==================== … … 180 26 181 27 \section{Introduction} 182 Dynamic memory allocation and management is one of the core features of C. It gives programmer the freedom to allocate, free, use, and manage dynamic memory himself. The programmer is not given the complete control of the dynamic memory management instead an interface of memory allocator is given to the progr ammer that can be used to allocate/free dynamic memory for the application's use.28 Dynamic memory allocation and management is one of the core features of C. It gives programmer the freedom to allocate, free, use, and manage dynamic memory himself. The programmer is not given the complete control of the dynamic memory management instead an interface of memory allocator is given to the progrmmer that can be used to allocate/free dynamic memory for the application's use. 183 29 184 Memory allocator is a layer between th eprogrammer and the system. Allocator gets dynamic memory from the system in heap/mmap area of application storage and manages it for programmer's use.30 Memory allocator is a layer between thr programmer and the system. Allocator gets dynamic memory from the system in heap/mmap area of application storage and manages it for programmer's use. 185 31 186 GNU C Library (FIX ME: cite this) provides an interchangeable memory allocator that can be replaced with a custom memory allocator that supports required features and fulfills application's custom needs. It also allows others to innovate in memory allocation and design their own memory allocator. GNU C Library has set guidelines that should be followed when designing a stand -alone memory allocator. GNU C Library requires new memory allocators to have atlease following set of functions in their allocator's interface:32 GNU C Library (FIX ME: cite this) provides an interchangeable memory allocator that can be replaced with a custom memory allocator that supports required features and fulfills application's custom needs. It also allows others to innovate in memory allocation and design their own memory allocator. GNU C Library has set guidelines that should be followed when designing a standalone memory allocator. GNU C Library requires new memory allocators to have atlease following set of functions in their allocator's interface: 187 33 188 34 \begin{itemize} … … 197 43 \end{itemize} 198 44 199 In addition to the above functions, GNU C Library also provides some more functions to increase the usability of the dynamic memory allocator. Most stand -alone allocators also provide all or some of the above additional functions.45 In addition to the above functions, GNU C Library also provides some more functions to increase the usability of the dynamic memory allocator. Most standalone allocators also provide all or some of the above additional functions. 200 46 201 47 \begin{itemize} … … 214 60 \end{itemize} 215 61 216 With the rise of concurrent applications, memory allocators should be able to fulfill dynamic memory requests from multiple threads in parallel without causing contention on shared resources. There needs to be a set of a standard benchmarks that can be used to evaluate an allocator's performance in different scen arios.62 With the rise of concurrent applications, memory allocators should be able to fulfill dynamic memory requests from multiple threads in parallel without causing contention on shared resources. There needs to be a set of a standard benchmarks that can be used to evaluate an allocator's performance in different scenerios. 217 63 218 64 \section{Research Objectives} … … 223 69 Design a lightweight concurrent memory allocator with added features and usability that are currently not present in the other memory allocators. 224 70 \item 225 Design a suite of benchmarks to evalu ate multiple aspects of a memory allocator.71 Design a suite of benchmarks to evalute multiple aspects of a memory allocator. 226 72 \end{itemize} 227 73 228 74 \section{An outline of the thesis} 229 75 LAST FIX ME: add outline at the end 230 \end{comment} -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/performance.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 18 18 \noindent 19 19 ==================== 20 21 \section{Machine Specification}22 23 The performance experiments were run on three different multicore systems to determine if there is consistency across platforms:24 \begin{itemize}25 \item26 AMD EPYC 7662, 64-core socket $\times$ 2, 2.0 GHz27 \item28 Huawei ARM TaiShan 2280 V2 Kunpeng 920, 24-core socket $\times$ 4, 2.6 GHz29 \item30 Intel Xeon Gold 5220R, 48-core socket $\times$ 2, 2.20GHz31 \end{itemize}32 33 34 \section{Existing Memory Allocators}35 With dynamic allocation being an important feature of C, there are many stand-alone memory allocators that have been designed for different purposes. For this thesis, we chose 7 of the most popular and widely used memory allocators.36 37 \paragraph{dlmalloc}38 dlmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is single threaded and single heap. dlmalloc maintains free-lists of different sizes to store freed dynamic memory. (FIX ME: cite wasik)39 40 \paragraph{hoard}41 Hoard (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and using a heap layer framework. It has per-thread heaps that have thread-local free-lists, and a global shared heap. (FIX ME: cite wasik)42 43 \paragraph{jemalloc}44 jemalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that uses multiple arenas. Each thread is assigned an arena. Each arena has chunks that contain contagious memory regions of same size. An arena has multiple chunks that contain regions of multiple sizes.45 46 \paragraph{ptmalloc}47 ptmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a modification of dlmalloc. It is a thread-safe multi-threaded memory allocator that uses multiple heaps. ptmalloc heap has similar design to dlmalloc's heap.48 49 \paragraph{rpmalloc}50 rpmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and uses per-thread heap. Each heap has multiple size-classes and each size-class contains memory regions of the relevant size.51 52 \paragraph{tbb malloc}53 tbb malloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator that is multi-threaded and uses private heap for each thread. Each private-heap has multiple bins of different sizes. Each bin contains free regions of the same size.54 55 \paragraph{tc malloc}56 tcmalloc (FIX ME: cite allocator) is a thread-safe allocator. It uses per-thread cache to store free objects that prevents contention on shared resources in multi-threaded application. A central free-list is used to refill per-thread cache when it gets empty.57 58 20 59 21 \section{Memory Allocators} -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/uw-ethesis.bib
r92538ab r4559b34 34 34 year = "2008" 35 35 } 36 37 @article{Sleator85,38 author = {Sleator, Daniel Dominic and Tarjan, Robert Endre},39 title = {Self-Adjusting Binary Search Trees},40 journal = jacm,41 volume = 32,42 number = 3,43 year = 1985,44 issn = {0004-5411},45 pages = {652-686},46 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/3828.3835},47 address = {New York, NY, USA},48 }49 50 @article{Berger00,51 author = {Emery D. Berger and Kathryn S. McKinley and Robert D. Blumofe and Paul R. Wilson},52 title = {Hoard: A Scalable Memory Allocator for Multithreaded Applications},53 booktitle = {International Conference on Architectural Support for Programming Languages and Operating Systems (ASPLOS-IX)},54 journal = sigplan,55 volume = 35,56 number = 11,57 month = nov,58 year = 2000,59 pages = {117-128},60 note = {International Conference on Architectural Support for Programming Languages and Operating Systems (ASPLOS-IX)},61 }62 63 @inproceedings{berger02reconsidering,64 author = {Emery D. Berger and Benjamin G. Zorn and Kathryn S. McKinley},65 title = {Reconsidering Custom Memory Allocation},66 booktitle = {Proceedings of the 17th ACM SIGPLAN Conference on Object-Oriented Programming: Systems, Languages, and Applications (OOPSLA) 2002},67 month = nov,68 year = 2002,69 location = {Seattle, Washington, USA},70 publisher = {ACM},71 address = {New York, NY, USA},72 }73 74 @article{larson99memory,75 author = {Per-{\AA}ke Larson and Murali Krishnan},76 title = {Memory Allocation for Long-Running Server Applications},77 journal = sigplan,78 volume = 34,79 number = 3,80 pages = {176-185},81 year = 1999,82 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/article/larson98memory.html}83 }84 85 @techreport{gidpt04,86 author = {Anders Gidenstam and Marina Papatriantafilou and Philippas Tsigas},87 title = {Allocating Memory in a Lock-Free Manner},88 number = {2004-04},89 institution = {Computing Science},90 address = {Chalmers University of Technology},91 year = 2004,92 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/gidenstam04allocating.html}93 }94 95 @phdthesis{berger02thesis,96 author = {Emery Berger},97 title = {Memory Management for High-Performance Applications},98 school = {The University of Texas at Austin},99 year = 2002,100 month = aug,101 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/article/berger02memory.html}102 }103 104 @misc{sgimisc,105 author = {SGI},106 title = {The Standard Template Library for {C++}},107 note = {\textsf{www.sgi.com/\-tech/\-stl/\-Allocators.html}},108 }109 110 @misc{dlmalloc,111 author = {Doug Lea},112 title = {dlmalloc version 2.8.4},113 month = may,114 year = 2009,115 note = {\textsf{ftp://g.oswego.edu/\-pub/\-misc/\-malloc.c}},116 }117 118 @misc{ptmalloc2,119 author = {Wolfram Gloger},120 title = {ptmalloc version 2},121 month = jun,122 year = 2006,123 note = {\textsf{http://www.malloc.de/\-malloc/\-ptmalloc2-current.tar.gz}},124 }125 126 @misc{nedmalloc,127 author = {Niall Douglas},128 title = {nedmalloc version 1.06 Beta},129 month = jan,130 year = 2010,131 note = {\textsf{http://\-prdownloads.\-sourceforge.\-net/\-nedmalloc/\-nedmalloc\_v1.06beta1\_svn1151.zip}},132 }133 134 @misc{hoard,135 author = {Emery D. Berger},136 title = {hoard version 3.8},137 month = nov,138 year = 2009,139 note = {\textsf{http://www.cs.umass.edu/\-$\sim$emery/\-hoard/\-hoard-3.8/\-source/hoard-38.tar.gz}},140 }141 142 @comment{mtmalloc,143 author = {Greg Nakhimovsky},144 title = {Improving Scalability of Multithreaded Dynamic Memory Allocation},145 journal = {Dr. Dobb's},146 month = jul,147 year = 2001,148 url = {http://www.ddj.com/mobile/184404685?pgno=1}149 }150 151 @misc{mtmalloc,152 key = {mtmalloc},153 title = {mtmalloc.c},154 year = 2009,155 note = {\textsf{http://src.opensolaris.org/\-source/\-xref/\-onnv/\-onnv-gate/\-usr/\-src/\-lib/\-libmtmalloc/\-common/\-mtmalloc.c}},156 }157 158 @misc{tcmalloc,159 author = {Sanjay Ghemawat and Paul Menage},160 title = {tcmalloc version 1.5},161 month = jan,162 year = 2010,163 note = {\textsf{http://google-perftools.\-googlecode.\-com/\-files/\-google-perftools-1.5.tar.gz}},164 }165 166 @inproceedings{streamflow,167 author = {Scott Schneider and Christos D. Antonopoulos and Dimitrios S. Nikolopoulos},168 title = {Scalable Locality-Conscious Multithreaded Memory Allocation},169 booktitle = {International Symposium on Memory Management (ISSM'06)},170 month = jun,171 year = 2006,172 pages = {84-94},173 location = {Ottawa, Ontario, Canada},174 publisher = {ACM},175 address = {New York, NY, USA},176 }177 178 @misc{streamflowweb,179 author = {Scott Schneider and Christos Antonopoulos and Dimitrios Nikolopoulos},180 title = {Streamflow},181 note = {\textsf{http://people.cs.vt.edu/\-\char`\~scschnei/\-streamflow}},182 }183 184 @inproceedings{Blumofe94,185 author = {R. Blumofe and C. Leiserson},186 title = {Scheduling Multithreaded Computations by Work Stealing},187 booktitle = {Proceedings of the 35th Annual Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, Santa Fe, New Mexico.},188 pages = {356-368},189 year = 1994,190 month = nov,191 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/article/blumofe94scheduling.html}192 }193 194 @article{Johnstone99,195 author = {Mark S. Johnstone and Paul R. Wilson},196 title = {The Memory Fragmentation Problem: Solved?},197 journal = sigplan,198 volume = 34,199 number = 3,200 pages = {26-36},201 year = 1999,202 }203 204 @inproceedings{Grunwald93,205 author = {Dirk Grunwald and Benjamin G. Zorn and Robert Henderson},206 title = {Improving the Cache Locality of Memory Allocation},207 booktitle = {{SIGPLAN} Conference on Programming Language Design and Implementation},208 pages = {177-186},209 year = 1993,210 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/grunwald93improving.html}211 }212 213 @inproceedings{Wilson95,214 author = {Wilson, Paul R. and Johnstone, Mark S. and Neely, Michael and Boles, David},215 title = {Dynamic Storage Allocation: A Survey and Critical Review},216 booktitle = {Proc. Int. Workshop on Memory Management},217 address = {Kinross Scotland, UK},218 year = 1995,219 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/wilson95dynamic.html}220 }221 222 @inproceedings{Siebert00,223 author = {Fridtjof Siebert},224 title = {Eliminating External Fragmentation in a Non-moving Garbage Collector for Java},225 booktitle = {CASES '00: Proceedings of the 2000 international conference on Compilers, architecture, and synthesis for embedded systems},226 year = 2000,227 isbn = {1-58113-338-3},228 pages = {9-17},229 location = {San Jose, California, United States},230 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/354880.354883},231 publisher = {ACM Press},232 address = {New York, NY, USA}233 }234 235 @inproceedings{Lim98,236 author = {Tian F. Lim and Przemyslaw Pardyak and Brian N. Bershad},237 title = {A Memory-Efficient Real-Time Non-copying Garbage Collector},238 booktitle = {ISMM '98: Proceedings of the 1st international symposium on Memory management},239 year = 1998,240 isbn = {1-58113-114-3},241 pages = {118-129},242 location = {Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada},243 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/286860.286873},244 publisher = {ACM Press},245 address = {New York, NY, USA}246 }247 248 @article{Chang01,249 author = {J. Morris Chang and Woo Hyong Lee and Witawas Srisa-an},250 title = {A Study of the Allocation Behavior of {C++} Programs},251 journal = {J. Syst. Softw.},252 volume = 57,253 number = 2,254 year = 2001,255 issn = {0164-1212},256 pages = {107-118},257 doi = {http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0164-1212(00)00122-9},258 publisher = {Elsevier Science Inc.},259 address = {New York, NY, USA}260 }261 262 @article{Herlihy93,263 author = {Maurice Herlihy},264 title = {A Methodology for Implementing Highly Concurrent Data Objects},265 journal = toplas,266 volume = 15,267 number = 5,268 year = 1993,269 issn = {0164-0925},270 pages = {745-770},271 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/161468.161469},272 publisher = {ACM Press},273 address = {New York, NY, USA}274 }275 276 @article{Denning05,277 author = {Peter J. Denning},278 title = {The Locality Principle},279 journal = cacm,280 volume = 48,281 number = 7,282 year = 2005,283 issn = {0001-0782},284 pages = {19-24},285 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/1070838.1070856},286 publisher = {ACM Press},287 address = {New York, NY, USA}288 }289 290 @misc{wilson-locality,291 author = {Paul R. Wilson},292 title = {Locality of Reference, Patterns in Program Behavior, Memory Management, and Memory Hierarchies},293 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/337869.html}294 }295 296 @inproceedings{Feng05,297 author = {Yi Feng and Emery D. Berger},298 title = {A Locality-Improving Dynamic Memory Allocator},299 booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2005 Workshop on Memory System Performance},300 location = {Chicago, Illinois},301 publisher = {ACM},302 address = {New York, NY, USA},303 month = jun,304 year = 2005,305 pages = {68-77},306 }307 308 @inproceedings{grunwald-locality,309 author = {Dirk Grunwald and Benjamin Zorn and Robert Henderson},310 title = {Improving the Cache Locality of Memory Allocation},311 booktitle = {PLDI '93: Proceedings of the ACM SIGPLAN 1993 conference on Programming language design and implementation},312 year = 1993,313 isbn = {0-89791-598-4},314 pages = {177-186},315 location = {Albuquerque, New Mexico, United States},316 doi = {http://doi.acm.org.proxy.lib.uwaterloo.ca/10.1145/155090.155107},317 publisher = {ACM Press},318 address = {New York, NY, USA}319 }320 321 @article{Alexandrescu01b,322 author = {Andrei Alexandrescu},323 title = {{volatile} -- Multithreaded Programmer's Best Friend},324 journal = {Dr. Dobb's},325 month = feb,326 year = 2001,327 url = {http://www.ddj.com/cpp/184403766}328 }329 330 @article{Attardi03,331 author = {Joseph Attardi and Neelakanth Nadgir},332 title = {A Comparison of Memory Allocators in Multiprocessors},333 journal = {Sun Developer Network},334 month = jun,335 year = 2003,336 note = {\textsf{http://developers.sun.com/\-solaris/\-articles/\-multiproc/\-multiproc.html}},337 }338 339 @unpublished{memlayout,340 author = {Peter Jay Salzman},341 title = {Memory Layout and the Stack},342 journal = {Using GNU's GDB Debugger},343 note = {\textsf{http://dirac.org/\-linux/\-gdb/\-02a-Memory\_Layout\_And\_The\_Stack.php}},344 }345 346 @unpublished{Ferguson07,347 author = {Justin N. Ferguson},348 title = {Understanding the Heap by Breaking It},349 note = {\textsf{https://www.blackhat.com/\-presentations/\-bh-usa-07/Ferguson/\-Whitepaper/\-bh-usa-07-ferguson-WP.pdf}},350 }351 352 @inproceedings{Huang06,353 author = {Xianglong Huang and Brian T Lewis and Kathryn S McKinley},354 title = {Dynamic Code Management: Improving Whole Program Code Locality in Managed Runtimes},355 booktitle = {VEE '06: Proceedings of the 2nd international conference on Virtual execution environments},356 year = 2006,357 isbn = {1-59593-332-6},358 pages = {133-143},359 location = {Ottawa, Ontario, Canada},360 doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1134760.1134779},361 publisher = {ACM Press},362 address = {New York, NY, USA}363 }364 365 @inproceedings{Herlihy03,366 author = {M. Herlihy and V. Luchangco and M. Moir},367 title = {Obstruction-free Synchronization: Double-ended Queues as an Example},368 booktitle = {Proceedings of the 23rd IEEE International Conference on Distributed Computing Systems},369 year = 2003,370 month = may,371 url = {http://www.cs.brown.edu/~mph/publications.html}372 }373 374 @techreport{Detlefs93,375 author = {David L. Detlefs and Al Dosser and Benjamin Zorn},376 title = {Memory Allocation Costs in Large {C} and {C++} Programs},377 number = {CU-CS-665-93},378 institution = {University of Colorado},379 address = {130 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301 and Campus Box 430, Boulder, CO 80309},380 year = 1993,381 url = {http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/detlefs93memory.html}382 }383 384 @inproceedings{Oyama99,385 author = {Y. Oyama and K. Taura and A. Yonezawa},386 title = {Executing Parallel Programs With Synchronization Bottlenecks Efficiently},387 booktitle = {Proceedings of International Workshop on Parallel and Distributed Computing for Symbolic and Irregular Applications (PDSIA '99)},388 year = {1999},389 pages = {182--204},390 publisher = {World Scientific},391 address = {Sendai, Japan},392 }393 394 @inproceedings{Dice02,395 author = {Dave Dice and Alex Garthwaite},396 title = {Mostly Lock-Free Malloc},397 booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd international symposium on Memory management (ISMM'02)},398 month = jun,399 year = 2002,400 pages = {163-174},401 location = {Berlin, Germany},402 publisher = {ACM},403 address = {New York, NY, USA},404 } -
doc/theses/mubeen_zulfiqar_MMath/uw-ethesis.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 60 60 % For hyperlinked PDF, suitable for viewing on a computer, use this: 61 61 \documentclass[letterpaper,12pt,titlepage,oneside,final]{book} 62 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % Latin-1 => 256-bit characters, => | not dash, <> not Spanish question marks63 62 64 63 % For PDF, suitable for double-sided printing, change the PrintVersion variable below to "true" and use this \documentclass line instead of the one above: … … 86 85 \usepackage{comment} % Removes large sections of the document. 87 86 \usepackage{tabularx} 88 \usepackage{subfigure}89 90 \usepackage{algorithm}91 \usepackage{algpseudocode}92 87 93 88 % Hyperlinks make it very easy to navigate an electronic document. … … 172 167 \input{common} 173 168 %\usepackageinput{common} 174 \CFAStyle % CFA code-style 175 \lstset{language=CFA} % default language 176 \lstset{basicstyle=\linespread{0.9}\sf} % CFA typewriter font 177 \newcommand{\uC}{$\mu$\CC} 169 \CFAStyle % CFA code-style for all languages 170 \lstset{basicstyle=\linespread{0.9}\tt} % CFA typewriter font 178 171 \newcommand{\PAB}[1]{{\color{red}PAB: #1}} 179 172 … … 231 224 \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{\textbf{References}} 232 225 233 \bibliography{ pl,uw-ethesis}226 \bibliography{uw-ethesis,pl} 234 227 % Tip: You can create multiple .bib files to organize your references. 235 228 % Just list them all in the \bibliogaphy command, separated by commas (no spaces). -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/Makefile
r92538ab r4559b34 29 29 PICTURES = ${addsuffix .pstex, \ 30 30 base \ 31 base_avg \32 31 empty \ 33 32 emptybit \ … … 39 38 system \ 40 39 cycle \ 41 result.cycle.jax.ops \42 40 } 43 41 … … 114 112 python3 $< $@ 115 113 116 build/result.%.ns.svg : data/% | ${Build}117 ../../../../benchmark/plot.py -f $< -o $@ -y "ns per ops"118 119 build/result.%.ops.svg : data/% | ${Build}120 ../../../../benchmark/plot.py -f $< -o $@ -y "Ops per second"121 122 114 ## pstex with inverted colors 123 115 %.dark.pstex : fig/%.fig Makefile | ${Build} -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/fig/base.fig
r92538ab r4559b34 89 89 5700 5210 5550 4950 5250 4950 5100 5210 5250 5470 5550 5470 90 90 5700 5210 91 2 1 1 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 292 3600 5700 3600 120093 2 1 1 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 294 4800 5700 4800 120095 2 1 1 1 0 7 50 -1 -1 4.000 0 0 -1 0 0 296 6000 5700 6000 120097 91 4 2 -1 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 2 135 630 2100 3075 Threads\001 98 92 4 2 -1 50 -1 0 12 0.0000 2 165 450 2100 2850 Ready\001 -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/glossary.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 101 101 102 102 \longnewglossaryentry{at} 103 {name={ task}}103 {name={fred}} 104 104 { 105 105 Abstract object representing an unit of work. Systems will offer one or more concrete implementations of this concept (\eg \gls{kthrd}, \gls{job}), however, most of the concept of schedulings are independent of the particular implementations of the work representation. For this reason, this document use the term \Gls{at} to mean any representation and not one in particular. -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/core.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 3 3 Before discussing scheduling in general, where it is important to address systems that are changing states, this document discusses scheduling in a somewhat ideal scenario, where the system has reached a steady state. For this purpose, a steady state is loosely defined as a state where there are always \glspl{thrd} ready to run and the system has the resources necessary to accomplish the work, \eg, enough workers. In short, the system is neither overloaded nor underloaded. 4 4 5 I t is important to discuss the steady state first because it is the easiest case to handle and, relatedly, the case in which the best performance is to be expected. As such, when the system is either overloaded or underloaded, a common approach is to try to adapt the system to this new load and return to the steady state, \eg, by adding or removing workers. Therefore, flaws in scheduling the steady state tendto be pervasive in all states.5 I believe it is important to discuss the steady state first because it is the easiest case to handle and, relatedly, the case in which the best performance is to be expected. As such, when the system is either overloaded or underloaded, a common approach is to try to adapt the system to this new load and return to the steady state, \eg, by adding or removing workers. Therefore, flaws in scheduling the steady state can to be pervasive in all states. 6 6 7 7 \section{Design Goals} … … 25 25 It is important to note that these guarantees are expected only up to a point. \Glspl{thrd} that are ready to run should not be prevented to do so, but they still share the limited hardware resources. Therefore, the guarantee is considered respected if a \gls{thrd} gets access to a \emph{fair share} of the hardware resources, even if that share is very small. 26 26 27 Similarly the performance guarantee, the lack of interference among threads, is only relevant up to a point. Ideally, the cost of running and blocking should be constant regardless of contention, but the guarantee is considered satisfied if the cost is not \emph{too high} with or without contention. How much is an acceptable cost is obviously highly variable. For this document, the performance experimentation attempts to show the cost of scheduling is at worst equivalent to existing algorithms used in popular languages. This demonstration can be made by comparing applications built in \CFA to applications built with other languages or other models. Recall programmer expectation is that the impact of the scheduler can be ignored. Therefore, if the cost of scheduling is compatitive to other popular languages, the guarantee will be considerachieved.27 Similarly the performance guarantee, the lack of interference among threads, is only relevant up to a point. Ideally, the cost of running and blocking should be constant regardless of contention, but the guarantee is considered satisfied if the cost is not \emph{too high} with or without contention. How much is an acceptable cost is obviously highly variable. For this document, the performance experimentation attempts to show the cost of scheduling is at worst equivalent to existing algorithms used in popular languages. This demonstration can be made by comparing applications built in \CFA to applications built with other languages or other models. Recall programmer expectation is that the impact of the scheduler can be ignored. Therefore, if the cost of scheduling is equivalent to or lower than other popular languages, I consider the guarantee achieved. 28 28 29 29 More precisely the scheduler should be: … … 33 33 \end{itemize} 34 34 35 \subsection{Fairness vs Scheduler Locality} \label{fairnessvlocal}35 \subsection{Fairness vs Scheduler Locality} 36 36 An important performance factor in modern architectures is cache locality. Waiting for data at lower levels or not present in the cache can have a major impact on performance. Having multiple \glspl{hthrd} writing to the same cache lines also leads to cache lines that must be waited on. It is therefore preferable to divide data among each \gls{hthrd}\footnote{This partitioning can be an explicit division up front or using data structures where different \glspl{hthrd} are naturally routed to different cache lines.}. 37 37 38 For a scheduler, having good locality\footnote{This section discusses \emph{internal locality}, \ie, the locality of the data used by the scheduler versus \emph{external locality}, \ie, how the data used by the application is affected by scheduling. External locality is a much more complicated subject and is discussed in the next section.}, \ie, having the data local to each \gls{hthrd}, generally conflicts with fairness. Indeed, good locality often requires avoiding the movement of cache lines, while fairness requires dynamically moving a \gls{thrd}, and as consequence cache lines, to a \gls{hthrd} that is currently available.38 For a scheduler, having good locality\footnote{This section discusses \emph{internal locality}, \ie, the locality of the data used by the scheduler versus \emph{external locality}, \ie, how the data used by the application is affected by scheduling. External locality is a much more complicated subject and is discussed in part~\ref{Evaluation} on evaluation.}, \ie, having the data local to each \gls{hthrd}, generally conflicts with fairness. Indeed, good locality often requires avoiding the movement of cache lines, while fairness requires dynamically moving a \gls{thrd}, and as consequence cache lines, to a \gls{hthrd} that is currently available. 39 39 40 40 However, I claim that in practice it is possible to strike a balance between fairness and performance because these goals do not necessarily overlap temporally, where Figure~\ref{fig:fair} shows a visual representation of this behaviour. As mentioned, some unfairness is acceptable; therefore it is desirable to have an algorithm that prioritizes cache locality as long as thread delay does not exceed the execution mental-model. … … 48 48 \end{figure} 49 49 50 \subsection{Performance Challenges}\label{pref:challenge} 51 While there exists a multitude of potential scheduling algorithms, they generally always have to contend with the same performance challenges. Since these challenges are recurring themes in the design of a scheduler it is relevant to describe the central ones here before looking at the design. 52 53 \subsubsection{Scalability} 54 The most basic performance challenge of a scheduler is scalability. 55 Given a large number of \procs and an even larger number of \ats, scalability measures how fast \procs can enqueue and dequeues \ats. 56 One could expect that doubling the number of \procs would double the rate at which \ats are dequeued, but contention on the internal data structure of the scheduler can lead to worst improvements. 57 While the ready-queue itself can be sharded to alleviate the main source of contention, auxillary scheduling features, \eg counting ready \ats, can also be sources of contention. 58 59 \subsubsection{Migration Cost} 60 Another important source of latency in scheduling is migration. 61 An \at is said to have migrated if it is executed by two different \proc consecutively, which is the process discussed in \ref{fairnessvlocal}. 62 Migrations can have many different causes, but it certain programs it can be all but impossible to limit migrations. 63 Chapter~\ref{microbench} for example, has a benchmark where any \at can potentially unblock any other \at, which can leat to \ats migrating more often than not. 64 Because of this it is important to design the internal data structures of the scheduler to limit the latency penalty from migrations. 65 66 67 \section{Inspirations} 50 \section{Design} 68 51 In general, a na\"{i}ve \glsxtrshort{fifo} ready-queue does not scale with increased parallelism from \glspl{hthrd}, resulting in decreased performance. The problem is adding/removing \glspl{thrd} is a single point of contention. As shown in the evaluation sections, most production schedulers do scale when adding \glspl{hthrd}. The solution to this problem is to shard the ready-queue : create multiple sub-ready-queues that multiple \glspl{hthrd} can access and modify without interfering. 69 52 70 Before going into the design of \CFA's scheduler proper, it is relevant to discuss two sharding solutions which served as the inspiration scheduler in this thesis.53 Before going into the design of \CFA's scheduler proper, I want to discuss two sharding solutions which served as the inspiration scheduler in this thesis. 71 54 72 55 \subsection{Work-Stealing} 73 56 74 As mentioned in \ref{existing:workstealing}, a popular pattern shard the ready-queue is work-stealing. 75 In this pattern each \gls{proc} has its own local ready-queue and \glspl{proc} only access each other's ready-queue if they run out of work on their local ready-queue. 76 The interesting aspect of workstealing happen in easier scheduling cases, \ie enough work for everyone but no more and no load balancing needed. 77 In these cases, work-stealing is close to optimal scheduling: it can achieve perfect locality and have no contention. 57 As I mentioned in \ref{existing:workstealing}, a popular pattern shard the ready-queue is work-stealing. As mentionned, in this pattern each \gls{proc} has its own ready-queue and \glspl{proc} only access each other's ready-queue if they run out of work. 58 The interesting aspect of workstealing happen in easier scheduling cases, \ie enough work for everyone but no more and no load balancing needed. In these cases, work-stealing is close to optimal scheduling: it can achieve perfect locality and have no contention. 78 59 On the other hand, work-stealing schedulers only attempt to do load-balancing when a \gls{proc} runs out of work. 79 This means that the scheduler never balances unfair loads unless theyresult in a \gls{proc} running out of work.60 This means that the scheduler may never balance unfairness that does not result in a \gls{proc} running out of work. 80 61 Chapter~\ref{microbench} shows that in pathological cases this problem can lead to indefinite starvation. 81 62 82 63 83 Based on these observation, the conclusion is that a\emph{perfect} scheduler should behave very similarly to work-stealing in the easy cases, but should have more proactive load-balancing if the need arises.64 Based on these observation, I conclude that \emph{perfect} scheduler should behave very similarly to work-stealing in the easy cases, but should have more proactive load-balancing if the need arises. 84 65 85 66 \subsection{Relaxed-Fifo} 86 67 An entirely different scheme is to create a ``relaxed-FIFO'' queue as in \todo{cite Trevor's paper}. This approach forgos any ownership between \gls{proc} and ready-queue, and simply creates a pool of ready-queues from which the \glspl{proc} can pick from. 87 68 \Glspl{proc} choose ready-queus at random, but timestamps are added to all elements of the queue and dequeues are done by picking two queues and dequeing the oldest element. 88 All subqueues are protected by TryLocks and \procs simply pick a different subqueue if they fail to acquire the TryLock.89 69 The result is a queue that has both decent scalability and sufficient fairness. 90 70 The lack of ownership means that as long as one \gls{proc} is still able to repeatedly dequeue elements, it is unlikely that any element will stay on the queue for much longer than any other element. … … 95 75 96 76 While the fairness, of this scheme is good, it does suffer in terms of performance. 97 It requires very wide sharding, \eg at least 4 queues per \gls{hthrd}, and finding non-empty queues can be difficult if there are too few ready \ats.77 It requires very wide sharding, \eg at least 4 queues per \gls{hthrd}, and the randomness means locality can suffer significantly and finding non-empty queues can be difficult. 98 78 99 \section{Relaxed-FIFO++} 100 Since it has inherent fairness quelities and decent performance in the presence of many \ats, the relaxed-FIFO queue appears as a good candidate to form the basis of a scheduler. 101 The most obvious problems is for workloads where the number of \ats is barely greater than the number of \procs. 102 In these situations, the wide sharding means most of the sub-queues from which the relaxed queue is formed will be empty. 103 The consequence is that when a dequeue operations attempts to pick a sub-queue at random, it is likely that it picks an empty sub-queue and will have to pick again. 104 This problem can repeat an unbounded number of times. 105 106 As this is the most obvious challenge, it is worth addressing first. 107 The obvious solution is to supplement each subqueue with some sharded data structure that keeps track of which subqueues are empty. 108 This data structure can take many forms, for example simple bitmask or a binary tree that tracks which branch are empty. 109 Following a binary tree on each pick has fairly good Big O complexity and many modern architectures have powerful bitmask manipulation instructions. 110 However, precisely tracking which sub-queues are empty is actually fundamentally problematic. 111 The reason is that each subqueues are already a form of sharding and the sharding width has presumably already chosen to avoid contention. 112 However, tracking which ready queue is empty is only useful if the tracking mechanism uses denser sharding than the sub queues, then it will invariably create a new source of contention. 113 But if the tracking mechanism is not denser than the sub-queues, then it will generally not provide useful because reading this new data structure risks being as costly as simply picking a sub-queue at random. 114 Early experiments with this approach have shown that even with low success rates, randomly picking a sub-queue can be faster than a simple tree walk. 115 116 The exception to this rule is using local tracking. 117 If each \proc keeps track locally of which sub-queue is empty, then this can be done with a very dense data structure without introducing a new source of contention. 118 The consequence of local tracking however, is that the information is not complete. 119 Each \proc is only aware of the last state it saw each subqueues but does not have any information about freshness. 120 Even on systems with low \gls{hthrd} count, \eg 4 or 8, this can quickly lead to the local information being no better than the random pick. 121 This is due in part to the cost of this maintaining this information and its poor quality. 122 123 However, using a very low cost approach to local tracking may actually be beneficial. 124 If the local tracking is no more costly than the random pick, than \emph{any} improvement to the succes rate, however low it is, would lead to a performance benefits. 125 This leads to the following approach: 126 127 \subsection{Dynamic Entropy}\cit{https://xkcd.com/2318/} 128 The Relaxed-FIFO approach can be made to handle the case of mostly empty sub-queues by tweaking the \glsxtrlong{prng}. 129 The \glsxtrshort{prng} state can be seen as containing a list of all the future sub-queues that will be accessed. 130 While this is not particularly useful on its own, the consequence is that if the \glsxtrshort{prng} algorithm can be run \emph{backwards}, then the state also contains a list of all the subqueues that were accessed. 131 Luckily, bidirectional \glsxtrshort{prng} algorithms do exist, for example some Linear Congruential Generators\cit{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linear\_congruential\_generator} support running the algorithm backwards while offering good quality and performance. 132 This particular \glsxtrshort{prng} can be used as follows: 133 134 Each \proc maintains two \glsxtrshort{prng} states, which whill be refered to as \texttt{F} and \texttt{B}. 135 136 When a \proc attempts to dequeue a \at, it picks the subqueues by running the \texttt{B} backwards. 137 When a \proc attempts to enqueue a \at, it runs \texttt{F} forward to pick to subqueue to enqueue to. 138 If the enqueue is successful, the state \texttt{B} is overwritten with the content of \texttt{F}. 139 140 The result is that each \proc will tend to dequeue \ats that it has itself enqueued. 141 When most sub-queues are empty, this technique increases the odds of finding \ats at very low cost, while also offering an improvement on locality in many cases. 142 143 However, while this approach does notably improve performance in many cases, this algorithm is still not competitive with work-stealing algorithms. 144 The fundamental problem is that the constant randomness limits how much locality the scheduler offers. 145 This becomes problematic both because the scheduler is likely to get cache misses on internal data-structures and because migration become very frequent. 146 Therefore since the approach of modifying to relaxed-FIFO algorithm to behave more like work stealing does not seem to pan out, the alternative is to do it the other way around. 147 148 \section{Work Stealing++} 149 To add stronger fairness guarantees to workstealing a few changes. 150 First, the relaxed-FIFO algorithm has fundamentally better fairness because each \proc always monitors all subqueues. 151 Therefore the workstealing algorithm must be prepended with some monitoring. 152 Before attempting to dequeue from a \proc's local queue, the \proc must make some effort to make sure remote queues are not being neglected. 153 To make this possible, \procs must be able to determie which \at has been on the ready-queue the longest. 154 Which is the second aspect that much be added. 155 The relaxed-FIFO approach uses timestamps for each \at and this is also what is done here. 156 79 \section{\CFA} 80 The \CFA is effectively attempting to merge these two approaches, keeping the best of both. 81 It is based on the 157 82 \begin{figure} 158 83 \centering 159 84 \input{base.pstex_t} 160 \caption[Base \CFA design]{Base \CFA design \smallskip\newline A Pool of sub-ready queues offers the sharding, two per \glspl{proc}. Each \gls{proc} have local subqueues, however \glspl{proc} can access any of the sub-queues. Each \at is timestamped when enqueued.}85 \caption[Base \CFA design]{Base \CFA design \smallskip\newline A list of sub-ready queues offers the sharding, two per \glspl{proc}. However, \glspl{proc} can access any of the sub-queues.} 161 86 \label{fig:base} 162 87 \end{figure} 163 The algorithm is structure as shown in Figure~\ref{fig:base}.164 This is very similar to classic workstealing except the local queues are placed in an array so \procs can access eachother's queue in constant time.165 Sharding width can be adjusted based on need.166 When a \proc attempts to dequeue a \at, it first picks a random remote queue and compares its timestamp to the timestamps of the local queue(s), dequeue from the remote queue if needed.167 168 Implemented as as naively state above, this approach has some obvious performance problems.169 First, it is necessary to have some damping effect on helping.170 Random effects like cache misses and preemption can add spurious but short bursts of latency for which helping is not helpful, pun intended.171 The effect of these bursts would be to cause more migrations than needed and make this workstealing approach slowdown to the match the relaxed-FIFO approach.172 173 \begin{figure}174 \centering175 \input{base_avg.pstex_t}176 \caption[\CFA design with Moving Average]{\CFA design with Moving Average \smallskip\newline A moving average is added to each subqueue.}177 \label{fig:base-ma}178 \end{figure}179 180 A simple solution to this problem is to compare an exponential moving average\cit{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Moving\_average\#Exponential\_moving\_average} instead if the raw timestamps, shown in Figure~\ref{fig:base-ma}.181 Note that this is slightly more complex than it sounds because since the \at at the head of a subqueue is still waiting, its wait time has not ended.182 Therefore the exponential moving average is actually an exponential moving average of how long each already dequeued \at have waited.183 To compare subqueues, the timestamp at the head must be compared to the current time, yielding the bestcase wait time for the \at at the head of the queue.184 This new waiting is averaged with the stored average.185 To limit even more the amount of unnecessary migration, a bias can be added to the local queue, where a remote queue is helped only if its moving average is more than \emph{X} times the local queue's average.186 None of the experimentation that I have run with these scheduler seem to indicate that the choice of the weight for the moving average or the choice of bis is particularly important.187 Weigths and biases of similar \emph{magnitudes} have similar effects.188 189 With these additions to workstealing, scheduling can be made as fair as the relaxed-FIFO approach, well avoiding the majority of unnecessary migrations.190 Unfortunately, the performance of this approach does suffer in the cases with no risks of starvation.191 The problem is that the constant polling of remote subqueues generally entail a cache miss.192 To make things worst, remote subqueues that are very active, \ie \ats are frequently enqueued and dequeued from them, the higher the chances are that polling will incurr a cache-miss.193 Conversly, the active subqueues do not benefit much from helping since starvation is already a non-issue.194 This puts this algorithm in an akward situation where it is paying for a cost, but the cost itself suggests the operation was unnecessary.195 The good news is that this problem can be mitigated196 197 \subsection{Redundant Timestamps}198 The problem with polling remote queues is due to a tension between the consistency requirement on the subqueue.199 For the subqueues, correctness is critical. There must be a consensus among \procs on which subqueues hold which \ats.200 Since the timestamps are use for fairness, it is alco important to have consensus and which \at is the oldest.201 However, when deciding if a remote subqueue is worth polling, correctness is much less of a problem.202 Since the only need is that a subqueue will eventually be polled, some data staleness can be acceptable.203 This leads to a tension where stale timestamps are only problematic in some cases.204 Furthermore, stale timestamps can be somewhat desirable since lower freshness requirements means less tension on the cache coherence protocol.205 88 206 89 207 \begin{figure}208 \centering209 % \input{base_ts2.pstex_t}210 \caption[\CFA design with Redundant Timestamps]{\CFA design with Redundant Timestamps \smallskip\newline A array is added containing a copy of the timestamps. These timestamps are written to with relaxed atomics, without fencing, leading to fewer cache invalidations.}211 \label{fig:base-ts2}212 \end{figure}213 A solution to this is to create a second array containing a copy of the timestamps and average.214 This copy is updated \emph{after} the subqueue's critical sections using relaxed atomics.215 \Glspl{proc} now check if polling is needed by comparing the copy of the remote timestamp instead of the actual timestamp.216 The result is that since there is no fencing, the writes can be buffered and cause fewer cache invalidations.217 90 218 The correctness argument here is somewhat subtle. 219 The data used for deciding whether or not to poll a queue can be stale as long as it does not cause starvation. 220 Therefore, it is acceptable if stale data make queues appear older than they really are but not fresher. 221 For the timestamps, this means that missing writes to the timestamp is acceptable since they will make the head \at look older. 222 For the moving average, as long as the operation are RW-safe, the average is guaranteed to yield a value that is between the oldest and newest values written. 223 Therefore this unprotected read of the timestamp and average satisfy the limited correctness that is required. 91 % The common solution to the single point of contention is to shard the ready-queue so each \gls{hthrd} can access the ready-queue without contention, increasing performance. 224 92 225 \subsection{Per CPU Sharding} 93 % \subsection{Sharding} \label{sec:sharding} 94 % An interesting approach to sharding a queue is presented in \cit{Trevors paper}. This algorithm presents a queue with a relaxed \glsxtrshort{fifo} guarantee using an array of strictly \glsxtrshort{fifo} sublists as shown in Figure~\ref{fig:base}. Each \emph{cell} of the array has a timestamp for the last operation and a pointer to a linked-list with a lock. Each node in the list is marked with a timestamp indicating when it is added to the list. A push operation is done by picking a random cell, acquiring the list lock, and pushing to the list. If the cell is locked, the operation is simply retried on another random cell until a lock is acquired. A pop operation is done in a similar fashion except two random cells are picked. If both cells are unlocked with non-empty lists, the operation pops the node with the oldest timestamp. If one of the cells is unlocked and non-empty, the operation pops from that cell. If both cells are either locked or empty, the operation picks two new random cells and tries again. 226 95 227 \subsection{Topological Work Stealing} 96 % \begin{figure} 97 % \centering 98 % \input{base.pstex_t} 99 % \caption[Relaxed FIFO list]{Relaxed FIFO list \smallskip\newline List at the base of the scheduler: an array of strictly FIFO lists. The timestamp is in all nodes and cell arrays.} 100 % \label{fig:base} 101 % \end{figure} 228 102 103 % \subsection{Finding threads} 104 % Once threads have been distributed onto multiple queues, identifying empty queues becomes a problem. Indeed, if the number of \glspl{thrd} does not far exceed the number of queues, it is probable that several of the cell queues are empty. Figure~\ref{fig:empty} shows an example with 2 \glspl{thrd} running on 8 queues, where the chances of getting an empty queue is 75\% per pick, meaning two random picks yield a \gls{thrd} only half the time. This scenario leads to performance problems since picks that do not yield a \gls{thrd} are not useful and do not necessarily help make more informed guesses. 229 105 106 % \begin{figure} 107 % \centering 108 % \input{empty.pstex_t} 109 % \caption[``More empty'' Relaxed FIFO list]{``More empty'' Relaxed FIFO list \smallskip\newline Emptier state of the queue: the array contains many empty cells, that is strictly FIFO lists containing no elements.} 110 % \label{fig:empty} 111 % \end{figure} 112 113 % There are several solutions to this problem, but they ultimately all have to encode if a cell has an empty list. My results show the density and locality of this encoding is generally the dominating factor in these scheme. Classic solutions to this problem use one of three techniques to encode the information: 114 115 % \paragraph{Dense Information} Figure~\ref{fig:emptybit} shows a dense bitmask to identify the cell queues currently in use. This approach means processors can often find \glspl{thrd} in constant time, regardless of how many underlying queues are empty. Furthermore, modern x86 CPUs have extended bit manipulation instructions (BMI2) that allow searching the bitmask with very little overhead compared to the randomized selection approach for a filled ready queue, offering good performance even in cases with many empty inner queues. However, this technique has its limits: with a single word\footnote{Word refers here to however many bits can be written atomically.} bitmask, the total amount of ready-queue sharding is limited to the number of bits in the word. With a multi-word bitmask, this maximum limit can be increased arbitrarily, but the look-up time increases. Finally, a dense bitmap, either single or multi-word, causes additional contention problems that reduces performance because of cache misses after updates. This central update bottleneck also means the information in the bitmask is more often stale before a processor can use it to find an item, \ie mask read says there are available \glspl{thrd} but none on queue when the subsequent atomic check is done. 116 117 % \begin{figure} 118 % \centering 119 % \vspace*{-5pt} 120 % {\resizebox{0.75\textwidth}{!}{\input{emptybit.pstex_t}}} 121 % \vspace*{-5pt} 122 % \caption[Underloaded queue with bitmask]{Underloaded queue with bitmask indicating array cells with items.} 123 % \label{fig:emptybit} 124 125 % \vspace*{10pt} 126 % {\resizebox{0.75\textwidth}{!}{\input{emptytree.pstex_t}}} 127 % \vspace*{-5pt} 128 % \caption[Underloaded queue with binary search-tree]{Underloaded queue with binary search-tree indicating array cells with items.} 129 % \label{fig:emptytree} 130 131 % \vspace*{10pt} 132 % {\resizebox{0.95\textwidth}{!}{\input{emptytls.pstex_t}}} 133 % \vspace*{-5pt} 134 % \caption[Underloaded queue with per processor bitmask]{Underloaded queue with per processor bitmask indicating array cells with items.} 135 % \label{fig:emptytls} 136 % \end{figure} 137 138 % \paragraph{Sparse Information} Figure~\ref{fig:emptytree} shows an approach using a hierarchical tree data-structure to reduce contention and has been shown to work in similar cases~\cite{ellen2007snzi}. However, this approach may lead to poorer performance due to the inherent pointer chasing cost while still allowing significant contention on the nodes of the tree if the tree is shallow. 139 140 % \paragraph{Local Information} Figure~\ref{fig:emptytls} shows an approach using dense information, similar to the bitmap, but each \gls{hthrd} keeps its own independent copy. While this approach can offer good scalability \emph{and} low latency, the liveliness and discovery of the information can become a problem. This case is made worst in systems with few processors where even blind random picks can find \glspl{thrd} in a few tries. 141 142 % I built a prototype of these approaches and none of these techniques offer satisfying performance when few threads are present. All of these approach hit the same 2 problems. First, randomly picking sub-queues is very fast. That speed means any improvement to the hit rate can easily be countered by a slow-down in look-up speed, whether or not there are empty lists. Second, the array is already sharded to avoid contention bottlenecks, so any denser data structure tends to become a bottleneck. In all cases, these factors meant the best cases scenario, \ie many threads, would get worst throughput, and the worst-case scenario, few threads, would get a better hit rate, but an equivalent poor throughput. As a result I tried an entirely different approach. 143 144 % \subsection{Dynamic Entropy}\cit{https://xkcd.com/2318/} 145 % In the worst-case scenario there are only few \glspl{thrd} ready to run, or more precisely given $P$ \glspl{proc}\footnote{For simplicity, this assumes there is a one-to-one match between \glspl{proc} and \glspl{hthrd}.}, $T$ \glspl{thrd} and $\epsilon$ a very small number, than the worst case scenario can be represented by $T = P + \epsilon$, with $\epsilon \ll P$. It is important to note in this case that fairness is effectively irrelevant. Indeed, this case is close to \emph{actually matching} the model of the ``Ideal multi-tasking CPU'' on page \pageref{q:LinuxCFS}. In this context, it is possible to use a purely internal-locality based approach and still meet the fairness requirements. This approach simply has each \gls{proc} running a single \gls{thrd} repeatedly. Or from the shared ready-queue viewpoint, each \gls{proc} pushes to a given sub-queue and then pops from the \emph{same} subqueue. The challenge is for the the scheduler to achieve good performance in both the $T = P + \epsilon$ case and the $T \gg P$ case, without affecting the fairness guarantees in the later. 146 147 % To handle this case, I use a \glsxtrshort{prng}\todo{Fix missing long form} in a novel way. There exist \glsxtrshort{prng}s that are fast, compact and can be run forward \emph{and} backwards. Linear congruential generators~\cite{wiki:lcg} are an example of \glsxtrshort{prng}s of such \glsxtrshort{prng}s. The novel approach is to use the ability to run backwards to ``replay'' the \glsxtrshort{prng}. The scheduler uses an exclusive \glsxtrshort{prng} instance per \gls{proc}, the random-number seed effectively starts an encoding that produces a list of all accessed subqueues, from latest to oldest. Replaying the \glsxtrshort{prng} to identify cells accessed recently and which probably have data still cached. 148 149 % The algorithm works as follows: 150 % \begin{itemize} 151 % \item Each \gls{proc} has two \glsxtrshort{prng} instances, $F$ and $B$. 152 % \item Push and Pop operations occur as discussed in Section~\ref{sec:sharding} with the following exceptions: 153 % \begin{itemize} 154 % \item Push operations use $F$ going forward on each try and on success $F$ is copied into $B$. 155 % \item Pop operations use $B$ going backwards on each try. 156 % \end{itemize} 157 % \end{itemize} 158 159 % The main benefit of this technique is that it basically respects the desired properties of Figure~\ref{fig:fair}. When looking for work, a \gls{proc} first looks at the last cell they pushed to, if any, and then move backwards through its accessed cells. As the \gls{proc} continues looking for work, $F$ moves backwards and $B$ stays in place. As a result, the relation between the two becomes weaker, which means that the probablisitic fairness of the algorithm reverts to normal. Chapter~\ref{proofs} discusses more formally the fairness guarantees of this algorithm. 160 161 % \section{Details} -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/eval_micro.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 3 3 The first step of evaluation is always to test-out small controlled cases, to ensure that the basics are working properly. 4 4 This sections presents five different experimental setup, evaluating some of the basic features of \CFA's scheduler. 5 6 \section{Benchmark Environment}7 All of these benchmarks are run on two distinct hardware environment, an AMD and an INTEL machine.8 9 \paragraph{AMD} The AMD machine is a server with two AMD EPYC 7662 CPUs and 256GB of DDR4 RAM.10 The server runs Ubuntu 20.04.2 LTS on top of Linux Kernel 5.8.0-55.11 These EPYCs have 64 cores per CPUs and 2 \glspl{hthrd} per core, for a total of 256 \glspl{hthrd}.12 The cpus each have 4 MB, 64 MB and 512 MB of L1, L2 and L3 caches respectively.13 Each L1 and L2 instance are only shared by \glspl{hthrd} on a given core, but each L3 instance is shared by 4 cores, therefore 8 \glspl{hthrd}.14 15 \paragraph{Intel} The Intel machine is a server with four Intel Xeon Platinum 8160 CPUs and 384GB of DDR4 RAM.16 The server runs Ubuntu 20.04.2 LTS on top of Linux Kernel 5.8.0-55.17 These Xeon Platinums have 24 cores per CPUs and 2 \glspl{hthrd} per core, for a total of 192 \glspl{hthrd}.18 The cpus each have 3 MB, 96 MB and 132 MB of L1, L2 and L3 caches respectively.19 Each L1 and L2 instance are only shared by \glspl{hthrd} on a given core, but each L3 instance is shared across the entire CPU, therefore 48 \glspl{hthrd}.20 21 This limited sharing of the last level cache on the AMD machine is markedly different than the Intel machine. Indeed, while on both architectures L2 cache misses that are served by L3 caches on a different cpu incurr a significant latency, on AMD it is also the case that cache misses served by a different L3 instance on the same cpu still incur high latency.22 23 5 24 6 \section{Cycling latency} … … 49 31 \end{figure} 50 32 33 \todo{check term ``idle sleep handling''} 51 34 To avoid this benchmark from being dominated by the idle sleep handling, the number of rings is kept at least as high as the number of \glspl{proc} available. 52 35 Beyond this point, adding more rings serves to mitigate even more the idle sleep handling. 53 This is to avoid the case where one of the \glspl{proc} runs out of work because of the variation on the number of ready \glspl{at} mentionned above.36 This is to avoid the case where one of the worker \glspl{at} runs out of work because of the variation on the number of ready \glspl{at} mentionned above. 54 37 55 38 The actual benchmark is more complicated to handle termination, but that simply requires using a binary semphore or a channel instead of raw \texttt{park}/\texttt{unpark} and carefully picking the order of the \texttt{P} and \texttt{V} with respect to the loop condition. 56 39 40 \todo{code, setup, results} 57 41 \begin{lstlisting} 58 42 Thread.main() { … … 68 52 \end{lstlisting} 69 53 70 \begin{figure}71 \centering72 \input{result.cycle.jax.ops.pstex_t}73 \vspace*{-10pt}74 \label{fig:cycle:ns:jax}75 \end{figure}76 54 77 55 \section{Yield} -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/existing.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 \chapter{Previous Work}\label{existing} 2 Scheduling is the process of assigning resources to incomming requests. 3 A very common form of this is assigning available workers to work-requests. 4 The need for scheduling is very common in Computer Science, \eg Operating Systems and Hypervisors schedule available CPUs, NICs schedule available bamdwith, but scheduling is also common in other fields. 5 For example, in assmebly lines assigning parts in need of assembly to line workers is a form of scheduling. 6 7 In all these cases, the choice of a scheduling algorithm generally depends first and formost on how much information is available to the scheduler. 8 Workloads that are well-kown, consistent and homegenous can benefit from a scheduler that is optimized to use this information while ill-defined inconsistent heterogenous workloads will require general algorithms. 9 A secondary aspect to that is how much information can be gathered versus how much information must be given as part of the input. 10 There is therefore a spectrum of scheduling algorithms, going from static schedulers that are well informed from the start, to schedulers that gather most of the information needed, to schedulers that can only rely on very limitted information. 11 Note that this description includes both infomation about each requests, \eg time to complete or resources needed, and information about the relationships between request, \eg whether or not some request must be completed before another request starts. 12 13 Scheduling physical resources, for example in assembly lines, is generally amenable to using very well informed scheduling since information can be gathered much faster than the physical resources can be assigned and workloads are likely to stay stable for long periods of time. 14 When a faster pace is needed and changes are much more frequent gathering information on workloads, up-front or live, can become much more limiting and more general schedulers are needed. 2 Scheduling is a topic with a very long history, predating its use in computer science. As such, early work in computed science was inspired from other fields and focused principally on solving scheduling upfront rather that as the system is running. 15 3 16 4 \section{Naming Convention} 17 Scheduling has been studied by various different communities concentrating on different incarnation of the same problems. As a result, their is no real naming convention for scheduling that is respected across these communities. For this document, I will use the term \newterm{ \Gls{at}} to refer to the abstract objects being scheduled and the term \newterm{\Gls{proc}} to refer to the objects which will execute these \glspl{at}.5 Scheduling has been studied by various different communities concentrating on different incarnation of the same problems. As a result, their is no real naming convention for scheduling that is respected across these communities. For this document, I will use the term \newterm{task} to refer to the abstract objects being scheduled and the term \newterm{worker} to refer to the objects which will execute these tasks. 18 6 19 7 \section{Static Scheduling} 20 Static schedulers require that \glspl{at} have their dependencies and costs explicitly and exhaustively specified prior schedule. 21 The scheduler then processes this input ahead of time and producess a \newterm{schedule} to which the system can later adhere. 22 This approach is generally popular in real-time systems since the need for strong guarantees justifies the cost of supplying this information. 8 Static schedulers require that programmers explicitly and exhaustively specify dependencies among tasks in order to schedule them. The scheduler then processes this input ahead of time and producess a \newterm{schedule} to which the system can later adhere. An example application for these schedulers 9 23 10 In general, static schedulers are less relavant to this project since they require input from the programmers that \CFA does not have as part of its concurrency semantic. 24 Specifying this information explicitly can add a significant burden on the programmers and reduces flexibility, for this reason the \CFA scheduler does not require this information. 11 \todo{Rate-monotonic scheduling} 25 12 26 13 27 14 \section{Dynamic Scheduling} 28 It may be difficult to fulfill the requirements of static scheduler if dependencies are conditionnal. In this case, it may be preferable to detect dependencies at runtime. This detection effectively takes the form of adding one or more new \gls{at}(s) to the system as their dependencies are resolved. As well as potentially halting or suspending a \gls{at} that dynamically detect unfulfilled dependencies. Each \gls{at} has the responsability of adding the dependent \glspl{at} back in the system once completed. As a consequence, the scheduler may have an incomplete view of the system, seeing only \glspl{at}we no pending dependencies. Schedulers that support this detection at runtime are referred to as \newterm{Dynamic Schedulers}.15 It may be difficult to fulfill the requirements of static scheduler if dependencies are be conditionnal. In this case, it may be preferable to detect dependencies at runtime. This detection effectively takes the form of halting or suspending a task with unfulfilled dependencies and adding one or more new task(s) to the system. The new task(s) have the responsability of adding the dependent task back in the system once completed. As a consequence, the scheduler may have an incomplete view of the system, seeing only tasks we no pending dependencies. Schedulers that support this detection at runtime are referred to as \newterm{Dynamic Schedulers}. 29 16 30 17 \subsection{Explicitly Informed Dynamic Schedulers} 31 While dynamic schedulers do not have access to an exhaustive list of dependencies for a \gls{at}, they may require to provide more or less information about each \gls{at}, including for example: expected duration, required ressources, relative importance, etc. The scheduler can then use this information to direct the scheduling decisions. \cit{Examples of schedulers with more information} Precisely providing this information can be difficult for programmers, especially \emph{predicted} behaviour, and the scheduler may need to support some amount of imprecision in the provided information. For example, specifying that a \glspl{at} takes approximately 5 seconds to complete, rather than exactly 5 seconds. User provided information can also become a significant burden depending how the effort to provide the information scales with the number of \glspl{at} and there complexity. For example, providing an exhaustive list of files read by 5 \glspl{at} is an easier requirement the providing an exhaustive list of memory addresses accessed by 10'000 distinct \glspl{at}.18 While dynamic schedulers do not have access to an exhaustive list of dependencies for a task, they may require to provide more or less information about each task, including for example: expected duration, required ressources, relative importance, etc. The scheduler can then use this information to direct the scheduling decisions. \cit{Examples of schedulers with more information} Precisely providing this information can be difficult for programmers, especially \emph{predicted} behaviour, and the scheduler may need to support some amount of imprecision in the provided information. For example, specifying that a tasks takes approximately 5 seconds to complete, rather than exactly 5 seconds. User provided information can also become a significant burden depending how the effort to provide the information scales with the number of tasks and there complexity. For example, providing an exhaustive list of files read by 5 tasks is an easier requirement the providing an exhaustive list of memory addresses accessed by 10'000 distinct tasks. 32 19 33 20 Since the goal of this thesis is to provide a scheduler as a replacement for \CFA's existing \emph{uninformed} scheduler, Explicitly Informed schedulers are less relevant to this project. Nevertheless, some strategies are worth mentionnding. 34 21 35 22 \subsubsection{Prority Scheduling} 36 A commonly used information that schedulers used to direct the algorithm is priorities. Each Task is given a priority and higher-priority \glspl{at} are preferred to lower-priority ones. The simplest priority scheduling algorithm is to simply require that every \gls{at} have a distinct pre-established priority and always run the available \gls{at} with the highest priority. Asking programmers to provide an exhaustive set of unique priorities can be prohibitive when the system has a large number of \glspl{at}. It can therefore be diserable for schedulers to support \glspl{at} with identical priorities and/or automatically setting and adjusting priorites for \glspl{at}. The most common operating some variation on priorities with overlaps and dynamic priority adjustments. For example, Microsoft Windows uses a pair of priorities 37 \cit{https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/procthread/scheduling-priorities,https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/taskschd/taskschedulerschema-priority-settingstype-element}, one specified by users out of ten possible options and one adjusted by the system. 23 A commonly used information that schedulers used to direct the algorithm is priorities. Each Task is given a priority and higher-priority tasks are preferred to lower-priority ones. The simplest priority scheduling algorithm is to simply require that every task have a distinct pre-established priority and always run the available task with the highest priority. Asking programmers to provide an exhaustive set of unique priorities can be prohibitive when the system has a large number of tasks. It can therefore be diserable for schedulers to support tasks with identical priorities and/or automatically setting and adjusting priorites for tasks. 38 24 39 25 \subsection{Uninformed and Self-Informed Dynamic Schedulers} 40 Several scheduling algorithms do not require programmers to provide additionnal information on each \gls{at}, and instead make scheduling decisions based solely on internal state and/or information implicitly gathered by the scheduler.26 Several scheduling algorithms do not require programmers to provide additionnal information on each task, and instead make scheduling decisions based solely on internal state and/or information implicitly gathered by the scheduler. 41 27 42 28 43 29 \subsubsection{Feedback Scheduling} 44 As mentionned, Schedulers may also gather information about each \glspl{at} to direct their decisions. This design effectively moves the scheduler to some extent into the realm of \newterm{Control Theory}\cite{wiki:controltheory}. This gathering does not generally involve programmers and as such does not increase programmer burden the same way explicitly provided information may. However, some feedback schedulers do offer the option to programmers to offer additionnal information on certain \glspl{at}, in order to direct scheduling decision. The important distinction being whether or not the scheduler can function without this additionnal information. 30 As mentionned, Schedulers may also gather information about each tasks to direct their decisions. This design effectively moves the scheduler to some extent into the realm of \newterm{Control Theory}\cite{wiki:controltheory}. This gathering does not generally involve programmers and as such does not increase programmer burden the same way explicitly provided information may. However, some feedback schedulers do offer the option to programmers to offer additionnal information on certain tasks, in order to direct scheduling decision. The important distinction being whether or not the scheduler can function without this additionnal information. 31 32 Feedback scheduler 45 33 46 34 47 35 \section{Work Stealing}\label{existing:workstealing} 48 One of the most popular scheduling algorithm in practice (see~\ref{existing:prod}) is work-stealing. This idea, introduce by \cite{DBLP:conf/fpca/BurtonS81}, effectively has each worker work on its local \glspl{at} first, but allows the possibility for other workers to steal local \glspl{at} if they run out of \glspl{at}. \cite{DBLP:conf/focs/Blumofe94} introduced the more familiar incarnation of this, where each workers has queue of \glspl{at} to accomplish and workers without \glspl{at} steal \glspl{at} from random workers. (The Burton and Sleep algorithm had trees of \glspl{at}and stole only among neighbours). Blumofe and Leiserson also prove worst case space and time requirements for well-structured computations.36 One of the most popular scheduling algorithm in practice (see~\ref{existing:prod}) is work-stealing. This idea, introduce by \cite{DBLP:conf/fpca/BurtonS81}, effectively has each worker work on its local tasks first, but allows the possibility for other workers to steal local tasks if they run out of tasks. \cite{DBLP:conf/focs/Blumofe94} introduced the more familiar incarnation of this, where each workers has queue of tasks to accomplish and workers without tasks steal tasks from random workers. (The Burton and Sleep algorithm had trees of tasks and stole only among neighbours). Blumofe and Leiserson also prove worst case space and time requirements for well-structured computations. 49 37 50 38 Many variations of this algorithm have been proposed over the years\cite{DBLP:journals/ijpp/YangH18}, both optmizations of existing implementations and approaches that account for new metrics. … … 52 40 \paragraph{Granularity} A significant portion of early Work Stealing research was concentrating on \newterm{Implicit Parellelism}\cite{wiki:implicitpar}. Since the system was responsible to split the work, granularity is a challenge that cannot be left to the programmers (as opposed to \newterm{Explicit Parellelism}\cite{wiki:explicitpar} where the burden can be left to programmers). In general, fine granularity is better for load balancing and coarse granularity reduces communication overhead. The best performance generally means finding a middle ground between the two. Several methods can be employed, but I believe these are less relevant for threads, which are generally explicit and more coarse grained. 53 41 54 \paragraph{Task Placement} Since modern computers rely heavily on cache hierarchies\cit{Do I need a citation for this}, migrating \glspl{at}from one core to another can be . \cite{DBLP:journals/tpds/SquillanteL93}42 \paragraph{Task Placement} Since modern computers rely heavily on cache hierarchies\cit{Do I need a citation for this}, migrating tasks from one core to another can be . \cite{DBLP:journals/tpds/SquillanteL93} 55 43 56 44 \todo{The survey is not great on this subject} … … 59 47 60 48 \subsection{Theoretical Results} 61 There is also a large body of research on the theoretical aspects of work stealing. These evaluate, for example, the cost of migration\cite{DBLP:conf/sigmetrics/SquillanteN91,DBLP:journals/pe/EagerLZ86}, how affinity affects performance\cite{DBLP:journals/tpds/SquillanteL93,DBLP:journals/mst/AcarBB02,DBLP:journals/ipl/SuksompongLS16} and theoretical models for heterogenous systems\cite{DBLP:journals/jpdc/MirchandaneyTS90,DBLP:journals/mst/BenderR02,DBLP:conf/sigmetrics/GastG10}. \cite{DBLP:journals/jacm/BlellochGM99} examine the space bounds of Work Stealing and \cite{DBLP:journals/siamcomp/BerenbrinkFG03} show that for underloaded systems, the scheduler will complete computations in finite time, \ie is \newterm{stable}. Others show that Work-Stealing is applicable to various scheduling contexts\cite{DBLP:journals/mst/AroraBP01,DBLP:journals/anor/TchiboukdjianGT13,DBLP:conf/isaac/TchiboukdjianGTRB10,DBLP:conf/ppopp/AgrawalLS10,DBLP:conf/spaa/AgrawalFLSSU14}. \cite{DBLP:conf/ipps/ColeR13} also studied how Randomized Work Stealing affects false sharing among \glspl{at}.49 There is also a large body of research on the theoretical aspects of work stealing. These evaluate, for example, the cost of migration\cite{DBLP:conf/sigmetrics/SquillanteN91,DBLP:journals/pe/EagerLZ86}, how affinity affects performance\cite{DBLP:journals/tpds/SquillanteL93,DBLP:journals/mst/AcarBB02,DBLP:journals/ipl/SuksompongLS16} and theoretical models for heterogenous systems\cite{DBLP:journals/jpdc/MirchandaneyTS90,DBLP:journals/mst/BenderR02,DBLP:conf/sigmetrics/GastG10}. \cite{DBLP:journals/jacm/BlellochGM99} examine the space bounds of Work Stealing and \cite{DBLP:journals/siamcomp/BerenbrinkFG03} show that for underloaded systems, the scheduler will complete computations in finite time, \ie is \newterm{stable}. Others show that Work-Stealing is applicable to various scheduling contexts\cite{DBLP:journals/mst/AroraBP01,DBLP:journals/anor/TchiboukdjianGT13,DBLP:conf/isaac/TchiboukdjianGTRB10,DBLP:conf/ppopp/AgrawalLS10,DBLP:conf/spaa/AgrawalFLSSU14}. \cite{DBLP:conf/ipps/ColeR13} also studied how Randomized Work Stealing affects false sharing among tasks. 62 50 63 51 However, as \cite{DBLP:journals/ijpp/YangH18} highlights, it is worth mentionning that this theoretical research has mainly focused on ``fully-strict'' computations, \ie workloads that can be fully represented with a Direct Acyclic Graph. It is unclear how well these distributions represent workloads in real world scenarios. 64 52 65 53 \section{Preemption} 66 One last aspect of scheduling worth mentionning is preemption since many schedulers rely on it for some of their guarantees. Preemption is the idea of interrupting \glspl{at} that have been running for too long, effectively injecting suspend points in the applications. There are multiple techniques to achieve this but they all aim to have the effect of guaranteeing that suspend points in a \gls{at} are never further apart than some fixed duration. While this helps schedulers guarantee that no \glspl{at}will unfairly monopolize a worker, preemption can effectively added to any scheduler. Therefore, the only interesting aspect of preemption for the design of scheduling is whether or not to require it.54 One last aspect of scheduling worth mentionning is preemption since many schedulers rely on it for some of their guarantees. Preemption is the idea of interrupting tasks that have been running for too long, effectively injecting suspend points in the applications. There are multiple techniques to achieve this but they all aim to have the effect of guaranteeing that suspend points in a task are never further apart than some fixed duration. While this helps schedulers guarantee that no tasks will unfairly monopolize a worker, preemption can effectively added to any scheduler. Therefore, the only interesting aspect of preemption for the design of scheduling is whether or not to require it. 67 55 68 56 \section{Schedulers in Production}\label{existing:prod} … … 70 58 71 59 \subsection{Operating System Schedulers} 72 Operating System Schedulers tend to be fairly complex schedulers, they generally support some amount of real-time, aim to balance interactive and non-interactive \glspl{at}and support for multiple users sharing hardware without requiring these users to cooperate. Here are more details on a few schedulers used in the common operating systems: Linux, FreeBsd, Microsoft Windows and Apple's OS X. The information is less complete for operating systems behind closed source.60 Operating System Schedulers tend to be fairly complex schedulers, they generally support some amount of real-time, aim to balance interactive and non-interactive tasks and support for multiple users sharing hardware without requiring these users to cooperate. Here are more details on a few schedulers used in the common operating systems: Linux, FreeBsd, Microsoft Windows and Apple's OS X. The information is less complete for operating systems behind closed source. 73 61 74 62 \paragraph{Linux's CFS} 75 The default scheduler used by Linux (the Completely Fair Scheduler)\cite{MAN:linux/cfs,MAN:linux/cfs2} is a feedback scheduler based on CPU time. For each processor, it constructs a Red-Black tree of \glspl{at} waiting to run, ordering them by amount of CPU time spent. The scheduler schedules the \gls{at} that has spent the least CPU time. It also supports the concept of \newterm{Nice values}, which are effectively multiplicative factors on the CPU time spent. The ordering of \glspl{at} is also impacted by a group based notion of fairness, where \glspl{at} belonging to groups having spent less CPU time are preferred to \glspl{at}beloning to groups having spent more CPU time. Linux achieves load-balancing by regularly monitoring the system state\cite{MAN:linux/cfs/balancing} and using some heuristic on the load (currently CPU time spent in the last millisecond plus decayed version of the previous time slots\cite{MAN:linux/cfs/pelt}.).63 The default scheduler used by Linux (the Completely Fair Scheduler)\cite{MAN:linux/cfs,MAN:linux/cfs2} is a feedback scheduler based on CPU time. For each processor, it constructs a Red-Black tree of tasks waiting to run, ordering them by amount of CPU time spent. The scheduler schedules the task that has spent the least CPU time. It also supports the concept of \newterm{Nice values}, which are effectively multiplicative factors on the CPU time spent. The ordering of tasks is also impacted by a group based notion of fairness, where tasks belonging to groups having spent less CPU time are preferred to tasks beloning to groups having spent more CPU time. Linux achieves load-balancing by regularly monitoring the system state\cite{MAN:linux/cfs/balancing} and using some heuristic on the load (currently CPU time spent in the last millisecond plus decayed version of the previous time slots\cite{MAN:linux/cfs/pelt}.). 76 64 77 \cite{DBLP:conf/eurosys/LoziLFGQF16} shows that Linux's CFS also does work-stealing to balance the workload of each processors, but the paper argues this aspect can be improved significantly. The issues highlighted sem to stem from Linux's need to support fairness across \glspl{at} \emph{and} across users\footnote{Enforcing fairness across users means, for example, that given two users: one with a single \gls{at} and the other with one thousand \glspl{at}, the user with a single \gls{at}does not receive one one thousandth of the CPU time.}, increasing the complexity.65 \cite{DBLP:conf/eurosys/LoziLFGQF16} shows that Linux's CFS also does work-stealing to balance the workload of each processors, but the paper argues this aspect can be improved significantly. The issues highlighted sem to stem from Linux's need to support fairness across tasks \emph{and} across users\footnote{Enforcing fairness across users means, for example, that given two users: one with a single task and the other with one thousand tasks, the user with a single task does not receive one one thousandth of the CPU time.}, increasing the complexity. 78 66 79 Linux also offers a FIFO scheduler, a real-time schedulerwhich runs the highest-priority \gls{at}, and a round-robin scheduler, which is an extension of the fifo-scheduler that adds fixed time slices. \cite{MAN:linux/sched}67 Linux also offers a FIFO scheduler, a real-time schedulerwhich runs the highest-priority task, and a round-robin scheduler, which is an extension of the fifo-scheduler that adds fixed time slices. \cite{MAN:linux/sched} 80 68 81 69 \paragraph{FreeBSD} … … 83 71 84 72 \paragraph{Windows(OS)} 85 Microsoft's Operating System's Scheduler\cite{MAN:windows/scheduler} is a feedback scheduler with priorities. It supports 32 levels of priorities, some of which are reserved for real-time and prviliged applications. It schedules \glspl{at} based on the highest priorities (lowest number) and how much cpu time each \glspl{at}have used. The scheduler may also temporarily adjust priorities after certain effects like the completion of I/O requests.73 Microsoft's Operating System's Scheduler\cite{MAN:windows/scheduler} is a feedback scheduler with priorities. It supports 32 levels of priorities, some of which are reserved for real-time and prviliged applications. It schedules tasks based on the highest priorities (lowest number) and how much cpu time each tasks have used. The scheduler may also temporarily adjust priorities after certain effects like the completion of I/O requests. 86 74 87 75 \todo{load balancing} … … 100 88 101 89 \subsection{User-Level Schedulers} 102 By comparison, user level schedulers tend to be simpler, gathering fewer metrics and avoid complex notions of fairness. Part of the simplicity is due to the fact that all \glspl{at}have the same user, and therefore cooperation is both feasible and probable.90 By comparison, user level schedulers tend to be simpler, gathering fewer metrics and avoid complex notions of fairness. Part of the simplicity is due to the fact that all tasks have the same user, and therefore cooperation is both feasible and probable. 103 91 \paragraph{Go} 104 92 Go's scheduler uses a Randomized Work Stealing algorithm that has a global runqueue(\emph{GRQ}) and each processor(\emph{P}) has both a fixed-size runqueue(\emph{LRQ}) and a high-priority next ``chair'' holding a single element.\cite{GITHUB:go,YTUBE:go} Preemption is present, but only at function call boundaries. … … 117 105 118 106 \paragraph{Intel\textregistered ~Threading Building Blocks} 119 \newterm{Thread Building Blocks}(TBB) is Intel's task parellelism\cite{wiki:taskparallel} framework. It runs \newterm{jobs}, uninterruptable \glspl{at}, schedulable objects that must always run to completion, on a pool of worker threads. TBB's scheduler is a variation of Randomized Work Stealing that also supports higher-priority graph-like dependencies\cite{MAN:tbb/scheduler}. It schedules \glspl{at} as follows (where \textit{t} is the last \gls{at}completed):107 \newterm{Thread Building Blocks}(TBB) is Intel's task parellelism\cite{wiki:taskparallel} framework. It runs tasks or \newterm{jobs}, schedulable objects that must always run to completion, on a pool of worker threads. TBB's scheduler is a variation of Randomized Work Stealing that also supports higher-priority graph-like dependencies\cite{MAN:tbb/scheduler}. It schedules tasks as follows (where \textit{t} is the last task completed): 120 108 \begin{displayquote} 121 109 \begin{enumerate} … … 137 125 138 126 \paragraph{Grand Central Dispatch} 139 This is an API produce by Apple\cit{Official GCD source} that offers task parellelism\cite{wiki:taskparallel}. Its distinctive aspect is that it uses multiple ``Dispatch Queues'', some of which are created by programmers. These queues each have their own local ordering guarantees, \eg \glspl{at}on queue $A$ are executed in \emph{FIFO} order.127 This is an API produce by Apple\cit{Official GCD source} that offers task parellelism\cite{wiki:taskparallel}. Its distinctive aspect is that it uses multiple ``Dispatch Queues'', some of which are created by programmers. These queues each have their own local ordering guarantees, \eg tasks on queue $A$ are executed in \emph{FIFO} order. 140 128 141 129 \todo{load balancing and scheduling} -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/text/io.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 \chapter{User Level \io} 2 2 As mentioned in Section~\ref{prev:io}, User-Level \io requires multiplexing the \io operations of many \glspl{thrd} onto fewer \glspl{proc} using asynchronous \io operations. 3 Different operating systems offer various forms of asynchronous operations and ,as mentioned in Chapter~\ref{intro}, this work is exclusively focused on the Linux operating-system.3 Different operating systems offer various forms of asynchronous operations and as mentioned in Chapter~\ref{intro}, this work is exclusively focused on the Linux operating-system. 4 4 5 5 \section{Kernel Interface} … … 173 173 The consequence is that the amount of parallelism used to prepare submissions for the next system call is limited. 174 174 Beyond this limit, the length of the system call is the throughput limiting factor. 175 I concluded from early experiments that preparing submissions seems to take a t most as long as the system call itself, which means that with a single @io_uring@ instance, there is no benefit in terms of \io throughput to having more than two \glspl{hthrd}.175 I concluded from early experiments that preparing submissions seems to take about as long as the system call itself, which means that with a single @io_uring@ instance, there is no benefit in terms of \io throughput to having more than two \glspl{hthrd}. 176 176 Therefore the design of the submission engine must manage multiple instances of @io_uring@ running in parallel, effectively sharding @io_uring@ instances. 177 177 Similarly to scheduling, this sharding can be done privately, \ie, one instance per \glspl{proc}, in decoupled pools, \ie, a pool of \glspl{proc} use a pool of @io_uring@ instances without one-to-one coupling between any given instance and any given \gls{proc}, or some mix of the two. 178 178 Since completions are sent to the instance where requests were submitted, all instances with pending operations must be polled continously 179 179 \footnote{As will be described in Chapter~\ref{practice}, this does not translate into constant cpu usage.}. 180 Note that once an operation completes, there is nothing that ties it to the @io_uring@ instance that handled it.181 There is nothing preventing a new operation with, for example, the same file descriptors to a different @io_uring@ instance.182 180 183 181 A complicating aspect of submission is @io_uring@'s support for chains of operations, where the completion of an operation triggers the submission of the next operation on the link. … … 200 198 The only added complexity is that the number of SQEs is fixed, which means allocation can fail. 201 199 202 Allocation failures need to be pushed up to arouting algorithm: \glspl{thrd} attempting \io operations must not be directed to @io_uring@ instances without sufficient SQEs available.200 Allocation failures need to be pushed up to the routing algorithm: \glspl{thrd} attempting \io operations must not be directed to @io_uring@ instances without sufficient SQEs available. 203 201 Furthermore, the routing algorithm should block operations up-front if none of the instances have available SQEs. 204 202 … … 214 212 215 213 In the case of designating a \gls{thrd}, ideally, when multiple \glspl{thrd} attempt to submit operations to the same @io_uring@ instance, all requests would be batched together and one of the \glspl{thrd} would do the system call on behalf of the others, referred to as the \newterm{submitter}. 216 In practice however, it is important that the \io requests are not left pending indefinitely and as such, it may be required to have a ``next submitter'' that guarentees everything that is missed by the current submitter is seen by the next one.214 In practice however, it is important that the \io requests are not left pending indefinitely and as such, it may be required to have a current submitter and a next submitter. 217 215 Indeed, as long as there is a ``next'' submitter, \glspl{thrd} submitting new \io requests can move on, knowing that some future system call will include their request. 218 216 Once the system call is done, the submitter must also free SQEs so that the allocator can reused them. … … 223 221 If the submission side does not designate submitters, polling can also submit all SQEs as it is polling events. 224 222 A simple approach to polling is to allocate a \gls{thrd} per @io_uring@ instance and simply let the poller \glspl{thrd} poll their respective instances when scheduled. 223 This design is especially convenient for reasons explained in Chapter~\ref{practice}. 225 224 226 225 With this pool of instances approach, the big advantage is that it is fairly flexible. 227 226 It does not impose restrictions on what \glspl{thrd} submitting \io operations can and cannot do between allocations and submissions. 228 It also can gracefully handle running out of ressources, SQEs or the kernel returning @EBUSY@.227 It also can gracefully handles running out of ressources, SQEs or the kernel returning @EBUSY@. 229 228 The down side to this is that many of the steps used for submitting need complex synchronization to work properly. 230 229 The routing and allocation algorithm needs to keep track of which ring instances have available SQEs, block incoming requests if no instance is available, prevent barging if \glspl{thrd} are already queued up waiting for SQEs and handle SQEs being freed. 231 230 The submission side needs to safely append SQEs to the ring buffer, correctly handle chains, make sure no SQE is dropped or left pending forever, notify the allocation side when SQEs can be reused and handle the kernel returning @EBUSY@. 232 All this synchronization may have a significant cost and, compare dto the next approach presented, this synchronization is entirely overhead.231 All this synchronization may have a significant cost and, compare to the next approach presented, this synchronization is entirely overhead. 233 232 234 233 \subsubsection{Private Instances} 235 234 Another approach is to simply create one ring instance per \gls{proc}. 236 This alleviate sthe need for synchronization on the submissions, requiring only that \glspl{thrd} are not interrupted in between two submission steps.235 This alleviate the need for synchronization on the submissions, requiring only that \glspl{thrd} are not interrupted in between two submission steps. 237 236 This is effectively the same requirement as using @thread_local@ variables. 238 237 Since SQEs that are allocated must be submitted to the same ring, on the same \gls{proc}, this effectively forces the application to submit SQEs in allocation order … … 241 240 To remove this requirement, a \gls{thrd} would need the ability to ``yield to a specific \gls{proc}'', \ie, park with the promise that it will be run next on a specific \gls{proc}, the \gls{proc} attached to the correct ring.} 242 241 , greatly simplifying both allocation and submission. 243 In this design, allocation and submission form a partitionned ring buffer as shown in Figure~\ref{fig:pring}.242 In this design, allocation and submission form a ring partitionned ring buffer as shown in Figure~\ref{fig:pring}. 244 243 Once added to the ring buffer, the attached \gls{proc} has a significant amount of flexibility with regards to when to do the system call. 245 Possible options are: when the \gls{proc} runs out of \glspl{thrd} to run, after running a given number of \glspl{thrd}, etc.244 Possible options are: when the \gls{proc} runs out of \glspl{thrd} to run, after running a given number of threads \glspl{thrd}, etc. 246 245 247 246 \begin{figure} … … 330 329 \paragraph{Pending Allocations} can be more complicated to handle. 331 330 If the arbiter has available instances, the arbiter can attempt to directly hand over the instance and satisfy the request. 332 Otherwise it must hold onto the list of threads until SQEs are made available again. 333 This handling becomes that much more complex if pending allocation require more than one SQE, since the arbiter must make a decision between statisfying requests in FIFO ordering or satisfy requests for fewer SQEs first. 334 335 While this arbiter has the potential to solve many of the problems mentionned in above, it also introduces a significant amount of complexity. 336 Tracking which processors are borrowing which instances and which instances have SQEs available ends-up adding a significant synchronization prelude to any I/O operation. 337 Any submission must start with a handshake that pins the currently borrowed instance, if available. 338 An attempt to allocate is then made, but the arbiter can concurrently be attempting to allocate from the same instance from a different \gls{hthrd}. 339 Once the allocation is completed, the submission must still check that the instance is still burrowed before attempt to flush. 340 These extra synchronization steps end-up having a similar cost to the multiple shared instances approach. 341 Furthermore, if the number of instances does not match the number of processors actively submitting I/O, the system can fall into a state where instances are constantly being revoked and end-up cycling the processors, which leads to significant cache deterioration. 342 Because of these reasons, this approach, which sounds promising on paper, does not improve on the private instance approach in practice. 343 344 \subsubsection{Private Instances V2} 345 331 Otherwise 346 332 347 333 -
doc/theses/thierry_delisle_PhD/thesis/thesis.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 202 202 203 203 \newcommand\io{\glsxtrshort{io}\xspace}% 204 \newcommand\at{\gls{at}\xspace}%205 \newcommand\ats{\glspl{at}\xspace}%206 \newcommand\proc{\gls{proc}\xspace}%207 \newcommand\procs{\glspl{proc}\xspace}%208 204 209 205 %====================================================================== -
doc/user/user.tex
r92538ab r4559b34 11 11 %% Created On : Wed Apr 6 14:53:29 2016 12 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 %% Last Modified On : Mon Feb 14 17:20:39 202214 %% Update Count : 5 38213 %% Last Modified On : Sun Oct 10 12:45:00 2021 14 %% Update Count : 5095 15 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 16 16 17 17 % requires tex packages: texlive-base texlive-latex-base tex-common texlive-humanities texlive-latex-extra texlive-fonts-recommended 18 18 19 \documentclass[twoside ]{article}19 \documentclass[twoside,11pt]{article} 20 20 21 21 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% … … 40 40 % blue highlighting ß...ß (sharp s symbol) emacs: C-q M-_ 41 41 % green highlighting ¢...¢ (cent symbol) emacs: C-q M-" 42 % LaTex escape ...§ (section symbol) emacs: C-q M-'42 % LaTex escape §...§ (section symbol) emacs: C-q M-' 43 43 % keyword escape ¶...¶ (pilcrow symbol) emacs: C-q M-^ 44 44 % math escape $...$ (dollar symbol) … … 85 85 \newcommand{\B}[1]{{\Textbf[blue]{#1}}} 86 86 \newcommand{\G}[1]{{\Textbf[OliveGreen]{#1}}} 87 \newcommand{\Sp}{\R{\textvisiblespace}}88 87 \newcommand{\KWC}{K-W C\xspace} 89 88 … … 157 156 One of the main design philosophies of \CFA is to ``\Index{describe not prescribe}'', which means \CFA tries to provide a pathway from low-level C programming to high-level \CFA programming, but it does not force programmers to ``do the right thing''. 158 157 Programmers can cautiously add \CFA extensions to their C programs in any order and at any time to incrementally move towards safer, higher-level programming. 159 A programmer is always free to reach back to C from \CFA, for any reason, and in many cases, new \CFA features can be locally switched back to the irC counterpart.160 There is no notion or requirement for \emph{rewriting} a legacy C program to\CFA;158 A programmer is always free to reach back to C from \CFA, for any reason, and in many cases, new \CFA features can be locally switched back to there C counterpart. 159 There is no notion or requirement for \emph{rewriting} a legacy C program in \CFA; 161 160 instead, a programmer evolves a legacy program into \CFA by incrementally incorporating \CFA features. 162 161 As well, new programs can be written in \CFA using a combination of C and \CFA features. … … 164 163 165 164 \Index*[C++]{\CC{}}~\cite{c++:v1} had a similar goal 30 years ago, allowing object-oriented programming to be incrementally added to C. 166 However, \CC currently has the disadvantages of a strong object-oriented bias, multiple legacy design-choices that are difficult to update, and active divergence of the language model from C, requiring significant effort and training to incrementally add \CC to a C-based project.165 However, \CC currently has the disadvantages of a strong object-oriented bias, multiple legacy design-choices that cannot be updated, and active divergence of the language model from C, requiring significant effort and training to incrementally add \CC to a C-based project. 167 166 In contrast, \CFA has 30 years of hindsight and a clean starting point. 168 167 169 168 Like \Index*[C++]{\CC{}}, there may be both old and new ways to achieve the same effect. 170 169 For example, the following programs compare the C, \CFA, and \CC I/O mechanisms, where the programs output the same result. 171 \begin{ flushleft}170 \begin{center} 172 171 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{1em}}l@{\hspace{1em}}l@{}} 173 \multicolumn{1}{ @{}c@{\hspace{1em}}}{\textbf{C}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{\CFA}} & \multicolumn{1}{c@{}}{\textbf{\CC}} \\174 \begin{cfa} [tabsize=3]172 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{1em}}}{\textbf{C}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{\CFA}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{\CC}} \\ 173 \begin{cfa} 175 174 #include <stdio.h>$\indexc{stdio.h}$ 176 175 … … 181 180 \end{cfa} 182 181 & 183 \begin{cfa} [tabsize=3]182 \begin{cfa} 184 183 #include <fstream>$\indexc{fstream}$ 185 184 … … 190 189 \end{cfa} 191 190 & 192 \begin{cfa} [tabsize=3]191 \begin{cfa} 193 192 #include <iostream>$\indexc{iostream}$ 194 193 using namespace std; 195 194 int main() { 196 195 int x = 0, y = 1, z = 2; 197 ®cout << x << ' ' << y << ' ' << z <<endl;®196 ®cout<<x<<" "<<y<<" "<<z<<endl;® 198 197 } 199 198 \end{cfa} 200 199 \end{tabular} 201 \end{ flushleft}200 \end{center} 202 201 While \CFA I/O \see{\VRef{s:StreamIOLibrary}} looks similar to \Index*[C++]{\CC{}}, there are important differences, such as automatic spacing between variables and an implicit newline at the end of the expression list, similar to \Index*{Python}~\cite{Python}. 203 202 … … 239 238 however, it largely extended the C language, and did not address many of C's existing problems.\footnote{% 240 239 Two important existing problems addressed were changing the type of character literals from ©int© to ©char© and enumerator from ©int© to the type of its enumerators.} 241 \Index*{Fortran}~\cite{Fortran08}, \Index*{ Cobol}~\cite{Cobol14}, and \Index*{Ada}~\cite{Ada12} are examples of programming languages that took an evolutionary approach, where modern language-features (\eg objects, concurrency) are added and problems fixed within the framework of the existing language.240 \Index*{Fortran}~\cite{Fortran08}, \Index*{Ada}~\cite{Ada12}, and \Index*{Cobol}~\cite{Cobol14} are examples of programming languages that took an evolutionary approach, where modern language-features (\eg objects, concurrency) are added and problems fixed within the framework of the existing language. 242 241 \Index*{Java}~\cite{Java8}, \Index*{Go}~\cite{Go}, \Index*{Rust}~\cite{Rust} and \Index*{D}~\cite{D} are examples of the revolutionary approach for modernizing C/\CC, resulting in a new language rather than an extension of the descendent. 243 242 These languages have different syntax and semantics from C, do not interoperate directly with C, and are not systems languages because of restrictive memory-management or garbage collection. … … 334 333 long double _Complex ®abs®( long double _Complex ); 335 334 \end{cfa} 336 The problem is a\Index{name clash} between the C name ©abs© and the \CFA names ©abs©, resulting in two name linkages\index{C linkage}: ©extern "C"© and ©extern "Cforall"© (default).335 The problem is \Index{name clash} between the C name ©abs© and the \CFA names ©abs©, resulting in two name linkages\index{C linkage}: ©extern "C"© and ©extern "Cforall"© (default). 337 336 Overloaded names must use \newterm{name mangling}\index{mangling!name} to create unique names that are different from unmangled C names. 338 337 Hence, there is the same need as in \CC to know if a name is a C or \CFA name, so it can be correctly formed. … … 378 377 The program is linked with the debugging version of the runtime system. 379 378 The debug version performs runtime checks to aid the debugging phase of a \CFA program, but can substantially slow program execution. 380 The runtime checks should only be removed after aprogram is completely debugged.379 The runtime checks should only be removed after the program is completely debugged. 381 380 \textbf{This option is the default.} 382 381 … … 453 452 cfa $test$.cfa -XCFA -P -XCFA parse -XCFA -n # show program parse without prelude 454 453 \end{lstlisting} 455 Alternatively, multiple flages can be specified separated with commas and \emph{without} spaces.456 \begin{lstlisting}[language=sh,{moredelim=**[is][\protect\color{red}]{®}{®}}]457 cfa $test$.cfa -XCFA®,®-Pparse®,®-n # show program parse without prelude458 \end{lstlisting}459 454 \begin{description}[topsep=5pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] 460 455 \item … … 538 533 double ®``®forall = 3.5; 539 534 \end{cfa} 540 Existing C programs with keyword clashes can be converted by prefixing the keyword identifiers with double backquotes, and eventually the identifier name can be changed to a non-keyword name. 535 536 Existing C programs with keyword clashes can be converted by enclosing keyword identifiers in backquotes, and eventually the identifier name can be changed to a non-keyword name. 541 537 \VRef[Figure]{f:HeaderFileInterposition} shows how clashes in existing C header-files \see{\VRef{s:StandardHeaders}} can be handled using preprocessor \newterm{interposition}: ©#include_next© and ©-I filename©. 542 538 Several common C header-files with keyword clashes are fixed in the standard \CFA header-library, so there is a seamless programming-experience. … … 631 627 \subsection{\texorpdfstring{\LstKeywordStyle{if} / \LstKeywordStyle{while} Statement}{if / while Statement}} 632 628 633 The \Indexc{if}/\Indexc{while} expression allows declarations, similar to \Indexc{for}declaration expression.\footnote{634 Declarations in the \Indexc{do}-©while© condition are not useful because they appear after the loop body.}629 The ©if©/©while© expression allows declarations, similar to ©for© declaration expression.\footnote{ 630 Declarations in the ©do©-©while© condition are not useful because they appear after the loop body.} 635 631 \begin{cfa} 636 632 if ( ®int x = f()® ) ... $\C{// x != 0}$ … … 644 640 while ( ®struct S { int i; } x = { f() }; x.i < 4® ) ... $\C{// relational expression}$ 645 641 \end{cfa} 646 Unless a relational expression is specified, each variable is compared not equal to 0, which is the standard semantics for the ©if©/©while© expression, and the results are combined using the logical \Indexc{&&}operator.647 The scope of the declaration(s) is local to the ©if© /©while© statement, \ie in both \emph{then} and \emph{else} clauses for ©if©, and loop body for ©while©.642 Unless a relational expression is specified, each variable is compared not equal to 0, which is the standard semantics for the ©if©/©while© expression, and the results are combined using the logical ©&&© operator. 643 The scope of the declaration(s) is local to the ©if© statement but exist within both the \emph{then} and \emph{else} clauses. 648 644 \CC only provides a single declaration always compared ©!=© to 0. 649 645 … … 653 649 \label{s:caseClause} 654 650 655 C restricts the \Indexc{case} clause of a \Indexc{switch}statement to a single value.651 C restricts the ©case© clause of a ©switch© statement to a single value. 656 652 For multiple ©case© clauses associated with the same statement, it is necessary to have multiple ©case© clauses rather than multiple values. 657 Requiring a ©case© clause for each value is notin the spirit of brevity normally associated with C.658 Therefore, the ©case© clause is extended with a list of values .653 Requiring a ©case© clause for each value does not seem to be in the spirit of brevity normally associated with C. 654 Therefore, the ©case© clause is extended with a list of values, as in: 659 655 \begin{cquote} 660 656 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{3em}}l@{\hspace{2em}}l@{}} … … 707 703 \subsection{\texorpdfstring{\LstKeywordStyle{switch} Statement}{switch Statement}} 708 704 709 C allows a number of questionable forms for the \Indexc{switch}statement:705 C allows a number of questionable forms for the ©switch© statement: 710 706 \begin{enumerate} 711 707 \item 712 By default, the end of a \Indexc{case}clause\footnote{708 By default, the end of a ©case© clause\footnote{ 713 709 In this section, the term \emph{case clause} refers to either a ©case© or ©default© clause.} 714 710 \emph{falls through} to the next ©case© clause in the ©switch© statement; 715 to exit a ©switch© statement from a ©case© clause requires explicitly terminating the clause with a transfer statement, most commonly \Indexc{break}:711 to exit a ©switch© statement from a ©case© clause requires explicitly terminating the clause with a transfer statement, most commonly ©break©: 716 712 \begin{cfa} 717 713 switch ( i ) { 718 714 case 1: 719 715 ... 720 $\R{\LstCommentStyle{// fall-through}}$716 // fall-through 721 717 case 2: 722 718 ... 723 ®break;®// exit switch statement719 break; // exit switch statement 724 720 } 725 721 \end{cfa} … … 767 763 } 768 764 \end{cfa} 769 This situation is better handled bya list of case values \see{\VRef{s:caseClause}}.765 This situation better handled without fall-through by allowing a list of case values \see{\VRef{s:caseClause}}. 770 766 While fall-through itself is not a problem, the problem occurs when fall-through is the default, as this semantics is unintuitive to many programmers and is different from most programming languages with a ©switch© statement. 771 767 Hence, default fall-through semantics results in a large number of programming errors as programmers often \emph{forget} the ©break© statement at the end of a ©case© clause, resulting in inadvertent fall-through. … … 781 777 ... 782 778 } // if 779 case 2: 780 while ( j < 5 ) { 781 ... 782 ®case 3:® // transfer into "while" statement 783 ... 784 } // while 785 } // switch 783 786 \end{cfa} 784 787 This usage branches into control structures, which is known to cause both comprehension and technical difficulties. … … 786 789 The technical problem results from the inability to ensure declaration and initialization of variables when blocks are not entered at the beginning. 787 790 There are few arguments for this kind of control flow, and therefore, there is a strong impetus to eliminate it. 788 789 This C idiom is known as ``\Index*{Duff's device}''~\cite{Duff83}, from this example: 791 Nevertheless, C does have an idiom where this capability is used, known as ``\Index*{Duff's device}''~\cite{Duff83}: 790 792 \begin{cfa} 791 793 register int n = (count + 7) / 8; … … 856 858 still works. 857 859 Nevertheless, reversing the default action would have a non-trivial effect on case actions that compound, such as the above example of processing shell arguments. 858 Therefore, to preserve backwards compatibility, it is necessary to introduce a new kind of ©switch© statement, called \Indexc{choose}, with no implicit fall-through semantics and an explicit fall-through if the last statement of a case-clause ends with the new keyword \Indexc{fallthrough}/\Indexc{fallthru}, \eg:860 Therefore, to preserve backwards compatibility, it is necessary to introduce a new kind of ©switch© statement, called ©choose©, with no implicit fall-through semantics and an explicit fall-through if the last statement of a case-clause ends with the new keyword ©fallthrough©/©fallthru©, \eg: 859 861 \begin{cfa} 860 862 ®choose® ( i ) { … … 883 885 Therefore, no change is made for this issue. 884 886 \item 885 Dealing with unreachable code in a ©switch©/©choose© body is solved by restricting declarations and initialization to the start of statement body, which is executed \emph{before} the transfer to the appropriate ©case© clause\footnote{887 Dealing with unreachable code in a ©switch©/©choose© body is solved by restricting declarations and associated initialization to the start of statement body, which is executed \emph{before} the transfer to the appropriate ©case© clause\footnote{ 886 888 Essentially, these declarations are hoisted before the ©switch©/©choose© statement and both declarations and statement are surrounded by a compound statement.} and precluding statements before the first ©case© clause. 887 889 Further declarations at the same nesting level as the statement body are disallowed to ensure every transfer into the body is sound. … … 906 908 \subsection{Non-terminating and Labelled \texorpdfstring{\LstKeywordStyle{fallthrough}}{Non-terminating and Labelled fallthrough}} 907 909 908 The \Indexc{fallthrough} clause may be non-terminating within a \Indexc{case}clause or have a target label to common code from multiple case clauses.910 The ©fallthrough© clause may be non-terminating within a ©case© clause or have a target label to common code from multiple case clauses. 909 911 \begin{center} 910 912 \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} … … 958 960 \end{tabular} 959 961 \end{center} 960 The target label must be below the \Indexc{fallthrough}and may not be nested in a control structure, and961 the target label must be at the same or higher level as the containing \Indexc{case}clause and located at962 the same level as a ©case© clause; the target label may be case \Indexc{default}, but only associated963 with the current \Indexc{switch}/\Indexc{choose}statement.962 The target label must be below the ©fallthrough© and may not be nested in a control structure, and 963 the target label must be at the same or higher level as the containing ©case© clause and located at 964 the same level as a ©case© clause; the target label may be case ©default©, but only associated 965 with the current ©switch©/©choose© statement. 964 966 965 967 \begin{figure} … … 1074 1076 Looping a fixed number of times, possibly with a loop index, occurs frequently. 1075 1077 \CFA condenses simply looping to facilitate coding speed and safety. 1076 The \Indexc{for}, \Indexc{while}, and \Indexc{do}loop-control is augmented as follows \see{examples in \VRef[Figure]{f:LoopControlExamples}}:1078 The ©for©/©while©/©do-while© loop-control is augmented as follows \see{examples in \VRef[Figure]{f:LoopControlExamples}}: 1077 1079 \begin{itemize}[itemsep=0pt] 1078 1080 \item … … 1143 1145 \subsection{\texorpdfstring{Labelled \LstKeywordStyle{continue} / \LstKeywordStyle{break} Statement}{Labelled continue / break Statement}} 1144 1146 1145 C \Indexc{continue} and \Indexc{break}statements, for altering control flow, are restricted to one level of nesting for a particular control structure.1147 C ©continue© and ©break© statements, for altering control flow, are restricted to one level of nesting for a particular control structure. 1146 1148 This restriction forces programmers to use \Indexc{goto} to achieve the equivalent control-flow for more than one level of nesting. 1147 1149 To prevent having to switch to the ©goto©, \CFA extends the \Indexc{continue}\index{continue@©continue©!labelled}\index{labelled!continue@©continue©} and \Indexc{break}\index{break@©break©!labelled}\index{labelled!break@©break©} with a target label to support static multi-level exit\index{multi-level exit}\index{static multi-level exit}~\cite{Buhr85}, as in Java. 1148 For both ©continue© and ©break©, the target label must be directly associated with a \Indexc{for}, \Indexc{while} or \Indexc{do}statement;1149 for ©break©, the target label can also be associated with a \Indexc{switch}, \Indexc{if}or compound (©{}©) statement.1150 For both ©continue© and ©break©, the target label must be directly associated with a ©for©, ©while© or ©do© statement; 1151 for ©break©, the target label can also be associated with a ©switch©, ©if© or compound (©{}©) statement. 1150 1152 \VRef[Figure]{f:MultiLevelExit} shows a comparison between labelled ©continue© and ©break© and the corresponding C equivalent using ©goto© and labels. 1151 1153 The innermost loop has 8 exit points, which cause continuation or termination of one or more of the 7 \Index{nested control-structure}s. … … 1222 1224 \end{figure} 1223 1225 1224 Both labelled \Indexc{continue} and \Indexc{break} are a \Indexc{goto}\index{goto@©goto©!restricted} restricted in the following ways:1226 Both labelled ©continue© and ©break© are a ©goto©\index{goto@©goto©!restricted} restricted in the following ways: 1225 1227 \begin{itemize} 1226 1228 \item … … 1238 1240 1239 1241 1240 \subsection{\texorpdfstring{Extended \LstKeywordStyle{else}}{Extended else}}1241 \label{s:ExtendedElse}1242 \index{extended ©else©}1243 1244 The ©if© statement has an optional ©else© clause executed if the conditional is false.1245 This concept is extended to the \Indexc{while}, \Indexc{for}, and \Indexc{do} looping constructs (like Python).1246 Hence, if the loop conditional becomes false, looping stops and the corresponding ©else© clause is executed, if present.1247 1248 The following example is a linear search for the key 3 in an array, where finding the key is handled with a ©break© and not finding with the ©else© clause on the loop construct.1249 \begin{cquote}1250 \begin{cfa}1251 int a[10];1252 \end{cfa}1253 \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}}1254 \begin{cfa}1255 1256 while ( int i = 0; i < 10 ) {1257 if ( a[i] == 3 ) break; // found1258 i += 1;1259 } ®else® { // i == 101260 sout | "not found";1261 }1262 \end{cfa}1263 &1264 \begin{cfa}1265 1266 for ( i; 10 ) {1267 if ( a[i] == 3 ) break; // found1268 1269 } ®else® { // i == 101270 sout | "not found";1271 }1272 \end{cfa}1273 &1274 \begin{cfa}1275 int i = 0;1276 do {1277 if ( a[i] == 3 ) break; // found1278 i += 1;1279 } while( i < 10 ) ®else® { // i == 101280 sout | "not found";1281 }1282 \end{cfa}1283 \end{tabular}1284 \end{cquote}1285 Note, \Index{dangling else} now occurs with \Indexc{if}, \Indexc{while}, \Indexc{for}, \Indexc{do}, and \Indexc{waitfor}.1286 1287 1288 1242 %\subsection{\texorpdfstring{\protect\lstinline{with} Statement}{with Statement}} 1289 1243 \subsection{\texorpdfstring{\LstKeywordStyle{with} Statement}{with Statement}} … … 1312 1266 Therefore, reducing aggregate qualification is a useful language design goal. 1313 1267 1314 C partially addresses the problem by eliminating qualification for enumerated types and unnamed \emph{nested} aggregates, whichopen their scope into the containing aggregate.1268 C allows unnamed nested aggregates that open their scope into the containing aggregate. 1315 1269 This feature is used to group fields for attributes and/or with ©union© aggregates. 1316 1270 \begin{cfa} 1317 1271 struct S { 1318 struct $\R{\LstCommentStyle{/* unnamed */}}${ int g, h; } __attribute__(( aligned(64) ));1272 struct { int g, h; } __attribute__(( aligned(64) )); 1319 1273 int tag; 1320 union $\R{\LstCommentStyle{/* unnamed */}}${1274 union { 1321 1275 struct { char c1, c2; } __attribute__(( aligned(128) )); 1322 1276 struct { int i1, i2; }; 1323 1277 struct { double d1, d2; }; 1324 1278 }; 1325 } s; 1326 enum { R, G, B }; 1327 s.g; s.h; s.tag = R; s.c1; s.c2; s.i1 = G; s.i2 = B; s.d1; s.d2; 1279 }; 1280 s.g; s.h; s.tag; s.c1; s.c2; s.i1; s.i2; s.d1; s.d2; 1328 1281 \end{cfa} 1329 1282 … … 1370 1323 \end{cfa} 1371 1324 where qualification is only necessary to disambiguate the shadowed variable ©i©. 1372 In detail, the ©with© statement may form a function body or be nested within a function body. 1373 1325 1326 In detail, the ©with© statement may appear as the body of a function or nested within a function body. 1374 1327 The ©with© clause takes a list of expressions, where each expression provides an aggregate type and object. 1375 1328 (Enumerations are already opened.) … … 1380 1333 \end{cfa} 1381 1334 The expression object is the implicit qualifier for the open structure-fields. 1382 1383 1335 \CFA's ability to overload variables \see{\VRef{s:VariableOverload}} and use the left-side of assignment in type resolution means most fields with the same name but different types are automatically disambiguated, eliminating qualification. 1384 1336 All expressions in the expression list are open in parallel within the compound statement. … … 1410 1362 \end{cfa} 1411 1363 A cast or qualification can be used to disambiguate variables within a ©with© \emph{statement}. 1412 A cast can alsobe used to disambiguate among overload variables in a ©with© \emph{expression}:1364 A cast can be used to disambiguate among overload variables in a ©with© \emph{expression}: 1413 1365 \begin{cfa} 1414 1366 with ( w ) { ... } $\C{// ambiguous, same name and no context}$ … … 1419 1371 Finally, there is an interesting problem between parameters and the function-body ©with©, \eg: 1420 1372 \begin{cfa} 1421 void f( S & s, char c ) with ( s ) { 1422 ®s.c = c;® i = 3; d = 5.5; $\C{// initialize fields}$ 1423 } 1424 \end{cfa} 1425 Here, the assignment ©s.c = c© means ©s.c = s.c©, which is meaningless, and there is no mechanism to qualify the parameter ©c©, making the assignment impossible using the function-body ©with©. 1426 To solve this problem, parameters \emph{not} explicitly opened are treated like an initialized aggregate: 1427 \begin{cfa} 1428 struct Params { $\C{// s explicitly opened so S \& s elided}$ 1429 char c; 1373 void ?{}( S & s, int i ) with ( s ) { $\C{// constructor}$ 1374 ®s.i = i;® j = 3; m = 5.5; $\C{// initialize fields}$ 1375 } 1376 \end{cfa} 1377 Here, the assignment ©s.i = i© means ©s.i = s.i©, which is meaningless, and there is no mechanism to qualify the parameter ©i©, making the assignment impossible using the function-body ©with©. 1378 To solve this problem, parameters are treated like an initialized aggregate: 1379 \begin{cfa} 1380 struct Params { 1381 S & s; 1382 int i; 1430 1383 } params; 1431 1384 \end{cfa} 1432 1385 and implicitly opened \emph{after} a function-body open, to give them higher priority: 1433 1386 \begin{cfa} 1434 void f( S & s, char ®c® ) with ( s ) ®with( $\emph{\R{params}}$ )® { // syntax not allowed, illustration only1435 s. c = ®c;® i = 3; d= 5.5;1387 void ?{}( S & s, int ®i® ) with ( s ) ®with( $\emph{\R{params}}$ )® { // syntax not allowed, illustration only 1388 s.i = ®i®; j = 3; m = 5.5; 1436 1389 } 1437 1390 \end{cfa} 1438 1391 This implicit semantic matches with programmer expectation. 1392 1439 1393 1440 1394 … … 3443 3397 This requirement is the same as for comma expressions in argument lists. 3444 3398 3445 Type qualifiers, \ie ©const© and ©volatile©, may modify a tuple type.3446 The meaning is t o distribute the qualifieracross all of the types in the tuple, \eg:3399 Type qualifiers, \ie const and volatile, may modify a tuple type. 3400 The meaning is the same as for a type qualifier modifying an aggregate type [Int99, x 6.5.2.3(7),x 6.7.3(11)], \ie the qualifier is distributed across all of the types in the tuple, \eg: 3447 3401 \begin{cfa} 3448 3402 const volatile [ int, float, const int ] x; … … 3643 3597 Stream ©exit© implicitly returns ©EXIT_FAILURE© to the shell. 3644 3598 \begin{cfa} 3645 ®exit® | "x (" | x | ") negative value."; // terminate and return EXIT_FAILURE to shell3646 ®abort® | "x (" | x | ") negative value."; // terminate and generate stack trace and core file3599 ®exit® | "x (" | x | ") negative value."; // terminate and return EXIT_FAILURE to shell 3600 ®abort® | "x (" | x | ") negative value."; // terminate and generate stack trace and core file 3647 3601 \end{cfa} 3648 3602 Note, \CFA stream variables ©stdin©, ©stdout©, ©stderr©, ©exit©, and ©abort© overload C variables ©stdin©, ©stdout©, ©stderr©, and functions ©exit© and ©abort©, respectively. … … 4313 4267 sout | '1' | '2' | '3'; 4314 4268 sout | 1 | "" | 2 | "" | 3; 4315 sout | "x (" | 1 | "x [" | 2 | "x {" | 3 | "x =" | 4 | "x $" | 5 | "x £" | 6 | "x Â¥"4316 | 7 | "x ¡" | 8 | "x ¿" | 9 | "x «" | 10;4269 sout | "x (" | 1 | "x [" | 2 | "x {" | 3 | "x =" | 4 | "x $" | 5 | "x £" | 6 | "x ¥" 4270 | 7 | "x ¡" | 8 | "x ¿" | 9 | "x «" | 10; 4317 4271 sout | 1 | ", x" | 2 | ". x" | 3 | "; x" | 4 | "! x" | 5 | "? x" | 6 | "% x" 4318 | 7 | " ¢ x" | 8 | "» x" | 9 | ") x" | 10 | "] x" | 11 | "} x";4272 | 7 | "¢ x" | 8 | "» x" | 9 | ") x" | 10 | "] x" | 11 | "} x"; 4319 4273 sout | "x`" | 1 | "`x'" | 2 | "'x\"" | 3 | "\"x:" | 4 | ":x " | 5 | " x\t" | 6 | "\tx"; 4320 4274 sout | "x ( " | 1 | " ) x" | 2 | " , x" | 3 | " :x: " | 4; … … 4492 4446 The common usage is the short form of the mutex statement\index{ostream@©ostream©!mutex@©mutex©} to lock a stream during a single cascaded I/O expression, \eg: 4493 4447 \begin{cfa} 4494 $\emph{thread\(_1\)}$ : ®mutex( sout)® sout | "abc " | "def ";4495 $\emph{thread\(_2\)}$ : ®mutex( sout)® sout | "uvw " | "xyz ";4448 $\emph{thread\(_1\)}$ : ®mutex()® sout | "abc " | "def "; 4449 $\emph{thread\(_2\)}$ : ®mutex()® sout | "uvw " | "xyz "; 4496 4450 \end{cfa} 4497 4451 Now, the order of the thread execution is still non-deterministic, but the output is constrained to two possible lines in either order. … … 4516 4470 ®mutex( sout )® { 4517 4471 sout | 1; 4518 ®mutex( sout) sout® | 2 | 3; $\C{// unnecessary, but ok because of recursive lock}$4472 ®mutex() sout® | 2 | 3; $\C{// unnecessary, but ok because of recursive lock}$ 4519 4473 sout | 4; 4520 4474 } // implicitly release sout lock … … 4528 4482 int x, y, z, w; 4529 4483 sin | x; 4530 ®mutex( sin )® sin | y | z;$\C{// unnecessary, but ok because of recursive lock}$4484 ®mutex() sin® | y | z; $\C{// unnecessary, but ok because of recursive lock}$ 4531 4485 sin | w; 4532 4486 } // implicitly release sin lock … … 4537 4491 \Textbf{WARNING:} The general problem of \Index{nested locking} can occur if routines are called in an I/O sequence that block, \eg: 4538 4492 \begin{cfa} 4539 ®mutex( sout )® sout| "data:" | rtn( mon ); $\C{// mutex call on monitor}$4493 ®mutex() sout® | "data:" | rtn( mon ); $\C{// mutex call on monitor}$ 4540 4494 \end{cfa} 4541 4495 If the thread executing the I/O expression blocks in the monitor with the ©sout© lock, other threads writing to ©sout© also block until the thread holding the lock is unblocked and releases it. … … 4544 4498 \begin{cfa} 4545 4499 int ®data® = rtn( mon ); 4546 mutex( sout ) sout | "data:" | ®data®; 4547 \end{cfa} 4548 4549 4550 \subsection{Locale} 4551 \index{stream!locale} 4552 \index{locale!stream} 4553 4554 Cultures use different syntax, called a \newterm{locale}, for printing numbers so they are easier to read, \eg: 4555 \begin{cfa} 4556 12®,®345®.®123 $\C[1.25in]{// comma separator, period decimal-point}$ 4557 12®.®345®,®123 $\C{// period separator, comma decimal-point}$ 4558 12$\Sp$345®,®123®.® $\C{// space separator, comma decimal-point, period terminator}\CRT$ 4559 \end{cfa} 4560 A locale is selected with function ©setlocale©, and the corresponding locale package \emph{must} be installed on the underlying system; 4561 ©setlocale© returns ©0p© if the requested locale is unavailable. 4562 Furthermore, a locale covers the syntax for many cultural items, \eg address, measurement, money, etc. 4563 This discussion applies to item ©LC_NUMERIC© for formatting non-monetary integral and floating-point values. 4564 \VRef[Figure]{f:StreamLocale} shows selecting different cultural syntax, which may be associated with one or more countries. 4565 4566 \begin{figure} 4567 \begin{cfa} 4568 #include <fstream.hfa> 4569 #include <locale.h> $\C{// setlocale}$ 4570 #include <stdlib.h> $\C{// getenv}$ 4571 4572 int main() { 4573 void print() { 4574 sout | 12 | 123 | 1234 | 12345 | 123456 | 1234567; 4575 sout | 12. | 123.1 | 1234.12 | 12345.123 | 123456.1234 | 1234567.12345; 4576 sout | nl; 4577 } 4578 sout | "Default locale off"; 4579 print(); 4580 sout | "Locale on" | ®setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, getenv( "LANG" ) )®; // enable local locale 4581 print(); 4582 sout | "German" | ®setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8" )®; // enable German locale 4583 print(); 4584 sout | "Ukraine" | ®setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, "uk_UA.utf8" )®; // enable Ukraine locale 4585 print(); 4586 sout | "Default locale off" | ®setlocale( LC_NUMERIC, "C" )®; // disable locale 4587 print(); 4588 } 4589 4590 Default locale off 4591 12 123 1234 12345 123456 1234567 4592 12. 123.1 1234.12 12345.123 123456.1234 1234567.12345 4593 4594 Locale on en_US.UTF-8 4595 12 123 1®,®234 12®,®345 123®,®456 1®,®234®,®567 4596 12®.® 123®.®1 1®,®234®.®12 12®,®345®.®123 123®,®456®.®1234 1®,®234®,®567®.®12345 4597 4598 German de_DE.UTF-8 4599 12 123 1®.®234 12®.®345 123®.®456 1®.®234®.®567 4600 12®.® 123®,®1®.® 1®.®234®,®12 12®.®345®,®123 123®.®456®,®1234 1®.®234®.®567®,®12345 4601 4602 Ukraine uk_UA.utf8 4603 12 123 1 234 12 345 123 456 1 234 567 4604 12®.® 123®,®1®.® 1$\Sp$234®,®12®.® 12$\Sp$ 345®,®123®.® 123$\Sp$ 456®,®1234®.® 1$\Sp$ 234$\Sp$567®,®12345®.® 4605 4606 Default locale off C 4607 12 123 1234 12345 123456 1234567 4608 12. 123.1 1234.12 12345.123 123456.1234 1234567.12345 4609 \end{cfa} 4610 \caption{Stream Locale} 4611 \label{f:StreamLocale} 4612 \end{figure} 4500 mutex() sout | "data:" | ®data®; 4501 \end{cfa} 4613 4502 4614 4503 … … 4666 4555 \end{figure} 4667 4556 4668 4669 4557 \begin{comment} 4670 4558 \section{Types} … … 4749 4637 4750 4638 4751 \s ection{Structures}4639 \subsection{Structures} 4752 4640 4753 4641 Structures in \CFA are basically the same as structures in C. … … 5382 5270 \subsection{Coroutine} 5383 5271 5384 \Index{Coroutines} are the precursor to t hreads.5272 \Index{Coroutines} are the precursor to tasks. 5385 5273 \VRef[Figure]{f:FibonacciCoroutine} shows a coroutine that computes the \Index*{Fibonacci} numbers. 5386 5274 … … 5484 5372 5485 5373 5486 \subsection{T hreads}5374 \subsection{Tasks} 5487 5375 5488 5376 \CFA also provides a simple mechanism for creating and utilizing user level threads. 5489 A t hreadprovides mutual exclusion like a monitor, and also has its own execution state and a thread of control.5490 Similar to a monitor, a t hreadis defined like a structure:5377 A task provides mutual exclusion like a monitor, and also has its own execution state and a thread of control. 5378 Similar to a monitor, a task is defined like a structure: 5491 5379 5492 5380 \begin{figure} … … 5532 5420 } 5533 5421 \end{cfa} 5534 \caption{Simple T hreads}5535 \label{f:SimpleT hreads}5422 \caption{Simple Tasks} 5423 \label{f:SimpleTasks} 5536 5424 \end{figure} 5537 5425 … … 6900 6788 In \CFA, there are ambiguous cases with dereference and operator identifiers, \eg ©int *?*?()©, where the string ©*?*?© can be interpreted as: 6901 6789 \begin{cfa} 6902 *?$\ Sp$*? $\C{// dereference operator, dereference operator}$6903 *$\ Sp$?*? $\C{// dereference, multiplication operator}$6790 *?$\R{\textvisiblespace}$*? $\C{// dereference operator, dereference operator}$ 6791 *$\R{\textvisiblespace}$?*? $\C{// dereference, multiplication operator}$ 6904 6792 \end{cfa} 6905 6793 By default, the first interpretation is selected, which does not yield a meaningful parse. … … 6925 6813 Therefore, it is necessary to disambiguate these cases with a space: 6926 6814 \begin{cfa} 6927 i++$\ Sp$? i : 0;6928 i?$\ Sp$++i : 0;6815 i++$\R{\textvisiblespace}$? i : 0; 6816 i?$\R{\textvisiblespace}$++i : 0; 6929 6817 \end{cfa} 6930 6818 … … 7542 7430 char random( void );$\indexc{random}$ 7543 7431 char random( char u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$ 7544 char random( char l, char u ); $\C{// [l,u ]}$7432 char random( char l, char u ); $\C{// [l,u)}$ 7545 7433 int random( void ); 7546 7434 int random( int u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$ 7547 int random( int l, int u ); $\C{// [l,u ]}$7435 int random( int l, int u ); $\C{// [l,u)}$ 7548 7436 unsigned int random( void ); 7549 7437 unsigned int random( unsigned int u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$ 7550 unsigned int random( unsigned int l, unsigned int u ); $\C{// [l,u ]}$7438 unsigned int random( unsigned int l, unsigned int u ); $\C{// [l,u)}$ 7551 7439 long int random( void ); 7552 7440 long int random( long int u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$ 7553 long int random( long int l, long int u ); $\C{// [l,u ]}$7441 long int random( long int l, long int u ); $\C{// [l,u)}$ 7554 7442 unsigned long int random( void ); 7555 7443 unsigned long int random( unsigned long int u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$ 7556 unsigned long int random( unsigned long int l, unsigned long int u ); $\C{// [l,u ]}$7444 unsigned long int random( unsigned long int l, unsigned long int u ); $\C{// [l,u)}$ 7557 7445 float random( void ); $\C{// [0.0, 1.0)}$ 7558 7446 double random( void ); $\C{// [0.0, 1.0)}$ … … 8218 8106 8219 8107 8220 \section{Pseudo Random Number Generator}8221 \label{s:PRNG}8222 8223 Random numbers are values generated independently, i.e., new values do not depend on previous values (independent trials), \eg lottery numbers, shuffled cards, dice roll, coin flip.8224 While a primary goal of programming is computing values that are \emph{not} random, random values are useful in simulation, cryptography, games, etc.8225 A random-number generator is an algorithm that computes independent values.8226 If the algorithm uses deterministic computation (a predictable sequence of values), it generates \emph{pseudo} random numbers versus \emph{true} random numbers.8227 8228 All \newterm{pseudo random-number generators} (\newterm{PRNG}) involve some technique to scramble bits of a value, \eg multiplicative recurrence:8229 \begin{cfa}8230 rand = 36973 * (rand & 65535) + (rand >> 16); // scramble bits8231 \end{cfa}8232 Multiplication of large values adds new least-significant bits and drops most-significant bits.8233 \begin{quote}8234 \begin{tabular}{@{}r|l@{}}8235 bits 63--32 (most) & bits 31--0 (least) \\8236 \hline8237 0x0 & 0x3e8e36 \\8238 0x5f & 0x718c25e1 \\8239 0xad3e & 0x7b5f1dbe \\8240 0xbc3b & 0xac69ff19 \\8241 0x1070f & 0x2d258dc6 \\8242 \end{tabular}8243 \end{quote}8244 By dropping bits 63--32, bits 31--0 become scrambled after each multiply.8245 The least-significant bits \emph{appear} random but the same bits are always generated given a fixed starting value, called the \newterm{seed} (value 0x3e8e36 above).8246 Hence, if a program uses the same seed, the same sequence of pseudo-random values is generated from the PRNG.8247 Often the seed is set to another random value like a program's process identifier (©getpid©\index{getpid@©getpid©}) or time when the program is run;8248 hence, one random value bootstraps another.8249 Finally, a PRNG usually generates a range of large values, \eg ©[0, UINT_MAX]©, which are scaled using the modulus operator, \eg ©prng() % 5© produces random values in the range 0--4.8250 8251 \CFA provides a sequential PRNG type only accessible by a single thread (not thread-safe) and a set of global and companion thread PRNG functions accessible by multiple threads without contention.8252 \begin{itemize}8253 \item8254 The ©PRNG© type is for sequential programs, like coroutining:8255 \begin{cfa}8256 struct PRNG { ... }; $\C[3.75in]{// opaque type}$8257 void ?{}( PRNG & prng ); $\C{// random seed}$8258 void ?{}( PRNG & prng, uint32_t seed ); $\C{// fixed seed}$8259 void set_seed( PRNG & prng, uint32_t seed ); $\C{// set seed}$8260 uint32_t get_seed( PRNG & prng ); $\C{// get seed}$8261 uint32_t prng( PRNG & prng ); $\C{// [0,UINT\_MAX]}$8262 uint32_t prng( PRNG & prng, uint32_t u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$8263 uint32_t prng( PRNG & prng, uint32_t l, uint32_t u ); $\C{// [l,u]}$8264 uint32_t calls( PRNG & prng ); $\C{// number of calls}\CRT$8265 \end{cfa}8266 A ©PRNG© object is used to randomize behaviour or values during execution, \eg in games, a character makes a random move or an object takes on a random value.8267 In this scenario, it is useful to have multiple ©PRNG© objects, \eg one per player or object.8268 However, sequential execution is still repeatable given the same starting seeds for all ©PRNG©s.8269 \VRef[Figure]{f:SequentialPRNG} shows an example that creates two sequential ©PRNG©s, sets both to the same seed (1009), and illustrates the three forms for generating random values, where both ©PRNG©s generate the same sequence of values.8270 8271 \begin{figure}8272 \begin{cfa}8273 PRNG prng1, prng2;8274 ®set_seed( prng1, 1009 )®; ®set_seed( prng2, 1009 )®;8275 for ( 10 ) {8276 // Do not cascade prng calls because side-effect functions called in arbitrary order.8277 sout | nlOff | ®prng( prng1 )®; sout | ®prng( prng1, 5 )®; sout | ®prng( prng1, 0, 5 )® | '\t';8278 sout | ®prng( prng2 )®; sout | ®prng( prng2, 5 )®; sout | ®prng( prng2, 0, 5 )® | nlOn;8279 }8280 \end{cfa}8281 \begin{cquote}8282 \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}8283 \begin{cfa}8284 37301721 2 28285 1681308562 1 38286 290112364 3 28287 1852700364 4 38288 733221210 1 38289 1775396023 2 38290 123981445 2 38291 2062557687 2 08292 283934808 1 08293 672325890 1 38294 \end{cfa}8295 &8296 \begin{cfa}8297 37301721 2 28298 1681308562 1 38299 290112364 3 28300 1852700364 4 38301 733221210 1 38302 1775396023 2 38303 123981445 2 38304 2062557687 2 08305 283934808 1 08306 672325890 1 38307 \end{cfa}8308 \end{tabular}8309 \end{cquote}8310 \caption{Sequential PRNG}8311 \label{f:SequentialPRNG}8312 \end{figure}8313 8314 \item8315 The PRNG global and companion thread functions are for concurrent programming, such as randomizing execution in short-running programs, \eg ©yield( prng() % 5 )©.8316 \begin{cfa}8317 void set_seed( uint32_t seed ); $\C[3.75in]{// set global seed}$8318 uint32_t get_seed(); $\C{// get global seed}$8319 // SLOWER8320 uint32_t prng(); $\C{// [0,UINT\_MAX]}$8321 uint32_t prng( uint32_t u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$8322 uint32_t prng( uint32_t l, uint32_t u ); $\C{// [l,u]}$8323 // FASTER8324 uint32_t prng( $thread\LstStringStyle{\textdollar}$ & th ); $\C{// [0,UINT\_MAX]}$8325 uint32_t prng( $thread\LstStringStyle{\textdollar}$ & th, uint32_t u ); $\C{// [0,u)}$8326 uint32_t prng( $thread\LstStringStyle{\textdollar}$ & th, uint32_t l, uint32_t u ); $\C{// [l,u]}\CRT$8327 \end{cfa}8328 The only difference between the two sets of ©prng© routines is performance.8329 8330 Because concurrent execution is non-deterministic, seeding the concurrent PRNG is less important, as repeatable execution is impossible.8331 Hence, there is one system-wide PRNG (global seed) but each \CFA thread has its own non-contended PRNG state.8332 If the global seed is set, threads start with this seed, until it is reset and then threads start with the reset seed.8333 Hence, these threads generate the same sequence of random numbers from their specific starting seed.8334 If the global seed is \emph{not} set, threads start with a random seed, until the global seed is set.8335 Hence, these threads generate different sequences of random numbers.8336 If each thread needs its own seed, use a sequential ©PRNG© in each thread.8337 The slower ©prng© functions \emph{without} a thread argument call ©active_thread© internally to indirectly access the current thread's PRNG state, while the faster ©prng© functions \emph{with} a thread argument directly access the thread through the thread parameter.8338 If a thread pointer is available, \eg in thread main, eliminating the call to ©active_thread© significantly reduces the cost of accessing the thread's PRNG state.8339 \VRef[Figure]{f:ConcurrentPRNG} shows an example using the slower/faster concurrent PRNG in the program main and a thread.8340 8341 \begin{figure}8342 \begin{cfa}8343 thread T {};8344 void main( ®T & th® ) { // thread address8345 for ( i; 10 ) {8346 sout | nlOff | ®prng()®; sout | ®prng( 5 )®; sout | ®prng( 0, 5 )® | '\t'; // SLOWER8347 sout | nlOff | ®prng( th )®; sout | ®prng( th, 5 )®; sout | ®prng( th, 0, 5 )® | nlOn; // FASTER8348 }8349 }8350 int main() {8351 set_seed( 1009 );8352 $\R{thread\LstStringStyle{\textdollar}}$ ®& th = *active_thread()®; // program-main thread-address8353 for ( i; 10 ) {8354 sout | nlOff | ®prng()®; sout | ®prng( 5 )®; sout | ®prng( 0, 5 )® | '\t'; // SLOWER8355 sout | nlOff | ®prng( th )®; sout | ®prng( th, 5 )®; sout | ®prng( th, 0, 5 )® | nlOn; // FASTER8356 }8357 sout | nl;8358 T t; // run thread8359 }8360 \end{cfa}8361 \begin{cquote}8362 \begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}}8363 \begin{cfa}8364 37301721 2 28365 290112364 3 28366 733221210 1 38367 123981445 2 38368 283934808 1 08369 1414344101 1 38370 871831898 3 48371 2142057611 4 48372 802117363 0 48373 2346353643 1 38374 \end{cfa}8375 &8376 \begin{cfa}8377 1681308562 1 38378 1852700364 4 38379 1775396023 2 38380 2062557687 2 08381 672325890 1 38382 873424536 3 48383 866783532 0 18384 17310256 2 58385 492964499 0 08386 2143013105 3 28387 \end{cfa}8388 \end{tabular}8389 \begin{cfa}8390 // same output as above from thread t8391 \end{cfa}8392 \end{cquote}8393 \caption{Concurrent PRNG}8394 \label{f:ConcurrentPRNG}8395 \end{figure}8396 \end{itemize}8397 8398 8399 8108 \section{Multi-precision Integers} 8400 8109 \label{s:MultiPrecisionIntegers} … … 8601 8310 \end{tabular} 8602 8311 \end{cquote} 8603 8312 \small 8604 8313 \begin{cfa} 8605 8314 Factorial Numbers -
driver/cc1.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Fri Aug 26 14:23:51 2005 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Feb 17 18:04:23 202213 // Update Count : 4 2212 // Last Modified On : Wed Jul 21 09:46:24 2021 13 // Update Count : 419 14 14 // 15 15 … … 61 61 static string __CFA_FLAGPREFIX__( "__CFA_FLAG" ); // "__CFA_FLAG__=" suffix 62 62 63 static void checkEnv1( ) {// stage 163 static void checkEnv1( const char * args[], int & nargs ) { // stage 1 64 64 extern char ** environ; 65 65 … … 155 155 cerr << "Stage1" << endl; 156 156 #endif // __DEBUG_H__ 157 checkEnv1( );// arguments passed via environment variables157 checkEnv1( args, nargs ); // arguments passed via environment variables 158 158 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__ 159 159 for ( int i = 1; i < argc; i += 1 ) { -
libcfa/src/Makefile.am
r92538ab r4559b34 58 58 bits/queue.hfa \ 59 59 bits/sequence.hfa \ 60 containers/array.hfa \ 60 61 concurrency/iofwd.hfa \ 61 concurrency/barrier.hfa \62 containers/array.hfa \63 62 containers/list.hfa \ 64 63 containers/queueLockFree.hfa \ 65 64 containers/stackLockFree.hfa \ 66 containers/string_sharectx.hfa \67 65 containers/vector2.hfa \ 68 66 vec/vec.hfa \ … … 120 118 concurrency/exception.hfa \ 121 119 concurrency/kernel.hfa \ 122 concurrency/kernel/cluster.hfa \123 120 concurrency/locks.hfa \ 124 121 concurrency/monitor.hfa \ … … 136 133 concurrency/io/call.cfa \ 137 134 concurrency/iofwd.hfa \ 138 concurrency/kernel /private.hfa \135 concurrency/kernel_private.hfa \ 139 136 concurrency/kernel/startup.cfa \ 140 137 concurrency/preemption.cfa \ -
libcfa/src/concurrency/coroutine.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 27 27 #include <unwind.h> 28 28 29 #include "kernel /private.hfa"29 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 30 30 #include "exception.hfa" 31 31 #include "math.hfa" -
libcfa/src/concurrency/io.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 41 41 #include "kernel.hfa" 42 42 #include "kernel/fwd.hfa" 43 #include "kernel/private.hfa" 44 #include "kernel/cluster.hfa" 43 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 45 44 #include "io/types.hfa" 46 45 … … 94 93 extern void __kernel_unpark( thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint ); 95 94 96 static void ioring_syscsll( struct $io_context & ctx, unsigned int min_comp, unsigned int flags ) { 97 __STATS__( true, io.calls.flush++; ) 98 int ret; 99 for() { 100 ret = syscall( __NR_io_uring_enter, ctx.fd, ctx.sq.to_submit, min_comp, flags, (sigset_t *)0p, _NSIG / 8); 95 bool __cfa_io_drain( processor * proc ) { 96 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 97 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 98 /* paranoid */ verify( proc ); 99 /* paranoid */ verify( proc->io.ctx ); 100 101 // Drain the queue 102 $io_context * ctx = proc->io.ctx; 103 unsigned head = *ctx->cq.head; 104 unsigned tail = *ctx->cq.tail; 105 const __u32 mask = *ctx->cq.mask; 106 107 __u32 count = tail - head; 108 __STATS__( false, io.calls.drain++; io.calls.completed += count; ) 109 110 if(count == 0) return false; 111 112 for(i; count) { 113 unsigned idx = (head + i) & mask; 114 volatile struct io_uring_cqe & cqe = ctx->cq.cqes[idx]; 115 116 /* paranoid */ verify(&cqe); 117 118 struct io_future_t * future = (struct io_future_t *)(uintptr_t)cqe.user_data; 119 __cfadbg_print_safe( io, "Kernel I/O : Syscall completed : cqe %p, result %d for %p\n", &cqe, cqe.res, future ); 120 121 __kernel_unpark( fulfil( *future, cqe.res, false ), UNPARK_LOCAL ); 122 } 123 124 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : %u completed\n", count); 125 126 // Mark to the kernel that the cqe has been seen 127 // Ensure that the kernel only sees the new value of the head index after the CQEs have been read. 128 __atomic_store_n( ctx->cq.head, head + count, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST ); 129 130 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 131 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 132 133 return true; 134 } 135 136 bool __cfa_io_flush( processor * proc, int min_comp ) { 137 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 138 /* paranoid */ verify( proc ); 139 /* paranoid */ verify( proc->io.ctx ); 140 141 __attribute__((unused)) cluster * cltr = proc->cltr; 142 $io_context & ctx = *proc->io.ctx; 143 144 __ioarbiter_flush( ctx ); 145 146 if(ctx.sq.to_submit != 0 || min_comp > 0) { 147 148 __STATS__( true, io.calls.flush++; ) 149 int ret = syscall( __NR_io_uring_enter, ctx.fd, ctx.sq.to_submit, min_comp, min_comp > 0 ? IORING_ENTER_GETEVENTS : 0, (sigset_t *)0p, _NSIG / 8); 101 150 if( ret < 0 ) { 102 151 switch((int)errno) { 152 case EAGAIN: 103 153 case EINTR: 104 continue;105 case EAGAIN:106 154 case EBUSY: 107 155 // Update statistics … … 112 160 } 113 161 } 114 break; 115 } 116 117 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : %u submitted to io_uring %d\n", ret, ctx.fd); 118 __STATS__( true, io.calls.submitted += ret; ) 119 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit <= *ctx.sq.num ); 120 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit >= ret ); 121 122 ctx.sq.to_submit -= ret; 123 124 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit <= *ctx.sq.num ); 125 126 // Release the consumed SQEs 127 __release_sqes( ctx ); 128 129 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 130 131 __atomic_store_n(&ctx.proc->io.pending, false, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 132 } 133 134 static bool try_acquire( $io_context * ctx ) __attribute__((nonnull(1))) { 135 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 136 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 137 138 139 { 140 const __u32 head = *ctx->cq.head; 141 const __u32 tail = *ctx->cq.tail; 142 143 if(head == tail) return false; 144 } 145 146 // Drain the queue 147 if(!__atomic_try_acquire(&ctx->cq.lock)) { 148 __STATS__( false, io.calls.locked++; ) 149 return false; 150 } 151 152 return true; 153 } 154 155 static bool __cfa_do_drain( $io_context * ctx, cluster * cltr ) __attribute__((nonnull(1, 2))) { 156 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 157 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 158 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx->cq.lock == true ); 159 160 const __u32 mask = *ctx->cq.mask; 161 unsigned long long ts_prev = ctx->cq.ts; 162 163 // re-read the head and tail in case it already changed. 164 const __u32 head = *ctx->cq.head; 165 const __u32 tail = *ctx->cq.tail; 166 const __u32 count = tail - head; 167 __STATS__( false, io.calls.drain++; io.calls.completed += count; ) 168 169 for(i; count) { 170 unsigned idx = (head + i) & mask; 171 volatile struct io_uring_cqe & cqe = ctx->cq.cqes[idx]; 172 173 /* paranoid */ verify(&cqe); 174 175 struct io_future_t * future = (struct io_future_t *)(uintptr_t)cqe.user_data; 176 // __cfadbg_print_safe( io, "Kernel I/O : Syscall completed : cqe %p, result %d for %p\n", &cqe, cqe.res, future ); 177 178 __kernel_unpark( fulfil( *future, cqe.res, false ), UNPARK_LOCAL ); 179 } 180 181 unsigned long long ts_next = ctx->cq.ts = rdtscl(); 182 183 // Mark to the kernel that the cqe has been seen 184 // Ensure that the kernel only sees the new value of the head index after the CQEs have been read. 185 __atomic_store_n( ctx->cq.head, head + count, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST ); 186 ctx->proc->idle_wctx.drain_time = ts_next; 187 188 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : %u completed age %llu\n", count, ts_next); 189 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 190 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 191 192 __atomic_unlock(&ctx->cq.lock); 193 194 touch_tsc( cltr->sched.io.tscs, ctx->cq.id, ts_prev, ts_next ); 195 196 return true; 197 } 198 199 bool __cfa_io_drain( processor * proc ) { 200 bool local = false; 201 bool remote = false; 162 163 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : %u submitted to io_uring %d\n", ret, ctx.fd); 164 __STATS__( true, io.calls.submitted += ret; ) 165 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit <= *ctx.sq.num ); 166 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit >= ret ); 167 168 ctx.sq.to_submit -= ret; 169 170 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx.sq.to_submit <= *ctx.sq.num ); 171 172 // Release the consumed SQEs 173 __release_sqes( ctx ); 174 175 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 176 177 ctx.proc->io.pending = false; 178 } 202 179 203 180 ready_schedule_lock(); 204 205 cluster * const cltr = proc->cltr; 206 $io_context * const ctx = proc->io.ctx; 207 /* paranoid */ verify( cltr ); 208 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx ); 209 210 with(cltr->sched) { 211 const size_t ctxs_count = io.count; 212 213 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 214 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 215 /* paranoid */ verify( active_processor() == proc ); 216 /* paranoid */ verify( __shard_factor.io > 0 ); 217 /* paranoid */ verify( ctxs_count > 0 ); 218 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx->cq.id < ctxs_count ); 219 220 const unsigned this_cache = cache_id(cltr, ctx->cq.id / __shard_factor.io); 221 const unsigned long long ctsc = rdtscl(); 222 223 if(proc->io.target == MAX) { 224 uint64_t chaos = __tls_rand(); 225 unsigned ext = chaos & 0xff; 226 unsigned other = (chaos >> 8) % (ctxs_count); 227 228 if(ext < 3 || __atomic_load_n(&caches[other / __shard_factor.io].id, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) == this_cache) { 229 proc->io.target = other; 230 } 231 } 232 else { 233 const unsigned target = proc->io.target; 234 /* paranoid */ verify( io.tscs[target].tv != MAX ); 235 HELP: if(target < ctxs_count) { 236 const unsigned long long cutoff = calc_cutoff(ctsc, ctx->cq.id, ctxs_count, io.data, io.tscs, __shard_factor.io); 237 const unsigned long long age = moving_average(ctsc, io.tscs[target].tv, io.tscs[target].ma); 238 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O: Help attempt on %u from %u, age %'llu vs cutoff %'llu, %s\n", target, ctx->cq.id, age, cutoff, age > cutoff ? "yes" : "no"); 239 if(age <= cutoff) break HELP; 240 241 if(!try_acquire(io.data[target])) break HELP; 242 243 if(!__cfa_do_drain( io.data[target], cltr )) break HELP; 244 245 remote = true; 246 __STATS__( false, io.calls.helped++; ) 247 } 248 proc->io.target = MAX; 249 } 250 } 251 252 253 // Drain the local queue 254 if(try_acquire( proc->io.ctx )) { 255 local = __cfa_do_drain( proc->io.ctx, cltr ); 256 } 257 258 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_schedule_islocked() ); 259 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 260 /* paranoid */ verify( active_processor() == proc ); 261 181 bool ret = __cfa_io_drain( proc ); 262 182 ready_schedule_unlock(); 263 return local || remote; 264 } 265 266 bool __cfa_io_flush( processor * proc ) { 267 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 268 /* paranoid */ verify( proc ); 269 /* paranoid */ verify( proc->io.ctx ); 270 271 $io_context & ctx = *proc->io.ctx; 272 273 __ioarbiter_flush( ctx ); 274 275 if(ctx.sq.to_submit != 0) { 276 ioring_syscsll(ctx, 0, 0); 277 278 } 279 280 return __cfa_io_drain( proc ); 183 return ret; 281 184 } 282 185 … … 306 209 struct io_uring_sqe * sqes = ctx->sq.sqes; 307 210 for(i; want) { 308 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : filling loop\n");211 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : filling loop\n"); 309 212 out_sqes[i] = &sqes[idxs[i]]; 310 213 } … … 324 227 // copy all the indexes we want from the available list 325 228 for(i; want) { 326 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : allocating loop\n");229 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : allocating loop\n"); 327 230 idxs[i] = sq.free_ring.array[(fhead + i) & mask]; 328 231 } … … 341 244 // sqe == &sqes[idx] 342 245 struct $io_context * cfa_io_allocate(struct io_uring_sqe * sqes[], __u32 idxs[], __u32 want) { 343 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to allocate %u\n", want);246 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to allocate %u\n", want); 344 247 345 248 disable_interrupts(); … … 349 252 /* paranoid */ verify( ctx ); 350 253 351 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to fast allocation\n");254 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to fast allocation\n"); 352 255 353 256 // We can proceed to the fast path … … 357 260 enable_interrupts(); 358 261 359 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : fast allocation successful from ring %d\n", ctx->fd);262 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : fast allocation successful from ring %d\n", ctx->fd); 360 263 361 264 __fill( sqes, want, idxs, ctx ); … … 372 275 /* paranoid */ verify( ioarb ); 373 276 374 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : falling back on arbiter for allocation\n");277 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : falling back on arbiter for allocation\n"); 375 278 376 279 struct $io_context * ret = __ioarbiter_allocate(*ioarb, idxs, want); 377 280 378 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : slow allocation completed from ring %d\n", ret->fd);281 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : slow allocation completed from ring %d\n", ret->fd); 379 282 380 283 __fill( sqes, want, idxs,ret ); … … 384 287 //============================================================================================= 385 288 // submission 386 static inline void __submit _only( struct $io_context * ctx, __u32 idxs[], __u32 have) {289 static inline void __submit( struct $io_context * ctx, __u32 idxs[], __u32 have, bool lazy) { 387 290 // We can proceed to the fast path 388 291 // Get the right objects … … 393 296 // Add the sqes to the array 394 297 for( i; have ) { 395 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : __submit loop\n");298 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : __submit loop\n"); 396 299 sq.kring.array[ (tail + i) & mask ] = idxs[i]; 397 300 } … … 401 304 sq.to_submit += have; 402 305 403 __atomic_store_n(&ctx->proc->io.pending, true, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 404 __atomic_store_n(&ctx->proc->io.dirty , true, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 405 } 406 407 static inline void __submit( struct $io_context * ctx, __u32 idxs[], __u32 have, bool lazy) { 408 __sub_ring_t & sq = ctx->sq; 409 __submit_only(ctx, idxs, have); 410 306 ctx->proc->io.pending = true; 307 ctx->proc->io.dirty = true; 411 308 if(sq.to_submit > 30) { 412 309 __tls_stats()->io.flush.full++; 413 __cfa_io_flush( ctx->proc );310 __cfa_io_flush( ctx->proc, 0 ); 414 311 } 415 312 if(!lazy) { 416 313 __tls_stats()->io.flush.eager++; 417 __cfa_io_flush( ctx->proc );314 __cfa_io_flush( ctx->proc, 0 ); 418 315 } 419 316 } 420 317 421 318 void cfa_io_submit( struct $io_context * inctx, __u32 idxs[], __u32 have, bool lazy ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))) { 422 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to submit %u (%s)\n", have, lazy ? "lazy" : "eager");319 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : attempting to submit %u (%s)\n", have, lazy ? "lazy" : "eager"); 423 320 424 321 disable_interrupts(); … … 437 334 enable_interrupts(); 438 335 439 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : submitted on fast path\n");336 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : submitted on fast path\n"); 440 337 return; 441 338 } … … 445 342 enable_interrupts(); 446 343 447 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : falling back on arbiter for submission\n");344 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : falling back on arbiter for submission\n"); 448 345 449 346 __ioarbiter_submit(inctx, idxs, have, lazy); … … 489 386 // go through the range and release the sqes 490 387 for( i; count ) { 491 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : release loop\n");388 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : release loop\n"); 492 389 __u32 idx = ctx.sq.kring.array[ (phead + i) & mask ]; 493 390 ctx.sq.free_ring.array[ (ftail + i) & mask ] = idx; … … 505 402 // I/O Arbiter 506 403 //============================================================================================= 507 static inline bool enqueue(__outstanding_io_queue & queue, __outstanding_io & item) { 508 bool was_empty; 509 404 static inline void block(__outstanding_io_queue & queue, __outstanding_io & item) { 510 405 // Lock the list, it's not thread safe 511 406 lock( queue.lock __cfaabi_dbg_ctx2 ); 512 407 { 513 was_empty = empty(queue.queue);514 515 408 // Add our request to the list 516 409 add( queue.queue, item ); … … 521 414 unlock( queue.lock ); 522 415 523 return was_empty;416 wait( item.sem ); 524 417 } 525 418 … … 529 422 530 423 static $io_context * __ioarbiter_allocate( $io_arbiter & this, __u32 idxs[], __u32 want ) { 531 //__cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : arbiter allocating\n");424 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : arbiter allocating\n"); 532 425 533 426 __STATS__( false, io.alloc.block += 1; ) … … 539 432 pa.want = want; 540 433 541 enqueue(this.pending, (__outstanding_io&)pa); 542 543 wait( pa.sem ); 434 block(this.pending, (__outstanding_io&)pa); 544 435 545 436 return pa.ctx; … … 594 485 ei.lazy = lazy; 595 486 596 bool we = enqueue(ctx->ext_sq, (__outstanding_io&)ei); 597 598 __atomic_store_n(&ctx->proc->io.pending, true, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST); 599 600 if( we ) { 601 sigval_t value = { PREEMPT_IO }; 602 pthread_sigqueue(ctx->proc->kernel_thread, SIGUSR1, value); 603 } 604 605 wait( ei.sem ); 487 block(ctx->ext_sq, (__outstanding_io&)ei); 606 488 607 489 __cfadbg_print_safe(io, "Kernel I/O : %u submitted from arbiter\n", have); … … 619 501 __external_io & ei = (__external_io&)drop( ctx.ext_sq.queue ); 620 502 621 __submit _only(&ctx, ei.idxs, ei.have);503 __submit(&ctx, ei.idxs, ei.have, ei.lazy); 622 504 623 505 post( ei.sem ); … … 641 523 642 524 // We can proceed to the fast path 643 if( !__alloc(ctx, &idx, 1) ) { 644 /* paranoid */ verify( false ); // for now check if this happens, next time just abort the sleep. 645 return false; 646 } 525 if( !__alloc(ctx, &idx, 1) ) return false; 647 526 648 527 // Allocation was successful … … 674 553 675 554 /* paranoid */ verify( sqe->user_data == (uintptr_t)&future ); 676 __submit _only( ctx, &idx, 1);555 __submit( ctx, &idx, 1, true ); 677 556 678 557 /* paranoid */ verify( proc == __cfaabi_tls.this_processor ); … … 681 560 return true; 682 561 } 683 684 void __cfa_io_idle( processor * proc ) {685 iovec iov;686 __atomic_acquire( &proc->io.ctx->cq.lock );687 688 __attribute__((used)) volatile bool was_reset = false;689 690 with( proc->idle_wctx) {691 692 // Do we already have a pending read693 if(available(*ftr)) {694 // There is no pending read, we need to add one695 reset(*ftr);696 697 iov.iov_base = rdbuf;698 iov.iov_len = sizeof(eventfd_t);699 __kernel_read(proc, *ftr, iov, evfd );700 ftr->result = 0xDEADDEAD;701 *((eventfd_t *)rdbuf) = 0xDEADDEADDEADDEAD;702 was_reset = true;703 }704 }705 706 if( !__atomic_load_n( &proc->do_terminate, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST ) ) {707 __ioarbiter_flush( *proc->io.ctx );708 proc->idle_wctx.sleep_time = rdtscl();709 ioring_syscsll( *proc->io.ctx, 1, IORING_ENTER_GETEVENTS);710 }711 712 ready_schedule_lock();713 __cfa_do_drain( proc->io.ctx, proc->cltr );714 ready_schedule_unlock();715 716 asm volatile ("" :: "m" (was_reset));717 }718 562 #endif 719 563 #endif -
libcfa/src/concurrency/io/setup.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 32 32 33 33 void __cfa_io_start( processor * proc ) {} 34 bool __cfa_io_flush( processor * proc ) { return false; } 35 bool __cfa_io_drain( processor * proc ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))) { return false; } 36 void __cfa_io_idle ( processor * ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))) {} 34 bool __cfa_io_flush( processor * proc, int ) { return false; } 37 35 void __cfa_io_stop ( processor * proc ) {} 38 36 … … 41 39 42 40 #else 43 #pragma GCC diagnostic push44 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Waddress-of-packed-member"45 41 #include <errno.h> 46 42 #include <stdint.h> … … 60 56 61 57 #include "bitmanip.hfa" 62 #include "fstream.hfa" 63 #include "kernel/private.hfa" 64 #include "limits.hfa" 58 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 65 59 #include "thread.hfa" 66 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop67 60 68 61 void ?{}(io_context_params & this) { … … 118 111 this.ext_sq.empty = true; 119 112 (this.ext_sq.queue){}; 120 __io_uring_setup( this, cl.io.params, proc->idle_ wctx.evfd );113 __io_uring_setup( this, cl.io.params, proc->idle_fd ); 121 114 __cfadbg_print_safe(io_core, "Kernel I/O : Created ring for io_context %u (%p)\n", this.fd, &this); 122 115 } … … 128 121 __cfadbg_print_safe(io_core, "Kernel I/O : Destroyed ring for io_context %u\n", this.fd); 129 122 } 123 124 extern void __disable_interrupts_hard(); 125 extern void __enable_interrupts_hard(); 130 126 131 127 static void __io_uring_setup( $io_context & this, const io_context_params & params_in, int procfd ) { … … 217 213 218 214 // completion queue 219 cq.lock = false;220 cq.id = MAX;221 cq.ts = rdtscl();222 215 cq.head = (volatile __u32 *)(((intptr_t)cq.ring_ptr) + params.cq_off.head); 223 216 cq.tail = (volatile __u32 *)(((intptr_t)cq.ring_ptr) + params.cq_off.tail); … … 233 226 __cfadbg_print_safe(io_core, "Kernel I/O : registering %d for completion with ring %d\n", procfd, fd); 234 227 228 __disable_interrupts_hard(); 229 235 230 int ret = syscall( __NR_io_uring_register, fd, IORING_REGISTER_EVENTFD, &procfd, 1); 236 231 if (ret < 0) { 237 232 abort("KERNEL ERROR: IO_URING EVENTFD REGISTER - %s\n", strerror(errno)); 238 233 } 234 235 __enable_interrupts_hard(); 239 236 240 237 __cfadbg_print_safe(io_core, "Kernel I/O : registered %d for completion with ring %d\n", procfd, fd); … … 261 258 struct __sub_ring_t & sq = this.sq; 262 259 struct __cmp_ring_t & cq = this.cq; 263 {264 __u32 fhead = sq.free_ring.head;265 __u32 ftail = sq.free_ring.tail;266 267 __u32 total = *sq.num;268 __u32 avail = ftail - fhead;269 270 if(avail != total) abort | "Processor (" | (void*)this.proc | ") tearing down ring with" | (total - avail) | "entries allocated but not submitted, out of" | total;271 }272 260 273 261 // unmap the submit queue entries -
libcfa/src/concurrency/io/types.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 23 23 #include "bits/locks.hfa" 24 24 #include "bits/queue.hfa" 25 #include "iofwd.hfa"26 25 #include "kernel/fwd.hfa" 27 #include "limits.hfa"28 26 29 27 #if defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_IO_URING_H) … … 79 77 80 78 struct __cmp_ring_t { 81 volatile bool lock;82 83 unsigned id;84 85 unsigned long long ts;86 87 79 // Head and tail of the ring 88 80 volatile __u32 * head; … … 136 128 }; 137 129 138 static inline unsigned long long ts($io_context *& this) {139 const __u32 head = *this->cq.head;140 const __u32 tail = *this->cq.tail;141 142 if(head == tail) return MAX;143 144 return this->cq.ts;145 }146 147 130 struct __pending_alloc { 148 131 inline __outstanding_io; … … 187 170 // void __ioctx_prepare_block($io_context & ctx); 188 171 #endif 172 173 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 174 // IO user data 175 struct io_future_t { 176 future_t self; 177 __s32 result; 178 }; 179 180 static inline { 181 thread$ * fulfil( io_future_t & this, __s32 result, bool do_unpark = true ) { 182 this.result = result; 183 return fulfil(this.self, do_unpark); 184 } 185 186 // Wait for the future to be fulfilled 187 bool wait ( io_future_t & this ) { return wait (this.self); } 188 void reset ( io_future_t & this ) { return reset (this.self); } 189 bool available( io_future_t & this ) { return available(this.self); } 190 } -
libcfa/src/concurrency/iofwd.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 19 19 extern "C" { 20 20 #include <asm/types.h> 21 #include <sys/stat.h> // needed for mode_t22 21 #if CFA_HAVE_LINUX_IO_URING_H 23 22 #include <linux/io_uring.h> … … 25 24 } 26 25 #include "bits/defs.hfa" 27 #include "kernel/fwd.hfa"28 26 #include "time.hfa" 29 27 … … 49 47 50 48 struct cluster; 49 struct io_future_t; 51 50 struct $io_context; 52 51 … … 58 57 59 58 struct io_uring_sqe; 60 61 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------62 // IO user data63 struct io_future_t {64 future_t self;65 __s32 result;66 };67 68 static inline {69 thread$ * fulfil( io_future_t & this, __s32 result, bool do_unpark = true ) {70 this.result = result;71 return fulfil(this.self, do_unpark);72 }73 74 // Wait for the future to be fulfilled75 bool wait ( io_future_t & this ) { return wait (this.self); }76 void reset ( io_future_t & this ) { return reset (this.self); }77 bool available( io_future_t & this ) { return available(this.self); }78 }79 59 80 60 //---------- … … 153 133 // Check if a function is blocks a only the user thread 154 134 bool has_user_level_blocking( fptr_t func ); 155 156 #if CFA_HAVE_LINUX_IO_URING_H157 static inline void zero_sqe(struct io_uring_sqe * sqe) {158 sqe->flags = 0;159 sqe->ioprio = 0;160 sqe->fd = 0;161 sqe->off = 0;162 sqe->addr = 0;163 sqe->len = 0;164 sqe->fsync_flags = 0;165 sqe->__pad2[0] = 0;166 sqe->__pad2[1] = 0;167 sqe->__pad2[2] = 0;168 sqe->fd = 0;169 sqe->off = 0;170 sqe->addr = 0;171 sqe->len = 0;172 }173 #endif -
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 19 19 // #define __CFA_DEBUG_PRINT_RUNTIME_CORE__ 20 20 21 #pragma GCC diagnostic push22 #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Waddress-of-packed-member"23 24 21 //C Includes 25 22 #include <errno.h> … … 28 25 #include <signal.h> 29 26 #include <unistd.h> 30 31 27 extern "C" { 32 28 #include <sys/eventfd.h> … … 35 31 36 32 //CFA Includes 37 #include "kernel /private.hfa"33 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 38 34 #include "preemption.hfa" 39 35 #include "strstream.hfa" … … 44 40 #define __CFA_INVOKE_PRIVATE__ 45 41 #include "invoke.h" 46 #pragma GCC diagnostic pop47 42 48 43 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) … … 132 127 static void __wake_one(cluster * cltr); 133 128 134 static void idle_sleep(processor * proc );129 static void idle_sleep(processor * proc, io_future_t & future, iovec & iov); 135 130 static bool mark_idle (__cluster_proc_list & idles, processor & proc); 136 131 static void mark_awake(__cluster_proc_list & idles, processor & proc); 137 132 138 extern bool __cfa_io_drain( processor * proc ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))); 139 extern bool __cfa_io_flush( processor * ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))); 140 extern void __cfa_io_idle( processor * ) __attribute__((nonnull (1))); 133 extern void __cfa_io_start( processor * ); 134 extern bool __cfa_io_drain( processor * ); 135 extern bool __cfa_io_flush( processor *, int min_comp ); 136 extern void __cfa_io_stop ( processor * ); 137 static inline bool __maybe_io_drain( processor * ); 141 138 142 139 #if defined(CFA_WITH_IO_URING_IDLE) … … 162 159 verify(this); 163 160 164 /* paranoid */ verify( this->idle_wctx.ftr != 0p );165 /* paranoid */ verify( this->idle_wctx.rdbuf != 0p );166 167 // used for idle sleep when io_uring is present168 // mark it as already fulfilled so we know if there is a pending request or not 169 this->idle_wctx.ftr->self.ptr = 1p;161 io_future_t future; // used for idle sleep when io_uring is present 162 future.self.ptr = 1p; // mark it as already fulfilled so we know if there is a pending request or not 163 eventfd_t idle_val; 164 iovec idle_iovec = { &idle_val, sizeof(idle_val) }; 165 166 __cfa_io_start( this ); 170 167 171 168 __cfadbg_print_safe(runtime_core, "Kernel : core %p starting\n", this); … … 192 189 for() { 193 190 // Check if there is pending io 194 __ cfa_io_drain( this );191 __maybe_io_drain( this ); 195 192 196 193 // Try to get the next thread … … 198 195 199 196 if( !readyThread ) { 200 // there is no point in holding submissions if we are idle201 197 __IO_STATS__(true, io.flush.idle++; ) 202 __cfa_io_flush( this ); 203 204 // drain again in case something showed up 205 __cfa_io_drain( this ); 198 __cfa_io_flush( this, 0 ); 206 199 207 200 readyThread = __next_thread( this->cltr ); … … 209 202 210 203 if( !readyThread ) for(5) { 204 __IO_STATS__(true, io.flush.idle++; ) 205 211 206 readyThread = __next_thread_slow( this->cltr ); 212 207 213 208 if( readyThread ) break; 214 209 215 // It's unlikely we still I/O to submit, but the arbiter could 216 __IO_STATS__(true, io.flush.idle++; ) 217 __cfa_io_flush( this ); 218 219 // drain again in case something showed up 220 __cfa_io_drain( this ); 210 __cfa_io_flush( this, 0 ); 221 211 } 222 212 … … 241 231 } 242 232 243 idle_sleep( this );233 idle_sleep( this, future, idle_iovec ); 244 234 245 235 // We were woken up, remove self from idle … … 261 251 if( __atomic_load_n(&this->do_terminate, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST) ) break MAIN_LOOP; 262 252 263 if( __atomic_load_n(&this->io.pending, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) && !__atomic_load_n(&this->io.dirty, __ATOMIC_RELAXED)) {253 if(this->io.pending && !this->io.dirty) { 264 254 __IO_STATS__(true, io.flush.dirty++; ) 265 __cfa_io_flush( this );255 __cfa_io_flush( this, 0 ); 266 256 } 267 257 } … … 269 259 __cfadbg_print_safe(runtime_core, "Kernel : core %p stopping\n", this); 270 260 } 261 262 for(int i = 0; !available(future); i++) { 263 if(i > 1000) __cfaabi_dbg_write( "ERROR: kernel has bin spinning on a flush after exit loop.\n", 60); 264 __cfa_io_flush( this, 1 ); 265 } 266 267 __cfa_io_stop( this ); 271 268 272 269 post( this->terminated ); … … 637 634 638 635 int fd = 1; 639 if( __atomic_load_n(&fdp-> sem, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST) != 1 ) {640 fd = __atomic_exchange_n(&fdp-> sem, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED);636 if( __atomic_load_n(&fdp->fd, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST) != 1 ) { 637 fd = __atomic_exchange_n(&fdp->fd, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 641 638 } 642 639 643 640 switch(fd) { 644 __attribute__((unused)) int ret;645 641 case 0: 646 642 // If the processor isn't ready to sleep then the exchange will already wake it up … … 660 656 // If the processor was ready to sleep, we need to wake it up with an actual write 661 657 val = 1; 662 ret = eventfd_write( fd, val ); 663 /* paranoid */ verifyf( ret == 0, "Expected return to be 0, was %d\n", ret ); 658 eventfd_write( fd, val ); 664 659 665 660 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) … … 682 677 __cfadbg_print_safe(runtime_core, "Kernel : waking Processor %p\n", this); 683 678 684 this->idle_wctx.sem = 1; 685 686 this->idle_wctx.wake__time = rdtscl(); 679 this->idle_wctx.fd = 1; 687 680 688 681 eventfd_t val; 689 682 val = 1; 690 __attribute__((unused)) int ret = eventfd_write( this->idle_wctx.evfd, val ); 691 692 /* paranoid */ verifyf( ret == 0, "Expected return to be 0, was %d\n", ret ); 693 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 694 } 695 696 static void idle_sleep(processor * this) { 697 /* paranoid */ verify( this->idle_wctx.evfd != 1 ); 698 /* paranoid */ verify( this->idle_wctx.evfd != 2 ); 699 683 eventfd_write( this->idle_fd, val ); 684 685 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 686 } 687 688 static void idle_sleep(processor * this, io_future_t & future, iovec & iov) { 700 689 // Tell everyone we are ready to go do sleep 701 690 for() { 702 int expected = this->idle_wctx. sem;691 int expected = this->idle_wctx.fd; 703 692 704 693 // Someone already told us to wake-up! No time for a nap. … … 706 695 707 696 // Try to mark that we are going to sleep 708 if(__atomic_compare_exchange_n(&this->idle_wctx. sem, &expected, this->idle_wctx.evfd, false, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST) ) {697 if(__atomic_compare_exchange_n(&this->idle_wctx.fd, &expected, this->idle_fd, false, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST) ) { 709 698 // Every one agreed, taking a nap 710 699 break; … … 724 713 { 725 714 eventfd_t val; 726 ssize_t ret = read( this->idle_ wctx.evfd, &val, sizeof(val) );715 ssize_t ret = read( this->idle_fd, &val, sizeof(val) ); 727 716 if(ret < 0) { 728 717 switch((int)errno) { … … 746 735 #endif 747 736 #else 748 __cfa_io_idle( this ); 737 // Do we already have a pending read 738 if(available(future)) { 739 // There is no pending read, we need to add one 740 reset(future); 741 742 __kernel_read(this, future, iov, this->idle_fd ); 743 } 744 745 __cfa_io_flush( this, 1 ); 749 746 #endif 750 747 } … … 753 750 __STATS__(true, ready.sleep.halts++; ) 754 751 755 proc.idle_wctx. sem= 0;752 proc.idle_wctx.fd = 0; 756 753 757 754 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); … … 834 831 #endif 835 832 836 833 static inline bool __maybe_io_drain( processor * proc ) { 834 bool ret = false; 835 #if defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_IO_URING_H) 836 __cfadbg_print_safe(runtime_core, "Kernel : core %p checking io for ring %d\n", proc, proc->io.ctx->fd); 837 838 // Check if we should drain the queue 839 $io_context * ctx = proc->io.ctx; 840 unsigned head = *ctx->cq.head; 841 unsigned tail = *ctx->cq.tail; 842 if(head == tail) return false; 843 ready_schedule_lock(); 844 ret = __cfa_io_drain( proc ); 845 ready_schedule_unlock(); 846 #endif 847 return ret; 848 } 837 849 838 850 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- … … 891 903 void print_stats_now( cluster & this, int flags ) { 892 904 crawl_cluster_stats( this ); 893 __print_stats( this.stats, flags, "Cluster", this.name, (void*)&this );905 __print_stats( this.stats, this.print_stats, "Cluster", this.name, (void*)&this ); 894 906 } 895 907 #endif -
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 48 48 extern struct cluster * mainCluster; 49 49 50 // Coroutine used py processors for the 2-step context switch 50 // Processor id, required for scheduling threads 51 52 51 53 coroutine processorCtx_t { 52 54 struct processor * proc; 53 55 }; 54 56 55 struct io_future_t; 56 57 // Information needed for idle sleep 57 58 58 struct __fd_waitctx { 59 // semaphore/future like object 60 // values can be 0, 1 or some file descriptor. 61 // 0 - is the default state 62 // 1 - means the proc should wake-up immediately 63 // FD - means the proc is going asleep and should be woken by writing to the FD. 64 volatile int sem; 65 66 // The event FD that corresponds to this processor 67 int evfd; 68 69 // buffer into which the proc will read from evfd 70 // unused if not using io_uring for idle sleep 71 void * rdbuf; 72 73 // future use to track the read of the eventfd 74 // unused if not using io_uring for idle sleep 75 io_future_t * ftr; 76 77 volatile unsigned long long wake__time; 78 volatile unsigned long long sleep_time; 79 volatile unsigned long long drain_time; 59 volatile int fd; 80 60 }; 81 61 … … 112 92 struct { 113 93 $io_context * ctx; 114 unsigned target; 115 volatile bool pending; 116 volatile bool dirty; 94 bool pending; 95 bool dirty; 117 96 } io; 118 97 … … 124 103 bool pending_preemption; 125 104 126 // context for idle sleep 105 // Idle lock (kernel semaphore) 106 int idle_fd; 107 108 // Idle waitctx 127 109 struct __fd_waitctx idle_wctx; 128 110 … … 173 155 void ^?{}(__intrusive_lane_t & this); 174 156 175 // Aligned timestamps which are used by the re ady queue and io subsystem157 // Aligned timestamps which are used by the relaxed ready queue 176 158 struct __attribute__((aligned(128))) __timestamp_t { 177 159 volatile unsigned long long tv; … … 179 161 }; 180 162 163 struct __attribute__((aligned(16))) __cache_id_t { 164 volatile unsigned id; 165 }; 166 167 // Aligned timestamps which are used by the relaxed ready queue 168 struct __attribute__((aligned(128))) __help_cnts_t { 169 volatile unsigned long long src; 170 volatile unsigned long long dst; 171 volatile unsigned long long tri; 172 }; 173 181 174 static inline void ?{}(__timestamp_t & this) { this.tv = 0; this.ma = 0; } 182 175 static inline void ^?{}(__timestamp_t &) {} 183 176 184 185 struct __attribute__((aligned(16))) __cache_id_t { 186 volatile unsigned id; 187 }; 177 struct __attribute__((aligned(128))) __ready_queue_caches_t; 178 void ?{}(__ready_queue_caches_t & this); 179 void ^?{}(__ready_queue_caches_t & this); 180 181 //TODO adjust cache size to ARCHITECTURE 182 // Structure holding the ready queue 183 struct __ready_queue_t { 184 // Data tracking the actual lanes 185 // On a seperate cacheline from the used struct since 186 // used can change on each push/pop but this data 187 // only changes on shrink/grow 188 struct { 189 // Arary of lanes 190 __intrusive_lane_t * volatile data; 191 192 // Array of times 193 __timestamp_t * volatile tscs; 194 195 __cache_id_t * volatile caches; 196 197 // Array of stats 198 __help_cnts_t * volatile help; 199 200 // Number of lanes (empty or not) 201 volatile size_t count; 202 } lanes; 203 }; 204 205 void ?{}(__ready_queue_t & this); 206 void ^?{}(__ready_queue_t & this); 207 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 208 unsigned cnt(const __ready_queue_t & this, unsigned idx); 209 #endif 188 210 189 211 // Idle Sleep … … 211 233 // Cluster 212 234 struct __attribute__((aligned(128))) cluster { 213 struct { 214 struct { 215 // Arary of subqueues 216 __intrusive_lane_t * data; 217 218 // Time since subqueues were processed 219 __timestamp_t * tscs; 220 221 // Number of subqueue / timestamps 222 size_t count; 223 } readyQ; 224 225 struct { 226 // Array of $io_ 227 $io_context ** data; 228 229 // Time since subqueues were processed 230 __timestamp_t * tscs; 231 232 // Number of I/O subqueues 233 size_t count; 234 } io; 235 236 // Cache each kernel thread belongs to 237 __cache_id_t * caches; 238 } sched; 239 240 // // Ready queue for threads 241 // __ready_queue_t ready_queue; 235 // Ready queue for threads 236 __ready_queue_t ready_queue; 242 237 243 238 // Name of the cluster -
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/fwd.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 248 248 // check if the future is available 249 249 bool available( future_t & this ) { 250 while( this.ptr == 2p ) Pause();251 250 return this.ptr == 1p; 252 251 } … … 348 347 struct oneshot * want = expected == 0p ? 1p : 2p; 349 348 if(__atomic_compare_exchange_n(&this.ptr, &expected, want, false, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)) { 350 if( expected == 0p ) { return 0p; }349 if( expected == 0p ) { /* paranoid */ verify( this.ptr == 1p); return 0p; } 351 350 thread$ * ret = post( *expected, do_unpark ); 352 351 __atomic_store_n( &this.ptr, 1p, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST); -
libcfa/src/concurrency/kernel/startup.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 18 18 19 19 // C Includes 20 #include <errno.h> // errno20 #include <errno.h> // errno 21 21 #include <signal.h> 22 #include <string.h> // strerror23 #include <unistd.h> // sysconf22 #include <string.h> // strerror 23 #include <unistd.h> // sysconf 24 24 25 25 extern "C" { 26 #include <limits.h>// PTHREAD_STACK_MIN27 #include <unistd.h> // syscall28 #include <sys/eventfd.h> // eventfd29 #include <sys/mman.h>// mprotect30 #include <sys/resource.h>// getrlimit26 #include <limits.h> // PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 27 #include <unistd.h> // syscall 28 #include <sys/eventfd.h> // eventfd 29 #include <sys/mman.h> // mprotect 30 #include <sys/resource.h> // getrlimit 31 31 } 32 32 33 33 // CFA Includes 34 #include "kernel/private.hfa" 35 #include "iofwd.hfa" 36 #include "startup.hfa" // STARTUP_PRIORITY_XXX 34 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 35 #include "startup.hfa" // STARTUP_PRIORITY_XXX 37 36 #include "limits.hfa" 38 37 #include "math.hfa" … … 98 97 extern void __kernel_alarm_startup(void); 99 98 extern void __kernel_alarm_shutdown(void); 100 extern void __cfa_io_start( processor * );101 extern void __cfa_io_stop ( processor * );102 99 103 100 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- … … 105 102 extern void __wake_proc(processor *); 106 103 extern int cfa_main_returned; // from interpose.cfa 107 uint32_t __global_random_prime = 4_294_967_291u, __global_random_mask = false;104 extern uint32_t __global_random_seed; 108 105 109 106 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- … … 114 111 KERNEL_STORAGE(__stack_t, mainThreadCtx); 115 112 KERNEL_STORAGE(__scheduler_RWLock_t, __scheduler_lock); 116 KERNEL_STORAGE(eventfd_t, mainIdleEventFd);117 KERNEL_STORAGE(io_future_t, mainIdleFuture);118 113 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 119 114 KERNEL_STORAGE(__stats_t, mainProcStats); … … 229 224 (*mainProcessor){}; 230 225 231 mainProcessor->idle_wctx.rdbuf = &storage_mainIdleEventFd;232 mainProcessor->idle_wctx.ftr = (io_future_t*)&storage_mainIdleFuture;233 /* paranoid */ verify( sizeof(storage_mainIdleEventFd) == sizeof(eventfd_t) );234 235 __cfa_io_start( mainProcessor );236 226 register_tls( mainProcessor ); 237 227 … … 315 305 316 306 unregister_tls( mainProcessor ); 317 __cfa_io_stop( mainProcessor );318 307 319 308 // Destroy the main processor and its context in reverse order of construction … … 364 353 proc->local_data = &__cfaabi_tls; 365 354 366 __cfa_io_start( proc );367 355 register_tls( proc ); 368 369 // used for idle sleep when io_uring is present370 io_future_t future;371 eventfd_t idle_buf;372 proc->idle_wctx.ftr = &future;373 proc->idle_wctx.rdbuf = &idle_buf;374 375 356 376 357 // SKULLDUGGERY: We want to create a context for the processor coroutine … … 414 395 415 396 unregister_tls( proc ); 416 __cfa_io_stop( proc );417 397 418 398 return 0p; … … 510 490 preferred = ready_queue_new_preferred(); 511 491 last_proc = 0p; 512 random_state = __global_random_ mask ? __global_random_prime : __global_random_prime ^ rdtscl();492 random_state = __global_random_seed; 513 493 #if defined( __CFA_WITH_VERIFY__ ) 514 494 canary = 0x0D15EA5E0D15EA5Ep; … … 535 515 this.rdq.its = 0; 536 516 this.rdq.itr = 0; 537 this.rdq.id = 0;517 this.rdq.id = MAX; 538 518 this.rdq.target = MAX; 539 519 this.rdq.last = MAX; … … 552 532 this.local_data = 0p; 553 533 554 idle_wctx.evfd = eventfd(0, 0);555 if (idle_ wctx.evfd < 0) {534 this.idle_fd = eventfd(0, 0); 535 if (idle_fd < 0) { 556 536 abort("KERNEL ERROR: PROCESSOR EVENTFD - %s\n", strerror(errno)); 557 537 } 558 538 559 idle_wctx.sem = 0; 560 idle_wctx.wake__time = 0; 539 this.idle_wctx.fd = 0; 561 540 562 541 // I'm assuming these two are reserved for standard input and output 563 542 // so I'm using them as sentinels with idle_wctx. 564 /* paranoid */ verify( idle_wctx.evfd != 0 );565 /* paranoid */ verify( idle_wctx.evfd != 1 );543 /* paranoid */ verify( this.idle_fd != 0 ); 544 /* paranoid */ verify( this.idle_fd != 1 ); 566 545 567 546 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) … … 575 554 // Not a ctor, it just preps the destruction but should not destroy members 576 555 static void deinit(processor & this) { 577 close(this.idle_ wctx.evfd);556 close(this.idle_fd); 578 557 } 579 558 … … 626 605 this.name = name; 627 606 this.preemption_rate = preemption_rate; 628 this.sched.readyQ.data = 0p; 629 this.sched.readyQ.tscs = 0p; 630 this.sched.readyQ.count = 0; 631 this.sched.io.tscs = 0p; 632 this.sched.io.data = 0p; 633 this.sched.caches = 0p; 607 ready_queue{}; 634 608 635 609 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) … … 670 644 // Unlock the RWlock 671 645 ready_mutate_unlock( last_size ); 672 673 ready_queue_close( &this );674 /* paranoid */ verify( this.sched.readyQ.data == 0p );675 /* paranoid */ verify( this.sched.readyQ.tscs == 0p );676 /* paranoid */ verify( this.sched.readyQ.count == 0 );677 /* paranoid */ verify( this.sched.io.tscs == 0p );678 /* paranoid */ verify( this.sched.caches == 0p );679 680 646 enable_interrupts( false ); // Don't poll, could be in main cluster 681 682 647 683 648 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) … … 771 736 check( pthread_attr_init( &attr ), "pthread_attr_init" ); // initialize attribute 772 737 773 size_t stacksize = max( PTHREAD_STACK_MIN, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE );738 size_t stacksize = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE; 774 739 775 740 void * stack; -
libcfa/src/concurrency/locks.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 19 19 20 20 #include "locks.hfa" 21 #include "kernel /private.hfa"21 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 22 22 23 23 #include <kernel.hfa> -
libcfa/src/concurrency/locks.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 164 164 } 165 165 166 static inline voidlock(linear_backoff_then_block_lock & this) with(this) {166 static inline bool lock(linear_backoff_then_block_lock & this) with(this) { 167 167 // if owner just return 168 if (active_thread() == owner) return ;168 if (active_thread() == owner) return true; 169 169 size_t compare_val = 0; 170 170 int spin = spin_start; … … 172 172 for( ;; ) { 173 173 compare_val = 0; 174 if (internal_try_lock(this, compare_val)) return ;174 if (internal_try_lock(this, compare_val)) return true; 175 175 if (2 == compare_val) break; 176 176 for (int i = 0; i < spin; i++) Pause(); … … 179 179 } 180 180 181 if(2 != compare_val && try_lock_contention(this)) return ;181 if(2 != compare_val && try_lock_contention(this)) return true; 182 182 // block until signalled 183 while (block(this)) if(try_lock_contention(this)) return; 183 while (block(this)) if(try_lock_contention(this)) return true; 184 185 // this should never be reached as block(this) always returns true 186 return false; 184 187 } 185 188 -
libcfa/src/concurrency/monitor.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 22 22 #include <inttypes.h> 23 23 24 #include "kernel /private.hfa"24 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 25 25 26 26 #include "bits/algorithm.hfa" -
libcfa/src/concurrency/mutex.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 21 21 #include "mutex.hfa" 22 22 23 #include "kernel /private.hfa"23 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 24 24 25 25 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -
libcfa/src/concurrency/mutex_stmt.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 12 12 }; 13 13 14 forall(L & | is_lock(L)) { 14 15 15 struct __mutex_stmt_lock_guard { 16 void ** lockarr; 17 __lock_size_t count; 18 }; 16 struct __mutex_stmt_lock_guard { 17 L ** lockarr; 18 __lock_size_t count; 19 }; 20 21 static inline void ?{}( __mutex_stmt_lock_guard(L) & this, L * lockarr [], __lock_size_t count ) { 22 this.lockarr = lockarr; 23 this.count = count; 19 24 20 static inline void ?{}( __mutex_stmt_lock_guard & this, void * lockarr [], __lock_size_t count ) { 21 this.lockarr = lockarr; 22 this.count = count; 25 // Sort locks based on address 26 __libcfa_small_sort(this.lockarr, count); 23 27 24 // Sort locks based on address 25 __libcfa_small_sort(this.lockarr, count); 26 27 // acquire locks in order 28 // for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) { 29 // lock(*this.lockarr[i]); 30 // } 31 } 32 33 static inline void ^?{}( __mutex_stmt_lock_guard & this ) with(this) { 34 // for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; i-- ) { 35 // unlock(*lockarr[i - 1]); 36 // } 37 } 38 39 forall(L & | is_lock(L)) { 28 // acquire locks in order 29 for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) { 30 lock(*this.lockarr[i]); 31 } 32 } 33 34 static inline void ^?{}( __mutex_stmt_lock_guard(L) & this ) with(this) { 35 for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; i-- ) { 36 unlock(*lockarr[i - 1]); 37 } 38 } 40 39 41 40 struct scoped_lock { … … 52 51 } 53 52 54 static inline void * __get_mutexstmt_lock_ptr( L & this ) {53 static inline L * __get_ptr( L & this ) { 55 54 return &this; 56 55 } 57 56 58 static inline L __get_ mutexstmt_lock_type( L & this );57 static inline L __get_type( L & this ); 59 58 60 static inline L __get_ mutexstmt_lock_type( L * this );59 static inline L __get_type( L * this ); 61 60 } -
libcfa/src/concurrency/preemption.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Mon Jun 5 14:20:42 2017 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Feb 17 11:18:57 202213 // Update Count : 5 912 // Last Modified On : Fri Nov 6 07:42:13 2020 13 // Update Count : 54 14 14 // 15 15 … … 31 31 #include "bits/debug.hfa" 32 32 #include "bits/signal.hfa" 33 #include "kernel /private.hfa"33 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 34 34 35 35 … … 97 97 } 98 98 99 enum { 100 PREEMPT_NORMAL = 0, 101 PREEMPT_TERMINATE = 1, 102 }; 103 99 104 //============================================================================================= 100 105 // Kernel Preemption logic … … 238 243 //---------- 239 244 // special case for preemption since used often 240 __attribute__((optimize("no-reorder-blocks")))bool __preemption_enabled() {245 bool __preemption_enabled() { 241 246 // create a assembler label before 242 247 // marked as clobber all to avoid movement … … 659 664 choose(sfp->si_value.sival_int) { 660 665 case PREEMPT_NORMAL : ;// Normal case, nothing to do here 661 case PREEMPT_IO : ;// I/O asked to stop spinning, nothing to do here662 666 case PREEMPT_TERMINATE: verify( __atomic_load_n( &__cfaabi_tls.this_processor->do_terminate, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST ) ); 663 667 default: -
libcfa/src/concurrency/ready_queue.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 20 20 21 21 22 // #define USE_RELAXED_FIFO 23 // #define USE_WORK_STEALING 24 // #define USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING 22 25 #define USE_AWARE_STEALING 23 26 24 27 #include "bits/defs.hfa" 25 28 #include "device/cpu.hfa" 26 #include "kernel/cluster.hfa" 27 #include "kernel/private.hfa" 28 29 // #include <errno.h> 30 // #include <unistd.h> 29 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 30 31 #include "stdlib.hfa" 32 #include "limits.hfa" 33 #include "math.hfa" 34 35 #include <errno.h> 36 #include <unistd.h> 37 38 extern "C" { 39 #include <sys/syscall.h> // __NR_xxx 40 } 31 41 32 42 #include "ready_subqueue.hfa" … … 40 50 #endif 41 51 52 // No overriden function, no environment variable, no define 53 // fall back to a magic number 54 #ifndef __CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS__ 55 #define __CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS__ 1024 56 #endif 57 58 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) 59 #define READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR 2 60 #define SEQUENTIAL_SHARD 2 61 #elif defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 62 #define READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR 2 63 #elif defined(USE_RELAXED_FIFO) 64 #define BIAS 4 65 #define READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR 4 66 #define SEQUENTIAL_SHARD 1 67 #elif defined(USE_WORK_STEALING) 68 #define READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR 2 69 #define SEQUENTIAL_SHARD 2 70 #else 71 #error no scheduling strategy selected 72 #endif 73 42 74 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned w __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)); 43 75 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned i, unsigned j __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)); 44 76 static inline struct thread$ * search(struct cluster * cltr); 77 static inline [unsigned, bool] idx_from_r(unsigned r, unsigned preferred); 78 79 80 // returns the maximum number of processors the RWLock support 81 __attribute__((weak)) unsigned __max_processors() { 82 const char * max_cores_s = getenv("CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS"); 83 if(!max_cores_s) { 84 __cfadbg_print_nolock(ready_queue, "No CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS in ENV\n"); 85 return __CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS__; 86 } 87 88 char * endptr = 0p; 89 long int max_cores_l = strtol(max_cores_s, &endptr, 10); 90 if(max_cores_l < 1 || max_cores_l > 65535) { 91 __cfadbg_print_nolock(ready_queue, "CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS out of range : %ld\n", max_cores_l); 92 return __CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS__; 93 } 94 if('\0' != *endptr) { 95 __cfadbg_print_nolock(ready_queue, "CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS not a decimal number : %s\n", max_cores_s); 96 return __CFA_MAX_PROCESSORS__; 97 } 98 99 return max_cores_l; 100 } 101 102 #if defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_LIBRSEQ) 103 // No forward declaration needed 104 #define __kernel_rseq_register rseq_register_current_thread 105 #define __kernel_rseq_unregister rseq_unregister_current_thread 106 #elif defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_RSEQ_H) 107 static void __kernel_raw_rseq_register (void); 108 static void __kernel_raw_rseq_unregister(void); 109 110 #define __kernel_rseq_register __kernel_raw_rseq_register 111 #define __kernel_rseq_unregister __kernel_raw_rseq_unregister 112 #else 113 // No forward declaration needed 114 // No initialization needed 115 static inline void noop(void) {} 116 117 #define __kernel_rseq_register noop 118 #define __kernel_rseq_unregister noop 119 #endif 120 121 //======================================================================= 122 // Cluster wide reader-writer lock 123 //======================================================================= 124 void ?{}(__scheduler_RWLock_t & this) { 125 this.max = __max_processors(); 126 this.alloc = 0; 127 this.ready = 0; 128 this.data = alloc(this.max); 129 this.write_lock = false; 130 131 /*paranoid*/ verify(__atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(this.alloc), &this.alloc)); 132 /*paranoid*/ verify(__atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(this.ready), &this.ready)); 133 134 } 135 void ^?{}(__scheduler_RWLock_t & this) { 136 free(this.data); 137 } 138 139 140 //======================================================================= 141 // Lock-Free registering/unregistering of threads 142 unsigned register_proc_id( void ) with(*__scheduler_lock) { 143 __kernel_rseq_register(); 144 145 bool * handle = (bool *)&kernelTLS().sched_lock; 146 147 // Step - 1 : check if there is already space in the data 148 uint_fast32_t s = ready; 149 150 // Check among all the ready 151 for(uint_fast32_t i = 0; i < s; i++) { 152 bool * volatile * cell = (bool * volatile *)&data[i]; // Cforall is bugged and the double volatiles causes problems 153 /* paranoid */ verify( handle != *cell ); 154 155 bool * null = 0p; // Re-write every loop since compare thrashes it 156 if( __atomic_load_n(cell, (int)__ATOMIC_RELAXED) == null 157 && __atomic_compare_exchange_n( cell, &null, handle, false, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)) { 158 /* paranoid */ verify(i < ready); 159 /* paranoid */ verify( (kernelTLS().sched_id = i, true) ); 160 return i; 161 } 162 } 163 164 if(max <= alloc) abort("Trying to create more than %ud processors", __scheduler_lock->max); 165 166 // Step - 2 : F&A to get a new spot in the array. 167 uint_fast32_t n = __atomic_fetch_add(&alloc, 1, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST); 168 if(max <= n) abort("Trying to create more than %ud processors", __scheduler_lock->max); 169 170 // Step - 3 : Mark space as used and then publish it. 171 data[n] = handle; 172 while() { 173 unsigned copy = n; 174 if( __atomic_load_n(&ready, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) == n 175 && __atomic_compare_exchange_n(&ready, ©, n + 1, true, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST)) 176 break; 177 Pause(); 178 } 179 180 // Return new spot. 181 /* paranoid */ verify(n < ready); 182 /* paranoid */ verify( (kernelTLS().sched_id = n, true) ); 183 return n; 184 } 185 186 void unregister_proc_id( unsigned id ) with(*__scheduler_lock) { 187 /* paranoid */ verify(id < ready); 188 /* paranoid */ verify(id == kernelTLS().sched_id); 189 /* paranoid */ verify(data[id] == &kernelTLS().sched_lock); 190 191 bool * volatile * cell = (bool * volatile *)&data[id]; // Cforall is bugged and the double volatiles causes problems 192 193 __atomic_store_n(cell, 0p, __ATOMIC_RELEASE); 194 195 __kernel_rseq_unregister(); 196 } 197 198 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 199 // Writer side : acquire when changing the ready queue, e.g. adding more 200 // queues or removing them. 201 uint_fast32_t ready_mutate_lock( void ) with(*__scheduler_lock) { 202 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 203 204 // Step 1 : lock global lock 205 // It is needed to avoid processors that register mid Critical-Section 206 // to simply lock their own lock and enter. 207 __atomic_acquire( &write_lock ); 208 209 // Make sure we won't deadlock ourself 210 // Checking before acquiring the writer lock isn't safe 211 // because someone else could have locked us. 212 /* paranoid */ verify( ! kernelTLS().sched_lock ); 213 214 // Step 2 : lock per-proc lock 215 // Processors that are currently being registered aren't counted 216 // but can't be in read_lock or in the critical section. 217 // All other processors are counted 218 uint_fast32_t s = ready; 219 for(uint_fast32_t i = 0; i < s; i++) { 220 volatile bool * llock = data[i]; 221 if(llock) __atomic_acquire( llock ); 222 } 223 224 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 225 return s; 226 } 227 228 void ready_mutate_unlock( uint_fast32_t last_s ) with(*__scheduler_lock) { 229 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 230 231 // Step 1 : release local locks 232 // This must be done while the global lock is held to avoid 233 // threads that where created mid critical section 234 // to race to lock their local locks and have the writer 235 // immidiately unlock them 236 // Alternative solution : return s in write_lock and pass it to write_unlock 237 for(uint_fast32_t i = 0; i < last_s; i++) { 238 volatile bool * llock = data[i]; 239 if(llock) __atomic_store_n(llock, (bool)false, __ATOMIC_RELEASE); 240 } 241 242 // Step 2 : release global lock 243 /*paranoid*/ assert(true == write_lock); 244 __atomic_store_n(&write_lock, (bool)false, __ATOMIC_RELEASE); 245 246 /* paranoid */ verify( ! __preemption_enabled() ); 247 } 248 249 //======================================================================= 250 // caches handling 251 252 struct __attribute__((aligned(128))) __ready_queue_caches_t { 253 // Count States: 254 // - 0 : No one is looking after this cache 255 // - 1 : No one is looking after this cache, BUT it's not empty 256 // - 2+ : At least one processor is looking after this cache 257 volatile unsigned count; 258 }; 259 260 void ?{}(__ready_queue_caches_t & this) { this.count = 0; } 261 void ^?{}(__ready_queue_caches_t & this) {} 262 263 static inline void depart(__ready_queue_caches_t & cache) { 264 /* paranoid */ verify( cache.count > 1); 265 __atomic_fetch_add(&cache.count, -1, __ATOMIC_SEQ_CST); 266 /* paranoid */ verify( cache.count != 0); 267 /* paranoid */ verify( cache.count < 65536 ); // This verify assumes no cluster will have more than 65000 kernel threads mapped to a single cache, which could be correct but is super weird. 268 } 269 270 static inline void arrive(__ready_queue_caches_t & cache) { 271 // for() { 272 // unsigned expected = cache.count; 273 // unsigned desired = 0 == expected ? 2 : expected + 1; 274 // } 275 } 45 276 46 277 //======================================================================= 47 278 // Cforall Ready Queue used for scheduling 48 279 //======================================================================= 49 // void ?{}(__ready_queue_t & this) with (this) { 50 // lanes.data = 0p; 51 // lanes.tscs = 0p; 52 // lanes.caches = 0p; 53 // lanes.count = 0; 54 // } 55 56 // void ^?{}(__ready_queue_t & this) with (this) { 57 // free(lanes.data); 58 // free(lanes.tscs); 59 // free(lanes.caches); 60 // } 280 unsigned long long moving_average(unsigned long long currtsc, unsigned long long instsc, unsigned long long old_avg) { 281 /* paranoid */ verifyf( currtsc < 45000000000000000, "Suspiciously large current time: %'llu (%llx)\n", currtsc, currtsc ); 282 /* paranoid */ verifyf( instsc < 45000000000000000, "Suspiciously large insert time: %'llu (%llx)\n", instsc, instsc ); 283 /* paranoid */ verifyf( old_avg < 15000000000000, "Suspiciously large previous average: %'llu (%llx)\n", old_avg, old_avg ); 284 285 const unsigned long long new_val = currtsc > instsc ? currtsc - instsc : 0; 286 const unsigned long long total_weight = 16; 287 const unsigned long long new_weight = 4; 288 const unsigned long long old_weight = total_weight - new_weight; 289 const unsigned long long ret = ((new_weight * new_val) + (old_weight * old_avg)) / total_weight; 290 return ret; 291 } 292 293 void ?{}(__ready_queue_t & this) with (this) { 294 #if defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 295 lanes.count = cpu_info.hthrd_count * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 296 lanes.data = alloc( lanes.count ); 297 lanes.tscs = alloc( lanes.count ); 298 lanes.help = alloc( cpu_info.hthrd_count ); 299 300 for( idx; (size_t)lanes.count ) { 301 (lanes.data[idx]){}; 302 lanes.tscs[idx].tv = rdtscl(); 303 lanes.tscs[idx].ma = rdtscl(); 304 } 305 for( idx; (size_t)cpu_info.hthrd_count ) { 306 lanes.help[idx].src = 0; 307 lanes.help[idx].dst = 0; 308 lanes.help[idx].tri = 0; 309 } 310 #else 311 lanes.data = 0p; 312 lanes.tscs = 0p; 313 lanes.caches = 0p; 314 lanes.help = 0p; 315 lanes.count = 0; 316 #endif 317 } 318 319 void ^?{}(__ready_queue_t & this) with (this) { 320 #if !defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 321 verify( SEQUENTIAL_SHARD == lanes.count ); 322 #endif 323 324 free(lanes.data); 325 free(lanes.tscs); 326 free(lanes.caches); 327 free(lanes.help); 328 } 61 329 62 330 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 63 __attribute__((hot)) void push(struct cluster * cltr, struct thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint hint) with (cltr->sched) { 64 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 65 const bool external = (!proc) || (cltr != proc->cltr); 66 const bool remote = hint == UNPARK_REMOTE; 67 const size_t lanes_count = readyQ.count; 68 69 /* paranoid */ verify( __shard_factor.readyq > 0 ); 70 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes_count > 0 ); 71 72 unsigned i; 73 if( external || remote ) { 74 // Figure out where thread was last time and make sure it's valid 75 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred >= 0); 76 unsigned start = thrd->preferred * __shard_factor.readyq; 77 if(start < lanes_count) { 78 do { 79 unsigned r = __tls_rand(); 80 i = start + (r % __shard_factor.readyq); 81 /* paranoid */ verify( i < lanes_count ); 82 // If we can't lock it retry 83 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &readyQ.data[i].lock ) ); 331 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) 332 __attribute__((hot)) void push(struct cluster * cltr, struct thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint hint) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 333 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 334 const bool external = (!proc) || (cltr != proc->cltr); 335 const bool remote = hint == UNPARK_REMOTE; 336 337 unsigned i; 338 if( external || remote ) { 339 // Figure out where thread was last time and make sure it's valid 340 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred >= 0); 341 if(thrd->preferred * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count) { 342 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 343 unsigned start = thrd->preferred * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 344 do { 345 unsigned r = __tls_rand(); 346 i = start + (r % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 347 /* paranoid */ verify( i < lanes.count ); 348 // If we can't lock it retry 349 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 350 } else { 351 do { 352 i = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 353 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 354 } 84 355 } else { 85 356 do { 86 i = __tls_rand() % lanes_count; 87 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &readyQ.data[i].lock ) ); 88 } 89 } else { 357 unsigned r = proc->rdq.its++; 358 i = proc->rdq.id + (r % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 359 /* paranoid */ verify( i < lanes.count ); 360 // If we can't lock it retry 361 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 362 } 363 364 // Actually push it 365 push(lanes.data[i], thrd); 366 367 // Unlock and return 368 __atomic_unlock( &lanes.data[i].lock ); 369 370 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 371 if(unlikely(external || remote)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.success, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 372 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.success++; 373 #endif 374 } 375 376 static inline unsigned long long calc_cutoff(const unsigned long long ctsc, const processor * proc, __ready_queue_t & rdq) { 377 unsigned start = proc->rdq.id; 378 unsigned long long max = 0; 379 for(i; READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 380 unsigned long long ptsc = ts(rdq.lanes.data[start + i]); 381 if(ptsc != -1ull) { 382 /* paranoid */ verify( start + i < rdq.lanes.count ); 383 unsigned long long tsc = moving_average(ctsc, ptsc, rdq.lanes.tscs[start + i].ma); 384 if(tsc > max) max = tsc; 385 } 386 } 387 return (max + 2 * max) / 2; 388 } 389 390 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_fast(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 391 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count > 0 ); 392 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor ); 393 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes.count ); 394 395 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 396 unsigned this = proc->rdq.id; 397 /* paranoid */ verify( this < lanes.count ); 398 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : pop from %u\n", this); 399 400 // Figure out the current cpu and make sure it is valid 401 const int cpu = __kernel_getcpu(); 402 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu >= 0); 403 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu < cpu_info.hthrd_count); 404 unsigned this_cache = cpu_info.llc_map[cpu].cache; 405 406 // Super important: don't write the same value over and over again 407 // We want to maximise our chances that his particular values stays in cache 408 if(lanes.caches[this / READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR].id != this_cache) 409 __atomic_store_n(&lanes.caches[this / READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR].id, this_cache, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 410 411 const unsigned long long ctsc = rdtscl(); 412 413 if(proc->rdq.target == MAX) { 414 uint64_t chaos = __tls_rand(); 415 unsigned ext = chaos & 0xff; 416 unsigned other = (chaos >> 8) % (lanes.count); 417 418 if(ext < 3 || __atomic_load_n(&lanes.caches[other / READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR].id, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) == this_cache) { 419 proc->rdq.target = other; 420 } 421 } 422 else { 423 const unsigned target = proc->rdq.target; 424 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : %u considering helping %u, tcsc %llu\n", this, target, lanes.tscs[target].tv); 425 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.tscs[target].tv != MAX ); 426 if(target < lanes.count) { 427 const unsigned long long cutoff = calc_cutoff(ctsc, proc, cltr->ready_queue); 428 const unsigned long long age = moving_average(ctsc, lanes.tscs[target].tv, lanes.tscs[target].ma); 429 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Help attempt on %u from %u, age %'llu vs cutoff %'llu, %s\n", target, this, age, cutoff, age > cutoff ? "yes" : "no"); 430 if(age > cutoff) { 431 thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, target __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.help)); 432 if(t) return t; 433 } 434 } 435 proc->rdq.target = MAX; 436 } 437 438 for(READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 439 unsigned i = this + (proc->rdq.itr++ % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 440 if(thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.local))) return t; 441 } 442 443 // All lanes where empty return 0p 444 return 0p; 445 446 } 447 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_slow(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 448 unsigned i = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 449 return try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.steal)); 450 } 451 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_search(struct cluster * cltr) { 452 return search(cltr); 453 } 454 #endif 455 #if defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 456 __attribute__((hot)) void push(struct cluster * cltr, struct thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint hint) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 457 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushing %p on cluster %p\n", thrd, cltr); 458 459 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 460 const bool external = (!proc) || (cltr != proc->cltr); 461 462 // Figure out the current cpu and make sure it is valid 463 const int cpu = __kernel_getcpu(); 464 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu >= 0); 465 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu < cpu_info.hthrd_count); 466 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 467 468 // Figure out where thread was last time and make sure it's 469 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred >= 0); 470 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred < cpu_info.hthrd_count); 471 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd->preferred * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 472 const int prf = thrd->preferred * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 473 474 const cpu_map_entry_t & map; 475 choose(hint) { 476 case UNPARK_LOCAL : &map = &cpu_info.llc_map[cpu]; 477 case UNPARK_REMOTE: &map = &cpu_info.llc_map[prf]; 478 } 479 /* paranoid */ verify(map.start * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 480 /* paranoid */ verify(map.self * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 481 /* paranoid */ verifyf((map.start + map.count) * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR <= lanes.count, "have %zu lanes but map can go up to %u", lanes.count, (map.start + map.count) * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 482 483 const int start = map.self * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 484 unsigned i; 90 485 do { 91 unsigned r = proc->rdq.its++; 92 i = proc->rdq.id + (r % __shard_factor.readyq); 93 /* paranoid */ verify( i < lanes_count ); 486 unsigned r; 487 if(unlikely(external)) { r = __tls_rand(); } 488 else { r = proc->rdq.its++; } 489 choose(hint) { 490 case UNPARK_LOCAL : i = start + (r % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 491 case UNPARK_REMOTE: i = prf + (r % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 492 } 94 493 // If we can't lock it retry 95 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &readyQ.data[i].lock ) ); 96 } 97 98 // Actually push it 99 push(readyQ.data[i], thrd); 100 101 // Unlock and return 102 __atomic_unlock( &readyQ.data[i].lock ); 103 104 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 105 if(unlikely(external || remote)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.success, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 106 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.success++; 107 #endif 108 } 109 110 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_fast(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->sched) { 111 const size_t lanes_count = readyQ.count; 112 113 /* paranoid */ verify( __shard_factor.readyq > 0 ); 114 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes_count > 0 ); 115 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor ); 116 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes_count ); 117 118 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 119 unsigned this = proc->rdq.id; 120 /* paranoid */ verify( this < lanes_count ); 121 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : pop from %u\n", this); 122 123 // Figure out the current cache is 124 const unsigned this_cache = cache_id(cltr, this / __shard_factor.readyq); 125 const unsigned long long ctsc = rdtscl(); 126 127 if(proc->rdq.target == MAX) { 128 uint64_t chaos = __tls_rand(); 129 unsigned ext = chaos & 0xff; 130 unsigned other = (chaos >> 8) % (lanes_count); 131 132 if(ext < 3 || __atomic_load_n(&caches[other / __shard_factor.readyq].id, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) == this_cache) { 133 proc->rdq.target = other; 134 } 135 } 136 else { 137 const unsigned target = proc->rdq.target; 138 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : %u considering helping %u, tcsc %llu\n", this, target, readyQ.tscs[target].tv); 139 /* paranoid */ verify( readyQ.tscs[target].tv != MAX ); 140 if(target < lanes_count) { 141 const unsigned long long cutoff = calc_cutoff(ctsc, proc->rdq.id, lanes_count, cltr->sched.readyQ.data, cltr->sched.readyQ.tscs, __shard_factor.readyq); 142 const unsigned long long age = moving_average(ctsc, readyQ.tscs[target].tv, readyQ.tscs[target].ma); 143 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Help attempt on %u from %u, age %'llu vs cutoff %'llu, %s\n", target, this, age, cutoff, age > cutoff ? "yes" : "no"); 144 if(age > cutoff) { 494 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 495 496 // Actually push it 497 push(lanes.data[i], thrd); 498 499 // Unlock and return 500 __atomic_unlock( &lanes.data[i].lock ); 501 502 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 503 if(unlikely(external)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.success, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 504 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.success++; 505 #endif 506 507 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushed %p on cluster %p (idx: %u, mask %llu, first %d)\n", thrd, cltr, i, used.mask[0], lane_first); 508 509 } 510 511 // Pop from the ready queue from a given cluster 512 __attribute__((hot)) thread$ * pop_fast(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 513 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count > 0 ); 514 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor ); 515 516 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 517 const int cpu = __kernel_getcpu(); 518 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu >= 0); 519 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu < cpu_info.hthrd_count); 520 /* paranoid */ verify(cpu * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 521 522 const cpu_map_entry_t & map = cpu_info.llc_map[cpu]; 523 /* paranoid */ verify(map.start * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 524 /* paranoid */ verify(map.self * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR < lanes.count); 525 /* paranoid */ verifyf((map.start + map.count) * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR <= lanes.count, "have %zu lanes but map can go up to %u", lanes.count, (map.start + map.count) * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 526 527 const int start = map.self * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 528 const unsigned long long ctsc = rdtscl(); 529 530 // Did we already have a help target 531 if(proc->rdq.target == MAX) { 532 unsigned long long max = 0; 533 for(i; READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 534 unsigned long long tsc = moving_average(ctsc, ts(lanes.data[start + i]), lanes.tscs[start + i].ma); 535 if(tsc > max) max = tsc; 536 } 537 // proc->rdq.cutoff = (max + 2 * max) / 2; 538 /* paranoid */ verify(lanes.count < 65536); // The following code assumes max 65536 cores. 539 /* paranoid */ verify(map.count < 65536); // The following code assumes max 65536 cores. 540 541 if(0 == (__tls_rand() % 100)) { 542 proc->rdq.target = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 543 } else { 544 unsigned cpu_chaos = map.start + (__tls_rand() % map.count); 545 proc->rdq.target = (cpu_chaos * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) + (__tls_rand() % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 546 /* paranoid */ verify(proc->rdq.target >= (map.start * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR)); 547 /* paranoid */ verify(proc->rdq.target < ((map.start + map.count) * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR)); 548 } 549 550 /* paranoid */ verify(proc->rdq.target != MAX); 551 } 552 else { 553 unsigned long long max = 0; 554 for(i; READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 555 unsigned long long tsc = moving_average(ctsc, ts(lanes.data[start + i]), lanes.tscs[start + i].ma); 556 if(tsc > max) max = tsc; 557 } 558 const unsigned long long cutoff = (max + 2 * max) / 2; 559 { 560 unsigned target = proc->rdq.target; 561 proc->rdq.target = MAX; 562 lanes.help[target / READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR].tri++; 563 if(moving_average(ctsc, lanes.tscs[target].tv, lanes.tscs[target].ma) > cutoff) { 564 thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, target __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.help)); 565 proc->rdq.last = target; 566 if(t) return t; 567 } 568 proc->rdq.target = MAX; 569 } 570 571 unsigned last = proc->rdq.last; 572 if(last != MAX && moving_average(ctsc, lanes.tscs[last].tv, lanes.tscs[last].ma) > cutoff) { 573 thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, last __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.help)); 574 if(t) return t; 575 } 576 else { 577 proc->rdq.last = MAX; 578 } 579 } 580 581 for(READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 582 unsigned i = start + (proc->rdq.itr++ % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 583 if(thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.local))) return t; 584 } 585 586 // All lanes where empty return 0p 587 return 0p; 588 } 589 590 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_slow(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 591 processor * const proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 592 unsigned last = proc->rdq.last; 593 if(last != MAX) { 594 struct thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, last __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.steal)); 595 if(t) return t; 596 proc->rdq.last = MAX; 597 } 598 599 unsigned i = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 600 return try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.steal)); 601 } 602 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_search(struct cluster * cltr) { 603 return search(cltr); 604 } 605 #endif 606 #if defined(USE_RELAXED_FIFO) 607 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 608 // get index from random number with or without bias towards queues 609 static inline [unsigned, bool] idx_from_r(unsigned r, unsigned preferred) { 610 unsigned i; 611 bool local; 612 unsigned rlow = r % BIAS; 613 unsigned rhigh = r / BIAS; 614 if((0 != rlow) && preferred >= 0) { 615 // (BIAS - 1) out of BIAS chances 616 // Use perferred queues 617 i = preferred + (rhigh % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 618 local = true; 619 } 620 else { 621 // 1 out of BIAS chances 622 // Use all queues 623 i = rhigh; 624 local = false; 625 } 626 return [i, local]; 627 } 628 629 __attribute__((hot)) void push(struct cluster * cltr, struct thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint hint) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 630 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushing %p on cluster %p\n", thrd, cltr); 631 632 const bool external = (hint != UNPARK_LOCAL) || (!kernelTLS().this_processor) || (cltr != kernelTLS().this_processor->cltr); 633 /* paranoid */ verify(external || kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes.count ); 634 635 bool local; 636 int preferred = external ? -1 : kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id; 637 638 // Try to pick a lane and lock it 639 unsigned i; 640 do { 641 // Pick the index of a lane 642 unsigned r = __tls_rand_fwd(); 643 [i, local] = idx_from_r(r, preferred); 644 645 i %= __atomic_load_n( &lanes.count, __ATOMIC_RELAXED ); 646 647 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 648 if(unlikely(external)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.attempt, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 649 else if(local) __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.attempt++; 650 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.share.attempt++; 651 #endif 652 653 // If we can't lock it retry 654 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 655 656 // Actually push it 657 push(lanes.data[i], thrd); 658 659 // Unlock and return 660 __atomic_unlock( &lanes.data[i].lock ); 661 662 // Mark the current index in the tls rng instance as having an item 663 __tls_rand_advance_bck(); 664 665 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushed %p on cluster %p (idx: %u, mask %llu, first %d)\n", thrd, cltr, i, used.mask[0], lane_first); 666 667 // Update statistics 668 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 669 if(unlikely(external)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.success, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 670 else if(local) __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.success++; 671 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.share.success++; 672 #endif 673 } 674 675 // Pop from the ready queue from a given cluster 676 __attribute__((hot)) thread$ * pop_fast(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 677 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count > 0 ); 678 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor ); 679 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes.count ); 680 681 unsigned count = __atomic_load_n( &lanes.count, __ATOMIC_RELAXED ); 682 int preferred = kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id; 683 684 685 // As long as the list is not empty, try finding a lane that isn't empty and pop from it 686 for(25) { 687 // Pick two lists at random 688 unsigned ri = __tls_rand_bck(); 689 unsigned rj = __tls_rand_bck(); 690 691 unsigned i, j; 692 __attribute__((unused)) bool locali, localj; 693 [i, locali] = idx_from_r(ri, preferred); 694 [j, localj] = idx_from_r(rj, preferred); 695 696 i %= count; 697 j %= count; 698 699 // try popping from the 2 picked lists 700 struct thread$ * thrd = try_pop(cltr, i, j __STATS(, *(locali || localj ? &__tls_stats()->ready.pop.local : &__tls_stats()->ready.pop.help))); 701 if(thrd) { 702 return thrd; 703 } 704 } 705 706 // All lanes where empty return 0p 707 return 0p; 708 } 709 710 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_slow(struct cluster * cltr) { return pop_fast(cltr); } 711 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_search(struct cluster * cltr) { 712 return search(cltr); 713 } 714 #endif 715 #if defined(USE_WORK_STEALING) 716 __attribute__((hot)) void push(struct cluster * cltr, struct thread$ * thrd, unpark_hint hint) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 717 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushing %p on cluster %p\n", thrd, cltr); 718 719 // #define USE_PREFERRED 720 #if !defined(USE_PREFERRED) 721 const bool external = (hint != UNPARK_LOCAL) || (!kernelTLS().this_processor) || (cltr != kernelTLS().this_processor->cltr); 722 /* paranoid */ verify(external || kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes.count ); 723 #else 724 unsigned preferred = thrd->preferred; 725 const bool external = (hint != UNPARK_LOCAL) || (!kernelTLS().this_processor) || preferred == MAX || thrd->curr_cluster != cltr; 726 /* paranoid */ verifyf(external || preferred < lanes.count, "Invalid preferred queue %u for %u lanes", preferred, lanes.count ); 727 728 unsigned r = preferred % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 729 const unsigned start = preferred - r; 730 #endif 731 732 // Try to pick a lane and lock it 733 unsigned i; 734 do { 735 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 736 if(unlikely(external)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.attempt, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 737 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.attempt++; 738 #endif 739 740 if(unlikely(external)) { 741 i = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 742 } 743 else { 744 #if !defined(USE_PREFERRED) 745 processor * proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 746 unsigned r = proc->rdq.its++; 747 i = proc->rdq.id + (r % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 748 #else 749 i = start + (r++ % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 750 #endif 751 } 752 // If we can't lock it retry 753 } while( !__atomic_try_acquire( &lanes.data[i].lock ) ); 754 755 // Actually push it 756 push(lanes.data[i], thrd); 757 758 // Unlock and return 759 __atomic_unlock( &lanes.data[i].lock ); 760 761 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 762 if(unlikely(external)) __atomic_fetch_add(&cltr->stats->ready.push.extrn.success, 1, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 763 else __tls_stats()->ready.push.local.success++; 764 #endif 765 766 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Pushed %p on cluster %p (idx: %u, mask %llu, first %d)\n", thrd, cltr, i, used.mask[0], lane_first); 767 } 768 769 // Pop from the ready queue from a given cluster 770 __attribute__((hot)) thread$ * pop_fast(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 771 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count > 0 ); 772 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor ); 773 /* paranoid */ verify( kernelTLS().this_processor->rdq.id < lanes.count ); 774 775 processor * proc = kernelTLS().this_processor; 776 777 if(proc->rdq.target == MAX) { 778 unsigned long long min = ts(lanes.data[proc->rdq.id]); 779 for(int i = 0; i < READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; i++) { 780 unsigned long long tsc = ts(lanes.data[proc->rdq.id + i]); 781 if(tsc < min) min = tsc; 782 } 783 proc->rdq.cutoff = min; 784 proc->rdq.target = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 785 } 786 else { 787 unsigned target = proc->rdq.target; 788 proc->rdq.target = MAX; 789 const unsigned long long bias = 0; //2_500_000_000; 790 const unsigned long long cutoff = proc->rdq.cutoff > bias ? proc->rdq.cutoff - bias : proc->rdq.cutoff; 791 if(lanes.tscs[target].tv < cutoff && ts(lanes.data[target]) < cutoff) { 145 792 thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, target __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.help)); 146 793 if(t) return t; 147 794 } 148 795 } 149 proc->rdq.target = MAX; 150 } 151 152 for(__shard_factor.readyq) { 153 unsigned i = this + (proc->rdq.itr++ % __shard_factor.readyq); 154 if(thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.local))) return t; 155 } 156 157 // All lanes where empty return 0p 158 return 0p; 159 160 } 161 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_slow(struct cluster * cltr) { 162 unsigned i = __tls_rand() % (cltr->sched.readyQ.count); 163 return try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.steal)); 164 } 165 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_search(struct cluster * cltr) { 166 return search(cltr); 167 } 796 797 for(READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR) { 798 unsigned i = proc->rdq.id + (proc->rdq.itr++ % READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR); 799 if(thread$ * t = try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.local))) return t; 800 } 801 return 0p; 802 } 803 804 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_slow(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 805 unsigned i = __tls_rand() % lanes.count; 806 return try_pop(cltr, i __STATS(, __tls_stats()->ready.pop.steal)); 807 } 808 809 __attribute__((hot)) struct thread$ * pop_search(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 810 return search(cltr); 811 } 812 #endif 168 813 169 814 //======================================================================= … … 175 820 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 176 821 // try to pop from a lane given by index w 177 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned w __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)) with (cltr-> sched) {178 /* paranoid */ verify( w < readyQ.count );822 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned w __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 823 /* paranoid */ verify( w < lanes.count ); 179 824 __STATS( stats.attempt++; ) 180 825 181 826 // Get relevant elements locally 182 __intrusive_lane_t & lane = readyQ.data[w];827 __intrusive_lane_t & lane = lanes.data[w]; 183 828 184 829 // If list looks empty retry … … 200 845 // Actually pop the list 201 846 struct thread$ * thrd; 202 unsigned long long ts_prev = ts(lane); 203 unsigned long long ts_next; 204 [thrd, ts_next] = pop(lane); 847 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) || defined(USE_WORK_STEALING) || defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 848 unsigned long long tsc_before = ts(lane); 849 #endif 850 unsigned long long tsv; 851 [thrd, tsv] = pop(lane); 205 852 206 853 /* paranoid */ verify(thrd); 207 /* paranoid */ verify(ts _next);854 /* paranoid */ verify(tsv); 208 855 /* paranoid */ verify(lane.lock); 209 856 … … 214 861 __STATS( stats.success++; ) 215 862 216 touch_tsc(readyQ.tscs, w, ts_prev, ts_next); 217 218 thrd->preferred = w / __shard_factor.readyq; 863 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) || defined(USE_WORK_STEALING) || defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 864 if (tsv != MAX) { 865 unsigned long long now = rdtscl(); 866 unsigned long long pma = __atomic_load_n(&lanes.tscs[w].ma, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 867 __atomic_store_n(&lanes.tscs[w].tv, tsv, __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 868 __atomic_store_n(&lanes.tscs[w].ma, moving_average(now, tsc_before, pma), __ATOMIC_RELAXED); 869 } 870 #endif 871 872 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) || defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 873 thrd->preferred = w / READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 874 #else 875 thrd->preferred = w; 876 #endif 219 877 220 878 // return the popped thread … … 225 883 // try to pop from any lanes making sure you don't miss any threads push 226 884 // before the start of the function 227 static inline struct thread$ * search(struct cluster * cltr) { 228 const size_t lanes_count = cltr->sched.readyQ.count; 229 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes_count > 0 ); 230 unsigned count = __atomic_load_n( &lanes_count, __ATOMIC_RELAXED ); 885 static inline struct thread$ * search(struct cluster * cltr) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 886 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count > 0 ); 887 unsigned count = __atomic_load_n( &lanes.count, __ATOMIC_RELAXED ); 231 888 unsigned offset = __tls_rand(); 232 889 for(i; count) { … … 245 902 // get preferred ready for new thread 246 903 unsigned ready_queue_new_preferred() { 247 unsigned pref = MAX;904 unsigned pref = 0; 248 905 if(struct thread$ * thrd = publicTLS_get( this_thread )) { 249 906 pref = thrd->preferred; 250 907 } 908 else { 909 #if defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 910 pref = __kernel_getcpu(); 911 #endif 912 } 913 914 #if defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 915 /* paranoid */ verify(pref >= 0); 916 /* paranoid */ verify(pref < cpu_info.hthrd_count); 917 #endif 251 918 252 919 return pref; 920 } 921 922 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 923 // Check that all the intrusive queues in the data structure are still consistent 924 static void check( __ready_queue_t & q ) with (q) { 925 #if defined(__CFA_WITH_VERIFY__) 926 { 927 for( idx ; lanes.count ) { 928 __intrusive_lane_t & sl = lanes.data[idx]; 929 assert(!lanes.data[idx].lock); 930 931 if(is_empty(sl)) { 932 assert( sl.anchor.next == 0p ); 933 assert( sl.anchor.ts == -1llu ); 934 assert( mock_head(sl) == sl.prev ); 935 } else { 936 assert( sl.anchor.next != 0p ); 937 assert( sl.anchor.ts != -1llu ); 938 assert( mock_head(sl) != sl.prev ); 939 } 940 } 941 } 942 #endif 253 943 } 254 944 255 945 //----------------------------------------------------------------------- 256 946 // Given 2 indexes, pick the list with the oldest push an try to pop from it 257 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned i, unsigned j __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)) with (cltr-> sched) {947 static inline struct thread$ * try_pop(struct cluster * cltr, unsigned i, unsigned j __STATS(, __stats_readyQ_pop_t & stats)) with (cltr->ready_queue) { 258 948 // Pick the bet list 259 949 int w = i; 260 if( __builtin_expect(!is_empty( readyQ.data[j]), true) ) {261 w = (ts( readyQ.data[i]) < ts(readyQ.data[j])) ? i : j;950 if( __builtin_expect(!is_empty(lanes.data[j]), true) ) { 951 w = (ts(lanes.data[i]) < ts(lanes.data[j])) ? i : j; 262 952 } 263 953 264 954 return try_pop(cltr, w __STATS(, stats)); 265 955 } 956 957 // Call this function of the intrusive list was moved using memcpy 958 // fixes the list so that the pointers back to anchors aren't left dangling 959 static inline void fix(__intrusive_lane_t & ll) { 960 if(is_empty(ll)) { 961 verify(ll.anchor.next == 0p); 962 ll.prev = mock_head(ll); 963 } 964 } 965 966 static void assign_list(unsigned & value, dlist(processor) & list, unsigned count) { 967 processor * it = &list`first; 968 for(unsigned i = 0; i < count; i++) { 969 /* paranoid */ verifyf( it, "Unexpected null iterator, at index %u of %u\n", i, count); 970 it->rdq.id = value; 971 it->rdq.target = MAX; 972 value += READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 973 it = &(*it)`next; 974 } 975 } 976 977 static void reassign_cltr_id(struct cluster * cltr) { 978 unsigned preferred = 0; 979 assign_list(preferred, cltr->procs.actives, cltr->procs.total - cltr->procs.idle); 980 assign_list(preferred, cltr->procs.idles , cltr->procs.idle ); 981 } 982 983 static void fix_times( struct cluster * cltr ) with( cltr->ready_queue ) { 984 #if defined(USE_AWARE_STEALING) || defined(USE_WORK_STEALING) 985 lanes.tscs = alloc(lanes.count, lanes.tscs`realloc); 986 for(i; lanes.count) { 987 lanes.tscs[i].tv = rdtscl(); 988 lanes.tscs[i].ma = 0; 989 } 990 #endif 991 } 992 993 #if defined(USE_CPU_WORK_STEALING) 994 // ready_queue size is fixed in this case 995 void ready_queue_grow(struct cluster * cltr) {} 996 void ready_queue_shrink(struct cluster * cltr) {} 997 #else 998 // Grow the ready queue 999 void ready_queue_grow(struct cluster * cltr) { 1000 size_t ncount; 1001 int target = cltr->procs.total; 1002 1003 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_mutate_islocked() ); 1004 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Growing ready queue\n"); 1005 1006 // Make sure that everything is consistent 1007 /* paranoid */ check( cltr->ready_queue ); 1008 1009 // grow the ready queue 1010 with( cltr->ready_queue ) { 1011 // Find new count 1012 // Make sure we always have atleast 1 list 1013 if(target >= 2) { 1014 ncount = target * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR; 1015 } else { 1016 ncount = SEQUENTIAL_SHARD; 1017 } 1018 1019 // Allocate new array (uses realloc and memcpies the data) 1020 lanes.data = alloc( ncount, lanes.data`realloc ); 1021 1022 // Fix the moved data 1023 for( idx; (size_t)lanes.count ) { 1024 fix(lanes.data[idx]); 1025 } 1026 1027 // Construct new data 1028 for( idx; (size_t)lanes.count ~ ncount) { 1029 (lanes.data[idx]){}; 1030 } 1031 1032 // Update original 1033 lanes.count = ncount; 1034 1035 lanes.caches = alloc( target, lanes.caches`realloc ); 1036 } 1037 1038 fix_times(cltr); 1039 1040 reassign_cltr_id(cltr); 1041 1042 // Make sure that everything is consistent 1043 /* paranoid */ check( cltr->ready_queue ); 1044 1045 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Growing ready queue done\n"); 1046 1047 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_mutate_islocked() ); 1048 } 1049 1050 // Shrink the ready queue 1051 void ready_queue_shrink(struct cluster * cltr) { 1052 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_mutate_islocked() ); 1053 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Shrinking ready queue\n"); 1054 1055 // Make sure that everything is consistent 1056 /* paranoid */ check( cltr->ready_queue ); 1057 1058 int target = cltr->procs.total; 1059 1060 with( cltr->ready_queue ) { 1061 // Remember old count 1062 size_t ocount = lanes.count; 1063 1064 // Find new count 1065 // Make sure we always have atleast 1 list 1066 lanes.count = target >= 2 ? target * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR: SEQUENTIAL_SHARD; 1067 /* paranoid */ verify( ocount >= lanes.count ); 1068 /* paranoid */ verify( lanes.count == target * READYQ_SHARD_FACTOR || target < 2 ); 1069 1070 // for printing count the number of displaced threads 1071 #if defined(__CFA_DEBUG_PRINT__) || defined(__CFA_DEBUG_PRINT_READY_QUEUE__) 1072 __attribute__((unused)) size_t displaced = 0; 1073 #endif 1074 1075 // redistribute old data 1076 for( idx; (size_t)lanes.count ~ ocount) { 1077 // Lock is not strictly needed but makes checking invariants much easier 1078 __attribute__((unused)) bool locked = __atomic_try_acquire(&lanes.data[idx].lock); 1079 verify(locked); 1080 1081 // As long as we can pop from this lane to push the threads somewhere else in the queue 1082 while(!is_empty(lanes.data[idx])) { 1083 struct thread$ * thrd; 1084 unsigned long long _; 1085 [thrd, _] = pop(lanes.data[idx]); 1086 1087 push(cltr, thrd, true); 1088 1089 // for printing count the number of displaced threads 1090 #if defined(__CFA_DEBUG_PRINT__) || defined(__CFA_DEBUG_PRINT_READY_QUEUE__) 1091 displaced++; 1092 #endif 1093 } 1094 1095 // Unlock the lane 1096 __atomic_unlock(&lanes.data[idx].lock); 1097 1098 // TODO print the queue statistics here 1099 1100 ^(lanes.data[idx]){}; 1101 } 1102 1103 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Shrinking ready queue displaced %zu threads\n", displaced); 1104 1105 // Allocate new array (uses realloc and memcpies the data) 1106 lanes.data = alloc( lanes.count, lanes.data`realloc ); 1107 1108 // Fix the moved data 1109 for( idx; (size_t)lanes.count ) { 1110 fix(lanes.data[idx]); 1111 } 1112 1113 lanes.caches = alloc( target, lanes.caches`realloc ); 1114 } 1115 1116 fix_times(cltr); 1117 1118 1119 reassign_cltr_id(cltr); 1120 1121 // Make sure that everything is consistent 1122 /* paranoid */ check( cltr->ready_queue ); 1123 1124 __cfadbg_print_safe(ready_queue, "Kernel : Shrinking ready queue done\n"); 1125 /* paranoid */ verify( ready_mutate_islocked() ); 1126 } 1127 #endif 1128 1129 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 1130 unsigned cnt(const __ready_queue_t & this, unsigned idx) { 1131 /* paranoid */ verify(this.lanes.count > idx); 1132 return this.lanes.data[idx].cnt; 1133 } 1134 #endif 1135 1136 1137 #if defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_LIBRSEQ) 1138 // No definition needed 1139 #elif defined(CFA_HAVE_LINUX_RSEQ_H) 1140 1141 #if defined( __x86_64 ) || defined( __i386 ) 1142 #define RSEQ_SIG 0x53053053 1143 #elif defined( __ARM_ARCH ) 1144 #ifdef __ARMEB__ 1145 #define RSEQ_SIG 0xf3def5e7 /* udf #24035 ; 0x5de3 (ARMv6+) */ 1146 #else 1147 #define RSEQ_SIG 0xe7f5def3 /* udf #24035 ; 0x5de3 */ 1148 #endif 1149 #endif 1150 1151 extern void __disable_interrupts_hard(); 1152 extern void __enable_interrupts_hard(); 1153 1154 static void __kernel_raw_rseq_register (void) { 1155 /* paranoid */ verify( __cfaabi_rseq.cpu_id == RSEQ_CPU_ID_UNINITIALIZED ); 1156 1157 // int ret = syscall(__NR_rseq, &__cfaabi_rseq, sizeof(struct rseq), 0, (sigset_t *)0p, _NSIG / 8); 1158 int ret = syscall(__NR_rseq, &__cfaabi_rseq, sizeof(struct rseq), 0, RSEQ_SIG); 1159 if(ret != 0) { 1160 int e = errno; 1161 switch(e) { 1162 case EINVAL: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register invalid argument"); 1163 case ENOSYS: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register no supported"); 1164 case EFAULT: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register with invalid argument"); 1165 case EBUSY : abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register already registered"); 1166 case EPERM : abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register sig argument on unregistration does not match the signature received on registration"); 1167 default: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq register unexpected return %d", e); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 static void __kernel_raw_rseq_unregister(void) { 1173 /* paranoid */ verify( __cfaabi_rseq.cpu_id >= 0 ); 1174 1175 // int ret = syscall(__NR_rseq, &__cfaabi_rseq, sizeof(struct rseq), RSEQ_FLAG_UNREGISTER, (sigset_t *)0p, _NSIG / 8); 1176 int ret = syscall(__NR_rseq, &__cfaabi_rseq, sizeof(struct rseq), RSEQ_FLAG_UNREGISTER, RSEQ_SIG); 1177 if(ret != 0) { 1178 int e = errno; 1179 switch(e) { 1180 case EINVAL: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregister invalid argument"); 1181 case ENOSYS: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregister no supported"); 1182 case EFAULT: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregister with invalid argument"); 1183 case EBUSY : abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregister already registered"); 1184 case EPERM : abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregister sig argument on unregistration does not match the signature received on registration"); 1185 default: abort("KERNEL ERROR: rseq unregisteunexpected return %d", e); 1186 } 1187 } 1188 } 1189 #else 1190 // No definition needed 1191 #endif -
libcfa/src/concurrency/ready_subqueue.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 3 3 #define __CFA_NO_SCHED_STATS__ 4 4 5 #include " limits.hfa"5 #include "containers/queueLockFree.hfa" 6 6 7 7 // Intrusives lanes which are used by the relaxed ready queue … … 27 27 } 28 28 29 // Ctor 30 void ?{}( __intrusive_lane_t & this ) { 31 this.lock = false; 32 this.prev = mock_head(this); 33 this.anchor.next = 0p; 34 this.anchor.ts = -1llu; 35 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 36 this.cnt = 0; 37 #endif 38 39 // We add a boat-load of assertions here because the anchor code is very fragile 40 /* paranoid */ _Static_assert( offsetof( thread$, link ) == offsetof(__intrusive_lane_t, anchor) ); 41 /* paranoid */ verify( offsetof( thread$, link ) == offsetof(__intrusive_lane_t, anchor) ); 42 /* paranoid */ verify( ((uintptr_t)( mock_head(this) ) + offsetof( thread$, link )) == (uintptr_t)(&this.anchor) ); 43 /* paranoid */ verify( &mock_head(this)->link.next == &this.anchor.next ); 44 /* paranoid */ verify( &mock_head(this)->link.ts == &this.anchor.ts ); 45 /* paranoid */ verify( mock_head(this)->link.next == 0p ); 46 /* paranoid */ verify( mock_head(this)->link.ts == -1llu ); 47 /* paranoid */ verify( mock_head(this) == this.prev ); 48 /* paranoid */ verify( __alignof__(__intrusive_lane_t) == 128 ); 49 /* paranoid */ verify( __alignof__(this) == 128 ); 50 /* paranoid */ verifyf( ((intptr_t)(&this) % 128) == 0, "Expected address to be aligned %p %% 128 == %zd", &this, ((intptr_t)(&this) % 128) ); 51 } 52 53 // Dtor is trivial 54 void ^?{}( __intrusive_lane_t & this ) { 55 // Make sure the list is empty 56 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.next == 0p ); 57 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts == -1llu ); 58 /* paranoid */ verify( mock_head(this) == this.prev ); 59 } 60 29 61 // Push a thread onto this lane 30 62 // returns true of lane was empty before push, false otherwise … … 32 64 /* paranoid */ verify( this.lock ); 33 65 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.next == 0p ); 34 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.ts == MAX);66 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.ts == -1llu ); 35 67 /* paranoid */ verify( this.prev->link.next == 0p ); 36 /* paranoid */ verify( this.prev->link.ts == MAX);68 /* paranoid */ verify( this.prev->link.ts == -1llu ); 37 69 if( this.anchor.next == 0p ) { 38 70 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.next == 0p ); 39 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts == MAX);71 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts == -1llu ); 40 72 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != 0 ); 41 73 /* paranoid */ verify( this.prev == mock_head( this ) ); 42 74 } else { 43 75 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.next != 0p ); 44 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != MAX);76 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != -1llu ); 45 77 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != 0 ); 46 78 /* paranoid */ verify( this.prev != mock_head( this ) ); … … 62 94 /* paranoid */ verify( this.lock ); 63 95 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.next != 0p ); 64 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != MAX);96 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != -1llu ); 65 97 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != 0 ); 66 98 … … 71 103 bool is_empty = this.anchor.next == 0p; 72 104 node->link.next = 0p; 73 node->link.ts = MAX;105 node->link.ts = -1llu; 74 106 #if !defined(__CFA_NO_STATISTICS__) 75 107 this.cnt--; … … 80 112 81 113 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.next == 0p ); 82 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.ts == MAX);114 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.ts == -1llu ); 83 115 /* paranoid */ verify( node->link.ts != 0 ); 84 116 /* paranoid */ verify( this.anchor.ts != 0 ); -
libcfa/src/concurrency/stats.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 55 55 stats->io.calls.drain = 0; 56 56 stats->io.calls.completed = 0; 57 stats->io.calls.locked = 0;58 stats->io.calls.helped = 0;59 57 stats->io.calls.errors.busy = 0; 60 58 stats->io.ops.sockread = 0; … … 125 123 tally_one( &cltr->io.calls.drain , &proc->io.calls.drain ); 126 124 tally_one( &cltr->io.calls.completed , &proc->io.calls.completed ); 127 tally_one( &cltr->io.calls.locked , &proc->io.calls.locked );128 tally_one( &cltr->io.calls.helped , &proc->io.calls.helped );129 125 tally_one( &cltr->io.calls.errors.busy, &proc->io.calls.errors.busy ); 130 126 tally_one( &cltr->io.ops.sockread , &proc->io.ops.sockread ); … … 209 205 | " sub " | eng3(io.calls.submitted) | "/" | eng3(io.calls.flush) | "(" | ws(3, 3, avgsubs) | "/flush)" 210 206 | " - cmp " | eng3(io.calls.completed) | "/" | eng3(io.calls.drain) | "(" | ws(3, 3, avgcomp) | "/drain)" 211 | " - cmp " | eng3(io.calls.locked) | "locked, " | eng3(io.calls.helped) | "helped"212 207 | " - " | eng3(io.calls.errors.busy) | " EBUSY"; 213 208 sstr | " - sub: " | eng3(io.flush.full) | "full, " | eng3(io.flush.dirty) | "drty, " | eng3(io.flush.idle) | "idle, " | eng3(io.flush.eager) | "eagr, " | eng3(io.flush.external) | "ext"; -
libcfa/src/concurrency/stats.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 103 103 volatile uint64_t drain; 104 104 volatile uint64_t completed; 105 volatile uint64_t locked;106 volatile uint64_t helped;107 105 volatile uint64_t flush; 108 106 volatile uint64_t submitted; -
libcfa/src/concurrency/thread.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Tue Jan 17 12:27:26 2017 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Feb 12 15:24:18 202213 // Update Count : 6612 // Last Modified On : Sat Jan 15 14:34:58 2022 13 // Update Count : 45 14 14 // 15 15 … … 19 19 #include "thread.hfa" 20 20 21 #include "kernel /private.hfa"21 #include "kernel_private.hfa" 22 22 #include "exception.hfa" 23 23 … … 25 25 #include "invoke.h" 26 26 27 extern uint32_t __global_random_seed , __global_random_prime, __global_random_mask;27 extern uint32_t __global_random_seed; 28 28 29 29 //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- … … 45 45 preferred = ready_queue_new_preferred(); 46 46 last_proc = 0p; 47 random_state = __global_random_ mask ? __global_random_prime : __global_random_prime ^ rdtscl();47 random_state = __global_random_seed; 48 48 #if defined( __CFA_WITH_VERIFY__ ) 49 49 canary = 0x0D15EA5E0D15EA5Ep; … … 176 176 177 177 void set_seed( uint32_t seed ) { 178 uint32_t & state = active_thread()->random_state; 179 state = __global_random_seed = seed; 180 GENERATOR( state ); 181 __global_random_prime = state; 182 __global_random_mask = true; 178 active_thread()->random_state = __global_random_seed = seed; 179 GENERATOR( active_thread()->random_state ); 183 180 } // set_seed 184 181 -
libcfa/src/concurrency/thread.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Tue Jan 17 12:27:26 2017 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Feb 11 16:34:07202213 // Update Count : 2012 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 9 22:10:14 2022 13 // Update Count : 14 14 14 // 15 15 … … 131 131 132 132 //---------- 133 // prng134 133 static inline { 135 134 uint32_t prng( thread$ & th ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return LCG( th.random_state ); } // [0,UINT_MAX] 136 135 uint32_t prng( thread$ & th, uint32_t u ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return prng( th ) % u; } // [0,u) 137 136 uint32_t prng( thread$ & th, uint32_t l, uint32_t u ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return prng( th, u - l + 1 ) + l; } // [l,u] 138 forall( T & | is_thread(T) ) { 139 uint32_t prng( T & th ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return prng( (thread &)th ); } // [0,UINT_MAX] 140 uint32_t prng( T & th, uint32_t u ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return prng( th ) % u; } // [0,u) 141 uint32_t prng( T & th, uint32_t l, uint32_t u ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) { return prng( th, u - l + 1 ) + l; } // [l,u] 142 } // distribution 143 } // distribution 137 } // prng 144 138 145 139 // Local Variables: // -
libcfa/src/containers/string.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 92 92 } 93 93 94 string & ?=?(string & this, string & other) { //// <---- straw man change94 string ?=?(string & this, string other) { 95 95 (*this.inner) = (*other.inner); 96 96 return this; … … 235 235 int find(const string &s, const char* search, size_t searchsize) { 236 236 return find( *s.inner, search, searchsize); 237 }238 239 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, char search) {240 return findFrom( *s.inner, fromPos, search );241 }242 243 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const string &search) {244 return findFrom( *s.inner, fromPos, *search.inner );245 }246 247 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search) {248 return findFrom( *s.inner, fromPos, search );249 }250 251 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search, size_t searchsize) {252 return findFrom( *s.inner, fromPos, search, searchsize );253 237 } 254 238 -
libcfa/src/containers/string.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 41 41 void ?=?(string &s, const string &other); 42 42 void ?=?(string &s, char other); 43 string & ?=?(string &s, string &other); // surprising ret seems to help avoid calls to autogen44 //string ?=?( string &, string ) = void; 43 string ?=?(string &s, string other); // string tolerates memcpys; still saw calls to autogen 44 45 45 void ^?{}(string &s); 46 46 … … 93 93 int find(const string &s, const char* search, size_t searchsize); 94 94 95 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, char search);96 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const string &search);97 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search);98 int findFrom(const string &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search, size_t searchsize);99 100 95 bool includes(const string &s, const string &search); 101 96 bool includes(const string &s, const char* search); -
libcfa/src/containers/string_res.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 15 15 16 16 #include "string_res.hfa" 17 #include "string_sharectx.hfa" 18 #include "stdlib.hfa" 19 20 // Workaround for observed performance penalty from calling CFA's alloc. 21 // Workaround is: EndVbyte = TEMP_ALLOC(char, CurrSize) 22 // Should be: EndVbyte = alloc(CurrSize) 23 #define TEMP_ALLOC(T, n) (( T* ) malloc( n * sizeof( T ) )) 24 25 #include <assert.h> 17 #include <stdlib.hfa> // e.g. malloc 18 #include <string.h> // e.g. strlen 26 19 27 20 //######################### VbyteHeap "header" ######################### 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 // DON'T COMMIT: 30 // #define VbyteDebug 31 32 33 34 28 35 29 36 #ifdef VbyteDebug … … 47 54 48 55 49 static void compaction( VbyteHeap & ); // compaction of the byte area50 static void garbage( VbyteHeap &, int); // garbage collect the byte area51 static void extend( VbyteHeap &, int ); // extend the size of the byte area52 static void reduce( VbyteHeap &, int ); // reduce the size of the byte area53 54 static void ?{}( VbyteHeap &, size_t = 1000 );55 static void ^?{}( VbyteHeap & );56 57 static in t ByteCmp(char *, int, int, char *, int, int ); // compare 2 blocks of bytes58 static char *VbyteAlloc( VbyteHeap &, int ); // allocate a block bytes in the heap59 static char *VbyteTryAdjustLast( VbyteHeap &, int ); 60 61 static void AddThisAfter( HandleNode &, HandleNode & );62 static void DeleteNode( HandleNode & );63 static void MoveThisAfter( HandleNode &, const HandleNode & ); // move current handle after parameter handle56 static inline void compaction( VbyteHeap & ); // compaction of the byte area 57 static inline void garbage( VbyteHeap & ); // garbage collect the byte area 58 static inline void extend( VbyteHeap &, int ); // extend the size of the byte area 59 static inline void reduce( VbyteHeap &, int ); // reduce the size of the byte area 60 61 static inline void ?{}( VbyteHeap &, int = 1000 ); 62 static inline void ^?{}( VbyteHeap & ); 63 static inline void ByteCopy( VbyteHeap &, char *, int, int, char *, int, int ); // copy a block of bytes from one location in the heap to another 64 static inline int ByteCmp( VbyteHeap &, char *, int, int, char *, int, int ); // compare 2 blocks of bytes 65 static inline char *VbyteAlloc( VbyteHeap &, int ); // allocate a block bytes in the heap 66 67 68 static inline void AddThisAfter( HandleNode &, HandleNode & ); 69 static inline void DeleteNode( HandleNode & ); 70 static inline void MoveThisAfter( HandleNode &, const HandleNode & ); // move current handle after parameter handle 64 71 65 72 66 73 // Allocate the storage for the variable sized area and intialize the heap variables. 67 74 68 static void ?{}( VbyteHeap & this, size_t Size ) with(this) {75 static inline void ?{}( VbyteHeap & this, int Size ) with(this) { 69 76 #ifdef VbyteDebug 70 77 serr | "enter:VbyteHeap::VbyteHeap, this:" | &this | " Size:" | Size; … … 72 79 NoOfCompactions = NoOfExtensions = NoOfReductions = 0; 73 80 InitSize = CurrSize = Size; 74 StartVbyte = EndVbyte = TEMP_ALLOC(char,CurrSize);81 StartVbyte = EndVbyte = alloc(CurrSize); 75 82 ExtVbyte = (void *)( StartVbyte + CurrSize ); 76 83 Header.flink = Header.blink = &Header; 77 Header.ulink = & this;78 84 #ifdef VbyteDebug 79 85 HeaderPtr = &Header; … … 85 91 // Release the dynamically allocated storage for the byte area. 86 92 87 static void ^?{}( VbyteHeap & this ) with(this) {93 static inline void ^?{}( VbyteHeap & this ) with(this) { 88 94 free( StartVbyte ); 89 95 } // ~VbyteHeap … … 96 102 // creator. 97 103 98 staticvoid ?{}( HandleNode & this ) with(this) {104 void ?{}( HandleNode & this ) with(this) { 99 105 #ifdef VbyteDebug 100 106 serr | "enter:HandleNode::HandleNode, this:" | &this; … … 111 117 // collection. 112 118 113 staticvoid ?{}( HandleNode & this, VbyteHeap & vh ) with(this) {119 void ?{}( HandleNode & this, VbyteHeap & vh ) with(this) { 114 120 #ifdef VbyteDebug 115 121 serr | "enter:HandleNode::HandleNode, this:" | &this; … … 117 123 s = 0; 118 124 lnth = 0; 119 ulink = &vh;120 125 AddThisAfter( this, *vh.Header.blink ); 121 126 #ifdef VbyteDebug … … 128 133 // is the responsibility of the creator to destroy it. 129 134 130 staticvoid ^?{}( HandleNode & this ) with(this) {135 void ^?{}( HandleNode & this ) with(this) { 131 136 #ifdef VbyteDebug 132 137 serr | "enter:HandleNode::~HandleNode, this:" | & this; … … 144 149 } // ~HandleNode 145 150 146 147 //######################### String Sharing Context #########################148 149 static string_sharectx * ambient_string_sharectx; // fickle top of stack150 static string_sharectx default_string_sharectx = {NEW_SHARING}; // stable bottom of stack151 152 void ?{}( string_sharectx & this, StringSharectx_Mode mode ) with( this ) {153 (older){ ambient_string_sharectx };154 if ( mode == NEW_SHARING ) {155 (activeHeap){ new( (size_t) 1000 ) };156 } else {157 verify( mode == NO_SHARING );158 (activeHeap){ 0p };159 }160 ambient_string_sharectx = & this;161 }162 163 void ^?{}( string_sharectx & this ) with( this ) {164 if ( activeHeap ) delete( activeHeap );165 166 // unlink this from older-list starting from ambient_string_sharectx167 // usually, this==ambient_string_sharectx and the loop runs zero times168 string_sharectx *& c = ambient_string_sharectx;169 while ( c != &this ) &c = &c->older; // find this170 c = this.older; // unlink171 }172 173 151 //######################### String Resource ######################### 174 152 175 153 176 VbyteHeap * DEBUG_string_heap() { 177 assert( ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap && "No sharing context is active" ); 178 return ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap; 179 } 154 VbyteHeap HeapArea; 155 156 VbyteHeap * DEBUG_string_heap = & HeapArea; 180 157 181 158 size_t DEBUG_string_bytes_avail_until_gc( VbyteHeap * heap ) { … … 183 160 } 184 161 185 size_t DEBUG_string_bytes_in_heap( VbyteHeap * heap ) {186 return heap->CurrSize;187 }188 189 162 const char * DEBUG_string_heap_start( VbyteHeap * heap ) { 190 163 return heap->StartVbyte; 191 164 } 165 192 166 193 167 // Returns the size of the string in bytes … … 213 187 // Store auto-newline state so it can be restored 214 188 bool anl = getANL$(out); 215 if( s.Handle.lnth == 0 ) { 216 sout | ""; 217 } else { 218 nlOff(out); 219 for (size_t i = 0; i < s.Handle.lnth; i++) { 220 // Need to re-apply on the last output operator, for whole-statement version 221 if (anl && i == s.Handle.lnth-1) nlOn(out); 222 out | s[i]; 223 } 224 } 189 nlOff(out); 190 for (size_t i = 0; i < s.Handle.lnth; i++) { 191 // Need to re-apply on the last output operator, for whole-statement version 192 if (anl && i == s.Handle.lnth-1) nlOn(out); 193 out | s[i]; 194 } 195 return out; 225 196 } 226 197 227 198 // Empty constructor 228 199 void ?{}(string_res &s) with(s) { 229 if( ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap ) { 230 (Handle){ * ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap }; 231 (shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ false }; 232 verify( Handle.s == 0p && Handle.lnth == 0 ); 233 } else { 234 (Handle){ * new( (size_t) 10 ) }; // TODO: can I lazily avoid allocating for empty string 235 (shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ true }; 236 Handle.s = Handle.ulink->StartVbyte; 237 verify( Handle.lnth == 0 ); 238 } 200 (Handle){ HeapArea }; 239 201 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 240 202 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 241 203 } 242 204 243 static void eagerCopyCtorHelper(string_res &s, const char* rhs, size_t rhslnth) with(s) { 244 if( ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap ) { 245 (Handle){ * ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap }; 246 (shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ false }; 247 } else { 248 (Handle){ * new( rhslnth ) }; 249 (shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ true }; 250 } 251 Handle.s = VbyteAlloc(*Handle.ulink, rhslnth); 205 // Constructor from a raw buffer and size 206 void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* rhs, size_t rhslnth) with(s) { 207 (Handle){ HeapArea }; 208 Handle.s = VbyteAlloc(HeapArea, rhslnth); 252 209 Handle.lnth = rhslnth; 253 memmove( Handle.s, rhs, rhslnth ); 210 for ( int i = 0; i < rhslnth; i += 1 ) { // copy characters 211 Handle.s[i] = rhs[i]; 212 } // for 254 213 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 255 214 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 256 215 } 257 216 258 // Constructor from a raw buffer and size 259 void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* rhs, size_t rhslnth) with(s) { 260 eagerCopyCtorHelper(s, rhs, rhslnth); 261 } 262 263 // private ctor (not in header): use specified heap (ignore ambient) and copy chars in 264 void ?{}( string_res &s, VbyteHeap & heap, const char* rhs, size_t rhslnth ) with(s) { 265 (Handle){ heap }; 266 Handle.s = VbyteAlloc(*Handle.ulink, rhslnth); 267 Handle.lnth = rhslnth; 268 (s.shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ false }; 269 memmove( Handle.s, rhs, rhslnth ); 270 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 271 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 217 // String literal constructor 218 void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* rhs) { 219 (s){ rhs, strlen(rhs) }; 272 220 } 273 221 … … 275 223 void ?{}(string_res &s, const string_res & s2, StrResInitMode mode, size_t start, size_t end ) { 276 224 277 verify( start <= end && end <= s2.Handle.lnth ); 278 279 if (s2.Handle.ulink != ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap && mode == COPY_VALUE) { 280 // crossing heaps (including private): copy eagerly 281 eagerCopyCtorHelper(s, s2.Handle.s + start, end - start); 282 verify(s.shareEditSet_prev == &s); 283 verify(s.shareEditSet_next == &s); 225 (s.Handle){ HeapArea }; 226 s.Handle.s = s2.Handle.s + start; 227 s.Handle.lnth = end - start; 228 MoveThisAfter(s.Handle, s2.Handle ); // insert this handle after rhs handle 229 // ^ bug? skip others at early point in string 230 231 if (mode == COPY_VALUE) { 232 // make s alone in its shareEditSet 233 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 234 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 284 235 } else { 285 (s.Handle){}; 286 s.Handle.s = s2.Handle.s + start; 287 s.Handle.lnth = end - start; 288 s.Handle.ulink = s2.Handle.ulink; 289 290 AddThisAfter(s.Handle, s2.Handle ); // insert this handle after rhs handle 291 // ^ bug? skip others at early point in string 292 293 if (mode == COPY_VALUE) { 294 verify(s2.Handle.ulink == ambient_string_sharectx->activeHeap); 295 // requested logical copy in same heap: defer copy until write 296 297 (s.shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ false }; 298 299 // make s alone in its shareEditSet 300 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 301 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 302 } else { 303 verify( mode == SHARE_EDITS ); 304 // sharing edits with source forces same heap as source (ignore context) 305 306 (s.shareEditSet_owns_ulink){ s2.shareEditSet_owns_ulink }; 307 308 // s2 is logically const but not implementation const 309 string_res & s2mod = (string_res &) s2; 310 311 // insert s after s2 on shareEditSet 312 s.shareEditSet_next = s2mod.shareEditSet_next; 313 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s2mod; 314 s.shareEditSet_next->shareEditSet_prev = &s; 315 s.shareEditSet_prev->shareEditSet_next = &s; 236 assert( mode == SHARE_EDITS ); 237 238 // s2 is logically const but not implementation const 239 string_res & s2mod = (string_res &) s2; 240 241 // insert s after s2 on shareEditSet 242 s.shareEditSet_next = s2mod.shareEditSet_next; 243 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s2mod; 244 s.shareEditSet_next->shareEditSet_prev = &s; 245 s.shareEditSet_prev->shareEditSet_next = &s; 246 } 247 } 248 249 void assign(string_res &this, const char* buffer, size_t bsize) { 250 251 // traverse the incumbent share-edit set (SES) to recover the range of a base string to which `this` belongs 252 string_res * shareEditSetStartPeer = & this; 253 string_res * shareEditSetEndPeer = & this; 254 for (string_res * editPeer = this.shareEditSet_next; editPeer != &this; editPeer = editPeer->shareEditSet_next) { 255 if ( editPeer->Handle.s < shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s ) { 256 shareEditSetStartPeer = editPeer; 316 257 } 317 } 318 } 319 320 static void assignEditSet(string_res & this, string_res * shareEditSetStartPeer, string_res * shareEditSetEndPeer, 321 char * resultSesStart, 322 size_t resultSesLnth, 323 HandleNode * resultPadPosition, size_t bsize ) { 258 if ( shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth < editPeer->Handle.s + editPeer->Handle.lnth) { 259 shareEditSetEndPeer = editPeer; 260 } 261 } 262 263 // full string is from start of shareEditSetStartPeer thru end of shareEditSetEndPeer 264 // `this` occurs in the middle of it, to be replaced 265 // build up the new text in `pasting` 266 267 string_res pasting = { 268 shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s, // start of SES 269 this.Handle.s - shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s }; // length of SES, before this 270 append( pasting, 271 buffer, // start of replacement for this 272 bsize ); // length of replacement for this 273 append( pasting, 274 this.Handle.s + this.Handle.lnth, // start of SES after this 275 shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth - 276 (this.Handle.s + this.Handle.lnth) ); // length of SES, after this 277 278 // The above string building can trigger compaction. 279 // The reference points (that are arguments of the string building) may move during that building. 280 // From this point on, they are stable. 281 // So now, capture their values for use in the overlap cases, below. 282 // Do not factor these definitions with the arguments used above. 324 283 325 284 char * beforeBegin = shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s; … … 331 290 size_t oldLnth = this.Handle.lnth; 332 291 333 this.Handle.s = resultSesStart+ beforeLen;292 this.Handle.s = pasting.Handle.s + beforeLen; 334 293 this.Handle.lnth = bsize; 335 if (resultPadPosition) 336 MoveThisAfter( this.Handle, *resultPadPosition ); 294 MoveThisAfter( this.Handle, pasting.Handle ); 337 295 338 296 // adjust all substring string and handle locations, and check if any substring strings are outside the new base string 339 char *limit = resultSesStart + resultSesLnth;297 char *limit = pasting.Handle.s + pasting.Handle.lnth; 340 298 for (string_res * p = this.shareEditSet_next; p != &this; p = p->shareEditSet_next) { 341 verify(p->Handle.s >= beforeBegin);299 assert (p->Handle.s >= beforeBegin); 342 300 if ( p->Handle.s >= afterBegin ) { 343 verify( p->Handle.s <= afterBegin + afterLen );344 verify( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth <= afterBegin + afterLen );301 assert ( p->Handle.s <= afterBegin + afterLen ); 302 assert ( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth <= afterBegin + afterLen ); 345 303 // p starts after the edit 346 304 // take start and end as end-anchored … … 360 318 } else { 361 319 // p ends after the edit 362 verify( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth <= afterBegin + afterLen );320 assert ( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth <= afterBegin + afterLen ); 363 321 // take end as end-anchored 364 322 // stretch-shrink p according to the edit … … 368 326 // take start as start-anchored 369 327 size_t startOffsetFromStart = p->Handle.s - beforeBegin; 370 p->Handle.s = resultSesStart+ startOffsetFromStart;328 p->Handle.s = pasting.Handle.s + startOffsetFromStart; 371 329 } else { 372 verify( p->Handle.s < afterBegin );330 assert ( p->Handle.s < afterBegin ); 373 331 // p starts during the edit 374 verify( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth >= beforeBegin + beforeLen );332 assert( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth >= beforeBegin + beforeLen ); 375 333 if ( p->Handle.s + p->Handle.lnth < afterBegin ) { 376 334 // p ends during the edit; p does not include the last character replaced … … 386 344 } 387 345 } 388 if (resultPadPosition) 389 MoveThisAfter( p->Handle, *resultPadPosition ); // move substring handle to maintain sorted order by string position 390 } 391 } 392 393 static string_res & assign_(string_res &this, const char* buffer, size_t bsize, const string_res & valSrc) { 394 395 // traverse the incumbent share-edit set (SES) to recover the range of a base string to which `this` belongs 396 string_res * shareEditSetStartPeer = & this; 397 string_res * shareEditSetEndPeer = & this; 398 for (string_res * editPeer = this.shareEditSet_next; editPeer != &this; editPeer = editPeer->shareEditSet_next) { 399 if ( editPeer->Handle.s < shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s ) { 400 shareEditSetStartPeer = editPeer; 401 } 402 if ( shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth < editPeer->Handle.s + editPeer->Handle.lnth) { 403 shareEditSetEndPeer = editPeer; 404 } 405 } 406 407 verify( shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s >= shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s ); 408 size_t origEditSetLength = shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth - shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s; 409 verify( origEditSetLength >= this.Handle.lnth ); 410 411 if ( this.shareEditSet_owns_ulink ) { // assigning to private context 412 // ok to overwrite old value within LHS 413 char * prefixStartOrig = shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s; 414 int prefixLen = this.Handle.s - prefixStartOrig; 415 char * suffixStartOrig = this.Handle.s + this.Handle.lnth; 416 int suffixLen = shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth - suffixStartOrig; 417 418 int delta = bsize - this.Handle.lnth; 419 if ( char * oldBytes = VbyteTryAdjustLast( *this.Handle.ulink, delta ) ) { 420 // growing: copy from old to new 421 char * dest = VbyteAlloc( *this.Handle.ulink, origEditSetLength + delta ); 422 char *destCursor = dest; memcpy(destCursor, prefixStartOrig, prefixLen); 423 destCursor += prefixLen; memcpy(destCursor, buffer , bsize ); 424 destCursor += bsize; memcpy(destCursor, suffixStartOrig, suffixLen); 425 assignEditSet(this, shareEditSetStartPeer, shareEditSetEndPeer, 426 dest, 427 origEditSetLength + delta, 428 0p, bsize); 429 free( oldBytes ); 430 } else { 431 // room is already allocated in-place: bubble suffix and overwite middle 432 memmove( suffixStartOrig + delta, suffixStartOrig, suffixLen ); 433 memcpy( this.Handle.s, buffer, bsize ); 434 435 assignEditSet(this, shareEditSetStartPeer, shareEditSetEndPeer, 436 shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s, 437 origEditSetLength + delta, 438 0p, bsize); 439 } 440 441 } else if ( // assigning to shared context 442 this.Handle.lnth == origEditSetLength && // overwriting entire run of SES 443 & valSrc && // sourcing from a managed string 444 valSrc.Handle.ulink == this.Handle.ulink ) { // sourcing from same heap 445 446 // SES's result will only use characters from the source string => reuse source 447 assignEditSet(this, shareEditSetStartPeer, shareEditSetEndPeer, 448 valSrc.Handle.s, 449 valSrc.Handle.lnth, 450 &((string_res&)valSrc).Handle, bsize); 451 452 } else { 453 // overwriting a proper substring of some string: mash characters from old and new together (copy on write) 454 // OR we are importing characters: need to copy eagerly (can't refer to source) 455 456 // full string is from start of shareEditSetStartPeer thru end of shareEditSetEndPeer 457 // `this` occurs in the middle of it, to be replaced 458 // build up the new text in `pasting` 459 460 string_res pasting = { 461 * this.Handle.ulink, // maintain same heap, regardless of context 462 shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s, // start of SES 463 this.Handle.s - shareEditSetStartPeer->Handle.s }; // length of SES, before this 464 append( pasting, 465 buffer, // start of replacement for this 466 bsize ); // length of replacement for this 467 append( pasting, 468 this.Handle.s + this.Handle.lnth, // start of SES after this 469 shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.s + shareEditSetEndPeer->Handle.lnth - 470 (this.Handle.s + this.Handle.lnth) ); // length of SES, after this 471 472 // The above string building can trigger compaction. 473 // The reference points (that are arguments of the string building) may move during that building. 474 // From this point on, they are stable. 475 476 assignEditSet(this, shareEditSetStartPeer, shareEditSetEndPeer, 477 pasting.Handle.s, 478 pasting.Handle.lnth, 479 &pasting.Handle, bsize); 480 } 481 482 return this; 483 } 484 485 string_res & assign(string_res &this, const char* buffer, size_t bsize) { 486 return assign_(this, buffer, bsize, *0p); 487 } 488 489 string_res & ?=?(string_res &s, char other) { 490 return assign(s, &other, 1); 346 MoveThisAfter( p->Handle, pasting.Handle ); // move substring handle to maintain sorted order by string position 347 } 348 } 349 350 void ?=?(string_res &s, const char* other) { 351 assign(s, other, strlen(other)); 352 } 353 354 void ?=?(string_res &s, char other) { 355 assign(s, &other, 1); 491 356 } 492 357 493 358 // Copy assignment operator 494 string_res &?=?(string_res & this, const string_res & rhs) with( this ) {495 return assign_(this, rhs.Handle.s, rhs.Handle.lnth, rhs);496 } 497 498 string_res &?=?(string_res & this, string_res & rhs) with( this ) {359 void ?=?(string_res & this, const string_res & rhs) with( this ) { 360 assign(this, rhs.Handle.s, rhs.Handle.lnth); 361 } 362 363 void ?=?(string_res & this, string_res & rhs) with( this ) { 499 364 const string_res & rhs2 = rhs; 500 returnthis = rhs2;365 this = rhs2; 501 366 } 502 367 … … 509 374 s.shareEditSet_prev->shareEditSet_next = s.shareEditSet_next; 510 375 s.shareEditSet_next->shareEditSet_prev = s.shareEditSet_prev; 511 // s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 512 // s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 513 514 if (shareEditSet_owns_ulink && s.shareEditSet_next == &s) { // last one out 515 delete( s.Handle.ulink ); 516 } 376 s.shareEditSet_next = &s; 377 s.shareEditSet_prev = &s; 517 378 } 518 379 … … 526 387 } 527 388 528 void assignAt(const string_res &s, size_t index, char val) {529 string_res editZone = { s, SHARE_EDITS, index, index+1 };530 assign(editZone, &val, 1);531 }532 533 389 534 390 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// … … 536 392 537 393 void append(string_res &str1, const char * buffer, size_t bsize) { 538 size_t clnth = s tr1.Handle.lnth+ bsize;539 if ( str1.Handle.s + s tr1.Handle.lnth== buffer ) { // already juxtapose ?394 size_t clnth = size(str1) + bsize; 395 if ( str1.Handle.s + size(str1) == buffer ) { // already juxtapose ? 540 396 // no-op 541 397 } else { // must copy some text 542 if ( str1.Handle.s + s tr1.Handle.lnth == VbyteAlloc(*str1.Handle.ulink, 0) ) { // str1 at end of string area ?543 VbyteAlloc( *str1.Handle.ulink, bsize); // create room for 2nd part at the end of string area398 if ( str1.Handle.s + size(str1) == VbyteAlloc(HeapArea, 0) ) { // str1 at end of string area ? 399 VbyteAlloc(HeapArea, bsize); // create room for 2nd part at the end of string area 544 400 } else { // copy the two parts 545 char * str1newBuf = VbyteAlloc( *str1.Handle.ulink, clnth ); 546 char * str1oldBuf = str1.Handle.s; // must read after VbyteAlloc call in case it gs's 547 str1.Handle.s = str1newBuf; 548 memcpy( str1.Handle.s, str1oldBuf, str1.Handle.lnth ); 401 char * str1oldBuf = str1.Handle.s; 402 str1.Handle.s = VbyteAlloc( HeapArea, clnth ); 403 ByteCopy( HeapArea, str1.Handle.s, 0, str1.Handle.lnth, str1oldBuf, 0, str1.Handle.lnth); 549 404 } // if 550 memcpy( str1.Handle.s + str1.Handle.lnth, buffer, bsize ); 405 ByteCopy( HeapArea, str1.Handle.s, str1.Handle.lnth, bsize, (char*)buffer, 0, (int)bsize); 406 // VbyteHeap & this, char *Dst, int DstStart, int DstLnth, char *Src, int SrcStart, int SrcLnth 551 407 } // if 552 408 str1.Handle.lnth = clnth; … … 561 417 } 562 418 419 void ?+=?(string_res &s, const char* other) { 420 append( s, other, strlen(other) ); 421 } 563 422 564 423 … … 570 429 571 430 bool ?==?(const string_res &s1, const string_res &s2) { 572 return ByteCmp( s1.Handle.s, 0, s1.Handle.lnth, s2.Handle.s, 0, s2.Handle.lnth) == 0;431 return ByteCmp( HeapArea, s1.Handle.s, 0, s1.Handle.lnth, s2.Handle.s, 0, s2.Handle.lnth) == 0; 573 432 } 574 433 … … 596 455 597 456 int find(const string_res &s, char search) { 598 return findFrom(s, 0, search); 599 } 600 601 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, char search) { 602 // FIXME: This paricular overload (find of single char) is optimized to use memchr. 603 // The general overload (find of string, memchr applying to its first character) and `contains` should be adjusted to match. 604 char * searchFrom = s.Handle.s + fromPos; 605 size_t searchLnth = s.Handle.lnth - fromPos; 606 int searchVal = search; 607 char * foundAt = (char *) memchr(searchFrom, searchVal, searchLnth); 608 if (foundAt == 0p) return s.Handle.lnth; 609 else return foundAt - s.Handle.s; 610 } 457 for (i; size(s)) { 458 if (s[i] == search) return i; 459 } 460 return size(s); 461 } 462 463 /* Remaining implementations essentially ported from Sunjay's work */ 611 464 612 465 int find(const string_res &s, const string_res &search) { 613 return findFrom(s, 0, search); 614 } 615 616 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const string_res &search) { 617 return findFrom(s, fromPos, search.Handle.s, search.Handle.lnth); 466 return find(s, search.Handle.s, search.Handle.lnth); 618 467 } 619 468 620 469 int find(const string_res &s, const char* search) { 621 return findFrom(s, 0, search); 622 } 623 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search) { 624 return findFrom(s, fromPos, search, strlen(search)); 470 return find(s, search, strlen(search)); 625 471 } 626 472 627 473 int find(const string_res &s, const char* search, size_t searchsize) { 628 return findFrom(s, 0, search, searchsize);629 }630 631 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search, size_t searchsize) {632 633 /* Remaining implementations essentially ported from Sunjay's work */634 635 636 474 // FIXME: This is a naive algorithm. We probably want to switch to someting 637 475 // like Boyer-Moore in the future. … … 643 481 } 644 482 645 for (size_t i = fromPos; i < s.Handle.lnth; i++) {483 for (size_t i = 0; i < s.Handle.lnth; i++) { 646 484 size_t remaining = s.Handle.lnth - i; 647 485 // Never going to find the search string if the remaining string is … … 758 596 // Add a new HandleNode node n after the current HandleNode node. 759 597 760 static void AddThisAfter( HandleNode & this, HandleNode & n ) with(this) {598 static inline void AddThisAfter( HandleNode & this, HandleNode & n ) with(this) { 761 599 #ifdef VbyteDebug 762 600 serr | "enter:AddThisAfter, this:" | &this | " n:" | &n; 763 601 #endif // VbyteDebug 764 // Performance note: we are on the critical path here. MB has ensured that the verifies don't contribute to runtime (are compiled away, like they're supposed to be).765 verify( n.ulink != 0p );766 verify( this.ulink == n.ulink );767 602 flink = n.flink; 768 603 blink = &n; … … 789 624 // Delete the current HandleNode node. 790 625 791 static void DeleteNode( HandleNode & this ) with(this) {626 static inline void DeleteNode( HandleNode & this ) with(this) { 792 627 #ifdef VbyteDebug 793 628 serr | "enter:DeleteNode, this:" | &this; … … 803 638 804 639 // Allocates specified storage for a string from byte-string area. If not enough space remains to perform the 805 // allocation, the garbage collection routine is called. 806 807 static char * VbyteAlloc( VbyteHeap & this, int size ) with(this) { 640 // allocation, the garbage collection routine is called and a second attempt is made to allocate the space. If the 641 // second attempt fails, a further attempt is made to create a new, larger byte-string area. 642 643 static inline char * VbyteAlloc( VbyteHeap & this, int size ) with(this) { 808 644 #ifdef VbyteDebug 809 645 serr | "enter:VbyteAlloc, size:" | size; … … 814 650 NoBytes = ( uintptr_t )EndVbyte + size; 815 651 if ( NoBytes > ( uintptr_t )ExtVbyte ) { // enough room for new byte-string ? 816 garbage( this, size ); // firer up the garbage collector 817 verify( (( uintptr_t )EndVbyte + size) <= ( uintptr_t )ExtVbyte && "garbage run did not free up required space" ); 652 garbage( this ); // firer up the garbage collector 653 NoBytes = ( uintptr_t )EndVbyte + size; // try again 654 if ( NoBytes > ( uintptr_t )ExtVbyte ) { // enough room for new byte-string ? 655 assert( 0 && "need to implement actual growth" ); 656 // extend( size ); // extend the byte-string area 657 } // if 818 658 } // if 819 659 r = EndVbyte; … … 826 666 827 667 828 // Adjusts the last allocation in this heap by delta bytes, or resets this heap to be able to offer829 // new allocations of its original size + delta bytes. Positive delta means bigger;830 // negative means smaller. A null return indicates that the original heap location has room for831 // the requested growth. A non-null return indicates that copying to a new location is required832 // but has not been done; the returned value is the old heap storage location; `this` heap is833 // modified to reference the new location. In the copy-requred case, the caller should use834 // VbyteAlloc to claim the new space, while doing optimal copying from old to new, then free old.835 836 static char * VbyteTryAdjustLast( VbyteHeap & this, int delta ) with(this) {837 838 if ( ( uintptr_t )EndVbyte + delta <= ( uintptr_t )ExtVbyte ) {839 // room available840 EndVbyte += delta;841 return 0p;842 }843 844 char *oldBytes = StartVbyte;845 846 NoOfExtensions += 1;847 CurrSize *= 2;848 StartVbyte = EndVbyte = TEMP_ALLOC(char, CurrSize);849 ExtVbyte = StartVbyte + CurrSize;850 851 return oldBytes;852 }853 854 855 668 // Move an existing HandleNode node h somewhere after the current HandleNode node so that it is in ascending order by 856 669 // the address in the byte string area. 857 670 858 static void MoveThisAfter( HandleNode & this, const HandleNode & h ) with(this) {671 static inline void MoveThisAfter( HandleNode & this, const HandleNode & h ) with(this) { 859 672 #ifdef VbyteDebug 860 673 serr | "enter:MoveThisAfter, this:" | & this | " h:" | & h; 861 674 #endif // VbyteDebug 862 verify( h.ulink != 0p );863 verify( this.ulink == h.ulink );864 675 if ( s < h.s ) { // check argument values 865 676 // serr | "VbyteSM: Error - Cannot move byte string starting at:" | s | " after byte string starting at:" 866 677 // | ( h->s ) | " and keep handles in ascending order"; 867 678 // exit(-1 ); 868 verify( 0 && "VbyteSM: Error - Cannot move byte strings as requested and keep handles in ascending order");679 assert( 0 && "VbyteSM: Error - Cannot move byte strings as requested and keep handles in ascending order"); 869 680 } // if 870 681 … … 898 709 //######################### VbyteHeap ######################### 899 710 711 // Move characters from one location in the byte-string area to another. The routine handles the following situations: 712 // 713 // if the |Src| > |Dst| => truncate 714 // if the |Dst| > |Src| => pad Dst with blanks 715 716 void ByteCopy( VbyteHeap & this, char *Dst, int DstStart, int DstLnth, char *Src, int SrcStart, int SrcLnth ) { 717 for ( int i = 0; i < DstLnth; i += 1 ) { 718 if ( i == SrcLnth ) { // |Dst| > |Src| 719 for ( ; i < DstLnth; i += 1 ) { // pad Dst with blanks 720 Dst[DstStart + i] = ' '; 721 } // for 722 break; 723 } // exit 724 Dst[DstStart + i] = Src[SrcStart + i]; 725 } // for 726 } // ByteCopy 727 900 728 // Compare two byte strings in the byte-string area. The routine returns the following values: 901 729 // … … 904 732 // -1 => Src1-byte-string < Src2-byte-string 905 733 906 int ByteCmp( char *Src1, int Src1Start, int Src1Lnth, char *Src2, int Src2Start, int Src2Lnth ){734 int ByteCmp( VbyteHeap & this, char *Src1, int Src1Start, int Src1Lnth, char *Src2, int Src2Start, int Src2Lnth ) with(this) { 907 735 #ifdef VbyteDebug 908 736 serr | "enter:ByteCmp, Src1Start:" | Src1Start | " Src1Lnth:" | Src1Lnth | " Src2Start:" | Src2Start | " Src2Lnth:" | Src2Lnth; … … 961 789 h = Header.flink; // ignore header node 962 790 for (;;) { 963 memmove( EndVbyte, h->s, h->lnth );791 ByteCopy( this, EndVbyte, 0, h->lnth, h->s, 0, h->lnth ); 964 792 obase = h->s; 965 793 h->s = EndVbyte; … … 982 810 983 811 984 static double heap_expansion_freespace_threshold = 0.1; // default inherited from prior work: expand heap when less than 10% "free" (i.e. garbage)985 // probably an unreasonable default, but need to assess early-round tests on changing it986 987 void TUNING_set_string_heap_liveness_threshold( double val ) {988 heap_expansion_freespace_threshold = 1.0 - val;989 }990 991 992 812 // Garbage determines the amount of free space left in the heap and then reduces, leave the same, or extends the size of 993 813 // the heap. The heap is then compacted in the existing heap or into the newly allocated heap. 994 814 995 void garbage(VbyteHeap & this , int minreq) with(this) {815 void garbage(VbyteHeap & this ) with(this) { 996 816 #ifdef VbyteDebug 997 817 serr | "enter:garbage"; … … 1017 837 AmountFree = ( uintptr_t )ExtVbyte - ( uintptr_t )StartVbyte - AmountUsed; 1018 838 1019 if ( ( double ) AmountFree < ( CurrSize * heap_expansion_freespace_threshold ) || AmountFree < minreq ) { // free space less than threshold or not enough to serve cur request 1020 1021 extend( this, max( CurrSize, minreq ) ); // extend the heap 839 if ( AmountFree < ( int )( CurrSize * 0.1 )) { // free space less than 10% ? 840 841 assert( 0 && "need to implement actual growth" ); 842 // extend( CurrSize ); // extend the heap 1022 843 1023 844 // Peter says, "This needs work before it should be used." … … 1025 846 // reduce(( AmountFree / CurrSize - 3 ) * CurrSize ); // reduce the memory 1026 847 1027 // `extend` implies a `compaction` during the copy 1028 1029 } else { 1030 compaction(this); // in-place 1031 }// if 848 } // if 849 compaction(this); // compact the byte area, in the same or new heap area 1032 850 #ifdef VbyteDebug 1033 851 { … … 1049 867 #undef VbyteDebug 1050 868 869 //WIP 870 #if 0 1051 871 1052 872 … … 1054 874 // area is deleted. 1055 875 1056 void extend( VbyteHeap & this, int size ) with (this) {876 void VbyteHeap::extend( int size ) { 1057 877 #ifdef VbyteDebug 1058 878 serr | "enter:extend, size:" | size; … … 1064 884 1065 885 CurrSize += size > InitSize ? size : InitSize; // minimum extension, initial size 1066 StartVbyte = EndVbyte = TEMP_ALLOC(char, CurrSize);886 StartVbyte = EndVbyte = new char[CurrSize]; 1067 887 ExtVbyte = (void *)( StartVbyte + CurrSize ); 1068 compaction( this); // copy from old heap to new & adjust pointers to new heap1069 free( OldStartVbyte ); // release old heap888 compaction(); // copy from old heap to new & adjust pointers to new heap 889 delete OldStartVbyte; // release old heap 1070 890 #ifdef VbyteDebug 1071 891 serr | "exit:extend, CurrSize:" | CurrSize; … … 1073 893 } // extend 1074 894 1075 //WIP1076 #if 01077 895 1078 896 // Extend the size of the byte-string area by creating a new area and copying the old area into it. The old byte-string -
libcfa/src/containers/string_res.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 17 17 18 18 #include <fstream.hfa> 19 #include <string.h> // e.g. strlen20 19 21 20 … … 28 27 HandleNode *flink; // forward link 29 28 HandleNode *blink; // backward link 30 VbyteHeap *ulink; // upward link31 29 32 30 char *s; // pointer to byte string … … 34 32 }; // HandleNode 35 33 36 VbyteHeap * DEBUG_string_heap(); 37 size_t DEBUG_string_bytes_in_heap( VbyteHeap * heap ); 34 void ?{}( HandleNode & ); // constructor for header node 35 36 void ?{}( HandleNode &, VbyteHeap & ); // constructor for nodes in the handle list 37 void ^?{}( HandleNode & ); // destructor for handle nodes 38 39 extern VbyteHeap * DEBUG_string_heap; 38 40 size_t DEBUG_string_bytes_avail_until_gc( VbyteHeap * heap ); 39 41 const char * DEBUG_string_heap_start( VbyteHeap * heap ); 40 42 41 void TUNING_set_string_heap_liveness_threshold( double val );42 43 43 44 //######################### String ######################### … … 46 47 struct string_res { 47 48 HandleNode Handle; // chars, start, end, global neighbours 48 bool shareEditSet_owns_ulink;49 49 string_res * shareEditSet_prev; 50 50 string_res * shareEditSet_next; … … 74 74 // Constructors, Assignment Operators, Destructor 75 75 void ?{}(string_res &s); // empty string 76 void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* initial); // copy from string literal (NULL-terminated) 76 77 void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* buffer, size_t bsize); // copy specific length from buffer 77 static inline void ?{}(string_res &s, const char* rhs) { // copy from string literal (NULL-terminated)78 (s){ rhs, strlen(rhs) };79 }80 78 81 79 void ?{}(string_res &s, const string_res & s2) = void; … … 88 86 } 89 87 90 string_res & assign(string_res &s, const char* buffer, size_t bsize); // copy specific length from buffer 91 static inline string_res & ?=?(string_res &s, const char* other) { // copy from string literal (NULL-terminated) 92 return assign(s, other, strlen(other)); 93 } 94 string_res & ?=?(string_res &s, const string_res &other); 95 string_res & ?=?(string_res &s, string_res &other); 96 string_res & ?=?(string_res &s, char other); 88 void assign(string_res &s, const char* buffer, size_t bsize); // copy specific length from buffer 89 void ?=?(string_res &s, const char* other); // copy from string literal (NULL-terminated) 90 void ?=?(string_res &s, const string_res &other); 91 void ?=?(string_res &s, string_res &other); 92 void ?=?(string_res &s, char other); 97 93 98 94 void ^?{}(string_res &s); … … 103 99 104 100 // Concatenation 105 void append(string_res &s, const char* buffer, size_t bsize);106 101 void ?+=?(string_res &s, char other); // append a character 107 102 void ?+=?(string_res &s, const string_res &s2); // append-concatenate to first string 108 static inline void ?+=?(string_res &s, const char* other) { 109 append( s, other, strlen(other) ); 110 } 103 void ?+=?(string_res &s, const char* other); 104 void append(string_res &s, const char* buffer, size_t bsize); 111 105 112 106 // Character access 113 void assignAt(const string_res &s, size_t index, char val);114 107 char ?[?](const string_res &s, size_t index); // Mike changed to ret by val from Sunjay's ref, to match Peter's 115 108 //char codePointAt(const string_res &s, size_t index); // revisit under Unicode … … 128 121 int find(const string_res &s, const char* search); 129 122 int find(const string_res &s, const char* search, size_t searchsize); 130 131 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, char search);132 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const string_res &search);133 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search);134 int findFrom(const string_res &s, size_t fromPos, const char* search, size_t searchsize);135 123 136 124 bool includes(const string_res &s, const string_res &search); -
libcfa/src/device/cpu.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 13 13 // Update Count : 14 14 // 15 16 #pragma once17 15 18 16 #include <stddef.h> -
libcfa/src/fstream.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Apr 9 14:55:54202213 // Update Count : 51 512 // Last Modified On : Mon Jan 10 08:45:05 2022 13 // Update Count : 513 14 14 // 15 15 … … 161 161 for ( cnt; 10 ) { 162 162 errno = 0; 163 disable_interrupts();164 163 len = vfprintf( (FILE *)(os.file$), format, args ); 165 enable_interrupts();166 164 if ( len != EOF || errno != EINTR ) break; // timer interrupt ? 167 165 if ( cnt == 9 ) abort( "ofstream fmt EINTR spinning exceeded" ); … … 295 293 for () { // no check for EINTR limit waiting for keyboard input 296 294 errno = 0; 297 disable_interrupts();298 295 len = vfscanf( (FILE *)(is.file$), format, args ); 299 enable_interrupts();300 296 if ( len != EOF || errno != EINTR ) break; // timer interrupt ? 301 297 } // for -
libcfa/src/math.trait.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 16 16 #pragma once 17 17 18 trait Not( U) {19 void ?{}( U&, zero_t );20 int !?( U);18 trait Not( T ) { 19 void ?{}( T &, zero_t ); 20 int !?( T ); 21 21 }; // Not 22 22 … … 26 26 }; // Equality 27 27 28 trait Relational( U | Equality( U) ) {29 int ?<?( U, U);30 int ?<=?( U, U);31 int ?>?( U, U);32 int ?>=?( U, U);28 trait Relational( T | Equality( T ) ) { 29 int ?<?( T, T ); 30 int ?<=?( T, T ); 31 int ?>?( T, T ); 32 int ?>=?( T, T ); 33 33 }; // Relational 34 34 … … 39 39 }; // Signed 40 40 41 trait Additive( U | Signed( U) ) {42 U ?+?( U, U);43 U ?-?( U, U);44 U ?+=?( U &, U);45 U ?-=?( U &, U);41 trait Additive( T | Signed( T ) ) { 42 T ?+?( T, T ); 43 T ?-?( T, T ); 44 T ?+=?( T &, T ); 45 T ?-=?( T &, T ); 46 46 }; // Additive 47 47 … … 49 49 void ?{}( T &, one_t ); 50 50 // T ?++( T & ); 51 // T ++?( T & );51 // T ++?( T &); 52 52 // T ?--( T & ); 53 53 // T --?( T & ); 54 54 }; // Incdec 55 55 56 trait Multiplicative( U | Incdec( U) ) {57 U ?*?( U, U);58 U ?/?( U, U);59 U ?%?( U, U);60 U ?/=?( U &, U);56 trait Multiplicative( T | Incdec( T ) ) { 57 T ?*?( T, T ); 58 T ?/?( T, T ); 59 T ?%?( T, T ); 60 T ?/=?( T &, T ); 61 61 }; // Multiplicative 62 62 -
libcfa/src/stdlib.hfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Thu Jan 28 17:12:35 2016 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Feb 12 17:22:25202213 // Update Count : 64 312 // Last Modified On : Thu Feb 10 18:34:58 2022 13 // Update Count : 641 14 14 // 15 15 … … 412 412 void set_seed( PRNG & prng, uint32_t seed_ ); 413 413 static inline { 414 void ?{}( PRNG & prng ) with( prng ) { callcnt = 0; set_seed( prng, rdtscl() ); }// random seed415 void ?{}( PRNG & prng, uint32_t seed ) with( prng ) { callcnt = 0;set_seed( prng, seed ); } // fixed seed414 void ?{}( PRNG & prng ) { set_seed( prng, rdtscl() ); } // random seed 415 void ?{}( PRNG & prng, uint32_t seed ) { set_seed( prng, seed ); } // fixed seed 416 416 uint32_t get_seed( PRNG & prng ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) with( prng ) { return seed; } // get seed 417 417 uint32_t prng( PRNG & prng ) __attribute__(( warn_unused_result )) with( prng ) { callcnt += 1; return LCG( state ); } // [0,UINT_MAX] -
src/AST/Convert.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Thierry Delisle 10 10 // Created On : Thu May 09 15::37::05 2019 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 15:01:00202213 // Update Count : 4 211 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 2 13:19:22 2022 13 // Update Count : 41 14 14 // 15 15 … … 49 49 //================================================================================================ 50 50 namespace ast { 51 // These are the shared local information used by ConverterNewToOld and 52 // ConverterOldToNew to update the global information in the two versions. 53 54 static ast::ptr<ast::Type> sizeType = nullptr; 55 static const ast::FunctionDecl * dereferenceOperator = nullptr; 56 static const ast::StructDecl * dtorStruct = nullptr; 57 static const ast::FunctionDecl * dtorStructDestroy = nullptr; 51 52 // This is to preserve the FindSpecialDecls hack. It does not (and perhaps should not) 53 // allow us to use the same stratagy in the new ast. 54 // xxx - since convert back pass works, this concern seems to be unnecessary. 55 56 // these need to be accessed in new FixInit now 57 ast::ptr<ast::Type> sizeType = nullptr; 58 const ast::FunctionDecl * dereferenceOperator = nullptr; 59 const ast::StructDecl * dtorStruct = nullptr; 60 const ast::FunctionDecl * dtorStructDestroy = nullptr; 58 61 59 62 } … … 354 357 } 355 358 356 void clausePostamble( Statement * stmt, const ast::StmtClause * node ) {357 stmt->location = node->location;358 this->node = stmt;359 }360 361 359 const ast::CompoundStmt * visit( const ast::CompoundStmt * node ) override final { 362 360 if ( inCache( node ) ) return nullptr; … … 407 405 auto stmt = new SwitchStmt( 408 406 get<Expression>().accept1( node->cond ), 409 get<Statement>().acceptL( node-> cases )407 get<Statement>().acceptL( node->stmts ) 410 408 ); 411 409 return stmtPostamble( stmt, node ); 412 410 } 413 411 414 const ast:: CaseClause * visit( const ast::CaseClause* node ) override final {412 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CaseStmt * node ) override final { 415 413 if ( inCache( node ) ) return nullptr; 416 414 auto stmt = new CaseStmt( … … 419 417 node->isDefault() 420 418 ); 421 clausePostamble( stmt, node ); 422 return nullptr; 419 return stmtPostamble( stmt, node ); 423 420 } 424 421 … … 516 513 } 517 514 518 const ast:: CatchClause * visit( const ast::CatchClause* node ) override final {515 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CatchStmt * node ) override final { 519 516 if ( inCache( node ) ) return nullptr; 520 517 CatchStmt::Kind kind; … … 527 524 break; 528 525 default: 529 assertf(false, "Invalid ast:: ExceptionKind: %d\n", node->kind);526 assertf(false, "Invalid ast::CatchStmt::Kind: %d\n", node->kind); 530 527 } 531 528 auto stmt = new CatchStmt( … … 535 532 get<Statement>().accept1( node->body ) 536 533 ); 537 return clausePostamble( stmt, node ), nullptr;538 } 539 540 const ast:: FinallyClause * visit( const ast::FinallyClause* node ) override final {534 return stmtPostamble( stmt, node ); 535 } 536 537 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::FinallyStmt * node ) override final { 541 538 if ( inCache( node ) ) return nullptr; 542 539 auto stmt = new FinallyStmt( get<CompoundStmt>().accept1( node->body ) ); 543 return clausePostamble( stmt, node ), nullptr;540 return stmtPostamble( stmt, node ); 544 541 } 545 542 … … 1897 1894 old->location, 1898 1895 GET_ACCEPT_1(condition, Expr), 1899 GET_ACCEPT_V(statements, CaseClause),1896 GET_ACCEPT_V(statements, Stmt), 1900 1897 GET_LABELS_V(old->labels) 1901 1898 ); … … 1905 1902 virtual void visit( const CaseStmt * old ) override final { 1906 1903 if ( inCache( old ) ) return; 1907 this->node = new ast::Case Clause(1904 this->node = new ast::CaseStmt( 1908 1905 old->location, 1909 1906 GET_ACCEPT_1(condition, Expr), 1910 GET_ACCEPT_V(stmts, Stmt) 1911 ); 1912 auto labels = GET_LABELS_V(old->labels); 1913 assertf(labels.empty(), "Labels found on CaseStmt."); 1907 GET_ACCEPT_V(stmts, Stmt), 1908 GET_LABELS_V(old->labels) 1909 ); 1914 1910 cache.emplace( old, this->node ); 1915 1911 } … … 2019 2015 old->location, 2020 2016 GET_ACCEPT_1(block, CompoundStmt), 2021 GET_ACCEPT_V(handlers, Catch Clause),2022 GET_ACCEPT_1(finallyBlock, Finally Clause),2017 GET_ACCEPT_V(handlers, CatchStmt), 2018 GET_ACCEPT_1(finallyBlock, FinallyStmt), 2023 2019 GET_LABELS_V(old->labels) 2024 2020 ); … … 2040 2036 } 2041 2037 2042 this->node = new ast::Catch Clause(2038 this->node = new ast::CatchStmt( 2043 2039 old->location, 2044 2040 kind, 2045 2041 GET_ACCEPT_1(decl, Decl), 2046 2042 GET_ACCEPT_1(cond, Expr), 2047 GET_ACCEPT_1(body, Stmt) 2048 ); 2049 auto labels = GET_LABELS_V(old->labels); 2050 assertf(labels.empty(), "Labels found on CatchStmt."); 2043 GET_ACCEPT_1(body, Stmt), 2044 GET_LABELS_V(old->labels) 2045 ); 2051 2046 cache.emplace( old, this->node ); 2052 2047 } … … 2054 2049 virtual void visit( const FinallyStmt * old ) override final { 2055 2050 if ( inCache( old ) ) return; 2056 this->node = new ast::FinallyClause( 2057 old->location, 2058 GET_ACCEPT_1(block, CompoundStmt) 2059 ); 2060 auto labels = GET_LABELS_V(old->labels); 2061 assertf(labels.empty(), "Labels found on FinallyStmt."); 2051 this->node = new ast::FinallyStmt( 2052 old->location, 2053 GET_ACCEPT_1(block, CompoundStmt), 2054 GET_LABELS_V(old->labels) 2055 ); 2062 2056 cache.emplace( old, this->node ); 2063 2057 } … … 2724 2718 2725 2719 for (auto & param : foralls) { 2726 ty->forall.emplace_back(new ast::TypeInstType(param ));2720 ty->forall.emplace_back(new ast::TypeInstType(param->name, param)); 2727 2721 for (auto asst : param->assertions) { 2728 2722 ty->assertions.emplace_back(new ast::VariableExpr({}, asst)); -
src/AST/Decl.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 39 39 if ( uniqueId ) return; // ensure only set once 40 40 uniqueId = ++lastUniqueId; 41 // The extra readonly pointer is causing some reference counting issues. 42 // idMap[ uniqueId ] = this; 41 idMap[ uniqueId ] = this; 43 42 } 44 43 45 44 readonly<Decl> Decl::fromId( UniqueId id ) { 46 // Right now this map is always empty, so don't use it.47 assert( false );48 45 IdMapType::const_iterator i = idMap.find( id ); 49 46 if ( i != idMap.end() ) return i->second; … … 68 65 } 69 66 for (auto & tp : this->type_params) { 70 ftype->forall.emplace_back(new TypeInstType(tp ));67 ftype->forall.emplace_back(new TypeInstType(tp->name, tp)); 71 68 for (auto & ap: tp->assertions) { 72 69 ftype->assertions.emplace_back(new VariableExpr(loc, ap)); -
src/AST/Fwd.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 47 47 class ForStmt; 48 48 class SwitchStmt; 49 class Case Clause;49 class CaseStmt; 50 50 class BranchStmt; 51 51 class ReturnStmt; 52 52 class ThrowStmt; 53 53 class TryStmt; 54 class Catch Clause;55 class Finally Clause;54 class CatchStmt; 55 class FinallyStmt; 56 56 class SuspendStmt; 57 57 class WaitForStmt; … … 141 141 142 142 class TranslationUnit; 143 class TranslationGlobal; 143 // TODO: Get from the TranslationUnit: 144 extern ptr<Type> sizeType; 145 extern const FunctionDecl * dereferenceOperator; 146 extern const StructDecl * dtorStruct; 147 extern const FunctionDecl * dtorStructDestroy; 144 148 145 149 } -
src/AST/GenericSubstitution.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 45 45 visit_children = false; 46 46 const AggregateDecl * aggr = ty->aggr(); 47 sub = TypeSubstitution ( aggr->params, ty->params );47 sub = TypeSubstitution{ aggr->params.begin(), aggr->params.end(), ty->params.begin() }; 48 48 } 49 49 -
src/AST/Node.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Thierry Delisle 10 10 // Created On : Thu May 16 14:16:00 2019 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 25 10:30:00202213 // Update Count : 411 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Feb 1 09:09:39 2022 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 19 19 #include <csignal> // MEMORY DEBUG -- for raise 20 20 #include <iostream> 21 #include <utility>22 21 23 22 #include "Attribute.hpp" … … 77 76 void ast::ptr_base<node_t, ref_t>::_check() const { 78 77 // if(node) assert(node->was_ever_strong == false || node->strong_count > 0); 79 }80 81 template< typename node_t, enum ast::Node::ref_type ref_t >82 void ast::ptr_base<node_t, ref_t>::swap( ptr_base & other ) noexcept {83 std::swap( this->node, other.node );84 _trap( this->node );85 _trap( other.node );86 78 } 87 79 … … 160 152 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::SwitchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 161 153 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::SwitchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; 162 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Case Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >;163 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Case Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >;154 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::CaseStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 155 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::CaseStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; 164 156 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::BranchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 165 157 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::BranchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; … … 170 162 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::TryStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 171 163 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::TryStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; 172 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Catch Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >;173 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Catch Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >;174 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Finally Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >;175 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::Finally Clause, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >;164 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::CatchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 165 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::CatchStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; 166 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::FinallyStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 167 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::FinallyStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; 176 168 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::WaitForStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::weak >; 177 169 template class ast::ptr_base< ast::WaitForStmt, ast::Node::ref_type::strong >; -
src/AST/Node.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 8 10:27:04 2019 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 25 10:33:00 202213 // Update Count : 712 // Last Modified On : Fri Jun 5 9:47:00 2020 13 // Update Count : 6 14 14 // 15 15 … … 103 103 104 104 /// Mutate a node field (only clones if not equal to existing value) 105 template<typename node_t, typename super_t, typename field_t, typename assn_t>106 const node_t * mutate_field( const node_t * node, field_t super_t::* field, assn_t && val ) {105 template<typename node_t, typename parent_t, typename field_t, typename assn_t> 106 const node_t * mutate_field( const node_t * node, field_t parent_t::* field, assn_t && val ) { 107 107 // skip mutate if equivalent 108 108 if ( node->*field == val ) return node; … … 115 115 116 116 /// Mutate a single index of a node field (only clones if not equal to existing value) 117 template<typename node_t, typename super_t, typename coll_t, typename ind_t, typename field_t>117 template<typename node_t, typename parent_t, typename coll_t, typename ind_t, typename field_t> 118 118 const node_t * mutate_field_index( 119 const node_t * node, coll_t super_t::* field, ind_t i, field_t && val119 const node_t * node, coll_t parent_t::* field, ind_t i, field_t && val 120 120 ) { 121 121 // skip mutate if equivalent … … 129 129 130 130 /// Mutate an entire indexed collection by cloning to accepted value 131 template<typename node_t, typename super_t, typename coll_t>132 const node_t * mutate_each( const node_t * node, coll_t super_t::* field, Visitor & v ) {131 template<typename node_t, typename parent_t, typename coll_t> 132 const node_t * mutate_each( const node_t * node, coll_t parent_t::* field, Visitor & v ) { 133 133 for ( unsigned i = 0; i < (node->*field).size(); ++i ) { 134 134 node = mutate_field_index( node, field, i, (node->*field)[i]->accept( v ) ); … … 230 230 } 231 231 232 /// Swaps the nodes contained within two pointers.233 void swap( ptr_base & other ) noexcept;234 235 232 const node_t * get() const { _check(); return node; } 236 233 const node_t * operator->() const { _check(); return node; } … … 295 292 template< typename node_t > 296 293 using readonly = ptr_base< node_t, Node::ref_type::weak >; 297 298 /// Non-member swap that an participate in overload resolution.299 template< typename node_t, enum Node::ref_type ref_t >300 void swap( ptr_base< node_t, ref_t > & l, ptr_base< node_t, ref_t > & r ) {301 l.swap( r );302 }303 304 294 } 305 295 -
src/AST/Pass.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 149 149 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ForStmt * ) override final; 150 150 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::SwitchStmt * ) override final; 151 const ast:: CaseClause * visit( const ast::CaseClause* ) override final;151 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CaseStmt * ) override final; 152 152 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::BranchStmt * ) override final; 153 153 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ReturnStmt * ) override final; 154 154 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ThrowStmt * ) override final; 155 155 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::TryStmt * ) override final; 156 const ast:: CatchClause * visit( const ast::CatchClause* ) override final;157 const ast:: FinallyClause * visit( const ast::FinallyClause* ) override final;156 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CatchStmt * ) override final; 157 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::FinallyStmt * ) override final; 158 158 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::SuspendStmt * ) override final; 159 159 const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::WaitForStmt * ) override final; -
src/AST/Pass.impl.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 354 354 // Take all the elements that are different in 'values' 355 355 // and swap them into 'container' 356 if( values[i] != nullptr ) s wap(container[i], values[i]);356 if( values[i] != nullptr ) std::swap(container[i], values[i]); 357 357 } 358 358 … … 399 399 400 400 template< typename core_t > 401 template<typename node_t, typename super_t, typename field_t>401 template<typename node_t, typename parent_t, typename child_t> 402 402 void ast::Pass< core_t >::maybe_accept( 403 403 const node_t * & parent, 404 field_t super_t::*field404 child_t parent_t::*child 405 405 ) { 406 static_assert( std::is_base_of< super_t, node_t>::value, "Error deducing member object" );407 408 if(__pass::skip(parent->* field)) return;409 const auto & old_val = __pass::get(parent->* field, 0);406 static_assert( std::is_base_of<parent_t, node_t>::value, "Error deducing member object" ); 407 408 if(__pass::skip(parent->*child)) return; 409 const auto & old_val = __pass::get(parent->*child, 0); 410 410 411 411 static_assert( !std::is_same<const ast::Node * &, decltype(old_val)>::value, "ERROR"); … … 417 417 if( new_val.differs ) { 418 418 auto new_parent = __pass::mutate<core_t>(parent); 419 new_val.apply(new_parent, field);419 new_val.apply(new_parent, child); 420 420 parent = new_parent; 421 421 } … … 423 423 424 424 template< typename core_t > 425 template<typename node_t, typename super_t, typename field_t>425 template<typename node_t, typename parent_t, typename child_t> 426 426 void ast::Pass< core_t >::maybe_accept_as_compound( 427 427 const node_t * & parent, 428 field_t super_t::*child428 child_t parent_t::*child 429 429 ) { 430 static_assert( std::is_base_of< super_t, node_t>::value, "Error deducing member object" );430 static_assert( std::is_base_of<parent_t, node_t>::value, "Error deducing member object" ); 431 431 432 432 if(__pass::skip(parent->*child)) return; … … 893 893 if ( __visit_children() ) { 894 894 maybe_accept( node, &SwitchStmt::cond ); 895 maybe_accept( node, &SwitchStmt:: cases );895 maybe_accept( node, &SwitchStmt::stmts ); 896 896 } 897 897 … … 900 900 901 901 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 902 // Case Clause903 template< typename core_t > 904 const ast:: CaseClause * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::CaseClause* node ) {905 VISIT_START( node ); 906 907 if ( __visit_children() ) { 908 maybe_accept( node, &Case Clause::cond );909 maybe_accept( node, &Case Clause::stmts );910 } 911 912 VISIT_END( CaseClause, node );902 // CaseStmt 903 template< typename core_t > 904 const ast::Stmt * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::CaseStmt * node ) { 905 VISIT_START( node ); 906 907 if ( __visit_children() ) { 908 maybe_accept( node, &CaseStmt::cond ); 909 maybe_accept( node, &CaseStmt::stmts ); 910 } 911 912 VISIT_END( Stmt, node ); 913 913 } 914 914 … … 964 964 965 965 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 966 // Catch Clause967 template< typename core_t > 968 const ast:: CatchClause * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::CatchClause* node ) {966 // CatchStmt 967 template< typename core_t > 968 const ast::Stmt * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::CatchStmt * node ) { 969 969 VISIT_START( node ); 970 970 … … 972 972 // catch statements introduce a level of scope (for the caught exception) 973 973 guard_symtab guard { *this }; 974 maybe_accept( node, &Catch Clause::decl );975 maybe_accept( node, &Catch Clause::cond );976 maybe_accept_as_compound( node, &Catch Clause::body );977 } 978 979 VISIT_END( CatchClause, node );980 } 981 982 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 983 // Finally Clause984 template< typename core_t > 985 const ast:: FinallyClause * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::FinallyClause* node ) {986 VISIT_START( node ); 987 988 if ( __visit_children() ) { 989 maybe_accept( node, &Finally Clause::body );990 } 991 992 VISIT_END( FinallyClause, node );974 maybe_accept( node, &CatchStmt::decl ); 975 maybe_accept( node, &CatchStmt::cond ); 976 maybe_accept_as_compound( node, &CatchStmt::body ); 977 } 978 979 VISIT_END( Stmt, node ); 980 } 981 982 //-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 983 // FinallyStmt 984 template< typename core_t > 985 const ast::Stmt * ast::Pass< core_t >::visit( const ast::FinallyStmt * node ) { 986 VISIT_START( node ); 987 988 if ( __visit_children() ) { 989 maybe_accept( node, &FinallyStmt::body ); 990 } 991 992 VISIT_END( Stmt, node ); 993 993 } 994 994 … … 1054 1054 auto n = __pass::mutate<core_t>(node); 1055 1055 for(size_t i = 0; i < new_clauses.size(); i++) { 1056 if(new_clauses.at(i).target.func != nullptr) s wap(n->clauses.at(i).target.func, new_clauses.at(i).target.func);1056 if(new_clauses.at(i).target.func != nullptr) std::swap(n->clauses.at(i).target.func, new_clauses.at(i).target.func); 1057 1057 1058 1058 for(size_t j = 0; j < new_clauses.at(i).target.args.size(); j++) { 1059 if(new_clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j) != nullptr) s wap(n->clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j), new_clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j));1059 if(new_clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j) != nullptr) std::swap(n->clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j), new_clauses.at(i).target.args.at(j)); 1060 1060 } 1061 1061 1062 if(new_clauses.at(i).stmt != nullptr) s wap(n->clauses.at(i).stmt, new_clauses.at(i).stmt);1063 if(new_clauses.at(i).cond != nullptr) s wap(n->clauses.at(i).cond, new_clauses.at(i).cond);1062 if(new_clauses.at(i).stmt != nullptr) std::swap(n->clauses.at(i).stmt, new_clauses.at(i).stmt); 1063 if(new_clauses.at(i).cond != nullptr) std::swap(n->clauses.at(i).cond, new_clauses.at(i).cond); 1064 1064 } 1065 1065 node = n; … … 2151 2151 2152 2152 if ( __visit_children() ) { 2153 bool mutated = false; 2154 std::unordered_map< ast::TypeInstType::TypeEnvKey, ast::ptr< ast::Type > > new_map; 2155 for ( const auto & p : node->typeEnv ) { 2156 guard_symtab guard { *this }; 2157 auto new_node = p.second->accept( *this ); 2158 if (new_node != p.second) mutated = true; 2159 new_map.insert({ p.first, new_node }); 2160 } 2161 if (mutated) { 2162 auto new_node = __pass::mutate<core_t>( node ); 2163 new_node->typeEnv.swap( new_map ); 2164 node = new_node; 2153 { 2154 bool mutated = false; 2155 std::unordered_map< ast::TypeInstType::TypeEnvKey, ast::ptr< ast::Type > > new_map; 2156 for ( const auto & p : node->typeEnv ) { 2157 guard_symtab guard { *this }; 2158 auto new_node = p.second->accept( *this ); 2159 if (new_node != p.second) mutated = true; 2160 new_map.insert({ p.first, new_node }); 2161 } 2162 if (mutated) { 2163 auto new_node = __pass::mutate<core_t>( node ); 2164 new_node->typeEnv.swap( new_map ); 2165 node = new_node; 2166 } 2165 2167 } 2166 2168 } -
src/AST/Print.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 597 597 598 598 ++indent; 599 for ( const ast:: CaseClause * stmt : node->cases ) {599 for ( const ast::Stmt * stmt : node->stmts ) { 600 600 stmt->accept( *this ); 601 601 } … … 605 605 } 606 606 607 virtual const ast:: CaseClause * visit( const ast::CaseClause* node ) override final {607 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CaseStmt * node ) override final { 608 608 if ( node->isDefault() ) { 609 609 os << indent << "Default "; … … 687 687 688 688 os << indent-1 << "... and handlers:" << endl; 689 for ( const ast::Catch Clause* stmt : node->handlers ) {689 for ( const ast::CatchStmt * stmt : node->handlers ) { 690 690 os << indent; 691 691 stmt->accept( *this ); … … 701 701 } 702 702 703 virtual const ast:: CatchClause * visit( const ast::CatchClause* node ) override final {703 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CatchStmt * node ) override final { 704 704 os << "Catch "; 705 705 switch ( node->kind ) { … … 726 726 } 727 727 728 virtual const ast:: FinallyClause * visit( const ast::FinallyClause* node ) override final {728 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::FinallyStmt * node ) override final { 729 729 os << "Finally Statement" << endl; 730 730 os << indent << "... with block:" << endl; -
src/AST/Stmt.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Aaron B. Moss 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 8 13:00:00 2019 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 28 9:50:00202213 // Update Count : 3 511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 2 20:06:41 2022 13 // Update Count : 34 14 14 // 15 15 … … 47 47 private: 48 48 Stmt * clone() const override = 0; 49 MUTATE_FRIEND50 };51 52 // Base statement component node (only serves to group them).53 class StmtClause : public ParseNode {54 public:55 // This is for non-statements that still belong with the statements,56 // but are not statements, usually some sort of clause. Often these can57 // (and should) be folded into the approprate parent node, but if they58 // cannot be, they are sub-types of this type, for organization.59 60 StmtClause( const CodeLocation & loc )61 : ParseNode(loc) {}62 63 private:64 StmtClause * clone() const override = 0;65 49 MUTATE_FRIEND 66 50 }; … … 174 158 public: 175 159 ptr<Expr> cond; 176 std::vector<ptr<CaseClause>> cases; 177 178 SwitchStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, const Expr * cond, 179 const std::vector<ptr<CaseClause>> && cases, 160 std::vector<ptr<Stmt>> stmts; 161 162 SwitchStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, const Expr * cond, const std::vector<ptr<Stmt>> && stmts, 180 163 const std::vector<Label> && labels = {} ) 181 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), cond(cond), cases(std::move(cases)) {}164 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), cond(cond), stmts(std::move(stmts)) {} 182 165 183 166 const Stmt * accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); } … … 188 171 189 172 // Case label: case ...: or default: 190 class Case Clause final : public StmtClause{173 class CaseStmt final : public Stmt { 191 174 public: 192 175 // Null for the default label. … … 194 177 std::vector<ptr<Stmt>> stmts; 195 178 196 CaseClause( const CodeLocation & loc, const Expr * cond, const std::vector<ptr<Stmt>> && stmts ) 197 : StmtClause(loc), cond(cond), stmts(std::move(stmts)) {} 179 CaseStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, const Expr * cond, const std::vector<ptr<Stmt>> && stmts, 180 const std::vector<Label> && labels = {} ) 181 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), cond(cond), stmts(std::move(stmts)) {} 198 182 199 183 bool isDefault() const { return !cond; } 200 184 201 const CaseClause* accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); }202 private: 203 Case Clause * clone() const override { return new CaseClause{ *this }; }185 const Stmt * accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); } 186 private: 187 CaseStmt * clone() const override { return new CaseStmt{ *this }; } 204 188 MUTATE_FRIEND 205 189 }; … … 314 298 public: 315 299 ptr<CompoundStmt> body; 316 std::vector<ptr<Catch Clause>> handlers;317 ptr<Finally Clause> finally;300 std::vector<ptr<CatchStmt>> handlers; 301 ptr<FinallyStmt> finally; 318 302 319 303 TryStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, const CompoundStmt * body, 320 const std::vector<ptr<Catch Clause>> && handlers, const FinallyClause* finally,304 const std::vector<ptr<CatchStmt>> && handlers, const FinallyStmt * finally, 321 305 const std::vector<Label> && labels = {} ) 322 306 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), body(body), handlers(std::move(handlers)), finally(finally) {} … … 329 313 330 314 // Catch clause of try statement 331 class Catch Clause final : public StmtClause{315 class CatchStmt final : public Stmt { 332 316 public: 333 317 ptr<Decl> decl; … … 336 320 ExceptionKind kind; 337 321 338 Catch Clause( const CodeLocation & loc, ExceptionKind kind, const Decl * decl, const Expr * cond,339 const Stmt * body )340 : Stmt Clause(loc), decl(decl), cond(cond), body(body), kind(kind) {}341 342 const CatchClause* accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); }343 private: 344 Catch Clause * clone() const override { return new CatchClause{ *this }; }322 CatchStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, ExceptionKind kind, const Decl * decl, const Expr * cond, 323 const Stmt * body, const std::vector<Label> && labels = {} ) 324 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), decl(decl), cond(cond), body(body), kind(kind) {} 325 326 const Stmt * accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); } 327 private: 328 CatchStmt * clone() const override { return new CatchStmt{ *this }; } 345 329 MUTATE_FRIEND 346 330 }; 347 331 348 332 // Finally clause of try statement 349 class Finally Clause final : public StmtClause{333 class FinallyStmt final : public Stmt { 350 334 public: 351 335 ptr<CompoundStmt> body; 352 336 353 FinallyClause( const CodeLocation & loc, const CompoundStmt * body ) 354 : StmtClause(loc), body(body) {} 355 356 const FinallyClause * accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); } 357 private: 358 FinallyClause * clone() const override { return new FinallyClause{ *this }; } 337 FinallyStmt( const CodeLocation & loc, const CompoundStmt * body, 338 std::vector<Label> && labels = {} ) 339 : Stmt(loc, std::move(labels)), body(body) {} 340 341 const Stmt * accept( Visitor & v ) const override { return v.visit( this ); } 342 private: 343 FinallyStmt * clone() const override { return new FinallyStmt{ *this }; } 359 344 MUTATE_FRIEND 360 345 }; -
src/AST/TranslationUnit.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Tue Jun 11 15:30:00 2019 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Mar 11 11:19:00 202213 // Update Count : 112 // Last Modified On : Tue Jun 11 15:42:00 2019 13 // Update Count : 0 14 14 // 15 15 … … 23 23 namespace ast { 24 24 25 class TranslationGlobal {26 public:27 std::map< UniqueId, Decl * > idMap;28 29 ptr<Type> sizeType;30 const FunctionDecl * dereference;31 const StructDecl * dtorStruct;32 const FunctionDecl * dtorDestroy;33 };34 35 25 class TranslationUnit { 36 26 public: 37 27 std::list< ptr< Decl > > decls; 38 TranslationGlobal global; 28 29 struct Global { 30 std::map< UniqueId, Decl * > idMap; 31 32 ptr<Type> sizeType; 33 const FunctionDecl * dereference; 34 const StructDecl * dtorStruct; 35 const FunctionDecl * dtorDestroy; 36 } global; 39 37 }; 40 38 -
src/AST/Type.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 147 147 // --- TypeInstType 148 148 149 TypeInstType::TypeInstType( const TypeDecl * b,150 CV::Qualifiers q, std::vector<ptr<Attribute>> && as )151 : BaseInstType( b->name, q, move(as) ), base( b ), kind( b->kind ) {}152 153 149 void TypeInstType::set_base( const TypeDecl * b ) { 154 150 base = b; -
src/AST/Type.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 421 421 std::vector<ptr<Attribute>> && as = {} ) 422 422 : BaseInstType( n, q, std::move(as) ), base( b ), kind( b->kind ) {} 423 424 TypeInstType( const TypeDecl * b,425 CV::Qualifiers q = {}, std::vector<ptr<Attribute>> && as = {} );426 427 423 TypeInstType( const std::string& n, TypeDecl::Kind k, CV::Qualifiers q = {}, 428 424 std::vector<ptr<Attribute>> && as = {} ) -
src/AST/TypeSubstitution.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 37 37 public: 38 38 TypeSubstitution(); 39 template< typename FormalContainer, typename ActualContainer >40 TypeSubstitution( FormalContainer formals, ActualContainer actuals );41 39 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator > 42 40 TypeSubstitution( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ); … … 78 76 bool empty() const; 79 77 80 template< typename FormalContainer, typename ActualContainer >81 void addAll( FormalContainer formals, ActualContainer actuals );82 78 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator > 83 void add All( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin );79 void add( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ); 84 80 85 81 /// create a new TypeSubstitution using bindings from env containing all of the type variables in expr … … 116 112 }; 117 113 118 template< typename FormalContainer, typename ActualContainer >119 TypeSubstitution::TypeSubstitution( FormalContainer formals, ActualContainer actuals ) {120 assert( formals.size() == actuals.size() );121 addAll( formals.begin(), formals.end(), actuals.begin() );122 }123 124 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator >125 TypeSubstitution::TypeSubstitution( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ) {126 addAll( formalBegin, formalEnd, actualBegin );127 }128 129 template< typename FormalContainer, typename ActualContainer >130 void TypeSubstitution::addAll( FormalContainer formals, ActualContainer actuals ) {131 assert( formals.size() == actuals.size() );132 addAll( formals.begin(), formals.end(), actuals.begin() );133 }134 135 114 // this is the only place where type parameters outside a function formal may be substituted. 136 115 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator > 137 void TypeSubstitution::add All( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ) {116 void TypeSubstitution::add( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ) { 138 117 // FormalIterator points to a TypeDecl 139 118 // ActualIterator points to a Type … … 150 129 } // if 151 130 } else { 152 // Is this an error?131 153 132 } // if 154 133 } // for 155 134 } 135 136 137 138 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator > 139 TypeSubstitution::TypeSubstitution( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ) { 140 add( formalBegin, formalEnd, actualBegin ); 141 } 142 156 143 157 144 } // namespace ast -
src/AST/Visitor.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 41 41 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ForStmt * ) = 0; 42 42 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::SwitchStmt * ) = 0; 43 virtual const ast:: CaseClause * visit( const ast::CaseClause* ) = 0;43 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CaseStmt * ) = 0; 44 44 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::BranchStmt * ) = 0; 45 45 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ReturnStmt * ) = 0; 46 46 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::ThrowStmt * ) = 0; 47 47 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::TryStmt * ) = 0; 48 virtual const ast:: CatchClause * visit( const ast::CatchClause* ) = 0;49 virtual const ast:: FinallyClause * visit( const ast::FinallyClause* ) = 0;48 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::CatchStmt * ) = 0; 49 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::FinallyStmt * ) = 0; 50 50 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::SuspendStmt * ) = 0; 51 51 virtual const ast::Stmt * visit( const ast::WaitForStmt * ) = 0; -
src/AST/module.mk
r92538ab r4559b34 16 16 17 17 SRC_AST = \ 18 AST/AssertAcyclic.cpp \ 19 AST/AssertAcyclic.hpp \ 18 20 AST/Attribute.cpp \ 19 21 AST/Attribute.hpp \ … … 62 64 AST/TypeSubstitution.cpp \ 63 65 AST/TypeSubstitution.hpp \ 64 AST/Util.cpp \65 AST/Util.hpp \66 66 AST/Visitor.hpp 67 67 -
src/Common/CodeLocationTools.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Andrew Beach 10 10 // Created On : Fri Dec 4 15:42:00 2020 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 14 15:14:00202213 // Update Count : 411 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Feb 1 09:14:39 2022 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 112 112 macro(ForStmt, Stmt) \ 113 113 macro(SwitchStmt, Stmt) \ 114 macro(Case Clause, CaseClause) \114 macro(CaseStmt, Stmt) \ 115 115 macro(BranchStmt, Stmt) \ 116 116 macro(ReturnStmt, Stmt) \ 117 117 macro(ThrowStmt, Stmt) \ 118 118 macro(TryStmt, Stmt) \ 119 macro(Catch Clause, CatchClause) \120 macro(Finally Clause, FinallyClause) \119 macro(CatchStmt, Stmt) \ 120 macro(FinallyStmt, Stmt) \ 121 121 macro(SuspendStmt, Stmt) \ 122 122 macro(WaitForStmt, Stmt) \ … … 239 239 }; 240 240 241 class LocalFillCore : public ast::WithGuards {242 CodeLocation const * parent;243 public:244 LocalFillCore( CodeLocation const & location ) : parent( &location ) {245 assert( location.isSet() );246 }247 248 template<typename node_t>249 auto previsit( node_t const * node )250 -> typename std::enable_if<has_code_location<node_t>::value, node_t const *>::type {251 if ( node->location.isSet() ) {252 GuardValue( parent ) = &node->location;253 return node;254 } else {255 node_t * mut = ast::mutate( node );256 mut->location = *parent;257 return mut;258 }259 }260 };261 262 241 } // namespace 263 242 … … 299 278 ast::Pass<FillCore>::run( unit ); 300 279 } 301 302 ast::Node const * localFillCodeLocations(303 CodeLocation const & location , ast::Node const * node ) {304 ast::Pass<LocalFillCore> visitor( location );305 return node->accept( visitor );306 } -
src/Common/CodeLocationTools.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Fri Dec 4 15:35:00 2020 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 14 15:14:00 202213 // Update Count : 212 // Last Modified On : Wed Dec 9 9:53:00 2020 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // 15 15 16 16 #pragma once 17 17 18 struct CodeLocation;19 18 namespace ast { 20 class Node;21 19 class TranslationUnit; 22 20 } … … 30 28 // Assign a nearby code-location to any unset code locations in the forest. 31 29 void forceFillCodeLocations( ast::TranslationUnit & unit ); 32 33 // Fill in code-locations with a parent code location,34 // using the provided CodeLocation as the base.35 ast::Node const *36 localFillCodeLocations( CodeLocation const &, ast::Node const * ); -
src/Common/Examine.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Examine. cc -- Helpers for examining AST code.7 // Examine.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Andrew Beach 10 10 // Created On : Wed Sept 2 14:02 2020 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Dec 10 10:27 202113 // Update Count : 112 // Last Modified On : Wed Sep 8 12:15 2020 13 // Update Count : 0 14 14 // 15 15 16 16 #include "Common/Examine.h" 17 17 18 #include "AST/Type.hpp"19 18 #include "CodeGen/OperatorTable.h" 20 #include "InitTweak/InitTweak.h"21 19 22 20 DeclarationWithType * isMainFor( FunctionDecl * func, AggregateDecl::Aggregate kind ) { … … 38 36 39 37 namespace { 40 41 // getTypeofThis but does some extra checks used in this module.42 const ast::Type * getTypeofThisSolo( const ast::FunctionDecl * func ) {43 if ( 1 != func->params.size() ) {44 return nullptr;45 }46 auto ref = func->type->params.front().as<ast::ReferenceType>();47 return (ref) ? ref->base : nullptr;48 }49 50 }51 52 const ast::DeclWithType * isMainFor(53 const ast::FunctionDecl * func, ast::AggregateDecl::Aggregate kind ) {54 if ( "main" != func->name ) return nullptr;55 if ( 1 != func->params.size() ) return nullptr;56 57 auto param = func->params.front();58 59 auto type = dynamic_cast<const ast::ReferenceType *>( param->get_type() );60 if ( !type ) return nullptr;61 62 auto obj = type->base.as<ast::StructInstType>();63 if ( !obj ) return nullptr;64 65 if ( kind != obj->base->kind ) return nullptr;66 67 return param;68 }69 70 namespace {71 38 Type * getDestructorParam( FunctionDecl * func ) { 72 39 if ( !CodeGen::isDestructor( func->name ) ) return nullptr; … … 81 48 return nullptr; 82 49 } 83 84 const ast::Type * getDestructorParam( const ast::FunctionDecl * func ) {85 if ( !CodeGen::isDestructor( func->name ) ) return nullptr;86 //return InitTweak::getParamThis( func )->type;87 return getTypeofThisSolo( func );88 }89 90 50 } 91 51 … … 97 57 return false; 98 58 } 99 100 bool isDestructorFor(101 const ast::FunctionDecl * func, const ast::StructDecl * type_decl ) {102 if ( const ast::Type * type = getDestructorParam( func ) ) {103 auto stype = dynamic_cast<const ast::StructInstType *>( type );104 return stype && stype->base.get() == type_decl;105 }106 return false;107 } -
src/Common/Examine.h
r92538ab r4559b34 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Examine.h -- Helpers for examining AST code.7 // Examine.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Andrew Beach 10 10 // Created On : Wed Sept 2 13:57 2020 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Dec 10 10:28 202113 // Update Count : 112 // Last Modified On : Wed Sep 8 12:08 2020 13 // Update Count : 0 14 14 // 15 15 16 #include "AST/Decl.hpp"17 16 #include "SynTree/Declaration.h" 18 17 19 18 /// Check if this is a main function for a type of an aggregate kind. 20 19 DeclarationWithType * isMainFor( FunctionDecl * func, AggregateDecl::Aggregate kind ); 21 const ast::DeclWithType * isMainFor(22 const ast::FunctionDecl * func, ast::AggregateDecl::Aggregate kind );23 20 // Returns a pointer to the parameter if true, nullptr otherwise. 24 21 25 22 /// Check if this function is a destructor for the given structure. 26 23 bool isDestructorFor( FunctionDecl * func, StructDecl * type_decl ); 27 bool isDestructorFor(28 const ast::FunctionDecl * func, const ast::StructDecl * type ); -
src/Concurrency/Keywords.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 422 422 ; 423 423 else if ( auto param = isMainFor( decl, cast_target ) ) { 424 if ( !vtable_decl ) { 425 SemanticError( decl, context_error ); 426 } 424 // This should never trigger. 425 assert( vtable_decl ); 427 426 // Should be safe because of isMainFor. 428 427 StructInstType * struct_type = static_cast<StructInstType *>( … … 1204 1203 //new TypeofType( noQualifiers, args.front()->clone() ) 1205 1204 new TypeofType( noQualifiers, new UntypedExpr( 1206 new NameExpr( "__get_ mutexstmt_lock_type" ),1205 new NameExpr( "__get_type" ), 1207 1206 { args.front()->clone() } 1208 1207 ) … … 1216 1215 map_range < std::list<Initializer*> > ( args, [](Expression * var ){ 1217 1216 return new SingleInit( new UntypedExpr( 1218 new NameExpr( "__get_ mutexstmt_lock_ptr" ),1217 new NameExpr( "__get_ptr" ), 1219 1218 { var } 1220 1219 ) ); … … 1227 1226 TypeExpr * lock_type_expr = new TypeExpr( 1228 1227 new TypeofType( noQualifiers, new UntypedExpr( 1229 new NameExpr( "__get_ mutexstmt_lock_type" ),1228 new NameExpr( "__get_type" ), 1230 1229 { args.front()->clone() } 1231 1230 ) -
src/Concurrency/KeywordsNew.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Tue Nov 16 9:53:00 2021 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 11 10:40:00 202213 // Update Count : 212 // Last Modified On : Wed Dec 1 11:24:00 2021 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // 15 16 #include <iostream>17 15 18 16 #include "Concurrency/Keywords.h" … … 20 18 #include "AST/Copy.hpp" 21 19 #include "AST/Decl.hpp" 22 #include "AST/Expr.hpp"23 20 #include "AST/Pass.hpp" 24 21 #include "AST/Stmt.hpp" 25 #include "AST/DeclReplacer.hpp"26 22 #include "AST/TranslationUnit.hpp" 27 23 #include "CodeGen/OperatorTable.h" 28 #include "Common/Examine.h"29 24 #include "Common/utility.h" 30 #include "Common/UniqueName.h"31 #include "ControlStruct/LabelGeneratorNew.hpp"32 25 #include "InitTweak/InitTweak.h" 33 #include "Virtual/Tables.h"34 26 35 27 namespace Concurrency { … … 37 29 namespace { 38 30 39 // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 40 // Loose Helper Functions: 41 42 /// Detect threads constructed with the keyword thread. 43 bool isThread( const ast::DeclWithType * decl ) { 31 inline static bool isThread( const ast::DeclWithType * decl ) { 44 32 auto baseType = decl->get_type()->stripDeclarator(); 45 33 auto instType = dynamic_cast<const ast::StructInstType *>( baseType ); … … 48 36 } 49 37 50 /// Get the virtual type id if given a type name.51 std::string typeIdType( std::string const & exception_name ) {52 return exception_name.empty() ? std::string()53 : Virtual::typeIdType( exception_name );54 }55 56 /// Get the vtable type name if given a type name.57 std::string vtableTypeName( std::string const & exception_name ) {58 return exception_name.empty() ? std::string()59 : Virtual::vtableTypeName( exception_name );60 }61 62 static ast::Type * mutate_under_references( ast::ptr<ast::Type>& type ) {63 ast::Type * mutType = type.get_and_mutate();64 for ( ast::ReferenceType * mutRef65 ; (mutRef = dynamic_cast<ast::ReferenceType *>( mutType ))66 ; mutType = mutRef->base.get_and_mutate() );67 return mutType;68 }69 70 // Describe that it adds the generic parameters and the uses of the generic71 // parameters on the function and first "this" argument.72 ast::FunctionDecl * fixupGenerics(73 const ast::FunctionDecl * func, const ast::StructDecl * decl ) {74 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location;75 // We have to update both the declaration76 auto mutFunc = ast::mutate( func );77 auto mutType = mutFunc->type.get_and_mutate();78 79 if ( decl->params.empty() ) {80 return mutFunc;81 }82 83 assert( 0 != mutFunc->params.size() );84 assert( 0 != mutType->params.size() );85 86 // Add the "forall" clause information.87 for ( const ast::ptr<ast::TypeDecl> & typeParam : decl->params ) {88 auto typeDecl = ast::deepCopy( typeParam );89 mutFunc->type_params.push_back( typeDecl );90 mutType->forall.push_back( new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl ) );91 for ( auto & assertion : typeDecl->assertions ) {92 mutFunc->assertions.push_back( assertion );93 mutType->assertions.emplace_back(94 new ast::VariableExpr( location, assertion ) );95 }96 typeDecl->assertions.clear();97 }98 99 // Even chain_mutate is not powerful enough for this:100 ast::ptr<ast::Type>& paramType = strict_dynamic_cast<ast::ObjectDecl *>(101 mutFunc->params[0].get_and_mutate() )->type;102 auto paramTypeInst = strict_dynamic_cast<ast::StructInstType *>(103 mutate_under_references( paramType ) );104 auto typeParamInst = strict_dynamic_cast<ast::StructInstType *>(105 mutate_under_references( mutType->params[0] ) );106 107 for ( const ast::ptr<ast::TypeDecl> & typeDecl : mutFunc->type_params ) {108 paramTypeInst->params.push_back(109 new ast::TypeExpr( location, new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl ) ) );110 typeParamInst->params.push_back(111 new ast::TypeExpr( location, new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl ) ) );112 }113 114 return mutFunc;115 }116 117 38 // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 118 struct ConcurrentSueKeyword : public ast::WithDeclsToAdd<> { 119 ConcurrentSueKeyword( 120 std::string&& type_name, std::string&& field_name, 121 std::string&& getter_name, std::string&& context_error, 122 std::string&& exception_name, 123 bool needs_main, ast::AggregateDecl::Aggregate cast_target 124 ) : 125 type_name( type_name ), field_name( field_name ), 126 getter_name( getter_name ), context_error( context_error ), 127 exception_name( exception_name ), 128 typeid_name( typeIdType( exception_name ) ), 129 vtable_name( vtableTypeName( exception_name ) ), 130 needs_main( needs_main ), cast_target( cast_target ) 131 {} 132 133 virtual ~ConcurrentSueKeyword() {} 134 135 const ast::Decl * postvisit( const ast::StructDecl * decl ); 136 const ast::DeclWithType * postvisit( const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ); 137 const ast::Expr * postvisit( const ast::KeywordCastExpr * expr ); 138 139 struct StructAndField { 140 const ast::StructDecl * decl; 141 const ast::ObjectDecl * field; 142 }; 143 144 const ast::StructDecl * handleStruct( const ast::StructDecl * ); 145 void handleMain( const ast::FunctionDecl *, const ast::StructInstType * ); 146 void addTypeId( const ast::StructDecl * ); 147 void addVtableForward( const ast::StructDecl * ); 148 const ast::FunctionDecl * forwardDeclare( const ast::StructDecl * ); 149 StructAndField addField( const ast::StructDecl * ); 150 void addGetRoutines( const ast::ObjectDecl *, const ast::FunctionDecl * ); 151 void addLockUnlockRoutines( const ast::StructDecl * ); 152 153 private: 154 const std::string type_name; 155 const std::string field_name; 156 const std::string getter_name; 157 const std::string context_error; 158 const std::string exception_name; 159 const std::string typeid_name; 160 const std::string vtable_name; 161 const bool needs_main; 162 const ast::AggregateDecl::Aggregate cast_target; 163 164 const ast::StructDecl * type_decl = nullptr; 165 const ast::FunctionDecl * dtor_decl = nullptr; 166 const ast::StructDecl * except_decl = nullptr; 167 const ast::StructDecl * typeid_decl = nullptr; 168 const ast::StructDecl * vtable_decl = nullptr; 169 170 }; 171 172 // Handles thread type declarations: 173 // 174 // thread Mythread { struct MyThread { 175 // int data; int data; 176 // a_struct_t more_data; a_struct_t more_data; 177 // => thread$ __thrd_d; 178 // }; }; 179 // static inline thread$ * get_thread( MyThread * this ) { return &this->__thrd_d; } 180 // 181 struct ThreadKeyword final : public ConcurrentSueKeyword { 182 ThreadKeyword() : ConcurrentSueKeyword( 183 "thread$", 184 "__thrd", 185 "get_thread", 186 "thread keyword requires threads to be in scope, add #include <thread.hfa>\n", 187 "ThreadCancelled", 188 true, 189 ast::AggregateDecl::Thread ) 190 {} 191 192 virtual ~ThreadKeyword() {} 193 }; 194 195 // Handles coroutine type declarations: 196 // 197 // coroutine MyCoroutine { struct MyCoroutine { 198 // int data; int data; 199 // a_struct_t more_data; a_struct_t more_data; 200 // => coroutine$ __cor_d; 201 // }; }; 202 // static inline coroutine$ * get_coroutine( MyCoroutine * this ) { return &this->__cor_d; } 203 // 204 struct CoroutineKeyword final : public ConcurrentSueKeyword { 205 CoroutineKeyword() : ConcurrentSueKeyword( 206 "coroutine$", 207 "__cor", 208 "get_coroutine", 209 "coroutine keyword requires coroutines to be in scope, add #include <coroutine.hfa>\n", 210 "CoroutineCancelled", 211 true, 212 ast::AggregateDecl::Coroutine ) 213 {} 214 215 virtual ~CoroutineKeyword() {} 216 }; 217 218 // Handles monitor type declarations: 219 // 220 // monitor MyMonitor { struct MyMonitor { 221 // int data; int data; 222 // a_struct_t more_data; a_struct_t more_data; 223 // => monitor$ __mon_d; 224 // }; }; 225 // static inline monitor$ * get_coroutine( MyMonitor * this ) { 226 // return &this->__cor_d; 227 // } 228 // void lock(MyMonitor & this) { 229 // lock(get_monitor(this)); 230 // } 231 // void unlock(MyMonitor & this) { 232 // unlock(get_monitor(this)); 233 // } 234 // 235 struct MonitorKeyword final : public ConcurrentSueKeyword { 236 MonitorKeyword() : ConcurrentSueKeyword( 237 "monitor$", 238 "__mon", 239 "get_monitor", 240 "monitor keyword requires monitors to be in scope, add #include <monitor.hfa>\n", 241 "", 242 false, 243 ast::AggregateDecl::Monitor ) 244 {} 245 246 virtual ~MonitorKeyword() {} 247 }; 248 249 // Handles generator type declarations: 250 // 251 // generator MyGenerator { struct MyGenerator { 252 // int data; int data; 253 // a_struct_t more_data; a_struct_t more_data; 254 // => int __generator_state; 255 // }; }; 256 // 257 struct GeneratorKeyword final : public ConcurrentSueKeyword { 258 GeneratorKeyword() : ConcurrentSueKeyword( 259 "generator$", 260 "__generator_state", 261 "get_generator", 262 "Unable to find builtin type generator$\n", 263 "", 264 true, 265 ast::AggregateDecl::Generator ) 266 {} 267 268 virtual ~GeneratorKeyword() {} 269 }; 270 271 const ast::Decl * ConcurrentSueKeyword::postvisit( 272 const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 273 if ( !decl->body ) { 274 return decl; 275 } else if ( cast_target == decl->kind ) { 276 return handleStruct( decl ); 277 } else if ( type_name == decl->name ) { 278 assert( !type_decl ); 279 type_decl = decl; 280 } else if ( exception_name == decl->name ) { 281 assert( !except_decl ); 282 except_decl = decl; 283 } else if ( typeid_name == decl->name ) { 284 assert( !typeid_decl ); 285 typeid_decl = decl; 286 } else if ( vtable_name == decl->name ) { 287 assert( !vtable_decl ); 288 vtable_decl = decl; 289 } 290 return decl; 291 } 292 293 // Try to get the full definition, but raise an error on conflicts. 294 const ast::FunctionDecl * getDefinition( 295 const ast::FunctionDecl * old_decl, 296 const ast::FunctionDecl * new_decl ) { 297 if ( !new_decl->stmts ) { 298 return old_decl; 299 } else if ( !old_decl->stmts ) { 300 return new_decl; 301 } else { 302 assert( !old_decl->stmts || !new_decl->stmts ); 303 return nullptr; 304 } 305 } 306 307 const ast::DeclWithType * ConcurrentSueKeyword::postvisit( 308 const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ) { 309 if ( type_decl && isDestructorFor( decl, type_decl ) ) { 310 // Check for forward declarations, try to get the full definition. 311 dtor_decl = (dtor_decl) ? getDefinition( dtor_decl, decl ) : decl; 312 } else if ( !vtable_name.empty() && decl->has_body() ) { 313 if (const ast::DeclWithType * param = isMainFor( decl, cast_target )) { 314 if ( !vtable_decl ) { 315 SemanticError( decl, context_error ); 316 } 317 // Should be safe because of isMainFor. 318 const ast::StructInstType * struct_type = 319 static_cast<const ast::StructInstType *>( 320 static_cast<const ast::ReferenceType *>( 321 param->get_type() )->base.get() ); 322 323 handleMain( decl, struct_type ); 324 } 325 } 326 return decl; 327 } 328 329 const ast::Expr * ConcurrentSueKeyword::postvisit( 330 const ast::KeywordCastExpr * expr ) { 331 if ( cast_target == expr->target ) { 332 // Convert `(thread &)ex` to `(thread$ &)*get_thread(ex)`, etc. 333 if ( !type_decl || !dtor_decl ) { 334 SemanticError( expr, context_error ); 335 } 336 assert( nullptr == expr->result ); 337 auto cast = ast::mutate( expr ); 338 cast->result = new ast::ReferenceType( new ast::StructInstType( type_decl ) ); 339 cast->concrete_target.field = field_name; 340 cast->concrete_target.getter = getter_name; 341 return cast; 342 } 343 return expr; 344 } 345 346 const ast::StructDecl * ConcurrentSueKeyword::handleStruct( 347 const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 348 assert( decl->body ); 349 350 if ( !type_decl || !dtor_decl ) { 351 SemanticError( decl, context_error ); 352 } 353 354 if ( !exception_name.empty() ) { 355 if( !typeid_decl || !vtable_decl ) { 356 SemanticError( decl, context_error ); 357 } 358 addTypeId( decl ); 359 addVtableForward( decl ); 360 } 361 362 const ast::FunctionDecl * func = forwardDeclare( decl ); 363 StructAndField addFieldRet = addField( decl ); 364 decl = addFieldRet.decl; 365 const ast::ObjectDecl * field = addFieldRet.field; 366 367 addGetRoutines( field, func ); 368 // Add routines to monitors for use by mutex stmt. 369 if ( ast::AggregateDecl::Monitor == cast_target ) { 370 addLockUnlockRoutines( decl ); 371 } 372 373 return decl; 374 } 375 376 void ConcurrentSueKeyword::handleMain( 377 const ast::FunctionDecl * decl, const ast::StructInstType * type ) { 378 assert( vtable_decl ); 379 assert( except_decl ); 380 381 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 382 383 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> poly_args = { 384 new ast::TypeExpr( location, type ), 385 }; 386 ast::ObjectDecl * vtable_object = Virtual::makeVtableInstance( 387 location, 388 "_default_vtable_object_declaration", 389 new ast::StructInstType( vtable_decl, copy( poly_args ) ), 390 type, 391 nullptr 392 ); 393 declsToAddAfter.push_back( vtable_object ); 394 declsToAddAfter.push_back( 395 new ast::ObjectDecl( 396 location, 397 Virtual::concurrentDefaultVTableName(), 398 new ast::ReferenceType( vtable_object->type, ast::CV::Const ), 399 new ast::SingleInit( location, 400 new ast::VariableExpr( location, vtable_object ) ), 401 ast::Storage::Classes(), 402 ast::Linkage::Cforall 403 ) 404 ); 405 declsToAddAfter.push_back( Virtual::makeGetExceptionFunction( 406 location, 407 vtable_object, 408 new ast::StructInstType( except_decl, copy( poly_args ) ) 409 ) ); 410 } 411 412 void ConcurrentSueKeyword::addTypeId( const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 413 assert( typeid_decl ); 414 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 415 416 ast::StructInstType * typeid_type = 417 new ast::StructInstType( typeid_decl, ast::CV::Const ); 418 typeid_type->params.push_back( 419 new ast::TypeExpr( location, new ast::StructInstType( decl ) ) ); 420 declsToAddBefore.push_back( 421 Virtual::makeTypeIdInstance( location, typeid_type ) ); 422 // If the typeid_type is going to be kept, the other reference will have 423 // been made by now, but we also get to avoid extra mutates. 424 ast::ptr<ast::StructInstType> typeid_cleanup = typeid_type; 425 } 426 427 void ConcurrentSueKeyword::addVtableForward( const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 428 assert( vtable_decl ); 429 const CodeLocation& location = decl->location; 430 431 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> poly_args = { 432 new ast::TypeExpr( location, new ast::StructInstType( decl ) ), 433 }; 434 declsToAddBefore.push_back( Virtual::makeGetExceptionForward( 435 location, 436 new ast::StructInstType( vtable_decl, copy( poly_args ) ), 437 new ast::StructInstType( except_decl, copy( poly_args ) ) 438 ) ); 439 ast::ObjectDecl * vtable_object = Virtual::makeVtableForward( 440 location, 441 "_default_vtable_object_declaration", 442 new ast::StructInstType( vtable_decl, std::move( poly_args ) ) 443 ); 444 declsToAddBefore.push_back( vtable_object ); 445 declsToAddBefore.push_back( 446 new ast::ObjectDecl( 447 location, 448 Virtual::concurrentDefaultVTableName(), 449 new ast::ReferenceType( vtable_object->type, ast::CV::Const ), 450 nullptr, 451 ast::Storage::Extern, 452 ast::Linkage::Cforall 453 ) 454 ); 455 } 456 457 const ast::FunctionDecl * ConcurrentSueKeyword::forwardDeclare( 458 const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 459 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 460 461 ast::StructDecl * forward = ast::deepCopy( decl ); 462 { 463 // If removing members makes ref-count go to zero, do not free. 464 ast::ptr<ast::StructDecl> forward_ptr = forward; 465 forward->body = false; 466 forward->members.clear(); 467 forward_ptr.release(); 468 } 469 470 ast::ObjectDecl * this_decl = new ast::ObjectDecl( 471 location, 472 "this", 473 new ast::ReferenceType( new ast::StructInstType( decl ) ), 474 nullptr, 475 ast::Storage::Classes(), 476 ast::Linkage::Cforall 477 ); 478 479 ast::ObjectDecl * ret_decl = new ast::ObjectDecl( 480 location, 481 "ret", 482 new ast::PointerType( new ast::StructInstType( type_decl ) ), 483 nullptr, 484 ast::Storage::Classes(), 485 ast::Linkage::Cforall 486 ); 487 488 ast::FunctionDecl * get_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 489 location, 490 getter_name, 491 {}, // forall 492 { this_decl }, // params 493 { ret_decl }, // returns 494 nullptr, // stmts 495 ast::Storage::Static, 496 ast::Linkage::Cforall, 497 { new ast::Attribute( "const" ) }, 498 ast::Function::Inline 499 ); 500 get_decl = fixupGenerics( get_decl, decl ); 501 502 ast::FunctionDecl * main_decl = nullptr; 503 if ( needs_main ) { 504 // `this_decl` is copied here because the original was used above. 505 main_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 506 location, 507 "main", 508 {}, 509 { ast::deepCopy( this_decl ) }, 510 {}, 511 nullptr, 512 ast::Storage::Classes(), 513 ast::Linkage::Cforall 514 ); 515 main_decl = fixupGenerics( main_decl, decl ); 516 } 517 518 declsToAddBefore.push_back( forward ); 519 if ( needs_main ) declsToAddBefore.push_back( main_decl ); 520 declsToAddBefore.push_back( get_decl ); 521 522 return get_decl; 523 } 524 525 ConcurrentSueKeyword::StructAndField ConcurrentSueKeyword::addField( 526 const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 527 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 528 529 ast::ObjectDecl * field = new ast::ObjectDecl( 530 location, 531 field_name, 532 new ast::StructInstType( type_decl ), 533 nullptr, 534 ast::Storage::Classes(), 535 ast::Linkage::Cforall 536 ); 537 538 auto mutDecl = ast::mutate( decl ); 539 mutDecl->members.push_back( field ); 540 541 return {mutDecl, field}; 542 } 543 544 void ConcurrentSueKeyword::addGetRoutines( 545 const ast::ObjectDecl * field, const ast::FunctionDecl * forward ) { 546 // Say it is generated at the "same" places as the forward declaration. 547 const CodeLocation & location = forward->location; 548 549 const ast::DeclWithType * param = forward->params.front(); 550 ast::Stmt * stmt = new ast::ReturnStmt( location, 551 new ast::AddressExpr( location, 552 new ast::MemberExpr( location, 553 field, 554 new ast::CastExpr( location, 555 new ast::VariableExpr( location, param ), 556 ast::deepCopy( param->get_type()->stripReferences() ), 557 ast::ExplicitCast 558 ) 559 ) 560 ) 561 ); 562 563 ast::FunctionDecl * decl = ast::deepCopy( forward ); 564 decl->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { stmt } ); 565 declsToAddAfter.push_back( decl ); 566 } 567 568 void ConcurrentSueKeyword::addLockUnlockRoutines( 569 const ast::StructDecl * decl ) { 570 // This should only be used on monitors. 571 assert( ast::AggregateDecl::Monitor == cast_target ); 572 573 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 574 575 // The parameter for both routines. 576 ast::ObjectDecl * this_decl = new ast::ObjectDecl( 577 location, 578 "this", 579 new ast::ReferenceType( new ast::StructInstType( decl ) ), 580 nullptr, 581 ast::Storage::Classes(), 582 ast::Linkage::Cforall 583 ); 584 585 ast::FunctionDecl * lock_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 586 location, 587 "lock", 588 { /* forall */ }, 589 { 590 // Copy the declaration of this. 591 ast::deepCopy( this_decl ), 592 }, 593 { /* returns */ }, 594 nullptr, 595 ast::Storage::Static, 596 ast::Linkage::Cforall, 597 { /* attributes */ }, 598 ast::Function::Inline 599 ); 600 lock_decl = fixupGenerics( lock_decl, decl ); 601 602 lock_decl->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { 603 new ast::ExprStmt( location, 604 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 605 new ast::NameExpr( location, "lock" ), 606 { 607 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 608 new ast::NameExpr( location, "get_monitor" ), 609 { new ast::VariableExpr( location, 610 InitTweak::getParamThis( lock_decl ) ) } 611 ) 612 } 613 ) 614 ) 615 } ); 616 617 ast::FunctionDecl * unlock_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 618 location, 619 "unlock", 620 { /* forall */ }, 621 { 622 // Last use, consume the declaration of this. 623 this_decl, 624 }, 625 { /* returns */ }, 626 nullptr, 627 ast::Storage::Static, 628 ast::Linkage::Cforall, 629 { /* attributes */ }, 630 ast::Function::Inline 631 ); 632 unlock_decl = fixupGenerics( unlock_decl, decl ); 633 634 unlock_decl->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { 635 new ast::ExprStmt( location, 636 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 637 new ast::NameExpr( location, "unlock" ), 638 { 639 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 640 new ast::NameExpr( location, "get_monitor" ), 641 { new ast::VariableExpr( location, 642 InitTweak::getParamThis( unlock_decl ) ) } 643 ) 644 } 645 ) 646 ) 647 } ); 648 649 declsToAddAfter.push_back( lock_decl ); 650 declsToAddAfter.push_back( unlock_decl ); 651 } 652 653 654 // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 655 struct SuspendKeyword final : 656 public ast::WithStmtsToAdd<>, public ast::WithGuards { 657 SuspendKeyword() = default; 658 virtual ~SuspendKeyword() = default; 659 660 void previsit( const ast::FunctionDecl * ); 661 const ast::DeclWithType * postvisit( const ast::FunctionDecl * ); 662 const ast::Stmt * postvisit( const ast::SuspendStmt * ); 663 664 private: 665 bool is_real_suspend( const ast::FunctionDecl * ); 666 667 const ast::Stmt * make_generator_suspend( const ast::SuspendStmt * ); 668 const ast::Stmt * make_coroutine_suspend( const ast::SuspendStmt * ); 669 670 struct LabelPair { 671 ast::Label obj; 672 int idx; 673 }; 674 675 LabelPair make_label(const ast::Stmt * stmt ) { 676 labels.push_back( ControlStruct::newLabel( "generator", stmt ) ); 677 return { labels.back(), int(labels.size()) }; 678 } 679 680 const ast::DeclWithType * in_generator = nullptr; 681 const ast::FunctionDecl * decl_suspend = nullptr; 682 std::vector<ast::Label> labels; 683 }; 684 685 void SuspendKeyword::previsit( const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ) { 686 GuardValue( in_generator ); in_generator = nullptr; 687 688 // If it is the real suspend, grab it if we don't have one already. 689 if ( is_real_suspend( decl ) ) { 690 decl_suspend = decl_suspend ? decl_suspend : decl; 691 return; 692 } 693 694 // Otherwise check if this is a generator main and, if so, handle it. 695 auto param = isMainFor( decl, ast::AggregateDecl::Generator ); 696 if ( !param ) return; 697 698 if ( 0 != decl->returns.size() ) { 699 SemanticError( decl->location, "Generator main must return void" ); 700 } 701 702 in_generator = param; 703 GuardValue( labels ); labels.clear(); 704 } 705 706 const ast::DeclWithType * SuspendKeyword::postvisit( 707 const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ) { 708 // Only modify a full definition of a generator with states. 709 if ( !decl->stmts || !in_generator || labels.empty() ) return decl; 710 711 const CodeLocation & location = decl->location; 712 713 // Create a new function body: 714 // static void * __generator_labels[] = {&&s0, &&s1, ...}; 715 // void * __generator_label = __generator_labels[GEN.__generator_state]; 716 // goto * __generator_label; 717 // s0: ; 718 // OLD_BODY 719 720 // This is the null statement inserted right before the body. 721 ast::NullStmt * noop = new ast::NullStmt( location ); 722 noop->labels.push_back( ControlStruct::newLabel( "generator", noop ) ); 723 const ast::Label & first_label = noop->labels.back(); 724 725 // Add each label to the init, starting with the first label. 726 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Init>> inits = { 727 new ast::SingleInit( location, 728 new ast::LabelAddressExpr( location, copy( first_label ) ) ) }; 729 // Then go through all the stored labels, and clear the store. 730 for ( auto && label : labels ) { 731 inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( label.location, 732 new ast::LabelAddressExpr( label.location, std::move( label ) 733 ) ) ); 734 } 735 labels.clear(); 736 // Then construct the initializer itself. 737 auto init = new ast::ListInit( location, std::move( inits ) ); 738 739 ast::ObjectDecl * generatorLabels = new ast::ObjectDecl( 740 location, 741 "__generator_labels", 742 new ast::ArrayType( 743 new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType() ), 744 nullptr, 745 ast::FixedLen, 746 ast::DynamicDim 747 ), 748 init, 749 ast::Storage::Classes(), 750 ast::Linkage::AutoGen 751 ); 752 753 ast::ObjectDecl * generatorLabel = new ast::ObjectDecl( 754 location, 755 "__generator_label", 756 new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType() ), 757 new ast::SingleInit( location, 758 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 759 new ast::NameExpr( location, "?[?]" ), 760 { 761 // TODO: Could be a variable expr. 762 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__generator_labels" ), 763 new ast::UntypedMemberExpr( location, 764 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__generator_state" ), 765 new ast::VariableExpr( location, in_generator ) 766 ) 767 } 768 ) 769 ), 770 ast::Storage::Classes(), 771 ast::Linkage::AutoGen 772 ); 773 774 ast::BranchStmt * theGoTo = new ast::BranchStmt( 775 location, new ast::VariableExpr( location, generatorLabel ) 776 ); 777 778 // The noop goes here in order. 779 780 ast::CompoundStmt * body = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { 781 { new ast::DeclStmt( location, generatorLabels ) }, 782 { new ast::DeclStmt( location, generatorLabel ) }, 783 { theGoTo }, 784 { noop }, 785 { decl->stmts }, 786 } ); 787 788 auto mutDecl = ast::mutate( decl ); 789 mutDecl->stmts = body; 790 return mutDecl; 791 } 792 793 const ast::Stmt * SuspendKeyword::postvisit( const ast::SuspendStmt * stmt ) { 794 switch ( stmt->type ) { 795 case ast::SuspendStmt::None: 796 // Use the context to determain the implicit target. 797 if ( in_generator ) { 798 return make_generator_suspend( stmt ); 799 } else { 800 return make_coroutine_suspend( stmt ); 801 } 802 case ast::SuspendStmt::Coroutine: 803 return make_coroutine_suspend( stmt ); 804 case ast::SuspendStmt::Generator: 805 // Generator suspends must be directly in a generator. 806 if ( !in_generator ) SemanticError( stmt->location, "'suspend generator' must be used inside main of generator type." ); 807 return make_generator_suspend( stmt ); 808 } 809 assert( false ); 810 return stmt; 811 } 812 813 /// Find the real/official suspend declaration. 814 bool SuspendKeyword::is_real_suspend( const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ) { 815 return ( !decl->linkage.is_mangled 816 && 0 == decl->params.size() 817 && 0 == decl->returns.size() 818 && "__cfactx_suspend" == decl->name ); 819 } 820 821 const ast::Stmt * SuspendKeyword::make_generator_suspend( 822 const ast::SuspendStmt * stmt ) { 823 assert( in_generator ); 824 // Target code is: 825 // GEN.__generator_state = X; 826 // THEN 827 // return; 828 // __gen_X:; 829 830 const CodeLocation & location = stmt->location; 831 832 LabelPair label = make_label( stmt ); 833 834 // This is the context saving statement. 835 stmtsToAddBefore.push_back( new ast::ExprStmt( location, 836 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 837 new ast::NameExpr( location, "?=?" ), 838 { 839 new ast::UntypedMemberExpr( location, 840 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__generator_state" ), 841 new ast::VariableExpr( location, in_generator ) 842 ), 843 ast::ConstantExpr::from_int( location, label.idx ), 844 } 845 ) 846 ) ); 847 848 // The THEN component is conditional (return is not). 849 if ( stmt->then ) { 850 stmtsToAddBefore.push_back( stmt->then.get() ); 851 } 852 stmtsToAddBefore.push_back( new ast::ReturnStmt( location, nullptr ) ); 853 854 // The null statement replaces the old suspend statement. 855 return new ast::NullStmt( location, { label.obj } ); 856 } 857 858 const ast::Stmt * SuspendKeyword::make_coroutine_suspend( 859 const ast::SuspendStmt * stmt ) { 860 // The only thing we need from the old statement is the location. 861 const CodeLocation & location = stmt->location; 862 863 if ( !decl_suspend ) { 864 SemanticError( location, "suspend keyword applied to coroutines requires coroutines to be in scope, add #include <coroutine.hfa>\n" ); 865 } 866 if ( stmt->then ) { 867 SemanticError( location, "Compound statement following coroutines is not implemented." ); 868 } 869 870 return new ast::ExprStmt( location, 871 new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 872 ast::VariableExpr::functionPointer( location, decl_suspend ) ) 873 ); 874 } 875 876 // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 877 struct MutexKeyword final : public ast::WithDeclsToAdd<> { 39 struct MutexKeyword final { 878 40 const ast::FunctionDecl * postvisit( const ast::FunctionDecl * decl ); 879 41 void postvisit( const ast::StructDecl * decl ); … … 888 50 ast::CompoundStmt * addStatements( const ast::CompoundStmt * body, const std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> & args ); 889 51 ast::CompoundStmt * addThreadDtorStatements( const ast::FunctionDecl* func, const ast::CompoundStmt * body, const std::vector<const ast::DeclWithType *> & args ); 890 ast::ExprStmt * genVirtLockUnlockExpr( const std::string & fnName, ast::ptr<ast::Expr> expr, const CodeLocation & location, ast::Expr * param); 891 ast::IfStmt * genTypeDiscrimLockUnlock( const std::string & fnName, const std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> & args, const CodeLocation & location, ast::UntypedExpr * thisParam ); 52 892 53 private: 893 54 const ast::StructDecl * monitor_decl = nullptr; … … 898 59 899 60 static ast::ptr<ast::Type> generic_func; 900 901 UniqueName mutex_func_namer = UniqueName("__lock_unlock_curr");902 61 }; 903 62 … … 1001 160 1002 161 const ast::Stmt * MutexKeyword::postvisit( const ast::MutexStmt * stmt ) { 1003 if ( !lock_guard_decl ) {1004 SemanticError( stmt->location, "mutex stmt requires a header, add #include <mutex_stmt.hfa>\n" );1005 }1006 162 ast::CompoundStmt * body = 1007 163 new ast::CompoundStmt( stmt->location, { stmt->stmt } ); 1008 1009 return addStatements( body, stmt->mutexObjs );;164 addStatements( body, stmt->mutexObjs ); 165 return body; 1010 166 } 1011 167 … … 1095 251 { 1096 252 new ast::SingleInit( location, 1097 new ast::AddressExpr( location,253 new ast::AddressExpr( 1098 254 new ast::VariableExpr( location, monitor ) ) ), 1099 255 new ast::SingleInit( location, … … 1202 358 } 1203 359 1204 // generates a cast to the void ptr to the appropriate lock type and dereferences it before calling lock or unlock on it1205 // used to undo the type erasure done by storing all the lock pointers as void1206 ast::ExprStmt * MutexKeyword::genVirtLockUnlockExpr( const std::string & fnName, ast::ptr<ast::Expr> expr, const CodeLocation & location, ast::Expr * param ) {1207 return new ast::ExprStmt( location,1208 new ast::UntypedExpr( location,1209 new ast::NameExpr( location, fnName ), {1210 ast::UntypedExpr::createDeref(1211 location,1212 new ast::CastExpr( location,1213 param,1214 new ast::PointerType( new ast::TypeofType( new ast::UntypedExpr(1215 expr->location,1216 new ast::NameExpr( expr->location, "__get_mutexstmt_lock_type" ),1217 { expr }1218 ) ) ),1219 ast::GeneratedFlag::ExplicitCast1220 )1221 )1222 }1223 )1224 );1225 }1226 1227 ast::IfStmt * MutexKeyword::genTypeDiscrimLockUnlock( const std::string & fnName, const std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> & args, const CodeLocation & location, ast::UntypedExpr * thisParam ) {1228 ast::IfStmt * outerLockIf = nullptr;1229 ast::IfStmt * lastLockIf = nullptr;1230 1231 //adds an if/elif clause for each lock to assign type from void ptr based on ptr address1232 for ( long unsigned int i = 0; i < args.size(); i++ ) {1233 1234 ast::UntypedExpr * ifCond = new ast::UntypedExpr( location,1235 new ast::NameExpr( location, "?==?" ), {1236 ast::deepCopy( thisParam ),1237 new ast::CastExpr( location, new ast::AddressExpr( location, args.at(i) ), new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType() ))1238 }1239 );1240 1241 ast::IfStmt * currLockIf = new ast::IfStmt(1242 location,1243 ifCond,1244 genVirtLockUnlockExpr( fnName, args.at(i), location, ast::deepCopy( thisParam ) )1245 );1246 1247 if ( i == 0 ) {1248 outerLockIf = currLockIf;1249 } else {1250 // add ifstmt to else of previous stmt1251 lastLockIf->else_ = currLockIf;1252 }1253 1254 lastLockIf = currLockIf;1255 }1256 return outerLockIf;1257 }1258 1259 360 ast::CompoundStmt * MutexKeyword::addStatements( 1260 361 const ast::CompoundStmt * body, 1261 362 const std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> & args ) { 363 ast::CompoundStmt * mutBody = ast::mutate( body ); 1262 364 1263 365 // Code is generated near the beginning of the compound statement. 1264 const CodeLocation & location = body->location; 1265 1266 // final body to return 1267 ast::CompoundStmt * newBody = new ast::CompoundStmt( location ); 1268 1269 // std::string lockFnName = mutex_func_namer.newName(); 1270 // std::string unlockFnName = mutex_func_namer.newName(); 366 const CodeLocation & location = mutBody->location; 1271 367 1272 368 // Make pointer to the monitors. … … 1276 372 new ast::ArrayType( 1277 373 new ast::PointerType( 1278 new ast::VoidType() 374 new ast::TypeofType( 375 new ast::UntypedExpr( 376 location, 377 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__get_type" ), 378 { args.front() } 379 ) 380 ) 1279 381 ), 1280 382 ast::ConstantExpr::from_ulong( location, args.size() ), … … 1290 392 new ast::UntypedExpr( 1291 393 expr->location, 1292 new ast::NameExpr( expr->location, "__get_ mutexstmt_lock_ptr" ),394 new ast::NameExpr( expr->location, "__get_ptr" ), 1293 395 { expr } 1294 396 ) … … 1303 405 ast::StructInstType * lock_guard_struct = 1304 406 new ast::StructInstType( lock_guard_decl ); 1305 1306 // use try stmts to lock and finally to unlock 1307 ast::TryStmt * outerTry = nullptr; 1308 ast::TryStmt * currentTry; 1309 ast::CompoundStmt * lastBody = nullptr; 1310 1311 // adds a nested try stmt for each lock we are locking 1312 for ( long unsigned int i = 0; i < args.size(); i++ ) { 1313 ast::UntypedExpr * innerAccess = new ast::UntypedExpr( 1314 location, 1315 new ast::NameExpr( location,"?[?]" ), { 1316 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__monitors" ), 1317 ast::ConstantExpr::from_int( location, i ) 1318 } 1319 ); 1320 1321 // make the try body 1322 ast::CompoundStmt * currTryBody = new ast::CompoundStmt( location ); 1323 ast::IfStmt * lockCall = genTypeDiscrimLockUnlock( "lock", args, location, innerAccess ); 1324 currTryBody->push_back( lockCall ); 1325 1326 // make the finally stmt 1327 ast::CompoundStmt * currFinallyBody = new ast::CompoundStmt( location ); 1328 ast::IfStmt * unlockCall = genTypeDiscrimLockUnlock( "unlock", args, location, innerAccess ); 1329 currFinallyBody->push_back( unlockCall ); 1330 1331 // construct the current try 1332 currentTry = new ast::TryStmt( 1333 location, 1334 currTryBody, 1335 {}, 1336 new ast::FinallyClause( location, currFinallyBody ) 1337 ); 1338 if ( i == 0 ) outerTry = currentTry; 1339 else { 1340 // pushback try into the body of the outer try 1341 lastBody->push_back( currentTry ); 1342 } 1343 lastBody = currTryBody; 1344 } 1345 1346 // push body into innermost try body 1347 if ( lastBody != nullptr ) { 1348 lastBody->push_back( body ); 1349 newBody->push_front( outerTry ); 1350 } 1351 407 ast::TypeExpr * lock_type_expr = new ast::TypeExpr( 408 location, 409 new ast::TypeofType( 410 new ast::UntypedExpr( 411 location, 412 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__get_type" ), 413 { args.front() } 414 ) 415 ) 416 ); 417 418 lock_guard_struct->params.push_back( lock_type_expr ); 419 420 // In reverse order: 1352 421 // monitor_guard_t __guard = { __monitors, # }; 1353 newBody->push_front(422 mutBody->push_front( 1354 423 new ast::DeclStmt( 1355 424 location, … … 1378 447 1379 448 // monitor$ * __monitors[] = { get_monitor(a), get_monitor(b) }; 1380 newBody->push_front( new ast::DeclStmt( location, monitors ) ); 1381 1382 // // The parameter for both __lock_curr/__unlock_curr routines. 1383 // ast::ObjectDecl * this_decl = new ast::ObjectDecl( 1384 // location, 1385 // "this", 1386 // new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType() ), 1387 // nullptr, 1388 // {}, 1389 // ast::Linkage::Cforall 1390 // ); 1391 1392 // ast::FunctionDecl * lock_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 1393 // location, 1394 // lockFnName, 1395 // { /* forall */ }, 1396 // { 1397 // // Copy the declaration of this. 1398 // this_decl, 1399 // }, 1400 // { /* returns */ }, 1401 // nullptr, 1402 // 0, 1403 // ast::Linkage::Cforall, 1404 // { /* attributes */ }, 1405 // ast::Function::Inline 1406 // ); 1407 1408 // ast::FunctionDecl * unlock_decl = new ast::FunctionDecl( 1409 // location, 1410 // unlockFnName, 1411 // { /* forall */ }, 1412 // { 1413 // // Copy the declaration of this. 1414 // ast::deepCopy( this_decl ), 1415 // }, 1416 // { /* returns */ }, 1417 // nullptr, 1418 // 0, 1419 // ast::Linkage::Cforall, 1420 // { /* attributes */ }, 1421 // ast::Function::Inline 1422 // ); 1423 1424 // ast::IfStmt * outerLockIf = nullptr; 1425 // ast::IfStmt * outerUnlockIf = nullptr; 1426 // ast::IfStmt * lastLockIf = nullptr; 1427 // ast::IfStmt * lastUnlockIf = nullptr; 1428 1429 // //adds an if/elif clause for each lock to assign type from void ptr based on ptr address 1430 // for ( long unsigned int i = 0; i < args.size(); i++ ) { 1431 // ast::VariableExpr * thisParam = new ast::VariableExpr( location, InitTweak::getParamThis( lock_decl ) ); 1432 // ast::UntypedExpr * ifCond = new ast::UntypedExpr( location, 1433 // new ast::NameExpr( location, "?==?" ), { 1434 // thisParam, 1435 // new ast::CastExpr( location, new ast::AddressExpr( location, args.at(i) ), new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType() )) 1436 // } 1437 // ); 1438 1439 // ast::IfStmt * currLockIf = new ast::IfStmt( 1440 // location, 1441 // ast::deepCopy( ifCond ), 1442 // genVirtLockUnlockExpr( "lock", args.at(i), location, ast::deepCopy( thisParam ) ) 1443 // ); 1444 1445 // ast::IfStmt * currUnlockIf = new ast::IfStmt( 1446 // location, 1447 // ifCond, 1448 // genVirtLockUnlockExpr( "unlock", args.at(i), location, ast::deepCopy( thisParam ) ) 1449 // ); 1450 1451 // if ( i == 0 ) { 1452 // outerLockIf = currLockIf; 1453 // outerUnlockIf = currUnlockIf; 1454 // } else { 1455 // // add ifstmt to else of previous stmt 1456 // lastLockIf->else_ = currLockIf; 1457 // lastUnlockIf->else_ = currUnlockIf; 1458 // } 1459 1460 // lastLockIf = currLockIf; 1461 // lastUnlockIf = currUnlockIf; 1462 // } 1463 1464 // // add pointer typing if/elifs to body of routines 1465 // lock_decl->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { outerLockIf } ); 1466 // unlock_decl->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, { outerUnlockIf } ); 1467 1468 // // add routines to scope 1469 // declsToAddBefore.push_back( lock_decl ); 1470 // declsToAddBefore.push_back( unlock_decl ); 1471 1472 // newBody->push_front(new ast::DeclStmt( location, lock_decl )); 1473 // newBody->push_front(new ast::DeclStmt( location, unlock_decl )); 1474 1475 return newBody; 449 mutBody->push_front( new ast::DeclStmt( location, monitors ) ); 450 451 return mutBody; 1476 452 } 1477 453 … … 1588 564 1589 565 // -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1590 // Interface Functions:1591 566 1592 567 void implementKeywords( ast::TranslationUnit & translationUnit ) { 1593 ast::Pass<ThreadKeyword>::run( translationUnit ); 1594 ast::Pass<CoroutineKeyword>::run( translationUnit ); 1595 ast::Pass<MonitorKeyword>::run( translationUnit ); 1596 ast::Pass<GeneratorKeyword>::run( translationUnit ); 1597 ast::Pass<SuspendKeyword>::run( translationUnit ); 568 (void)translationUnit; 569 assertf(false, "Apply Keywords not implemented." ); 1598 570 } 1599 571 -
src/ControlStruct/ExceptTranslateNew.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Andrew Beach 10 10 // Created On : Mon Nov 8 11:53:00 2021 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 11 17:51:00202213 // Update Count : 211 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Jan 31 18:49:58 2022 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // 15 15 … … 26 26 namespace { 27 27 28 typedef std::list<ast::CatchClause*> CatchList; 28 typedef std::list<ast::CatchStmt*> CatchList; 29 30 void split( CatchList& allHandlers, CatchList& terHandlers, 31 CatchList& resHandlers ) { 32 while ( !allHandlers.empty() ) { 33 ast::CatchStmt * stmt = allHandlers.front(); 34 allHandlers.pop_front(); 35 if (stmt->kind == ast::ExceptionKind::Terminate) { 36 terHandlers.push_back(stmt); 37 } else { 38 resHandlers.push_back(stmt); 39 } 40 } 41 } 29 42 30 43 void appendDeclStmt( ast::CompoundStmt * block, ast::DeclWithType * item ) { … … 45 58 {} 46 59 47 void previsit( const ast::Catch Clause* stmt );60 void previsit( const ast::CatchStmt * stmt ); 48 61 const ast::Stmt * postvisit( const ast::ThrowStmt * stmt ); 49 62 }; … … 88 101 } 89 102 90 void TranslateThrowsCore::previsit( const ast::Catch Clause* stmt ) {103 void TranslateThrowsCore::previsit( const ast::CatchStmt * stmt ) { 91 104 // Validate the statement's form. 92 105 const ast::ObjectDecl * decl = stmt->decl.as<ast::ObjectDecl>(); … … 147 160 ast::FunctionDecl * create_terminate_catch( CatchList &handlers ); 148 161 ast::CompoundStmt * create_single_matcher( 149 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj, ast::Catch Clause* modded_handler );162 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj, ast::CatchStmt * modded_handler ); 150 163 ast::FunctionDecl * create_terminate_match( CatchList &handlers ); 151 164 ast::CompoundStmt * create_terminate_caller( CodeLocation loc, ast::FunctionDecl * try_wrapper, … … 158 171 ast::Stmt * create_resume_rethrow( const ast::ThrowStmt * throwStmt ); 159 172 160 // Types used in translation, first group are internal. 161 ast::ObjectDecl * make_index_object( CodeLocation const & ) const; 162 ast::ObjectDecl * make_exception_object( CodeLocation const & ) const; 163 ast::ObjectDecl * make_bool_object( CodeLocation const & ) const; 164 ast::ObjectDecl * make_voidptr_object( CodeLocation const & ) const; 165 ast::ObjectDecl * make_unused_index_object( CodeLocation const & ) const; 173 // Types used in translation, make sure to use clone. 166 174 // void (*function)(); 167 ast::FunctionDecl * make_try_function( CodeLocation const & ) const;175 ast::FunctionDecl * try_func_t; 168 176 // void (*function)(int, exception); 169 ast::FunctionDecl * make_catch_function( CodeLocation const & ) const;177 ast::FunctionDecl * catch_func_t; 170 178 // int (*function)(exception); 171 ast::FunctionDecl * ma ke_match_function( CodeLocation const & ) const;179 ast::FunctionDecl * match_func_t; 172 180 // bool (*function)(exception); 173 ast::FunctionDecl * make_handle_function( CodeLocation const & ) const;181 ast::FunctionDecl * handle_func_t; 174 182 // void (*function)(__attribute__((unused)) void *); 175 ast::FunctionDecl * make_finally_function( CodeLocation const & ) const; 183 ast::FunctionDecl * finally_func_t; 184 185 ast::StructInstType * create_except_type() { 186 assert( except_decl ); 187 return new ast::StructInstType( except_decl ); 188 } 189 void init_func_types(); 176 190 177 191 public: … … 185 199 }; 186 200 187 ast::ObjectDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_index_object( 188 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 189 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 190 location, 201 void TryMutatorCore::init_func_types() { 202 assert( except_decl ); 203 204 ast::ObjectDecl index_obj( 205 {}, 191 206 "__handler_index", 192 new ast::BasicType(ast::BasicType::SignedInt), 193 nullptr, //init 194 ast::Storage::Classes{}, 195 ast::Linkage::Cforall 196 ); 197 } 198 199 ast::ObjectDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_exception_object( 200 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 201 assert( except_decl ); 202 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 203 location, 207 new ast::BasicType(ast::BasicType::SignedInt) 208 ); 209 ast::ObjectDecl exception_obj( 210 {}, 204 211 "__exception_inst", 205 212 new ast::PointerType( 206 213 new ast::StructInstType( except_decl ) 207 214 ), 208 nullptr, //init 209 ast::Storage::Classes{}, 210 ast::Linkage::Cforall 211 ); 212 } 213 214 ast::ObjectDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_bool_object( 215 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 216 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 217 location, 215 NULL 216 ); 217 ast::ObjectDecl bool_obj( 218 {}, 218 219 "__ret_bool", 219 220 new ast::BasicType( ast::BasicType::Bool ), … … 224 225 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Attribute>>{ new ast::Attribute( "unused" ) } 225 226 ); 226 } 227 228 ast::ObjectDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_voidptr_object( 229 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 230 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 231 location, 227 ast::ObjectDecl voidptr_obj( 228 {}, 232 229 "__hook", 233 230 new ast::PointerType( … … 240 237 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Attribute>>{ new ast::Attribute( "unused" ) } 241 238 ); 242 } 243 244 ast::ObjectDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_unused_index_object( 245 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 246 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 247 location, 239 240 ast::ObjectDecl unused_index_obj( 241 {}, 248 242 "__handler_index", 249 243 new ast::BasicType(ast::BasicType::SignedInt), … … 254 248 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Attribute>>{ new ast::Attribute( "unused" ) } 255 249 ); 256 } 257 258 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_try_function( 259 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 260 return new ast::FunctionDecl( 261 location, 250 //unused_index_obj->attributes.push_back( new Attribute( "unused" ) ); 251 252 try_func_t = new ast::FunctionDecl( 253 {}, 262 254 "try", 263 255 {}, //forall … … 268 260 ast::Linkage::Cforall 269 261 ); 270 } 271 272 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_catch_function( 273 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 274 return new ast::FunctionDecl( 275 location, 262 263 catch_func_t = new ast::FunctionDecl( 264 {}, 276 265 "catch", 277 266 {}, //forall 278 { make_index_object( location ), make_exception_object( location ) },267 {ast::deepCopy(&index_obj), ast::deepCopy(&exception_obj)},//param 279 268 {}, //return void 280 269 nullptr, … … 282 271 ast::Linkage::Cforall 283 272 ); 284 } 285 286 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_match_function( 287 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 288 return new ast::FunctionDecl( 289 location, 273 274 match_func_t = new ast::FunctionDecl( 275 {}, 290 276 "match", 291 277 {}, //forall 292 { make_exception_object( location )},293 { make_unused_index_object( location )},278 {ast::deepCopy(&exception_obj)}, 279 {ast::deepCopy(&unused_index_obj)}, 294 280 nullptr, 295 281 ast::Storage::Classes{}, 296 282 ast::Linkage::Cforall 297 283 ); 298 } 299 300 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_handle_function( 301 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 302 return new ast::FunctionDecl( 303 location, 284 285 handle_func_t = new ast::FunctionDecl( 286 {}, 304 287 "handle", 305 288 {}, //forall 306 { make_exception_object( location )},307 { make_bool_object( location )},289 {ast::deepCopy(&exception_obj)}, 290 {ast::deepCopy(&bool_obj)}, 308 291 nullptr, 309 292 ast::Storage::Classes{}, 310 293 ast::Linkage::Cforall 311 294 ); 312 } 313 314 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::make_finally_function( 315 CodeLocation const & location ) const { 316 return new ast::FunctionDecl( 317 location, 295 296 finally_func_t = new ast::FunctionDecl( 297 {}, 318 298 "finally", 319 299 {}, //forall 320 { make_voidptr_object( location )},300 {ast::deepCopy(&voidptr_obj)}, 321 301 {}, //return void 322 302 nullptr, … … 324 304 ast::Linkage::Cforall 325 305 ); 306 307 //catch_func_t.get_parameters().push_back( index_obj.clone() ); 308 //catch_func_t.get_parameters().push_back( exception_obj.clone() ); 309 //match_func_t.get_returnVals().push_back( unused_index_obj ); 310 //match_func_t.get_parameters().push_back( exception_obj.clone() ); 311 //handle_func_t.get_returnVals().push_back( bool_obj.clone() ); 312 //handle_func_t.get_parameters().push_back( exception_obj.clone() ); 313 //finally_func_t.get_parameters().push_back( voidptr_obj.clone() ); 326 314 } 327 315 328 316 // TryStmt Mutation Helpers 317 318 /* 319 ast::CompoundStmt * TryMutatorCore::take_try_block( ast::TryStmt *tryStmt ) { 320 ast::CompoundStmt * block = tryStmt->body; 321 tryStmt->body = nullptr; 322 return block; 323 } 324 */ 329 325 330 326 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::create_try_wrapper( 331 327 const ast::CompoundStmt *body ) { 332 328 333 ast::FunctionDecl * ret = make_try_function( body->location);329 ast::FunctionDecl * ret = ast::deepCopy(try_func_t); 334 330 ret->stmts = body; 335 331 return ret; … … 338 334 ast::FunctionDecl * TryMutatorCore::create_terminate_catch( 339 335 CatchList &handlers ) { 340 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast:: CaseClause>> handler_wrappers;336 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Stmt>> handler_wrappers; 341 337 342 338 assert (!handlers.empty()); 343 339 const CodeLocation loc = handlers.front()->location; 344 340 345 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = make_catch_function( loc);341 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = ast::deepCopy(catch_func_t); 346 342 const ast::DeclWithType * index_obj = func_t->params.front(); 347 343 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj = func_t->params.back(); … … 352 348 for ( ; it != handlers.end() ; ++it ) { 353 349 ++index; 354 ast::Catch Clause* handler = *it;350 ast::CatchStmt * handler = *it; 355 351 const CodeLocation loc = handler->location; 356 352 … … 390 386 // handler->body = nullptr; 391 387 392 handler_wrappers.push_back( new ast::Case Clause(loc,388 handler_wrappers.push_back( new ast::CaseStmt(loc, 393 389 ast::ConstantExpr::from_int(loc, index) , 394 390 { block, new ast::ReturnStmt( loc, nullptr ) } … … 397 393 // TODO: Some sort of meaningful error on default perhaps? 398 394 399 ast::SwitchStmt * handler_lookup = new ast::SwitchStmt( loc, 395 /* 396 std::list<Statement*> stmt_handlers; 397 while ( !handler_wrappers.empty() ) { 398 stmt_handlers.push_back( handler_wrappers.front() ); 399 handler_wrappers.pop_front(); 400 } 401 */ 402 403 ast::SwitchStmt * handler_lookup = new ast::SwitchStmt(loc, 400 404 new ast::VariableExpr( loc, index_obj ), 401 405 std::move(handler_wrappers) 402 406 ); 403 ast::CompoundStmt * body = new ast::CompoundStmt( loc, {handler_lookup} ); 407 ast::CompoundStmt * body = new ast::CompoundStmt(loc, 408 {handler_lookup}); 404 409 405 410 func_t->stmts = body; … … 410 415 // except_obj is referenced, modded_handler will be freed. 411 416 ast::CompoundStmt * TryMutatorCore::create_single_matcher( 412 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj, ast::Catch Clause* modded_handler ) {417 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj, ast::CatchStmt * modded_handler ) { 413 418 // { 414 419 // `modded_handler.decl` … … 428 433 429 434 // Check for type match. 430 ast::VirtualCastExpr * vcex = new ast::VirtualCastExpr(loc, 435 ast::VirtualCastExpr * vcex = new ast::VirtualCastExpr(loc, 431 436 new ast::VariableExpr(loc, except_obj ), 432 437 local_except->get_type() … … 440 445 } 441 446 // Construct the match condition. 442 block->push_back( new ast::IfStmt(loc, 447 block->push_back( new ast::IfStmt(loc, 443 448 cond, modded_handler->body, nullptr ) ); 444 449 450 // xxx - how does this work in new ast 451 //modded_handler->set_decl( nullptr ); 452 //modded_handler->set_cond( nullptr ); 453 //modded_handler->set_body( nullptr ); 454 //delete modded_handler; 445 455 return block; 446 456 } … … 457 467 ast::CompoundStmt * body = new ast::CompoundStmt(loc); 458 468 459 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = make_match_function( loc);469 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = ast::deepCopy(match_func_t); 460 470 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj = func_t->params.back(); 461 471 … … 465 475 for ( it = handlers.begin() ; it != handlers.end() ; ++it ) { 466 476 ++index; 467 ast::Catch Clause* handler = *it;477 ast::CatchStmt * handler = *it; 468 478 469 479 // Body should have been taken by create_terminate_catch. … … 480 490 } 481 491 482 body->push_back( new ast::ReturnStmt(loc, 492 body->push_back( new ast::ReturnStmt(loc, 483 493 ast::ConstantExpr::from_int( loc, 0 ) )); 484 494 … … 515 525 ast::CompoundStmt * body = new ast::CompoundStmt(loc); 516 526 517 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = make_handle_function( loc);527 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = ast::deepCopy(handle_func_t); 518 528 const ast::DeclWithType * except_obj = func_t->params.back(); 519 529 520 530 CatchList::iterator it; 521 531 for ( it = handlers.begin() ; it != handlers.end() ; ++it ) { 522 ast::Catch Clause* handler = *it;532 ast::CatchStmt * handler = *it; 523 533 const CodeLocation loc = handler->location; 524 534 // Modifiy body. 525 535 ast::CompoundStmt * handling_code; 526 536 if (handler->body.as<ast::CompoundStmt>()) { 527 handling_code = strict_dynamic_cast<ast::CompoundStmt*>(528 handler->body.get_and_mutate() );537 handling_code = 538 strict_dynamic_cast<ast::CompoundStmt*>( handler->body.get_and_mutate() ); 529 539 } else { 530 540 handling_code = new ast::CompoundStmt(loc); … … 587 597 ast::TryStmt * tryStmt ) { 588 598 // void finally() { `finally->block` } 589 const ast::Finally Clause* finally = tryStmt->finally;599 const ast::FinallyStmt * finally = tryStmt->finally; 590 600 const ast::CompoundStmt * body = finally->body; 591 601 592 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = make_finally_function( tryStmt->location);602 ast::FunctionDecl * func_t = ast::deepCopy(finally_func_t); 593 603 func_t->stmts = body; 594 604 605 // finally->set_block( nullptr ); 606 // delete finally; 595 607 tryStmt->finally = nullptr; 608 596 609 597 610 return func_t; … … 604 617 605 618 const CodeLocation loc = finally_wrapper->location; 619 // Make Cleanup Attribute. 620 /* 621 std::list< ast::Attribute * > attributes; 622 { 623 std::list< > attr_params; 624 attr_params.push_back( nameOf( finally_wrapper ) ); 625 attributes.push_back( new Attribute( "cleanup", attr_params ) ); 626 } 627 */ 628 606 629 return new ast::ObjectDecl( 607 630 loc, … … 621 644 // return false; 622 645 const CodeLocation loc = throwStmt->location; 623 ast::Stmt * result = new ast::ReturnStmt(loc, 646 ast::Stmt * result = new ast::ReturnStmt(loc, 624 647 ast::ConstantExpr::from_bool( loc, false ) 625 648 ); 626 649 result->labels = throwStmt->labels; 650 // delete throwStmt; done by postvisit 627 651 return result; 628 652 } … … 636 660 assert( nullptr == except_decl ); 637 661 except_decl = structDecl; 662 init_func_types(); 638 663 } else if ( structDecl->name == "__cfaehm_try_resume_node" ) { 639 664 assert( nullptr == node_decl ); … … 681 706 } 682 707 } 708 // split( mutStmt->handlers, 709 // termination_handlers, resumption_handlers ); 683 710 684 711 if ( resumption_handlers.size() ) { -
src/ControlStruct/LabelGeneratorNew.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // LabelGenerator New.cpp--7 // LabelGenerator.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Peter A. Buhr 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 28 10:03:00202213 // Update Count : 7 311 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 2 09:11:17 2022 13 // Update Count : 72 14 14 // 15 15 … … 25 25 namespace ControlStruct { 26 26 27 enum { size = 128 }; 28 29 static int newLabelPre( char buf[size], const string & suffix ) { 27 Label newLabel( const string & suffix, const Stmt * stmt ) { 30 28 static int current = 0; 31 29 30 assertf( stmt, "CFA internal error: parameter statement cannot be null pointer" ); 31 32 enum { size = 128 }; 33 char buf[size]; // space to build label 32 34 int len = snprintf( buf, size, "__L%d__%s", current++, suffix.c_str() ); 33 35 assertf( len < size, "CFA Internal error: buffer overflow creating label" ); 34 return len;35 }36 37 static Label newLabelPost( char buf[size], const CodeLocation & location ) {38 Label ret_label( location, buf );39 ret_label.attributes.push_back( new Attribute( "unused" ) );40 return ret_label;41 }42 43 Label newLabel( const string & suffix, const Stmt * stmt ) {44 // Buffer for string manipulation.45 char buf[size];46 47 assertf( stmt, "CFA internal error: parameter statement cannot be null pointer" );48 int len = newLabelPre( buf, suffix );49 36 50 37 // What does this do? … … 54 41 } // if 55 42 56 return newLabelPost( buf, stmt->location ); 57 } 58 59 Label newLabel( const string & suffix, const CodeLocation & location ) { 60 // Buffer for string manipulation. 61 char buf[size]; 62 63 newLabelPre( buf, suffix ); 64 return newLabelPost( buf, location ); 43 Label ret_label( stmt->location, buf ); 44 ret_label.attributes.push_back( new Attribute( "unused" ) ); 45 return ret_label; 65 46 } 66 47 -
src/ControlStruct/LabelGeneratorNew.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Fir Mar 25 15:40:00202213 // Update Count : 2 811 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Jan 31 18:03:09 2022 13 // Update Count : 27 14 14 // 15 15 … … 18 18 #include <string> // for string 19 19 20 class CodeLocation;20 class Statement; 21 21 22 22 namespace ast { 23 class Stmt; 23 24 class Label; 24 class Stmt;25 25 } // namespace ast 26 26 27 27 namespace ControlStruct { 28 28 ast::Label newLabel( const std::string &, const ast::Stmt * ); 29 ast::Label newLabel( const std::string &, const CodeLocation & );30 29 } // namespace ControlStruct 31 30 -
src/ControlStruct/MultiLevelExit.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Andrew Beach 10 10 // Created On : Mon Nov 1 13:48:00 2021 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 28 9:42:00202213 // Update Count : 3 411 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 2 23:07:54 2022 13 // Update Count : 33 14 14 // 15 15 … … 40 40 41 41 enum Kind { 42 ForStmtK, WhileDoStmtK, CompoundStmtK, IfStmtK, Case ClauseK, SwitchStmtK, TryStmtK42 ForStmtK, WhileDoStmtK, CompoundStmtK, IfStmtK, CaseStmtK, SwitchStmtK, TryStmtK 43 43 } kind; 44 44 … … 58 58 Entry( const IfStmt *stmt, Label breakExit ) : 59 59 stmt( stmt ), firstTarget( breakExit ), secondTarget(), kind( IfStmtK ) {} 60 Entry( const Case Clause *, const CompoundStmt *stmt, Label fallExit ) :61 stmt( stmt ), firstTarget( fallExit ), secondTarget(), kind( Case ClauseK ) {}60 Entry( const CaseStmt *stmt, Label fallExit ) : 61 stmt( stmt ), firstTarget( fallExit ), secondTarget(), kind( CaseStmtK ) {} 62 62 Entry( const SwitchStmt *stmt, Label breakExit, Label fallDefaultExit ) : 63 63 stmt( stmt ), firstTarget( breakExit ), secondTarget( fallDefaultExit ), kind( SwitchStmtK ) {} … … 66 66 67 67 bool isContTarget() const { return kind <= WhileDoStmtK; } 68 bool isBreakTarget() const { return kind != Case ClauseK; }69 bool isFallTarget() const { return kind == Case ClauseK; }68 bool isBreakTarget() const { return kind != CaseStmtK; } 69 bool isFallTarget() const { return kind == CaseStmtK; } 70 70 bool isFallDefaultTarget() const { return kind == SwitchStmtK; } 71 71 72 72 // These routines set a target as being "used" by a BranchStmt 73 73 Label useContExit() { assert( kind <= WhileDoStmtK ); return useTarget(secondTarget); } 74 Label useBreakExit() { assert( kind != Case ClauseK ); return useTarget(firstTarget); }75 Label useFallExit() { assert( kind == Case ClauseK ); return useTarget(firstTarget); }74 Label useBreakExit() { assert( kind != CaseStmtK ); return useTarget(firstTarget); } 75 Label useFallExit() { assert( kind == CaseStmtK ); return useTarget(firstTarget); } 76 76 Label useFallDefaultExit() { assert( kind == SwitchStmtK ); return useTarget(secondTarget); } 77 77 78 78 // These routines check if a specific label for a statement is used by a BranchStmt 79 79 bool isContUsed() const { assert( kind <= WhileDoStmtK ); return secondTarget.used; } 80 bool isBreakUsed() const { assert( kind != Case ClauseK ); return firstTarget.used; }81 bool isFallUsed() const { assert( kind == Case ClauseK ); return firstTarget.used; }80 bool isBreakUsed() const { assert( kind != CaseStmtK ); return firstTarget.used; } 81 bool isFallUsed() const { assert( kind == CaseStmtK ); return firstTarget.used; } 82 82 bool isFallDefaultUsed() const { assert( kind == SwitchStmtK ); return secondTarget.used; } 83 83 void seenDefault() { fallDefaultValid = false; } … … 115 115 void previsit( const ForStmt * ); 116 116 const ForStmt * postvisit( const ForStmt * ); 117 const Case Clause * previsit( const CaseClause* );117 const CaseStmt * previsit( const CaseStmt * ); 118 118 void previsit( const IfStmt * ); 119 119 const IfStmt * postvisit( const IfStmt * ); … … 123 123 void previsit( const TryStmt * ); 124 124 void postvisit( const TryStmt * ); 125 void previsit( const Finally Clause* );125 void previsit( const FinallyStmt * ); 126 126 127 127 const Stmt * mutateLoop( const Stmt * body, Entry& ); … … 288 288 auto switchStmt = strict_dynamic_cast< const SwitchStmt * >( targetEntry->stmt ); 289 289 bool foundDefault = false; 290 for ( auto caseStmt : switchStmt->cases ) { 290 for ( auto subStmt : switchStmt->stmts ) { 291 const CaseStmt * caseStmt = subStmt.strict_as<CaseStmt>(); 291 292 if ( caseStmt->isDefault() ) { 292 293 foundDefault = true; … … 364 365 } 365 366 366 const Case Clause * MultiLevelExitCore::previsit( const CaseClause* stmt ) {367 const CaseStmt * MultiLevelExitCore::previsit( const CaseStmt * stmt ) { 367 368 visit_children = false; 368 369 … … 374 375 375 376 // The cond may not exist, but if it does update it now. 376 visitor->maybe_accept( stmt, &Case Clause::cond );377 visitor->maybe_accept( stmt, &CaseStmt::cond ); 377 378 378 379 // Just save the mutated node for simplicity. 379 Case Clause* mutStmt = mutate( stmt );380 381 Label fallLabel = newLabel( "fallThrough", stmt ->location);380 CaseStmt * mutStmt = mutate( stmt ); 381 382 Label fallLabel = newLabel( "fallThrough", stmt ); 382 383 if ( ! mutStmt->stmts.empty() ) { 383 // These should already be in a block.384 auto first = mutStmt->stmts.front().get_and_mutate();385 auto block = strict_dynamic_cast<CompoundStmt *>( first );386 387 384 // Ensure that the stack isn't corrupted by exceptions in fixBlock. 388 385 auto guard = makeFuncGuard( 389 [&](){ enclosing_control_structures.emplace_back( mutStmt, block,fallLabel ); },386 [&](){ enclosing_control_structures.emplace_back( mutStmt, fallLabel ); }, 390 387 [this](){ enclosing_control_structures.pop_back(); } 391 388 ); 392 389 390 // These should already be in a block. 391 auto block = mutate( mutStmt->stmts.front().strict_as<CompoundStmt>() ); 393 392 block->kids = fixBlock( block->kids, true ); 394 393 … … 397 396 Entry & entry = enclosing_control_structures.back(); 398 397 if ( entry.isFallUsed() ) { 399 mutStmt->stmts.push_back( labelledNullStmt( block->location, entry.useFallExit() ) );398 mutStmt->stmts.push_back( labelledNullStmt( mutStmt->location, entry.useFallExit() ) ); 400 399 } 401 400 } … … 434 433 } 435 434 436 static bool isDefaultCase( const ptr<CaseClause> & caseClause ) { 437 return caseClause->isDefault(); 435 bool isDefaultCase( const ptr<Stmt> & stmt ) { 436 const CaseStmt * caseStmt = stmt.strict_as<CaseStmt>(); 437 return caseStmt->isDefault(); 438 438 } 439 439 440 440 void MultiLevelExitCore::previsit( const SwitchStmt * stmt ) { 441 441 Label label = newLabel( "switchBreak", stmt ); 442 auto it = find_if( stmt-> cases.rbegin(), stmt->cases.rend(), isDefaultCase );443 444 const Case Clause * defaultCase = it != stmt->cases.rend() ? (*it) : nullptr;445 Label defaultLabel = defaultCase ? newLabel( "fallThroughDefault", defaultCase ->location) : Label( stmt->location, "" );442 auto it = find_if( stmt->stmts.rbegin(), stmt->stmts.rend(), isDefaultCase ); 443 444 const CaseStmt * defaultCase = it != stmt->stmts.rend() ? (it)->strict_as<CaseStmt>() : nullptr; 445 Label defaultLabel = defaultCase ? newLabel( "fallThroughDefault", defaultCase ) : Label( stmt->location, "" ); 446 446 enclosing_control_structures.emplace_back( stmt, label, defaultLabel ); 447 447 GuardAction( [this]() { enclosing_control_structures.pop_back(); } ); … … 449 449 // Collect valid labels for fallthrough. It starts with all labels at this level, then remove as each is seen during 450 450 // traversal. 451 for ( const CaseClause * caseStmt : stmt->cases ) { 451 for ( const Stmt * stmt : stmt->stmts ) { 452 auto * caseStmt = strict_dynamic_cast< const CaseStmt * >( stmt ); 452 453 if ( caseStmt->stmts.empty() ) continue; 453 454 auto block = caseStmt->stmts.front().strict_as<CompoundStmt>(); … … 470 471 // exit label and break to the last case, create a default case if no cases. 471 472 SwitchStmt * mutStmt = mutate( stmt ); 472 if ( mutStmt-> cases.empty() ) {473 mutStmt-> cases.push_back( new CaseClause( mutStmt->location, nullptr, {} ) );474 } 475 476 auto caseStmt = mutStmt-> cases.back().get();473 if ( mutStmt->stmts.empty() ) { 474 mutStmt->stmts.push_back( new CaseStmt( mutStmt->location, nullptr, {} ) ); 475 } 476 477 auto caseStmt = mutStmt->stmts.back().strict_as<CaseStmt>(); 477 478 auto mutCase = mutate( caseStmt ); 478 mutStmt-> cases.back() = mutCase;479 mutStmt->stmts.back() = mutCase; 479 480 480 481 Label label( mutCase->location, "breakLabel" ); … … 513 514 } 514 515 515 void MultiLevelExitCore::previsit( const Finally Clause* ) {516 void MultiLevelExitCore::previsit( const FinallyStmt * ) { 516 517 GuardAction([this, old = move( enclosing_control_structures)](){ enclosing_control_structures = move(old); }); 517 518 enclosing_control_structures = vector<Entry>(); -
src/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 113 113 accept_all(translationUnit, fixer); 114 114 115 // Say these magic declarations come at the end of the file.116 CodeLocation const & location = translationUnit.decls.back()->location;117 118 115 if ( !fixer.core.initStmts.empty() ) { 119 116 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> ctorParams; 120 if (inLibrary) ctorParams.emplace_back(ast::ConstantExpr::from_int(location, 200)); 121 auto initFunction = new ast::FunctionDecl(location, 122 "__global_init__", {}, {}, {}, 123 new ast::CompoundStmt(location, std::move(fixer.core.initStmts)), 124 ast::Storage::Static, ast::Linkage::C, 125 {new ast::Attribute("constructor", std::move(ctorParams))}); 117 if (inLibrary) ctorParams.emplace_back(ast::ConstantExpr::from_int({}, 200)); 118 auto initFunction = new ast::FunctionDecl({}, "__global_init__", {}, {}, {}, new ast::CompoundStmt({}, std::move(fixer.core.initStmts)), 119 ast::Storage::Static, ast::Linkage::C, {new ast::Attribute("constructor", std::move(ctorParams))}); 126 120 127 121 translationUnit.decls.emplace_back( initFunction ); … … 130 124 if ( !fixer.core.destroyStmts.empty() ) { 131 125 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Expr>> dtorParams; 132 if (inLibrary) dtorParams.emplace_back(ast::ConstantExpr::from_int(location, 200)); 133 auto destroyFunction = new ast::FunctionDecl( location, 134 "__global_destroy__", {}, {}, {}, 135 new ast::CompoundStmt(location, std::move(fixer.core.destroyStmts)), 136 ast::Storage::Static, ast::Linkage::C, 137 {new ast::Attribute("destructor", std::move(dtorParams))}); 126 if (inLibrary) dtorParams.emplace_back(ast::ConstantExpr::from_int({}, 200)); 127 auto destroyFunction = new ast::FunctionDecl({}, "__global_destroy__", {}, {}, {}, new ast::CompoundStmt({}, std::move(fixer.core.destroyStmts)), 128 ast::Storage::Static, ast::Linkage::C, {new ast::Attribute("destructor", std::move(dtorParams))}); 138 129 139 130 translationUnit.decls.emplace_back(destroyFunction); -
src/InitTweak/FixInitNew.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 16 16 #include "CodeGen/GenType.h" // for genPrettyType 17 17 #include "CodeGen/OperatorTable.h" 18 #include "Common/CodeLocationTools.hpp"19 18 #include "Common/PassVisitor.h" // for PassVisitor, WithStmtsToAdd 20 19 #include "Common/SemanticError.h" // for SemanticError … … 86 85 /// generate/resolve copy construction expressions for each, and generate/resolve destructors for both 87 86 /// arguments and return value temporaries 88 struct ResolveCopyCtors final : public ast::WithGuards, public ast::WithStmtsToAdd<>, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithShortCircuiting, public ast::WithVisitorRef<ResolveCopyCtors> , public ast::WithConstTranslationUnit{87 struct ResolveCopyCtors final : public ast::WithGuards, public ast::WithStmtsToAdd<>, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithShortCircuiting, public ast::WithVisitorRef<ResolveCopyCtors> { 89 88 const ast::Expr * postvisit( const ast::ImplicitCopyCtorExpr * impCpCtorExpr ); 90 89 const ast::StmtExpr * previsit( const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr ); … … 190 189 /// for any member that is missing a corresponding ctor/dtor call. 191 190 /// error if a member is used before constructed 192 struct GenStructMemberCalls final : public ast::WithGuards, public ast::WithShortCircuiting, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithVisitorRef<GenStructMemberCalls> , public ast::WithConstTranslationUnit{191 struct GenStructMemberCalls final : public ast::WithGuards, public ast::WithShortCircuiting, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithVisitorRef<GenStructMemberCalls> { 193 192 void previsit( const ast::FunctionDecl * funcDecl ); 194 193 const ast::DeclWithType * postvisit( const ast::FunctionDecl * funcDecl ); … … 215 214 216 215 /// expands ConstructorExpr nodes into comma expressions, using a temporary for the first argument 217 struct FixCtorExprs final : public ast::WithDeclsToAdd<>, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithShortCircuiting , public ast::WithConstTranslationUnit{216 struct FixCtorExprs final : public ast::WithDeclsToAdd<>, public ast::WithSymbolTable, public ast::WithShortCircuiting { 218 217 const ast::Expr * postvisit( const ast::ConstructorExpr * ctorExpr ); 219 218 }; … … 510 509 // (VariableExpr and already resolved expression) 511 510 CP_CTOR_PRINT( std::cerr << "ResolvingCtorDtor " << untyped << std::endl; ) 512 ast::ptr<ast::Expr> resolved = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression(untyped, { symtab, transUnit().global });511 ast::ptr<ast::Expr> resolved = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression(untyped, symtab); 513 512 assert( resolved ); 514 513 if ( resolved->env ) { … … 554 553 ast::ptr<ast::Expr> guard = mutArg; 555 554 556 ast::ptr<ast::ObjectDecl> tmp = new ast::ObjectDecl( loc, "__tmp", mutResult, nullptr );555 ast::ptr<ast::ObjectDecl> tmp = new ast::ObjectDecl({}, "__tmp", mutResult, nullptr ); 557 556 558 557 // create and resolve copy constructor … … 588 587 589 588 ast::Expr * ResolveCopyCtors::destructRet( const ast::ObjectDecl * ret, const ast::Expr * arg ) { 590 auto global = transUnit().global;591 589 // TODO: refactor code for generating cleanup attribute, since it's common and reused in ~3-4 places 592 590 // check for existing cleanup attribute before adding another(?) 593 591 // need to add __Destructor for _tmp_cp variables as well 594 592 595 assertf( global.dtorStruct, "Destructor generation requires __Destructor definition." );596 assertf( global.dtorStruct->members.size() == 2, "__Destructor definition does not have expected fields." );597 assertf( global.dtorDestroy, "Destructor generation requires __destroy_Destructor." );593 assertf( ast::dtorStruct, "Destructor generation requires __Destructor definition." ); 594 assertf( ast::dtorStruct->members.size() == 2, "__Destructor definition does not have expected fields." ); 595 assertf( ast::dtorStructDestroy, "Destructor generation requires __destroy_Destructor." ); 598 596 599 597 const CodeLocation loc = ret->location; … … 612 610 auto dtorFunc = getDtorFunc( ret, new ast::ExprStmt(loc, dtor ), stmtsToAddBefore ); 613 611 614 auto dtorStructType = new ast::StructInstType( global.dtorStruct);612 auto dtorStructType = new ast::StructInstType(ast::dtorStruct); 615 613 616 614 // what does this do??? … … 624 622 static UniqueName namer( "_ret_dtor" ); 625 623 auto retDtor = new ast::ObjectDecl(loc, namer.newName(), dtorStructType, new ast::ListInit(loc, { new ast::SingleInit(loc, ast::ConstantExpr::null(loc) ), new ast::SingleInit(loc, new ast::CastExpr( new ast::VariableExpr(loc, dtorFunc ), dtorType ) ) } ) ); 626 retDtor->attributes.push_back( new ast::Attribute( "cleanup", { new ast::VariableExpr(loc, global.dtorDestroy ) } ) );624 retDtor->attributes.push_back( new ast::Attribute( "cleanup", { new ast::VariableExpr(loc, ast::dtorStructDestroy ) } ) ); 627 625 stmtsToAddBefore.push_back( new ast::DeclStmt(loc, retDtor ) ); 628 626 629 627 if ( arg ) { 630 auto member = new ast::MemberExpr(loc, global.dtorStruct->members.front().strict_as<ast::DeclWithType>(), new ast::VariableExpr(loc, retDtor ) );628 auto member = new ast::MemberExpr(loc, ast::dtorStruct->members.front().strict_as<ast::DeclWithType>(), new ast::VariableExpr(loc, retDtor ) ); 631 629 auto object = new ast::CastExpr( new ast::AddressExpr( new ast::VariableExpr(loc, ret ) ), new ast::PointerType(new ast::VoidType() ) ); 632 630 ast::Expr * assign = createBitwiseAssignment( member, object ); … … 801 799 // to prevent warnings ('_unq0' may be used uninitialized in this function), 802 800 // insert an appropriate zero initializer for UniqueExpr temporaries. 803 ast::Init * makeInit( const ast::Type * t , CodeLocation const & loc) {801 ast::Init * makeInit( const ast::Type * t ) { 804 802 if ( auto inst = dynamic_cast< const ast::StructInstType * >( t ) ) { 805 803 // initizer for empty struct must be empty 806 if ( inst->base->members.empty() ) { 807 return new ast::ListInit( loc, {} ); 808 } 804 if ( inst->base->members.empty() ) return new ast::ListInit({}, {}); 809 805 } else if ( auto inst = dynamic_cast< const ast::UnionInstType * >( t ) ) { 810 806 // initizer for empty union must be empty 811 if ( inst->base->members.empty() ) { 812 return new ast::ListInit( loc, {} ); 813 } 814 } 815 816 return new ast::ListInit( loc, { 817 new ast::SingleInit( loc, ast::ConstantExpr::from_int( loc, 0 ) ) 818 } ); 807 if ( inst->base->members.empty() ) return new ast::ListInit({}, {}); 808 } 809 810 return new ast::ListInit( {}, { new ast::SingleInit( {}, ast::ConstantExpr::from_int({}, 0) ) } ); 819 811 } 820 812 … … 840 832 } else { 841 833 // expr isn't a call expr, so create a new temporary variable to use to hold the value of the unique expression 842 mutExpr->object = new ast::ObjectDecl( mutExpr->location, toString("_unq", mutExpr->id), mutExpr->result, makeInit( mutExpr->result , mutExpr->location) );834 mutExpr->object = new ast::ObjectDecl( mutExpr->location, toString("_unq", mutExpr->id), mutExpr->result, makeInit( mutExpr->result ) ); 843 835 mutExpr->var = new ast::VariableExpr( mutExpr->location, mutExpr->object ); 844 836 } … … 1180 1172 auto guard = makeFuncGuard( [this]() { symtab.enterScope(); }, [this]() { symtab.leaveScope(); } ); 1181 1173 symtab.addFunction( function ); 1182 auto global = transUnit().global;1183 1174 1184 1175 // need to iterate through members in reverse in order for … … 1226 1217 1227 1218 static UniqueName memberDtorNamer = { "__memberDtor" }; 1228 assertf( global.dtorStruct, "builtin __Destructor not found." );1229 assertf( global.dtorDestroy, "builtin __destroy_Destructor not found." );1219 assertf( ast::dtorStruct, "builtin __Destructor not found." ); 1220 assertf( ast::dtorStructDestroy, "builtin __destroy_Destructor not found." ); 1230 1221 1231 1222 ast::Expr * thisExpr = new ast::CastExpr( new ast::AddressExpr( new ast::VariableExpr(loc, thisParam ) ), new ast::PointerType( new ast::VoidType(), ast::CV::Qualifiers() ) ); … … 1237 1228 auto dtorType = new ast::PointerType( dtorFtype ); 1238 1229 1239 auto destructor = new ast::ObjectDecl(loc, memberDtorNamer.newName(), new ast::StructInstType( global.dtorStruct ), new ast::ListInit(loc, { new ast::SingleInit(loc, thisExpr ), new ast::SingleInit(loc, new ast::CastExpr( dtorExpr, dtorType ) ) } ) );1240 destructor->attributes.push_back( new ast::Attribute( "cleanup", { new ast::VariableExpr( loc, global.dtorDestroy ) } ) );1230 auto destructor = new ast::ObjectDecl(loc, memberDtorNamer.newName(), new ast::StructInstType( ast::dtorStruct ), new ast::ListInit(loc, { new ast::SingleInit(loc, thisExpr ), new ast::SingleInit(loc, new ast::CastExpr( dtorExpr, dtorType ) ) } ) ); 1231 destructor->attributes.push_back( new ast::Attribute( "cleanup", { new ast::VariableExpr({}, ast::dtorStructDestroy ) } ) ); 1241 1232 mutStmts->push_front( new ast::DeclStmt(loc, destructor ) ); 1242 1233 mutStmts->kids.splice( mutStmts->kids.begin(), stmtsToAdd ); … … 1332 1323 1333 1324 const ast::Expr * GenStructMemberCalls::postvisit( const ast::UntypedExpr * untypedExpr ) { 1325 // Expression * newExpr = untypedExpr; 1334 1326 // xxx - functions returning ast::ptr seems wrong... 1335 auto res = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression( untypedExpr, { symtab, transUnit().global } ); 1336 // Fix CodeLocation (at least until resolver is fixed). 1337 auto fix = localFillCodeLocations( untypedExpr->location, res.release() ); 1338 return strict_dynamic_cast<const ast::Expr *>( fix ); 1327 auto res = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression( untypedExpr, symtab ); 1328 return res.release(); 1329 // return newExpr; 1339 1330 } 1340 1331 … … 1370 1361 1371 1362 // resolve assignment and dispose of new env 1372 auto resolved = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression( assign, { symtab, transUnit().global });1363 auto resolved = ResolvExpr::findVoidExpression( assign, symtab ); 1373 1364 auto mut = resolved.get_and_mutate(); 1374 1365 assertf(resolved.get() == mut, "newly resolved expression must be unique"); -
src/InitTweak/InitTweak.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 423 423 loc, targetLabel.newName(), { new ast::Attribute{ "unused" } } }; 424 424 425 std::vector< ast::ptr< ast:: CaseClause> > branches;425 std::vector< ast::ptr< ast::Stmt > > branches; 426 426 for ( const ast::Init * init : *listInit ) { 427 427 auto condition = ast::ConstantExpr::from_ulong( loc, cond ); … … 432 432 stmts.emplace_back( 433 433 new ast::BranchStmt{ loc, ast::BranchStmt::Break, switchLabel } ); 434 branches.emplace_back( new ast::Case Clause{ loc, condition, std::move( stmts ) } );434 branches.emplace_back( new ast::CaseStmt{ loc, condition, std::move( stmts ) } ); 435 435 } 436 436 out.emplace_back( new ast::SwitchStmt{ loc, index, std::move( branches ) } ); -
src/Parser/parser.yy
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Sat Sep 1 20:22:55 2001 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 14 16:35:29202213 // Update Count : 5 27612 // Last Modified On : Tue Feb 1 11:06:13 2022 13 // Update Count : 5167 14 14 // 15 15 … … 610 610 // | RESUME '(' comma_expression ')' compound_statement 611 611 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "Resume expression is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 612 | IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER // syntax error613 {614 SemanticError( yylloc, ::toString( "Adjacent identifiers are not meaningful in an expression. "615 "Possible problem is identifier \"", *$1.str,616 "\" is a misspelled typename or an incorrectly specified type name, "617 "e.g., missing generic parameter or missing struct/union/enum before typename." ) );618 $$ = nullptr;619 }620 | IDENTIFIER direct_type // syntax error621 {622 SemanticError( yylloc, ::toString( "Identifier \"", *$1.str, "\" cannot appear before a type. "623 "Possible problem is misspelled storage or CV qualifier." ) );624 $$ = nullptr;625 }626 612 ; 627 613 … … 652 638 // Historic, transitional: Disallow commas in subscripts. 653 639 // Switching to this behaviour may help check if a C compatibilty case uses comma-exprs in subscripts. 640 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "New array subscript is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 654 641 // Current: Commas in subscripts make tuples. 655 642 { $$ = new ExpressionNode( build_binary_val( OperKinds::Index, $1, new ExpressionNode( build_tuple( (ExpressionNode *)($3->set_last( $5 ) ) )) ) ); } … … 660 647 // equivalent to the old x[i,j]. 661 648 { $$ = new ExpressionNode( build_binary_val( OperKinds::Index, $1, $3 ) ); } 662 | constant '[' assignment_expression ']' // 3[a], 'a'[a], 3.5[a]663 { $$ = new ExpressionNode( build_binary_val( OperKinds::Index, $1, $3 ) ); }664 | string_literal '[' assignment_expression ']' // "abc"[3], 3["abc"]665 { $$ = new ExpressionNode( build_binary_val( OperKinds::Index, new ExpressionNode( $1 ), $3 ) ); }666 649 | postfix_expression '{' argument_expression_list_opt '}' // CFA, constructor call 667 650 { … … 1069 1052 identifier_or_type_name ':' attribute_list_opt statement 1070 1053 { $$ = $4->add_label( $1, $3 ); } 1071 | identifier_or_type_name ':' attribute_list_opt error // syntax error1072 {1073 SemanticError( yylloc, ::toString( "Label \"", *$1.str, "\" must be associated with a statement, "1074 "where a declaration, case, or default is not a statement. "1075 "Move the label or terminate with a semi-colon." ) );1076 $$ = nullptr;1077 }1078 1054 ; 1079 1055 … … 1110 1086 | statement_list_nodecl statement 1111 1087 { assert( $1 ); $1->set_last( $2 ); $$ = $1; } 1112 | statement_list_nodecl error // syntax error1113 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Declarations only allowed at the start of the switch body, i.e., after the '{'." ); $$ = nullptr; }1114 1088 ; 1115 1089 … … 1119 1093 | MUTEX '(' ')' comma_expression ';' 1120 1094 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_mutex( nullptr, new StatementNode( build_expr( $4 ) ) ) ); } 1095 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "Mutex expression is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1121 1096 ; 1122 1097 … … 1138 1113 $$ = $7 ? new StatementNode( build_compound( (StatementNode *)((new StatementNode( $7 ))->set_last( sw )) ) ) : sw; 1139 1114 } 1140 | SWITCH '(' comma_expression ')' '{' error '}' // CFA, syntax error1141 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Only declarations can appear before the list of case clauses." ); $$ = nullptr; }1142 1115 | CHOOSE '(' comma_expression ')' case_clause // CFA 1143 1116 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_switch( false, $3, $5 ) ); } … … 1147 1120 $$ = $7 ? new StatementNode( build_compound( (StatementNode *)((new StatementNode( $7 ))->set_last( sw )) ) ) : sw; 1148 1121 } 1149 | CHOOSE '(' comma_expression ')' '{' error '}' // CFA, syntax error1150 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Only declarations can appear before the list of case clauses." ); $$ = nullptr; }1151 1122 ; 1152 1123 … … 1187 1158 1188 1159 case_label: // CFA 1189 CASE error // syntax error 1190 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Missing case list after case." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1191 | CASE case_value_list ':' { $$ = $2; } 1192 | CASE case_value_list error // syntax error 1193 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Missing colon after case list." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1160 CASE case_value_list ':' { $$ = $2; } 1194 1161 | DEFAULT ':' { $$ = new StatementNode( build_default() ); } 1195 1162 // A semantic check is required to ensure only one default clause per switch/choose statement. 1196 | DEFAULT error // syntax error 1197 { SemanticError( yylloc, "Missing colon after default." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1198 ; 1163 ; 1164 1165 //label_list_opt: 1166 // // empty 1167 // | identifier_or_type_name ':' 1168 // | label_list_opt identifier_or_type_name ':' 1169 // ; 1199 1170 1200 1171 case_label_list: // CFA … … 1226 1197 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_while( $3, maybe_build_compound( $5 ) ) ); } 1227 1198 | WHILE '(' conditional_declaration ')' statement ELSE statement // CFA 1199 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "Loop default block is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1228 1200 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_while( $3, maybe_build_compound( $5 ), $7 ) ); } 1229 1201 | DO statement WHILE '(' ')' ';' // CFA => do while( 1 ) … … 1232 1204 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_do_while( $5, maybe_build_compound( $2 ) ) ); } 1233 1205 | DO statement WHILE '(' comma_expression ')' ELSE statement // CFA 1206 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "Loop default block is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1234 1207 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_do_while( $5, maybe_build_compound( $2 ), $8 ) ); } 1235 1208 | FOR '(' ')' statement // CFA => for ( ;; ) … … 1238 1211 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_for( $3, maybe_build_compound( $5 ) ) ); } 1239 1212 | FOR '(' for_control_expression_list ')' statement ELSE statement // CFA 1213 // { SemanticError( yylloc, "Loop default block is currently unimplemented." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1240 1214 { $$ = new StatementNode( build_for( $3, maybe_build_compound( $5 ), $7 ) ); } 1241 1215 ; … … 1432 1406 | when_clause_opt ELSE statement 1433 1407 { $$ = build_waitfor_timeout( nullptr, maybe_build_compound( $3 ), $1 ); } 1434 // "else" must be conditional after timeout or timeout is never triggered (i.e., it is meaningless)1435 | when_clause_opt timeout statement WOR ELSE statement // syntax error1408 // "else" must be conditional after timeout or timeout is never triggered (i.e., it is meaningless) 1409 | when_clause_opt timeout statement WOR ELSE statement 1436 1410 { SemanticError( yylloc, "else clause must be conditional after timeout or timeout never triggered." ); $$ = nullptr; } 1437 1411 | when_clause_opt timeout statement WOR when_clause ELSE statement … … 2761 2735 | ASM '(' string_literal ')' ';' // GCC, global assembler statement 2762 2736 { $$ = DeclarationNode::newAsmStmt( new StatementNode( build_asm( false, $3, 0 ) ) ); } 2763 | EXTERN STRINGliteral2764 {2765 linkageStack.push( linkage ); // handle nested extern "C"/"Cforall"2766 linkage = LinkageSpec::update( yylloc, linkage, $2 );2767 }2768 up external_definition down2769 {2770 linkage = linkageStack.top();2771 linkageStack.pop();2772 $$ = $5;2773 }2774 2737 | EXTERN STRINGliteral // C++-style linkage specifier 2775 2738 { -
src/ResolvExpr/CandidateFinder.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Wed Jun 5 14:30:00 2019 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 11:58:00 202213 // Update Count : 312 // Last Modified On : Tue Oct 1 14:55:00 2019 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // 15 15 … … 595 595 /// Actually visits expressions to find their candidate interpretations 596 596 class Finder final : public ast::WithShortCircuiting { 597 const ResolveContext & context;598 597 const ast::SymbolTable & symtab; 599 598 public: … … 619 618 620 619 Finder( CandidateFinder & f ) 621 : context( f.context ), symtab( context.symtab ), selfFinder( f),622 candidates( f.candidates ), tenv( f.env ),targetType( f.targetType ) {}620 : symtab( f.localSyms ), selfFinder( f ), candidates( f.candidates ), tenv( f.env ), 621 targetType( f.targetType ) {} 623 622 624 623 void previsit( const ast::Node * ) { visit_children = false; } … … 873 872 Tuples::handleTupleAssignment( selfFinder, untypedExpr, argCandidates ); 874 873 875 CandidateFinder funcFinder ( context, tenv );874 CandidateFinder funcFinder{ symtab, tenv }; 876 875 if (auto nameExpr = untypedExpr->func.as<ast::NameExpr>()) { 877 876 auto kind = ast::SymbolTable::getSpecialFunctionKind(nameExpr->name); … … 919 918 // find function operators 920 919 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > opExpr = new ast::NameExpr{ untypedExpr->location, "?()" }; 921 CandidateFinder opFinder ( context, tenv );920 CandidateFinder opFinder{ symtab, tenv }; 922 921 // okay if there aren't any function operations 923 922 opFinder.find( opExpr, ResolvMode::withoutFailFast() ); … … 1060 1059 1061 1060 void postvisit( const ast::AddressExpr * addressExpr ) { 1062 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1061 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1063 1062 finder.find( addressExpr->arg ); 1064 1063 … … 1080 1079 ast::ptr< ast::Type > toType = castExpr->result; 1081 1080 assert( toType ); 1082 toType = resolveTypeof( toType, context);1081 toType = resolveTypeof( toType, symtab ); 1083 1082 // toType = SymTab::validateType( castExpr->location, toType, symtab ); 1084 1083 toType = adjustExprType( toType, tenv, symtab ); 1085 1084 1086 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv, toType );1085 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv, toType }; 1087 1086 finder.find( castExpr->arg, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1088 1087 … … 1137 1136 void postvisit( const ast::VirtualCastExpr * castExpr ) { 1138 1137 assertf( castExpr->result, "Implicit virtual cast targets not yet supported." ); 1139 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1138 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1140 1139 // don't prune here, all alternatives guaranteed to have same type 1141 1140 finder.find( castExpr->arg, ResolvMode::withoutPrune() ); … … 1154 1153 auto target = inst->base.get(); 1155 1154 1156 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1155 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1157 1156 1158 1157 auto pick_alternatives = [target, this](CandidateList & found, bool expect_ref) { … … 1203 1202 1204 1203 void postvisit( const ast::UntypedMemberExpr * memberExpr ) { 1205 CandidateFinder aggFinder ( context, tenv );1204 CandidateFinder aggFinder{ symtab, tenv }; 1206 1205 aggFinder.find( memberExpr->aggregate, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1207 1206 for ( CandidateRef & agg : aggFinder.candidates ) { … … 1288 1287 addCandidate( 1289 1288 new ast::SizeofExpr{ 1290 sizeofExpr->location, resolveTypeof( sizeofExpr->type, context) },1289 sizeofExpr->location, resolveTypeof( sizeofExpr->type, symtab ) }, 1291 1290 tenv ); 1292 1291 } else { 1293 1292 // find all candidates for the argument to sizeof 1294 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1293 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1295 1294 finder.find( sizeofExpr->expr ); 1296 1295 // find the lowest-cost candidate, otherwise ambiguous … … 1312 1311 addCandidate( 1313 1312 new ast::AlignofExpr{ 1314 alignofExpr->location, resolveTypeof( alignofExpr->type, context) },1313 alignofExpr->location, resolveTypeof( alignofExpr->type, symtab ) }, 1315 1314 tenv ); 1316 1315 } else { 1317 1316 // find all candidates for the argument to alignof 1318 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1317 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1319 1318 finder.find( alignofExpr->expr ); 1320 1319 // find the lowest-cost candidate, otherwise ambiguous … … 1355 1354 1356 1355 void postvisit( const ast::LogicalExpr * logicalExpr ) { 1357 CandidateFinder finder1 ( context, tenv );1356 CandidateFinder finder1{ symtab, tenv }; 1358 1357 finder1.find( logicalExpr->arg1, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1359 1358 if ( finder1.candidates.empty() ) return; 1360 1359 1361 CandidateFinder finder2 ( context, tenv );1360 CandidateFinder finder2{ symtab, tenv }; 1362 1361 finder2.find( logicalExpr->arg2, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1363 1362 if ( finder2.candidates.empty() ) return; … … 1385 1384 void postvisit( const ast::ConditionalExpr * conditionalExpr ) { 1386 1385 // candidates for condition 1387 CandidateFinder finder1 ( context, tenv );1386 CandidateFinder finder1{ symtab, tenv }; 1388 1387 finder1.find( conditionalExpr->arg1, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1389 1388 if ( finder1.candidates.empty() ) return; 1390 1389 1391 1390 // candidates for true result 1392 CandidateFinder finder2 ( context, tenv );1391 CandidateFinder finder2{ symtab, tenv }; 1393 1392 finder2.find( conditionalExpr->arg2, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1394 1393 if ( finder2.candidates.empty() ) return; 1395 1394 1396 1395 // candidates for false result 1397 CandidateFinder finder3 ( context, tenv );1396 CandidateFinder finder3{ symtab, tenv }; 1398 1397 finder3.find( conditionalExpr->arg3, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1399 1398 if ( finder3.candidates.empty() ) return; … … 1446 1445 void postvisit( const ast::CommaExpr * commaExpr ) { 1447 1446 ast::TypeEnvironment env{ tenv }; 1448 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > arg1 = resolveInVoidContext( commaExpr->arg1, context, env );1449 1450 CandidateFinder finder2 ( context, env );1447 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > arg1 = resolveInVoidContext( commaExpr->arg1, symtab, env ); 1448 1449 CandidateFinder finder2{ symtab, env }; 1451 1450 finder2.find( commaExpr->arg2, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1452 1451 … … 1461 1460 1462 1461 void postvisit( const ast::ConstructorExpr * ctorExpr ) { 1463 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1462 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1464 1463 finder.find( ctorExpr->callExpr, ResolvMode::withoutPrune() ); 1465 1464 for ( CandidateRef & r : finder.candidates ) { … … 1470 1469 void postvisit( const ast::RangeExpr * rangeExpr ) { 1471 1470 // resolve low and high, accept candidates where low and high types unify 1472 CandidateFinder finder1 ( context, tenv );1471 CandidateFinder finder1{ symtab, tenv }; 1473 1472 finder1.find( rangeExpr->low, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1474 1473 if ( finder1.candidates.empty() ) return; 1475 1474 1476 CandidateFinder finder2 ( context, tenv );1475 CandidateFinder finder2{ symtab, tenv }; 1477 1476 finder2.find( rangeExpr->high, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1478 1477 if ( finder2.candidates.empty() ) return; … … 1550 1549 1551 1550 void postvisit( const ast::UniqueExpr * unqExpr ) { 1552 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv );1551 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv }; 1553 1552 finder.find( unqExpr->expr, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1554 1553 for ( CandidateRef & r : finder.candidates ) { … … 1559 1558 1560 1559 void postvisit( const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr ) { 1561 addCandidate( resolveStmtExpr( stmtExpr, context), tenv );1560 addCandidate( resolveStmtExpr( stmtExpr, symtab ), tenv ); 1562 1561 } 1563 1562 … … 1571 1570 for ( const ast::InitAlternative & initAlt : initExpr->initAlts ) { 1572 1571 // calculate target type 1573 const ast::Type * toType = resolveTypeof( initAlt.type, context);1572 const ast::Type * toType = resolveTypeof( initAlt.type, symtab ); 1574 1573 // toType = SymTab::validateType( initExpr->location, toType, symtab ); 1575 1574 toType = adjustExprType( toType, tenv, symtab ); … … 1577 1576 // types are not bound to the initialization type, since return type variables are 1578 1577 // only open for the duration of resolving the UntypedExpr. 1579 CandidateFinder finder ( context, tenv, toType );1578 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, tenv, toType }; 1580 1579 finder.find( initExpr->expr, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1581 1580 for ( CandidateRef & cand : finder.candidates ) { … … 1694 1693 } 1695 1694 else { 1696 satisfyAssertions(candidate, context.symtab, satisfied, errors);1695 satisfyAssertions(candidate, localSyms, satisfied, errors); 1697 1696 needRecomputeKey = true; 1698 1697 } … … 1856 1855 r->expr = ast::mutate_field( 1857 1856 r->expr.get(), &ast::Expr::result, 1858 adjustExprType( r->expr->result, r->env, context.symtab) );1857 adjustExprType( r->expr->result, r->env, localSyms ) ); 1859 1858 } 1860 1859 } … … 1874 1873 1875 1874 for ( const auto & x : xs ) { 1876 out.emplace_back( context, env );1875 out.emplace_back( localSyms, env ); 1877 1876 out.back().find( x, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1878 1877 -
src/ResolvExpr/CandidateFinder.hpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Wed Jun 5 14:30:00 2019 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 15:22:00 202213 // Update Count : 312 // Last Modified On : Tue Oct 1 9:51:00 2019 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // 15 15 … … 25 25 namespace ResolvExpr { 26 26 27 struct ResolveContext;28 29 27 /// Data to perform expression resolution 30 28 struct CandidateFinder { 31 29 CandidateList candidates; ///< List of candidate resolutions 32 const ResolveContext & context; ///< Information about where the canditates are being found.30 const ast::SymbolTable & localSyms; ///< Symbol table to lookup candidates 33 31 const ast::TypeEnvironment & env; ///< Substitutions performed in this resolution 34 32 ast::ptr< ast::Type > targetType; ///< Target type for resolution … … 36 34 37 35 CandidateFinder( 38 const ResolveContext & context, const ast::TypeEnvironment & env,36 const ast::SymbolTable & syms, const ast::TypeEnvironment & env, 39 37 const ast::Type * tt = nullptr ) 40 : candidates(), context( context), env( env ), targetType( tt ) {}38 : candidates(), localSyms( syms ), env( env ), targetType( tt ) {} 41 39 42 40 /// Fill candidates with feasible resolutions for `expr` -
src/ResolvExpr/CandidatePrinter.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Tue Nov 9 9:54:00 2021 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 13:56:00 202213 // Update Count : 112 // Last Modified On : Tue Nov 9 15:47:00 2021 13 // Update Count : 0 14 14 // 15 15 … … 22 22 #include "AST/TranslationUnit.hpp" 23 23 #include "ResolvExpr/CandidateFinder.hpp" 24 #include "ResolvExpr/Resolver.h"25 24 26 25 #include <iostream> … … 30 29 namespace { 31 30 32 class CandidatePrintCore : public ast::WithSymbolTable, 33 public ast::WithConstTranslationUnit { 31 class CandidatePrintCore : public ast::WithSymbolTable { 34 32 std::ostream & os; 35 33 public: … … 38 36 void postvisit( const ast::ExprStmt * stmt ) { 39 37 ast::TypeEnvironment env; 40 CandidateFinder finder( { symtab, transUnit().global }, env );38 CandidateFinder finder( symtab, env ); 41 39 finder.find( stmt->expr, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 42 40 int count = 1; -
src/ResolvExpr/RenameVars.h
r92538ab r4559b34 36 36 }; 37 37 const ast::Type * renameTyVars( const ast::Type *, RenameMode mode = GEN_USAGE, bool reset = true ); 38 38 39 39 40 /// resets internal state of renamer to avoid overflow 40 41 void resetTyVarRenaming(); 42 43 41 44 } // namespace ResolvExpr 42 45 -
src/ResolvExpr/ResolveTypeof.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:12:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 16:09:00 202213 // Update Count : 411 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue May 19 16:49:04 2015 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 22 22 #include "AST/Node.hpp" 23 23 #include "AST/Pass.hpp" 24 #include "AST/TranslationUnit.hpp"25 24 #include "AST/Type.hpp" 26 25 #include "AST/TypeEnvironment.hpp" … … 120 119 namespace { 121 120 struct ResolveTypeof_new : public ast::WithShortCircuiting { 122 const ResolveContext & context; 123 124 ResolveTypeof_new( const ResolveContext & context ) : 125 context( context ) {} 121 const ast::SymbolTable & localSymtab; 122 123 ResolveTypeof_new( const ast::SymbolTable & syms ) : localSymtab( syms ) {} 126 124 127 125 void previsit( const ast::TypeofType * ) { visit_children = false; } … … 139 137 ast::TypeEnvironment dummy; 140 138 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = 141 resolveInVoidContext( typeofType->expr, context, dummy );139 resolveInVoidContext( typeofType->expr, localSymtab, dummy ); 142 140 assert( newExpr->result && ! newExpr->result->isVoid() ); 143 141 newType = newExpr->result; … … 163 161 } // anonymous namespace 164 162 165 const ast::Type * resolveTypeof( const ast::Type * type , const ResolveContext & context) {166 ast::Pass< ResolveTypeof_new > mutator ( context );163 const ast::Type * resolveTypeof( const ast::Type * type , const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ) { 164 ast::Pass< ResolveTypeof_new > mutator{ symtab }; 167 165 return type->accept( mutator ); 168 166 } 169 167 170 168 struct FixArrayDimension { 171 const ResolveContext & context; 172 FixArrayDimension(const ResolveContext & context) : context( context ) {} 169 // should not require a mutable symbol table - prevent pass template instantiation 170 const ast::SymbolTable & _symtab; 171 FixArrayDimension(const ast::SymbolTable & symtab): _symtab(symtab) {} 173 172 174 173 const ast::ArrayType * previsit (const ast::ArrayType * arrayType) { 175 174 if (!arrayType->dimension) return arrayType; 176 175 auto mutType = mutate(arrayType); 177 auto globalSizeType = context.global.sizeType; 178 ast::ptr<ast::Type> sizetype = globalSizeType ? globalSizeType : new ast::BasicType(ast::BasicType::LongUnsignedInt); 179 mutType->dimension = findSingleExpression(arrayType->dimension, sizetype, context ); 176 ast::ptr<ast::Type> sizetype = ast::sizeType ? ast::sizeType : new ast::BasicType(ast::BasicType::LongUnsignedInt); 177 mutType->dimension = findSingleExpression(arrayType->dimension, sizetype, _symtab); 180 178 181 179 if (InitTweak::isConstExpr(mutType->dimension)) { … … 189 187 }; 190 188 191 const ast::Type * fixArrayType( const ast::Type * type, const ResolveContext & context) {192 ast::Pass<FixArrayDimension> visitor (context);189 const ast::Type * fixArrayType( const ast::Type * type, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab) { 190 ast::Pass<FixArrayDimension> visitor {symtab}; 193 191 return type->accept(visitor); 194 192 } 195 193 196 const ast::ObjectDecl * fixObjectType( const ast::ObjectDecl * decl , const ResolveContext & context ) { 197 if (decl->isTypeFixed) { 198 return decl; 199 } 200 201 auto mutDecl = mutate(decl); 202 { 203 auto resolvedType = resolveTypeof(decl->type, context); 204 resolvedType = fixArrayType(resolvedType, context); 194 const ast::ObjectDecl * fixObjectType( const ast::ObjectDecl * decl , const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ) { 195 if (!decl->isTypeFixed) { 196 auto mutDecl = mutate(decl); 197 auto resolvedType = resolveTypeof(decl->type, symtab); 198 resolvedType = fixArrayType(resolvedType, symtab); 205 199 mutDecl->type = resolvedType; 206 } 207 208 // Do not mangle unnamed variables. 209 if (!mutDecl->name.empty()) { 210 mutDecl->mangleName = Mangle::mangle(mutDecl); 211 } 212 213 mutDecl->type = renameTyVars(mutDecl->type, RenameMode::GEN_EXPR_ID); 214 mutDecl->isTypeFixed = true; 215 return mutDecl; 200 201 // check variable length if object is an array. 202 // xxx - should this be part of fixObjectType? 203 204 /* 205 if (auto arrayType = dynamic_cast<const ast::ArrayType *>(resolvedType)) { 206 auto dimExpr = findSingleExpression(arrayType->dimension, ast::sizeType, symtab); 207 if (auto varexpr = arrayType->dimension.as<ast::VariableExpr>()) {// hoisted previously 208 if (InitTweak::isConstExpr(varexpr->var.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>()->init)) { 209 auto mutType = mutate(arrayType); 210 mutType->isVarLen = ast::LengthFlag::VariableLen; 211 mutDecl->type = mutType; 212 } 213 } 214 } 215 */ 216 217 218 if (!mutDecl->name.empty()) 219 mutDecl->mangleName = Mangle::mangle(mutDecl); // do not mangle unnamed variables 220 221 mutDecl->type = renameTyVars(mutDecl->type, RenameMode::GEN_EXPR_ID); 222 mutDecl->isTypeFixed = true; 223 return mutDecl; 224 } 225 return decl; 216 226 } 217 227 -
src/ResolvExpr/ResolveTypeof.h
r92538ab r4559b34 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // ResolveTypeof.h -- 7 // ResolveTypeof.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:14:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 11:33:00 202213 // Update Count : 411 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Jul 22 09:38:35 2017 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 22 22 namespace ast { 23 23 class Type; 24 class SymbolTable; 24 25 class ObjectDecl; 25 26 } 26 27 27 28 namespace ResolvExpr { 28 struct ResolveContext;29 30 29 Type *resolveTypeof( Type*, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ); 31 const ast::Type * resolveTypeof( const ast::Type *, const ResolveContext& );32 const ast::ObjectDecl * fixObjectType( const ast::ObjectDecl * decl , const ResolveContext &);30 const ast::Type * resolveTypeof( const ast::Type *, const ast::SymbolTable & ); 31 const ast::ObjectDecl * fixObjectType( const ast::ObjectDecl * decl , const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ); 33 32 } // namespace ResolvExpr 34 33 -
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Aaron B. Moss 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:17:01 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 18 10:41:00202213 // Update Count : 24 711 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Feb 1 16:27:14 2022 13 // Update Count : 245 14 14 // 15 15 … … 997 997 /// Calls the CandidateFinder and finds the single best candidate 998 998 CandidateRef findUnfinishedKindExpression( 999 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext & context, const std::string & kind,999 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab, const std::string & kind, 1000 1000 std::function<bool(const Candidate &)> pred = anyCandidate, ResolvMode mode = {} 1001 1001 ) { … … 1007 1007 ++recursion_level; 1008 1008 ast::TypeEnvironment env; 1009 CandidateFinder finder ( context, env );1009 CandidateFinder finder{ symtab, env }; 1010 1010 finder.find( untyped, recursion_level == 1 ? mode.atTopLevel() : mode ); 1011 1011 --recursion_level; … … 1129 1129 1130 1130 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > resolveInVoidContext( 1131 const ast::Expr * expr, const ResolveContext & context, 1132 ast::TypeEnvironment & env 1131 const ast::Expr * expr, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab, ast::TypeEnvironment & env 1133 1132 ) { 1134 1133 assertf( expr, "expected a non-null expression" ); … … 1137 1136 ast::ptr< ast::CastExpr > untyped = new ast::CastExpr{ expr }; 1138 1137 CandidateRef choice = findUnfinishedKindExpression( 1139 untyped, context, "", anyCandidate, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() );1138 untyped, symtab, "", anyCandidate, ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 1140 1139 1141 1140 // a cast expression has either 0 or 1 interpretations (by language rules); … … 1150 1149 /// context. 1151 1150 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findVoidExpression( 1152 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext & context1151 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1153 1152 ) { 1154 1153 ast::TypeEnvironment env; 1155 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = resolveInVoidContext( untyped, context, env );1154 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = resolveInVoidContext( untyped, symtab, env ); 1156 1155 finishExpr( newExpr, env, untyped->env ); 1157 1156 return newExpr; … … 1164 1163 /// lowest cost, returning the resolved version 1165 1164 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findKindExpression( 1166 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext & context,1165 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab, 1167 1166 std::function<bool(const Candidate &)> pred = anyCandidate, 1168 1167 const std::string & kind = "", ResolvMode mode = {} … … 1170 1169 if ( ! untyped ) return {}; 1171 1170 CandidateRef choice = 1172 findUnfinishedKindExpression( untyped, context, kind, pred, mode );1171 findUnfinishedKindExpression( untyped, symtab, kind, pred, mode ); 1173 1172 ResolvExpr::finishExpr( choice->expr, choice->env, untyped->env ); 1174 1173 return std::move( choice->expr ); … … 1177 1176 /// Resolve `untyped` to the single expression whose candidate is the best match 1178 1177 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findSingleExpression( 1179 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext & context1178 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1180 1179 ) { 1181 1180 Stats::ResolveTime::start( untyped ); 1182 auto res = findKindExpression( untyped, context);1181 auto res = findKindExpression( untyped, symtab ); 1183 1182 Stats::ResolveTime::stop(); 1184 1183 return res; … … 1187 1186 1188 1187 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findSingleExpression( 1189 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::Type * type, 1190 const ResolveContext & context 1188 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::Type * type, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1191 1189 ) { 1192 1190 assert( untyped && type ); 1193 1191 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > castExpr = new ast::CastExpr{ untyped, type }; 1194 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = findSingleExpression( castExpr, context);1195 removeExtraneousCast( newExpr, context.symtab );1192 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = findSingleExpression( castExpr, symtab ); 1193 removeExtraneousCast( newExpr, symtab ); 1196 1194 return newExpr; 1197 1195 } … … 1219 1217 /// Resolve `untyped` as an integral expression, returning the resolved version 1220 1218 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findIntegralExpression( 1221 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext & context1219 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1222 1220 ) { 1223 return findKindExpression( untyped, context, hasIntegralType, "condition" );1221 return findKindExpression( untyped, symtab, hasIntegralType, "condition" ); 1224 1222 } 1225 1223 … … 1251 1249 // for work previously in GenInit 1252 1250 static InitTweak::ManagedTypes_new managedTypes; 1253 ResolveContext context;1254 1251 1255 1252 bool inEnumDecl = false; … … 1257 1254 public: 1258 1255 static size_t traceId; 1259 Resolver_new( const ast::TranslationGlobal & global ) : 1260 context{ symtab, global } {} 1261 Resolver_new( const ResolveContext & context ) : 1262 ast::WithSymbolTable{ context.symtab }, 1263 context{ symtab, context.global } {} 1256 Resolver_new() = default; 1257 Resolver_new( const ast::SymbolTable & syms ) { symtab = syms; } 1264 1258 1265 1259 const ast::FunctionDecl * previsit( const ast::FunctionDecl * ); … … 1278 1272 const ast::AsmStmt * previsit( const ast::AsmStmt * ); 1279 1273 const ast::IfStmt * previsit( const ast::IfStmt * ); 1280 const ast::WhileDoStmt * previsit( const ast::WhileDoStmt * );1274 const ast::WhileDoStmt * previsit( const ast::WhileDoStmt * ); 1281 1275 const ast::ForStmt * previsit( const ast::ForStmt * ); 1282 1276 const ast::SwitchStmt * previsit( const ast::SwitchStmt * ); 1283 const ast::Case Clause * previsit( const ast::CaseClause* );1277 const ast::CaseStmt * previsit( const ast::CaseStmt * ); 1284 1278 const ast::BranchStmt * previsit( const ast::BranchStmt * ); 1285 1279 const ast::ReturnStmt * previsit( const ast::ReturnStmt * ); 1286 1280 const ast::ThrowStmt * previsit( const ast::ThrowStmt * ); 1287 const ast::Catch Clause * previsit( const ast::CatchClause* );1288 const ast::Catch Clause * postvisit( const ast::CatchClause* );1281 const ast::CatchStmt * previsit( const ast::CatchStmt * ); 1282 const ast::CatchStmt * postvisit( const ast::CatchStmt * ); 1289 1283 const ast::WaitForStmt * previsit( const ast::WaitForStmt * ); 1290 1284 const ast::WithStmt * previsit( const ast::WithStmt * ); … … 1305 1299 1306 1300 void resolve( ast::TranslationUnit& translationUnit ) { 1307 ast::Pass< Resolver_new >::run( translationUnit , translationUnit.global);1301 ast::Pass< Resolver_new >::run( translationUnit ); 1308 1302 } 1309 1303 1310 1304 ast::ptr< ast::Init > resolveCtorInit( 1311 const ast::ConstructorInit * ctorInit, const ResolveContext & context1305 const ast::ConstructorInit * ctorInit, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1312 1306 ) { 1313 1307 assert( ctorInit ); 1314 ast::Pass< Resolver_new > resolver ( context );1308 ast::Pass< Resolver_new > resolver{ symtab }; 1315 1309 return ctorInit->accept( resolver ); 1316 1310 } 1317 1311 1318 1312 const ast::Expr * resolveStmtExpr( 1319 const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr, const ResolveContext & context1313 const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab 1320 1314 ) { 1321 1315 assert( stmtExpr ); 1322 ast::Pass< Resolver_new > resolver ( context );1316 ast::Pass< Resolver_new > resolver{ symtab }; 1323 1317 auto ret = mutate(stmtExpr->accept(resolver)); 1324 1318 strict_dynamic_cast< ast::StmtExpr * >( ret )->computeResult(); … … 1327 1321 1328 1322 namespace { 1329 const ast::Attribute * handleAttribute(const CodeLocation & loc, const ast::Attribute * attr, const ResolveContext & context) {1323 const ast::Attribute * handleAttribute(const CodeLocation & loc, const ast::Attribute * attr, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab) { 1330 1324 std::string name = attr->normalizedName(); 1331 1325 if (name == "constructor" || name == "destructor") { 1332 1326 if (attr->params.size() == 1) { 1333 1327 auto arg = attr->params.front(); 1334 auto resolved = ResolvExpr::findSingleExpression( arg, new ast::BasicType( ast::BasicType::LongLongSignedInt ), context);1328 auto resolved = ResolvExpr::findSingleExpression( arg, new ast::BasicType( ast::BasicType::LongLongSignedInt ), symtab ); 1335 1329 auto result = eval(arg); 1336 1330 … … 1375 1369 1376 1370 for (auto & attr: mutDecl->attributes) { 1377 attr = handleAttribute(mutDecl->location, attr, context);1371 attr = handleAttribute(mutDecl->location, attr, symtab); 1378 1372 } 1379 1373 … … 1385 1379 for (auto & typeParam : mutDecl->type_params) { 1386 1380 symtab.addType(typeParam); 1387 mutType->forall.emplace_back(new ast::TypeInstType(typeParam ));1381 mutType->forall.emplace_back(new ast::TypeInstType(typeParam->name, typeParam)); 1388 1382 } 1389 1383 for (auto & asst : mutDecl->assertions) { 1390 asst = fixObjectType(asst.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), context);1384 asst = fixObjectType(asst.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), symtab); 1391 1385 symtab.addId(asst); 1392 1386 mutType->assertions.emplace_back(new ast::VariableExpr(functionDecl->location, asst)); … … 1400 1394 1401 1395 for (auto & param : mutDecl->params) { 1402 param = fixObjectType(param.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), context);1396 param = fixObjectType(param.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), symtab); 1403 1397 symtab.addId(param); 1404 1398 paramTypes.emplace_back(param->get_type()); 1405 1399 } 1406 1400 for (auto & ret : mutDecl->returns) { 1407 ret = fixObjectType(ret.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), context);1401 ret = fixObjectType(ret.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>(), symtab); 1408 1402 returnTypes.emplace_back(ret->get_type()); 1409 1403 } … … 1504 1498 else { 1505 1499 if (!objectDecl->isTypeFixed) { 1506 auto newDecl = fixObjectType(objectDecl, context);1500 auto newDecl = fixObjectType(objectDecl, symtab); 1507 1501 auto mutDecl = mutate(newDecl); 1508 1502 … … 1535 1529 // nested type decls are hoisted already. no need to do anything 1536 1530 if (auto obj = member.as<ast::ObjectDecl>()) { 1537 member = fixObjectType(obj, context);1531 member = fixObjectType(obj, symtab); 1538 1532 } 1539 1533 } … … 1558 1552 return ast::mutate_field( 1559 1553 assertDecl, &ast::StaticAssertDecl::cond, 1560 findIntegralExpression( assertDecl->cond, context) );1554 findIntegralExpression( assertDecl->cond, symtab ) ); 1561 1555 } 1562 1556 1563 1557 template< typename PtrType > 1564 const PtrType * handlePtrType( const PtrType * type, const ResolveContext & context) {1558 const PtrType * handlePtrType( const PtrType * type, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ) { 1565 1559 if ( type->dimension ) { 1566 ast::ptr< ast::Type > sizeType = context.global.sizeType;1560 ast::ptr< ast::Type > sizeType = ast::sizeType; 1567 1561 ast::mutate_field( 1568 1562 type, &PtrType::dimension, 1569 findSingleExpression( type->dimension, sizeType, context) );1563 findSingleExpression( type->dimension, sizeType, symtab ) ); 1570 1564 } 1571 1565 return type; … … 1573 1567 1574 1568 const ast::ArrayType * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::ArrayType * at ) { 1575 return handlePtrType( at, context);1569 return handlePtrType( at, symtab ); 1576 1570 } 1577 1571 1578 1572 const ast::PointerType * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::PointerType * pt ) { 1579 return handlePtrType( pt, context);1573 return handlePtrType( pt, symtab ); 1580 1574 } 1581 1575 … … 1585 1579 1586 1580 return ast::mutate_field( 1587 exprStmt, &ast::ExprStmt::expr, findVoidExpression( exprStmt->expr, context) );1581 exprStmt, &ast::ExprStmt::expr, findVoidExpression( exprStmt->expr, symtab ) ); 1588 1582 } 1589 1583 … … 1592 1586 1593 1587 asmExpr = ast::mutate_field( 1594 asmExpr, &ast::AsmExpr::operand, findVoidExpression( asmExpr->operand, context) );1588 asmExpr, &ast::AsmExpr::operand, findVoidExpression( asmExpr->operand, symtab ) ); 1595 1589 1596 1590 return asmExpr; … … 1606 1600 const ast::IfStmt * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::IfStmt * ifStmt ) { 1607 1601 return ast::mutate_field( 1608 ifStmt, &ast::IfStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( ifStmt->cond, context) );1602 ifStmt, &ast::IfStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( ifStmt->cond, symtab ) ); 1609 1603 } 1610 1604 1611 1605 const ast::WhileDoStmt * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::WhileDoStmt * whileDoStmt ) { 1612 1606 return ast::mutate_field( 1613 whileDoStmt, &ast::WhileDoStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( whileDoStmt->cond, context) );1607 whileDoStmt, &ast::WhileDoStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( whileDoStmt->cond, symtab ) ); 1614 1608 } 1615 1609 … … 1617 1611 if ( forStmt->cond ) { 1618 1612 forStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1619 forStmt, &ast::ForStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( forStmt->cond, context) );1613 forStmt, &ast::ForStmt::cond, findIntegralExpression( forStmt->cond, symtab ) ); 1620 1614 } 1621 1615 1622 1616 if ( forStmt->inc ) { 1623 1617 forStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1624 forStmt, &ast::ForStmt::inc, findVoidExpression( forStmt->inc, context) );1618 forStmt, &ast::ForStmt::inc, findVoidExpression( forStmt->inc, symtab ) ); 1625 1619 } 1626 1620 … … 1632 1626 switchStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1633 1627 switchStmt, &ast::SwitchStmt::cond, 1634 findIntegralExpression( switchStmt->cond, context) );1628 findIntegralExpression( switchStmt->cond, symtab ) ); 1635 1629 currentObject = ast::CurrentObject{ switchStmt->location, switchStmt->cond->result }; 1636 1630 return switchStmt; 1637 1631 } 1638 1632 1639 const ast::Case Clause * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::CaseClause* caseStmt ) {1633 const ast::CaseStmt * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::CaseStmt * caseStmt ) { 1640 1634 if ( caseStmt->cond ) { 1641 1635 std::deque< ast::InitAlternative > initAlts = currentObject.getOptions(); … … 1645 1639 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > untyped = 1646 1640 new ast::CastExpr{ caseStmt->location, caseStmt->cond, initAlts.front().type }; 1647 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = findSingleExpression( untyped, context);1641 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > newExpr = findSingleExpression( untyped, symtab ); 1648 1642 1649 1643 // case condition cannot have a cast in C, so it must be removed here, regardless of … … 1653 1647 } 1654 1648 1655 caseStmt = ast::mutate_field( caseStmt, &ast::Case Clause::cond, newExpr );1649 caseStmt = ast::mutate_field( caseStmt, &ast::CaseStmt::cond, newExpr ); 1656 1650 } 1657 1651 return caseStmt; … … 1666 1660 branchStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1667 1661 branchStmt, &ast::BranchStmt::computedTarget, 1668 findSingleExpression( branchStmt->computedTarget, target, context) );1662 findSingleExpression( branchStmt->computedTarget, target, symtab ) ); 1669 1663 } 1670 1664 return branchStmt; … … 1676 1670 returnStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1677 1671 returnStmt, &ast::ReturnStmt::expr, 1678 findSingleExpression( returnStmt->expr, functionReturn, context) );1672 findSingleExpression( returnStmt->expr, functionReturn, symtab ) ); 1679 1673 } 1680 1674 return returnStmt; … … 1691 1685 throwStmt = ast::mutate_field( 1692 1686 throwStmt, &ast::ThrowStmt::expr, 1693 findSingleExpression( throwStmt->expr, exceptType, context) );1687 findSingleExpression( throwStmt->expr, exceptType, symtab ) ); 1694 1688 } 1695 1689 return throwStmt; 1696 1690 } 1697 1691 1698 const ast::Catch Clause * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::CatchClause * catchClause) {1692 const ast::CatchStmt * Resolver_new::previsit( const ast::CatchStmt * catchStmt ) { 1699 1693 // Until we are very sure this invarent (ifs that move between passes have then) 1700 1694 // holds, check it. This allows a check for when to decode the mangling. 1701 if ( auto ifStmt = catch Clause->body.as<ast::IfStmt>() ) {1695 if ( auto ifStmt = catchStmt->body.as<ast::IfStmt>() ) { 1702 1696 assert( ifStmt->then ); 1703 1697 } 1704 1698 // Encode the catchStmt so the condition can see the declaration. 1705 if ( catch Clause->cond ) {1706 ast::Catch Clause * clause = mutate( catchClause);1707 clause->body = new ast::IfStmt( clause->location, clause->cond, nullptr, clause->body );1708 clause->cond = nullptr;1709 return clause;1710 } 1711 return catch Clause;1712 } 1713 1714 const ast::Catch Clause * Resolver_new::postvisit( const ast::CatchClause * catchClause) {1699 if ( catchStmt->cond ) { 1700 ast::CatchStmt * stmt = mutate( catchStmt ); 1701 stmt->body = new ast::IfStmt( stmt->location, stmt->cond, nullptr, stmt->body ); 1702 stmt->cond = nullptr; 1703 return stmt; 1704 } 1705 return catchStmt; 1706 } 1707 1708 const ast::CatchStmt * Resolver_new::postvisit( const ast::CatchStmt * catchStmt ) { 1715 1709 // Decode the catchStmt so everything is stored properly. 1716 const ast::IfStmt * ifStmt = catch Clause->body.as<ast::IfStmt>();1710 const ast::IfStmt * ifStmt = catchStmt->body.as<ast::IfStmt>(); 1717 1711 if ( nullptr != ifStmt && nullptr == ifStmt->then ) { 1718 1712 assert( ifStmt->cond ); 1719 1713 assert( ifStmt->else_ ); 1720 ast::Catch Clause * clause = ast::mutate( catchClause);1721 clause->cond = ifStmt->cond;1722 clause->body = ifStmt->else_;1714 ast::CatchStmt * stmt = ast::mutate( catchStmt ); 1715 stmt->cond = ifStmt->cond; 1716 stmt->body = ifStmt->else_; 1723 1717 // ifStmt should be implicately deleted here. 1724 return clause;1725 } 1726 return catch Clause;1718 return stmt; 1719 } 1720 return catchStmt; 1727 1721 } 1728 1722 … … 1735 1729 1736 1730 ast::TypeEnvironment env; 1737 CandidateFinder funcFinder ( context, env );1731 CandidateFinder funcFinder{ symtab, env }; 1738 1732 1739 1733 // Find all candidates for a function in canonical form … … 1949 1943 ); 1950 1944 1951 clause2.target.args.emplace_back( findSingleExpression( init, context) );1945 clause2.target.args.emplace_back( findSingleExpression( init, symtab ) ); 1952 1946 } 1953 1947 1954 1948 // Resolve the conditions as if it were an IfStmt, statements normally 1955 clause2.cond = findSingleExpression( clause.cond, context);1949 clause2.cond = findSingleExpression( clause.cond, symtab ); 1956 1950 clause2.stmt = clause.stmt->accept( *visitor ); 1957 1951 … … 1968 1962 ast::ptr< ast::Type > target = 1969 1963 new ast::BasicType{ ast::BasicType::LongLongUnsignedInt }; 1970 timeout2.time = findSingleExpression( stmt->timeout.time, target, context);1971 timeout2.cond = findSingleExpression( stmt->timeout.cond, context);1964 timeout2.time = findSingleExpression( stmt->timeout.time, target, symtab ); 1965 timeout2.cond = findSingleExpression( stmt->timeout.cond, symtab ); 1972 1966 timeout2.stmt = stmt->timeout.stmt->accept( *visitor ); 1973 1967 … … 1982 1976 ast::WaitForStmt::OrElse orElse2; 1983 1977 1984 orElse2.cond = findSingleExpression( stmt->orElse.cond, context);1978 orElse2.cond = findSingleExpression( stmt->orElse.cond, symtab ); 1985 1979 orElse2.stmt = stmt->orElse.stmt->accept( *visitor ); 1986 1980 … … 2003 1997 for (auto & expr : exprs) { 2004 1998 // only struct- and union-typed expressions are viable candidates 2005 expr = findKindExpression( expr, context, structOrUnion, "with expression" );1999 expr = findKindExpression( expr, symtab, structOrUnion, "with expression" ); 2006 2000 2007 2001 // if with expression might be impure, create a temporary so that it is evaluated once … … 2029 2023 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > untyped = new ast::UntypedInitExpr{ 2030 2024 singleInit->location, singleInit->value, currentObject.getOptions() }; 2031 ast::ptr<ast::Expr> newExpr = findSingleExpression( untyped, context);2025 ast::ptr<ast::Expr> newExpr = findSingleExpression( untyped, symtab ); 2032 2026 const ast::InitExpr * initExpr = newExpr.strict_as< ast::InitExpr >(); 2033 2027 -
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.h
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:18:34 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 11:32:00 202213 // Update Count : 511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Feb 18 20:40:38 2019 13 // Update Count : 4 14 14 // 15 15 … … 23 23 class Declaration; 24 24 class Expression; 25 class DeletedExpr;26 25 class StmtExpr; 27 class Type;28 26 namespace SymTab { 29 27 class Indexer; … … 37 35 class StmtExpr; 38 36 class SymbolTable; 39 class TranslationGlobal;40 37 class TranslationUnit; 41 38 class Type; … … 58 55 void resolveWithExprs( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ); 59 56 60 /// Helper Type: Passes around information between various sub-calls.61 struct ResolveContext {62 const ast::SymbolTable & symtab;63 const ast::TranslationGlobal & global;64 };65 66 57 /// Checks types and binds syntactic constructs to typed representations 67 58 void resolve( ast::TranslationUnit& translationUnit ); … … 71 62 /// context. 72 63 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > resolveInVoidContext( 73 const ast::Expr * expr, const ResolveContext &, ast::TypeEnvironment & env );64 const ast::Expr * expr, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab, ast::TypeEnvironment & env ); 74 65 /// Resolve `untyped` to the single expression whose candidate is the best match for the 75 66 /// given type. 76 67 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findSingleExpression( 77 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::Type * type, const ResolveContext &);68 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::Type * type, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ); 78 69 ast::ptr< ast::Expr > findVoidExpression( 79 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ResolveContext &);70 const ast::Expr * untyped, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab); 80 71 /// Resolves a constructor init expression 81 72 ast::ptr< ast::Init > resolveCtorInit( 82 const ast::ConstructorInit * ctorInit, const ResolveContext & context);73 const ast::ConstructorInit * ctorInit, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ); 83 74 /// Resolves a statement expression 84 75 const ast::Expr * resolveStmtExpr( 85 const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr, const ResolveContext & context);76 const ast::StmtExpr * stmtExpr, const ast::SymbolTable & symtab ); 86 77 } // namespace ResolvExpr 87 78 -
src/ResolvExpr/Unify.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 943 943 // check that the other type is compatible and named the same 944 944 auto otherInst = dynamic_cast< const XInstType * >( other ); 945 if (otherInst && inst->name == otherInst->name) this->result = otherInst;945 this->result = otherInst && inst->name == otherInst->name; 946 946 return otherInst; 947 947 } -
src/SymTab/Validate.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 194 194 }; 195 195 196 // These structs are the sub-sub-passes of ForallPointerDecay_old.197 198 struct TraitExpander_old final {199 void previsit( FunctionType * );200 void previsit( StructDecl * );201 void previsit( UnionDecl * );202 };203 204 struct AssertionFixer_old final {205 void previsit( FunctionType * );206 void previsit( StructDecl * );207 void previsit( UnionDecl * );208 };209 210 struct CheckOperatorTypes_old final {211 void previsit( ObjectDecl * );212 };213 214 struct FixUniqueIds_old final {215 void previsit( DeclarationWithType * );216 };217 218 196 struct ReturnChecker : public WithGuards { 219 197 /// Checks that return statements return nothing if their return type is void … … 395 373 TranslateDimensionGenericParameters::translateDimensions( translationUnit ); 396 374 }); 397 if (!useNewAST) {398 375 Stats::Time::TimeBlock("Resolve Enum Initializers", [&]() { 399 376 acceptAll( translationUnit, rei ); // must happen after translateDimensions because rei needs identifier lookup, which needs name mangling 400 377 }); 401 }402 378 Stats::Time::TimeBlock("Check Function Returns", [&]() { 403 379 ReturnChecker::checkFunctionReturns( translationUnit ); … … 409 385 } 410 386 411 static void decayForallPointers( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) {412 PassVisitor<TraitExpander_old> te;413 acceptAll( translationUnit, te );414 PassVisitor<AssertionFixer_old> af;415 acceptAll( translationUnit, af );416 PassVisitor<CheckOperatorTypes_old> cot;417 acceptAll( translationUnit, cot );418 PassVisitor<FixUniqueIds_old> fui;419 acceptAll( translationUnit, fui );420 }421 422 387 void validate_D( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) { 388 PassVisitor<ForallPointerDecay_old> fpd; 423 389 { 424 390 Stats::Heap::newPass("validate-D"); … … 428 394 }); 429 395 Stats::Time::TimeBlock("Forall Pointer Decay", [&]() { 430 decayForallPointers( translationUnit); // must happen before autogenerateRoutines, after Concurrency::applyKeywords because uniqueIds must be set on declaration before resolution396 acceptAll( translationUnit, fpd ); // must happen before autogenerateRoutines, after Concurrency::applyKeywords because uniqueIds must be set on declaration before resolution 431 397 }); 432 398 Stats::Time::TimeBlock("Hoist Control Declarations", [&]() { … … 487 453 } 488 454 455 void decayForallPointers( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) { 456 PassVisitor<ForallPointerDecay_old> fpd; 457 acceptAll( translationUnit, fpd ); 458 } 459 489 460 void validate( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit, __attribute__((unused)) bool doDebug ) { 490 461 validate_A( translationUnit ); … … 499 470 PassVisitor<EnumAndPointerDecay_old> epc; 500 471 PassVisitor<LinkReferenceToTypes_old> lrt( indexer ); 501 PassVisitor<TraitExpander_old> te; 502 PassVisitor<AssertionFixer_old> af; 503 PassVisitor<CheckOperatorTypes_old> cot; 504 PassVisitor<FixUniqueIds_old> fui; 472 PassVisitor<ForallPointerDecay_old> fpd; 505 473 type->accept( epc ); 506 474 type->accept( lrt ); 507 type->accept( te ); 508 type->accept( af ); 509 type->accept( cot ); 510 type->accept( fui ); 475 type->accept( fpd ); 511 476 } 512 477 … … 1019 984 } 1020 985 1021 /// Replace all traits in assertion lists with their assertions.1022 void expandTraits( std::list< TypeDecl * > & forall ) {1023 for ( TypeDecl * type : forall ) {1024 std::list< DeclarationWithType * > asserts;1025 asserts.splice( asserts.end(), type->assertions );1026 // expand trait instances into their members1027 for ( DeclarationWithType * assertion : asserts ) {1028 if ( TraitInstType * traitInst = dynamic_cast< TraitInstType * >( assertion->get_type() ) ) {1029 // expand trait instance into all of its members1030 expandAssertions( traitInst, back_inserter( type->assertions ) );1031 delete traitInst;1032 } else {1033 // pass other assertions through1034 type->assertions.push_back( assertion );1035 } // if1036 } // for1037 }1038 }1039 1040 /// Fix each function in the assertion list and check for invalid void type.1041 void fixAssertions(1042 std::list< TypeDecl * > & forall, BaseSyntaxNode * node ) {1043 for ( TypeDecl * type : forall ) {1044 for ( DeclarationWithType *& assertion : type->assertions ) {1045 bool isVoid = fixFunction( assertion );1046 if ( isVoid ) {1047 SemanticError( node, "invalid type void in assertion of function " );1048 } // if1049 } // for1050 }1051 }1052 1053 986 void ForallPointerDecay_old::previsit( ObjectDecl * object ) { 1054 987 // ensure that operator names only apply to functions or function pointers … … 1073 1006 void ForallPointerDecay_old::previsit( UnionDecl * aggrDecl ) { 1074 1007 forallFixer( aggrDecl->parameters, aggrDecl ); 1075 }1076 1077 void TraitExpander_old::previsit( FunctionType * ftype ) {1078 expandTraits( ftype->forall );1079 }1080 1081 void TraitExpander_old::previsit( StructDecl * aggrDecl ) {1082 expandTraits( aggrDecl->parameters );1083 }1084 1085 void TraitExpander_old::previsit( UnionDecl * aggrDecl ) {1086 expandTraits( aggrDecl->parameters );1087 }1088 1089 void AssertionFixer_old::previsit( FunctionType * ftype ) {1090 fixAssertions( ftype->forall, ftype );1091 }1092 1093 void AssertionFixer_old::previsit( StructDecl * aggrDecl ) {1094 fixAssertions( aggrDecl->parameters, aggrDecl );1095 }1096 1097 void AssertionFixer_old::previsit( UnionDecl * aggrDecl ) {1098 fixAssertions( aggrDecl->parameters, aggrDecl );1099 }1100 1101 void CheckOperatorTypes_old::previsit( ObjectDecl * object ) {1102 // ensure that operator names only apply to functions or function pointers1103 if ( CodeGen::isOperator( object->name ) && ! dynamic_cast< FunctionType * >( object->type->stripDeclarator() ) ) {1104 SemanticError( object->location, toCString( "operator ", object->name.c_str(), " is not a function or function pointer." ) );1105 }1106 }1107 1108 void FixUniqueIds_old::previsit( DeclarationWithType * decl ) {1109 decl->fixUniqueId();1110 1008 } 1111 1009 -
src/SymTab/Validate.h
r92538ab r4559b34 42 42 void validate_E( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit ); 43 43 void validate_F( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit ); 44 void decayForallPointers( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ); 44 45 45 46 const ast::Type * validateType( -
src/Tuples/TupleAssignment.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 16 14:06:00 202213 // Update Count : 1011 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Dec 13 23:45:33 2019 13 // Update Count : 9 14 14 // 15 15 … … 465 465 // resolve ctor/dtor for the new object 466 466 ast::ptr< ast::Init > ctorInit = ResolvExpr::resolveCtorInit( 467 InitTweak::genCtorInit( location, ret ), spotter.crntFinder. context);467 InitTweak::genCtorInit( location, ret ), spotter.crntFinder.localSyms ); 468 468 // remove environments from subexpressions of stmtExpr 469 469 ast::Pass< EnvRemover > rm{ env }; … … 560 560 // resolve the cast expression so that rhsCand return type is bound by the cast 561 561 // type as needed, and transfer the resulting environment 562 ResolvExpr::CandidateFinder finder ( spotter.crntFinder.context, env );562 ResolvExpr::CandidateFinder finder{ spotter.crntFinder.localSyms, env }; 563 563 finder.find( rhsCand->expr, ResolvExpr::ResolvMode::withAdjustment() ); 564 564 assert( finder.candidates.size() == 1 ); … … 609 609 // explode the LHS so that each field of a tuple-valued expr is assigned 610 610 ResolvExpr::CandidateList lhs; 611 explode( *lhsCand, crntFinder. context.symtab, back_inserter(lhs), true );611 explode( *lhsCand, crntFinder.localSyms, back_inserter(lhs), true ); 612 612 for ( ResolvExpr::CandidateRef & cand : lhs ) { 613 613 // each LHS value must be a reference - some come in with a cast, if not … … 629 629 if ( isTuple( rhsCand->expr ) ) { 630 630 // multiple assignment 631 explode( *rhsCand, crntFinder. context.symtab, back_inserter(rhs), true );631 explode( *rhsCand, crntFinder.localSyms, back_inserter(rhs), true ); 632 632 matcher.reset( 633 633 new MultipleAssignMatcher{ *this, expr->location, lhs, rhs } ); … … 648 648 // multiple assignment 649 649 ResolvExpr::CandidateList rhs; 650 explode( rhsCand, crntFinder. context.symtab, back_inserter(rhs), true );650 explode( rhsCand, crntFinder.localSyms, back_inserter(rhs), true ); 651 651 matcher.reset( 652 652 new MultipleAssignMatcher{ *this, expr->location, lhs, rhs } ); … … 678 678 ) 679 679 680 ResolvExpr::CandidateFinder finder ( crntFinder.context, matcher->env );680 ResolvExpr::CandidateFinder finder{ crntFinder.localSyms, matcher->env }; 681 681 682 682 try { -
src/Validate/Autogen.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 248 248 structInst.params.push_back( new ast::TypeExpr( 249 249 typeDecl->location, 250 new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl )250 new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl->name, typeDecl ) 251 251 ) ); 252 252 } … … 264 264 unionInst.params.push_back( new ast::TypeExpr( 265 265 unionDecl->location, 266 new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl )266 new ast::TypeInstType( typeDecl->name, typeDecl ) 267 267 ) ); 268 268 } -
src/Validate/FindSpecialDeclsNew.cpp
r92538ab r4559b34 30 30 31 31 struct FindDeclsCore : public ast::WithShortCircuiting { 32 ast::Translation Global & global;33 FindDeclsCore( ast::Translation Global & g ) : global( g ) {}32 ast::TranslationUnit::Global & global; 33 FindDeclsCore( ast::TranslationUnit::Global & g ) : global( g ) {} 34 34 35 35 void previsit( const ast::Decl * decl ); … … 74 74 ast::Pass<FindDeclsCore>::run( translationUnit, translationUnit.global ); 75 75 76 // TODO: When everything gets the globals from the translation unit, 77 // remove these. 78 ast::dereferenceOperator = translationUnit.global.dereference; 79 ast::dtorStruct = translationUnit.global.dtorStruct; 80 ast::dtorStructDestroy = translationUnit.global.dtorDestroy; 81 76 82 // TODO: conditionally generate 'fake' declarations for missing features, 77 83 // so that translation can proceed in the event that builtins, prelude, -
src/Validate/module.mk
r92538ab r4559b34 20 20 Validate/CompoundLiteral.cpp \ 21 21 Validate/CompoundLiteral.hpp \ 22 Validate/ForallPointerDecay.cpp \23 Validate/ForallPointerDecay.hpp \24 22 Validate/HandleAttributes.cc \ 25 23 Validate/HandleAttributes.h \ -
src/Virtual/Tables.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Mon Aug 31 11:11:00 2020 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 11 10:40:00 202213 // Update Count : 312 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 21 15:36:00 2021 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // 15 15 16 #include "AST/Attribute.hpp"17 #include "AST/Copy.hpp"18 #include "AST/Decl.hpp"19 #include "AST/Expr.hpp"20 #include "AST/Init.hpp"21 #include "AST/Stmt.hpp"22 #include "AST/Type.hpp"23 16 #include <SynTree/Attribute.h> 24 17 #include <SynTree/Declaration.h> … … 84 77 } 85 78 86 static ast::ObjectDecl * makeVtableDeclaration(87 CodeLocation const & location, std::string const & name,88 ast::StructInstType const * type, ast::Init const * init ) {89 ast::Storage::Classes storage;90 if ( nullptr == init ) {91 storage.is_extern = true;92 }93 return new ast::ObjectDecl(94 location,95 name,96 type,97 init,98 storage,99 ast::Linkage::Cforall100 );101 }102 103 79 ObjectDecl * makeVtableForward( std::string const & name, StructInstType * type ) { 104 80 assert( type ); 105 81 return makeVtableDeclaration( name, type, nullptr ); 106 }107 108 ast::ObjectDecl * makeVtableForward(109 CodeLocation const & location, std::string const & name,110 ast::StructInstType const * vtableType ) {111 assert( vtableType );112 return makeVtableDeclaration( location, name, vtableType, nullptr );113 82 } 114 83 … … 154 123 } 155 124 156 static std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Init>> buildInits(157 CodeLocation const & location,158 //std::string const & name,159 ast::StructInstType const * vtableType,160 ast::Type const * objectType ) {161 ast::StructDecl const * vtableStruct = vtableType->base;162 163 std::vector<ast::ptr<ast::Init>> inits;164 inits.reserve( vtableStruct->members.size() );165 166 // This is designed to run before the resolver.167 for ( auto field : vtableStruct->members ) {168 if ( std::string( "parent" ) == field->name ) {169 // This will not work with polymorphic state.170 auto oField = field.strict_as<ast::ObjectDecl>();171 auto fieldType = oField->type.strict_as<ast::PointerType>();172 auto parentType = fieldType->base.strict_as<ast::StructInstType>();173 std::string const & parentInstance = instanceName( parentType->name );174 inits.push_back(175 new ast::SingleInit( location, new ast::AddressExpr( new ast::NameExpr( location, parentInstance ) ) ) );176 } else if ( std::string( "__cfavir_typeid" ) == field->name ) {177 std::string const & baseType = baseTypeName( vtableType->name );178 std::string const & typeId = typeIdName( baseType );179 inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( location, new ast::AddressExpr( new ast::NameExpr( location, typeId ) ) ) );180 } else if ( std::string( "size" ) == field->name ) {181 inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( location, new ast::SizeofExpr( location, objectType )182 ) );183 } else if ( std::string( "align" ) == field->name ) {184 inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( location,185 new ast::AlignofExpr( location, objectType )186 ) );187 } else {188 inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( location,189 new ast::NameExpr( location, field->name )190 ) );191 }192 //ast::Expr * expr = buildInitExpr(...);193 //inits.push_back( new ast::SingleInit( location, expr ) )194 }195 196 return inits;197 }198 199 ast::ObjectDecl * makeVtableInstance(200 CodeLocation const & location,201 std::string const & name,202 ast::StructInstType const * vtableType,203 ast::Type const * objectType,204 ast::Init const * init ) {205 assert( vtableType );206 assert( objectType );207 208 // Build the initialization.209 if ( nullptr == init ) {210 init = new ast::ListInit( location,211 buildInits( location, vtableType, objectType ) );212 213 // The provided init should initialize everything except the parent214 // pointer, the size-of and align-of fields. These should be inserted.215 } else {216 // Except this is not yet supported.217 assert(false);218 }219 return makeVtableDeclaration( location, name, vtableType, init );220 }221 222 125 namespace { 223 126 std::string const functionName = "get_exception_vtable"; … … 237 140 new ReferenceType( noQualifiers, vtableType ), 238 141 nullptr, 239 { new Attribute("unused") }142 { new Attribute("unused") } 240 143 ) ); 241 144 type->parameters.push_back( new ObjectDecl( … … 257 160 } 258 161 259 ast::FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionForward(260 CodeLocation const & location,261 ast::Type const * vtableType,262 ast::Type const * exceptType ) {263 assert( vtableType );264 assert( exceptType );265 return new ast::FunctionDecl(266 location,267 functionName,268 { /* forall */ },269 { new ast::ObjectDecl(270 location,271 "__unused",272 new ast::PointerType( exceptType )273 ) },274 { new ast::ObjectDecl(275 location,276 "_retvalue",277 new ast::ReferenceType( vtableType )278 ) },279 nullptr,280 ast::Storage::Classes(),281 ast::Linkage::Cforall,282 { new ast::Attribute( "unused" ) }283 );284 }285 286 162 FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionFunction( 287 163 ObjectDecl * vtableInstance, Type * exceptType ) { … … 292 168 func->statements = new CompoundStmt( { 293 169 new ReturnStmt( new VariableExpr( vtableInstance ) ), 294 } );295 return func;296 }297 298 ast::FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionFunction(299 CodeLocation const & location,300 ast::ObjectDecl const * vtableInstance, ast::Type const * exceptType ) {301 assert( vtableInstance );302 assert( exceptType );303 ast::FunctionDecl * func = makeGetExceptionForward(304 location, ast::deepCopy( vtableInstance->type ), exceptType );305 func->stmts = new ast::CompoundStmt( location, {306 new ast::ReturnStmt( location, new ast::VariableExpr( location, vtableInstance ) )307 170 } ); 308 171 return func; … … 328 191 } 329 192 330 ast::ObjectDecl * makeTypeIdInstance(331 CodeLocation const & location,332 ast::StructInstType const * typeIdType ) {333 assert( typeIdType );334 ast::StructInstType * type = ast::mutate( typeIdType );335 type->set_const( true );336 std::string const & typeid_name = typeIdTypeToInstance( typeIdType->name );337 return new ast::ObjectDecl(338 location,339 typeid_name,340 type,341 new ast::ListInit( location, {342 new ast::SingleInit( location,343 new ast::AddressExpr( location,344 new ast::NameExpr( location, "__cfatid_exception_t" ) ) )345 } ),346 ast::Storage::Classes(),347 ast::Linkage::Cforall,348 nullptr,349 { new ast::Attribute( "cfa_linkonce" ) }350 );351 193 } 352 353 } -
src/Virtual/Tables.h
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Mon Aug 31 11:07:00 2020 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : We c Dec 8 16:58:00 202113 // Update Count : 312 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 21 10:30:00 2021 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // 15 15 16 16 #include <list> // for list 17 17 18 #include <string>19 #include "AST/Fwd.hpp"20 18 class Declaration; 21 19 class StructDecl; … … 37 35 * vtableType node is consumed. 38 36 */ 39 ast::ObjectDecl * makeVtableForward(40 CodeLocation const & location, std::string const & name,41 ast::StructInstType const * vtableType );42 37 43 38 ObjectDecl * makeVtableInstance( … … 48 43 * vtableType and init (if provided) nodes are consumed. 49 44 */ 50 ast::ObjectDecl * makeVtableInstance(51 CodeLocation const & location,52 std::string const & name,53 ast::StructInstType const * vtableType,54 ast::Type const * objectType,55 ast::Init const * init = nullptr );56 45 57 46 // Some special code for how exceptions interact with virtual tables. … … 60 49 * linking the vtableType to the exceptType. Both nodes are consumed. 61 50 */ 62 ast::FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionForward(63 CodeLocation const & location,64 ast::Type const * vtableType,65 ast::Type const * exceptType );66 51 67 52 FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionFunction( … … 70 55 * exceptType node is consumed. 71 56 */ 72 ast::FunctionDecl * makeGetExceptionFunction(73 CodeLocation const & location,74 ast::ObjectDecl const * vtableInstance, ast::Type const * exceptType );75 57 76 58 ObjectDecl * makeTypeIdInstance( StructInstType const * typeIdType ); … … 78 60 * TODO: Should take the parent type. Currently locked to the exception_t. 79 61 */ 80 ast::ObjectDecl * makeTypeIdInstance(81 const CodeLocation & location, ast::StructInstType const * typeIdType );82 62 83 63 } -
src/main.cc
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Fri May 15 23:12:02 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Andrew Beach 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 11 10:39:00 202213 // Update Count : 67 112 // Last Modified On : Wed Jan 26 14:09:00 2022 13 // Update Count : 670 14 14 // 15 15 … … 76 76 #include "Validate/Autogen.hpp" // for autogenerateRoutines 77 77 #include "Validate/FindSpecialDecls.h" // for findGlobalDecls 78 #include "Validate/ForallPointerDecay.hpp" // for decayForallPointers79 78 #include "Validate/CompoundLiteral.hpp" // for handleCompoundLiterals 80 79 #include "Validate/InitializerLength.hpp" // for setLengthFromInitializer … … 332 331 333 332 if( useNewAST ) { 333 PASS( "Apply Concurrent Keywords", Concurrency::applyKeywords( translationUnit ) ); 334 PASS( "Forall Pointer Decay", SymTab::decayForallPointers( translationUnit ) ); 334 335 CodeTools::fillLocations( translationUnit ); 335 336 … … 341 342 342 343 forceFillCodeLocations( transUnit ); 343 344 PASS( "Implement Concurrent Keywords", Concurrency::implementKeywords( transUnit ) );345 346 // Must be after implement concurrent keywords; because uniqueIds347 // must be set on declaration before resolution.348 // Must happen before autogen routines are added.349 PASS( "Forall Pointer Decay", Validate::decayForallPointers( transUnit ) );350 344 351 345 // Must happen before autogen routines are added. … … 493 487 PASS( "Translate Tries" , ControlStruct::translateTries( translationUnit ) ); 494 488 } 489 490 495 491 496 492 PASS( "Gen Waitfor" , Concurrency::generateWaitFor( translationUnit ) ); -
tests/.expect/declarationSpecifier.arm64.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 1132 1132 char **_X13cfa_args_argvPPc_1; 1133 1133 char **_X13cfa_args_envpPPc_1; 1134 __attribute__ ((weak)) extern signed int _X17cfa_main_returnedi_1;1134 signed int _X17cfa_main_returnedi_1 = ((signed int )0); 1135 1135 signed int main(signed int _X4argci_1, char **_X4argvPPc_1, char **_X4envpPPc_1){ 1136 1136 __attribute__ ((unused)) signed int _X12_retval_maini_1; … … 1149 1149 signed int _tmp_cp_ret6; 1150 1150 signed int _X3reti_2 = (((void)(_tmp_cp_ret6=invoke_main(_X4argci_1, _X4argvPPc_1, _X4envpPPc_1))) , _tmp_cp_ret6); 1151 if ( ((&_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1)!=((signed int *)0)) ) { 1152 { 1153 ((void)(_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1=((signed int )1))); 1154 } 1155 1151 { 1152 ((void)(_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1=((signed int )1))); 1156 1153 } 1157 1154 -
tests/.expect/gccExtensions.arm64.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 324 324 char **_X13cfa_args_argvPPc_1; 325 325 char **_X13cfa_args_envpPPc_1; 326 __attribute__ ((weak)) extern signed int _X17cfa_main_returnedi_1;326 signed int _X17cfa_main_returnedi_1 = ((signed int )0); 327 327 signed int main(signed int _X4argci_1, char **_X4argvPPc_1, char **_X4envpPPc_1){ 328 328 __attribute__ ((unused)) signed int _X12_retval_maini_1; … … 341 341 signed int _tmp_cp_ret6; 342 342 signed int _X3reti_2 = (((void)(_tmp_cp_ret6=invoke_main(_X4argci_1, _X4argvPPc_1, _X4envpPPc_1))) , _tmp_cp_ret6); 343 if ( ((&_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1)!=((signed int *)0)) ) { 344 { 345 ((void)(_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1=((signed int )1))); 346 } 347 343 { 344 ((void)(_X17cfa_main_returnedi_1=((signed int )1))); 348 345 } 349 346 -
tests/.expect/random.arm64.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 õ 2 2 = 3 K 3 V 4 4 -911259971 5 5 6 6 11 6 -4 7 7 1232105397 8 8 0 9 1 19 18 10 10 -914096085 11 11 1 12 20 12 15 13 13 2077092859 14 14 1 15 1 215 11 16 16 0.677254 17 17 0.678106775246139 -
tests/Makefile.am
r92538ab r4559b34 28 28 DEBUG_FLAGS=-debug -g -O0 29 29 30 quick_test=avl_test operators numericConstants expression enum array typeof cast raii/dtor-early-exit raii/init_once attributes meta/dumpable30 quick_test=avl_test operators numericConstants expression enum array typeof cast raii/dtor-early-exit raii/init_once attributes 31 31 32 32 concurrent= … … 66 66 PRETTY_PATH=mkdir -p $(dir $(abspath ${@})) && cd ${srcdir} && 67 67 68 .PHONY: list .validate .test_makeflags69 .INTERMEDIATE: .validate .validate.cfa .test_makeflags68 .PHONY: list .validate 69 .INTERMEDIATE: .validate .validate.cfa 70 70 EXTRA_PROGRAMS = avl_test linkonce .dummy_hack # build but do not install 71 71 EXTRA_DIST = test.py \ … … 123 123 @+${TEST_PY} --list ${concurrent} 124 124 125 .test_makeflags:126 @echo "${MAKEFLAGS}"127 128 125 .validate: .validate.cfa 129 126 $(CFACOMPILE) .validate.cfa -fsyntax-only -Wall -Wextra -Werror -
tests/PRNG.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 8 8 // Created On : Wed Dec 29 09:38:12 2021 9 9 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 10 // Last Modified On : Sat Apr 9 15:21:14202211 // Update Count : 3 4410 // Last Modified On : Fri Feb 11 08:16:43 2022 11 // Update Count : 328 12 12 // 13 13 … … 20 20 #include <malloc.h> // malloc_stats 21 21 #include <locale.h> // setlocale 22 #include <mutex_stmt.hfa> 22 23 // FIX ME: spurious characters appear in output 24 Duration default_preemption() { return 0; } 23 25 24 26 #ifdef TIME // use -O2 -nodebug … … 48 50 } // for 49 51 double std = sqrt( sum / BUCKETS ); 50 mutex( sout )sout | "trials" | TRIALS | "buckets" | BUCKETS51 | "min" | min | "max" | max52 | "avg" | wd(0,1, avg) | "std" | wd(0,1, std) | "rstd" | wd(0,1, (avg == 0 ? 0.0 : std / avg * 100)) | "%";52 sout | "trials" | TRIALS | "buckets" | BUCKETS 53 | "min" | min | "max" | max 54 | "avg" | wd(0,1, avg) | "std" | wd(0,1, std) | "rstd" | wd(0,1, (avg == 0 ? 0.0 : std / avg * 100)) | "%"; 53 55 } // avgstd 54 56 55 56 57 uint32_t seed = 1009; 58 57 59 58 60 thread T1 {}; … … 92 94 unsigned int * buckets = calloc( BUCKETS ); // too big for task stack 93 95 for ( TRIALS ) { 94 buckets[prng( th ) % BUCKETS] += 1; // concurrent96 buckets[prng( (thread$ &)th ) % BUCKETS] += 1; // concurrent 95 97 } // for 96 98 avgstd( buckets ); -
tests/collections/.expect/string-api-coverage.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 hello hello hello 2 3 hello4 2 true false 5 3 true false -
tests/collections/.expect/string-gc.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 38 38 x from 5 to 15 39 39 y from 5 to 15 40 ======================== fillNoCompact41 about to expand, a = aaa42 expanded, a = aaa43 about to expand, a = aaa44 expanded, a = aaa45 about to expand, a = aaa46 expanded, a = aaa47 about to expand, a = aaa48 expanded, a = aaa49 about to expand, a = aaa50 expanded, a = aaa -
tests/collections/.expect/vector-err-pass-perm-it-byval.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 1 collections/vector-demo.cfa:95:1error: Unique best alternative includes deleted identifier in Generated Cast of:1 error: Unique best alternative includes deleted identifier in Generated Cast of: 2 2 Application of 3 3 Deleted Expression -
tests/collections/string-api-coverage.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 #include <containers/string.hfa> 2 #include <string_sharectx.hfa>3 2 4 3 void assertWellFormedHandleList( int maxLen ) { // with(HeapArea) … … 26 25 27 26 int main () { 28 29 #ifdef STRING_SHARING_OFF30 string_sharectx c = { NO_SHARING };31 #endif32 33 27 string s = "hello"; 34 28 string s2 = "hello"; … … 37 31 38 32 // IO operator, x2 39 sout | s | s | s; // hello hello hello 40 41 // empty ctor then assign 42 string sxx; 43 sout | sxx; // (blank line) 44 sxx = s; 45 sout | sxx; // hello 33 sout | s | s | s; 46 34 47 35 // Comparisons -
tests/collections/string-gc.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 2 2 3 3 size_t bytesRemaining() { 4 return DEBUG_string_bytes_avail_until_gc( DEBUG_string_heap ());4 return DEBUG_string_bytes_avail_until_gc( DEBUG_string_heap ); 5 5 } 6 6 7 7 size_t heapOffsetStart( string_res & s ) { 8 const char * startByte = DEBUG_string_heap_start( DEBUG_string_heap ());8 const char * startByte = DEBUG_string_heap_start( DEBUG_string_heap ); 9 9 assert( s.Handle.s >= startByte ); 10 10 return s.Handle.s - startByte; … … 120 120 } 121 121 122 void fillNoCompact() {123 // show that allocating in a heap filled with mostly live strings (no collectable garbage) causes heap growth124 125 sout | "======================== fillNoCompact";126 127 size_t lastTimeBytesAvail = bytesRemaining();128 assert( lastTimeBytesAvail >= 200 ); // starting this test with nontrivial room129 130 // mostly fill the pad131 string_res a = "aaa"; // will have to be moved132 string_res z = "zzz";133 for (i; 5) {134 while ( bytesRemaining() > 10 ) {135 z += ".";136 }137 sout | "about to expand, a = " | a;138 while ( bytesRemaining() <= 10 ) {139 z += ".";140 }141 sout | "expanded, a = " | a;142 143 // each growth gives more usable space than the last144 assert( bytesRemaining() > lastTimeBytesAvail );145 lastTimeBytesAvail = bytesRemaining();146 }147 }148 149 122 int main() { 150 123 basicFillCompact(); 151 124 fillCompact_withSharedEdits(); 152 fillNoCompact();153 125 } -
tests/collections/string-overwrite.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 1 1 #include <containers/string.hfa> 2 #include <string_sharectx.hfa>3 2 4 3 /* … … 12 11 WE = witness end 13 12 14 The test does:13 The dest does: 15 14 starts with the entire string being, initially, the alphabet; prints this entire alphabet 16 15 sets up modifier and witness as ranges within it, and prints a visualization of those ranges … … 25 24 This API's convention has Start positions being inclusive and end positions being exclusive. 26 25 27 v Case number in output28 26 With 1 equivalence class: 29 27 MS = ME = WS = WE 1 … … 120 118 struct { int ms; int me; int ws; int we; char *replaceWith; char *label; } cases[] = { 121 119 { 12, 14, 10, 20, "xxxxx", "warmup" }, 120 // { 12, 14, 12, 14, "xxxxx", "" }, // the bug that got me into this test (should be a dup with case 6) 122 121 { 10, 10, 10, 10, "=====", "1" }, 123 122 { 10, 10, 10, 10, "==" , "" }, … … 224 223 { 12, 14, 10, 16, "=" , "" }, 225 224 { 12, 14, 10, 16, "" , "" }, 225 /* 226 { , , , , "=====", "NN" }, 227 { "==" , "" }, 228 { "=" , "" }, 229 { "" , "" }, 230 */ 226 231 }; 227 232 for ( i; sizeof(cases)/sizeof(cases[0]) ) { … … 233 238 234 239 240 // void f( string & s, string & toEdit ) { 241 242 // sout | s | "|" | toEdit | "|"; 243 244 // s(14, 16) = "-"; 245 // sout | s | "|" | toEdit | "|"; 246 // } 247 235 248 int main() { 236 237 #ifdef STRING_SHARING_OFF238 string_sharectx c = { NO_SHARING };239 #endif240 241 242 249 // 0 1 2 243 250 // 01234567890123456789012345 -
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/.expect/locks.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 3 3 Start Test: multi lock deadlock/mutual exclusion 4 4 End Test: multi lock deadlock/mutual exclusion 5 Start Test: multi polymorphic lock deadlock/mutual exclusion 6 End Test: multi polymorphic lock deadlock/mutual exclusion 5 Start Test: single scoped lock mutual exclusion 6 End Test: single scoped lock mutual exclusion 7 Start Test: multi scoped lock deadlock/mutual exclusion 8 End Test: multi scoped lock deadlock/mutual exclusion -
tests/concurrent/mutexstmt/locks.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 3 3 4 4 const unsigned int num_times = 10000; 5 6 Duration default_preemption() { return 0; }7 5 8 6 single_acquisition_lock m1, m2, m3, m4, m5; … … 24 22 } 25 23 26 void refTest( single_acquisition_lock & m ) {27 mutex ( m ) {28 assert(!insideFlag);29 insideFlag = true;30 assert(insideFlag);31 insideFlag = false;32 }33 }34 35 24 thread T_Multi {}; 36 25 37 26 void main( T_Multi & this ) { 38 27 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < num_times; i++) { 39 refTest( m1 );40 28 mutex ( m1 ) { 41 29 assert(!insideFlag); … … 71 59 } 72 60 73 single_acquisition_lock l1; 74 linear_backoff_then_block_lock l2; 75 owner_lock l3; 61 thread T_Mutex_Scoped {}; 76 62 77 monitor monitor_t {}; 78 79 monitor_t l4; 80 81 thread T_Multi_Poly {}; 82 83 void main( T_Multi_Poly & this ) { 63 void main( T_Mutex_Scoped & this ) { 84 64 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < num_times; i++) { 85 refTest( l1 ); 86 mutex ( l1, l4 ) { 65 { 66 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s{m1}; 67 count++; 68 } 69 { 70 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s{m1}; 87 71 assert(!insideFlag); 88 72 insideFlag = true; … … 90 74 insideFlag = false; 91 75 } 92 mutex ( l1, l2, l3 ) { 76 } 77 } 78 79 thread T_Multi_Scoped {}; 80 81 void main( T_Multi_Scoped & this ) { 82 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < num_times; i++) { 83 { 84 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s{m1}; 93 85 assert(!insideFlag); 94 86 insideFlag = true; … … 96 88 insideFlag = false; 97 89 } 98 mutex ( l3, l1, l4 ) { 90 { 91 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s1{m1}; 92 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s2{m2}; 93 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s3{m3}; 94 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s4{m4}; 95 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s5{m5}; 99 96 assert(!insideFlag); 100 97 insideFlag = true; … … 102 99 insideFlag = false; 103 100 } 104 mutex ( l1, l2, l4 ) { 101 { 102 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s1{m1}; 103 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s3{m3}; 104 assert(!insideFlag); 105 insideFlag = true; 106 assert(insideFlag); 107 insideFlag = false; 108 } 109 { 110 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s1{m1}; 111 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s2{m2}; 112 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s4{m4}; 113 assert(!insideFlag); 114 insideFlag = true; 115 assert(insideFlag); 116 insideFlag = false; 117 } 118 { 119 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s1{m1}; 120 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s3{m3}; 121 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s4{m4}; 122 scoped_lock(single_acquisition_lock) s5{m5}; 105 123 assert(!insideFlag); 106 124 insideFlag = true; … … 113 131 int num_tasks = 10; 114 132 int main() { 115 processor p[ num_tasks - 1];133 processor p[10]; 116 134 117 135 printf("Start Test: single lock mutual exclusion\n"); 118 136 { 119 T_Mutex t[ num_tasks];137 T_Mutex t[10]; 120 138 } 121 139 assert(count == num_tasks * num_times); … … 123 141 printf("Start Test: multi lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 124 142 { 125 T_Multi t[ num_tasks];143 T_Multi t[10]; 126 144 } 127 145 printf("End Test: multi lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 128 printf("Start Test: multi polymorphic lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 146 147 count = 0; 148 printf("Start Test: single scoped lock mutual exclusion\n"); 129 149 { 130 T_Mu lti_Poly t[num_tasks];150 T_Mutex_Scoped t[10]; 131 151 } 132 printf("End Test: multi polymorphic lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 152 assert(count == num_tasks * num_times); 153 printf("End Test: single scoped lock mutual exclusion\n"); 154 printf("Start Test: multi scoped lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 155 { 156 T_Multi_Scoped t[10]; 157 } 158 printf("End Test: multi scoped lock deadlock/mutual exclusion\n"); 133 159 } -
tests/designations.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Thu Jun 29 15:26:36 2017 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon Mar 28 22:41:55 202213 // Update Count : 1512 // Last Modified On : Thu Jul 27 11:46:35 2017 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 18 18 // is used for the designation syntax 19 19 #ifdef __cforall 20 #define _ : 21 #define AT @ 20 #define DES : 22 21 #else 23 int printf( const char *, ...); 24 #define _ = 25 #define AT 22 int printf(const char *, ...); 23 #define DES = 26 24 #endif 27 25 28 26 const int indentAmt = 2; 29 void indent( int level) {30 for ( int i = 0; i < level; ++i) {31 printf( " ");27 void indent(int level) { 28 for (int i = 0; i < level; ++i) { 29 printf(" "); 32 30 } 33 31 } … … 38 36 int * ptr; 39 37 }; 40 void printA( struct A a, int level) {41 indent( level);42 printf( "(A){ %d %d %p }\n", a.x, a.y, a.ptr);38 void printA(struct A a, int level) { 39 indent(level); 40 printf("(A){ %d %d %p }\n", a.x, a.y, a.ptr); 43 41 } 44 42 … … 47 45 struct A a0, a1; 48 46 }; 49 void printB( struct B b, int level) {50 indent( level);51 printf( "(B){\n");52 printA( b.a0, level+indentAmt);53 printA( b.a1, level+indentAmt);54 indent( level);55 printf( "}\n");47 void printB(struct B b, int level) { 48 indent(level); 49 printf("(B){\n"); 50 printA(b.a0, level+indentAmt); 51 printA(b.a1, level+indentAmt); 52 indent(level); 53 printf("}\n"); 56 54 } 57 55 … … 61 59 struct B b; 62 60 }; 63 void printC( struct C c, int level) {64 indent( level);65 printf( "(C){\n");66 indent( level+indentAmt);67 printf( "(int[]{ %d %d %d }\n", c.arr[0], c.arr[1], c.arr[2]);68 printB( c.b, level+indentAmt);69 indent( level);70 printf( "}\n");61 void printC(struct C c, int level) { 62 indent(level); 63 printf("(C){\n"); 64 indent(level+indentAmt); 65 printf("(int[]{ %d %d %d }\n", c.arr[0], c.arr[1], c.arr[2]); 66 printB(c.b, level+indentAmt); 67 indent(level); 68 printf("}\n"); 71 69 } 72 70 … … 77 75 }; 78 76 }; 79 void printD( struct D d, int level) {80 indent( level);81 printf( "(D ){ %d }\n", d.x);77 void printD(struct D d, int level) { 78 indent(level); 79 printf("(D){ %d }\n", d.x); 82 80 } 83 81 … … 101 99 } m; 102 100 }; 103 struct Fred s1 AT= { .m.j _3 };104 struct Fred s2 AT= { .i _ { [2] _2 } };101 struct Fred s1 @= { .m.j : 3 }; 102 struct Fred s2 @= { .i : { [2] : 2 } }; 105 103 106 104 int main() { 107 105 // simple designation case - starting from beginning of structure, leaves ptr default-initialized (zero) 108 106 struct A y0 = { 109 .x _2,110 .y _3107 .x DES 2, 108 .y DES 3 111 109 }; 112 110 … … 119 117 // use designation to move to member y, leaving x default-initialized (zero) 120 118 struct A y2 = { 121 .y _3,119 .y DES 3, 122 120 0 123 121 }; … … 129 127 #endif 130 128 131 printf( "=====A=====\n");132 printA( y0, 0);133 printA( y1, 0);134 printA( y2, 0);135 printf( "=====A=====\n\n");129 printf("=====A=====\n"); 130 printA(y0, 0); 131 printA(y1, 0); 132 printA(y2, 0); 133 printf("=====A=====\n\n"); 136 134 137 135 // initialize only first element (z0.a.x), leaving everything else default-initialized (zero), no nested curly-braces … … 142 140 { 3 }, // z1.a0 143 141 { 4 }, // z1.a1 144 .a0 _{ 5 }, // z1.a0142 .a0 DES { 5 }, // z1.a0 145 143 { 6 }, // z1.a1 146 .a0.y _2, // z1.a0.y144 .a0.y DES 2, // z1.a0.y 147 145 0, // z1.a0.ptr 148 146 }; … … 172 170 }; 173 171 174 printf( "=====B=====\n");175 printB( z0, 0);176 printB( z1, 0);177 printB( z2, 0);178 printB( z3, 0);179 printB( z5, 0);180 printB( z6, 0);181 printf( "=====B=====\n\n");172 printf("=====B=====\n"); 173 printB(z0, 0); 174 printB(z1, 0); 175 printB(z2, 0); 176 printB(z3, 0); 177 printB(z5, 0); 178 printB(z6, 0); 179 printf("=====B=====\n\n"); 182 180 183 181 // TODO: what about extra things in a nested init? are empty structs skipped?? … … 190 188 }; 191 189 192 printf( "=====C=====\n");193 printC( c1, 0);194 printf( "=====C=====\n\n");190 printf("=====C=====\n"); 191 printC(c1, 0); 192 printf("=====C=====\n\n"); 195 193 196 194 #if ERROR … … 215 213 #endif 216 214 // array designation 217 int i[2] = { [1] _3 };215 int i[2] = { [1] : 3 }; 218 216 // allowed to have 'too many' initialized lists - essentially they are ignored. 219 217 int i1 = { 3 }; … … 221 219 // doesn't work yet. 222 220 // designate unnamed object's members 223 // struct D d = { .x _3 };221 // struct D d = { .x DES 3 }; 224 222 #if ERROR 225 struct D d1 = { .y _3 };223 struct D d1 = { .y DES 3 }; 226 224 #endif 227 225 … … 243 241 // move cursor to e4.b.a0.x and initialize until e3.b.a1.ptr inclusive 244 242 union E e3 = { 245 .b.a0.x _2, 3, 0, 5, 6, 0246 }; 247 248 printf( "=====E=====\n");249 printA( e0.a, 0);250 printA( e1.a, 0);251 printA( e2.a, 0);252 printB( e3.b, 0);253 printf( "=====E=====\n\n");243 .b.a0.x DES 2, 3, 0, 5, 6, 0 244 }; 245 246 printf("=====E=====\n"); 247 printA(e0.a, 0); 248 printA(e1.a, 0); 249 printA(e2.a, 0); 250 printB(e3.b, 0); 251 printf("=====E=====\n\n"); 254 252 255 253 // special case of initialization: char[] can be initialized with a string literal 256 254 const char * str0 = "hello"; 257 255 char str1[] = "hello"; 258 const char c2[] = "abc"; 259 const char c3[] = { 'a', 'b', 'c' }; 260 const char c4[][2] = { { 'a', 'b' }, { 'c', 'd'}, { 'c', 'd'} }; 261 262 // more cases 263 264 // int widths[] = { [3 ... 9] _ 1, [10 ... 99] _ 2, [100] _ 3 }; 265 // int widths[] = { [3 ~ 9] _ 1, [10 ~ 99] _ 2, [100] _ 3 }; 266 struct point { int x, y; }; 267 struct point p = { .y _ 5, .x _ 7 }; 268 union foo { int i; double d; }; 269 union foo f = { .d _ 4 }; 270 int v1, v2, v4; 271 int w[6] = { [1] _ v1, v2, [4] _ v4 }; 272 int whitespace[256] = { [' '] _ 1, ['\t'] _ 1, ['\v'] _ 1, ['\f'] _ 1, ['\n'] _ 1, ['\r'] _ 1 }; 273 struct point ptarray[10] = { [2].y _ 34, [2].x _ 35, [0].x _ 36 }; 256 const char c1[] = "abc"; 257 const char c2[] = { 'a', 'b', 'c' }; 258 const char c3[][2] = { { 'a', 'b' }, { 'c', 'd'}, { 'c', 'd'} }; 274 259 } 275 260 -
tests/errors/.expect/scope.txt
r92538ab r4559b34 4 4 double 5 5 ... returning 6 double7 with body8 Compound Statement:6 _retval_butThisIsAnError: double 7 ... with attributes: 8 Attribute with name: unused 9 9 10 ... with body 11 CompoundStmt 12 -
tests/io/io-acquire.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 10 10 // Created On : Mon Mar 1 18:40:09 2021 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Apr 9 15:22:03202213 // Update Count : 7 612 // Last Modified On : Fri Jan 14 09:13:18 2022 13 // Update Count : 74 14 14 // 15 15 … … 17 17 #include <thread.hfa> 18 18 #include <mutex_stmt.hfa> 19 20 Duration default_preemption() { return 0; } 19 21 20 22 thread T {}; -
tests/io/many_read.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // many_read.cfa -- Make sure that multiple concurrent reads don'tmess up.7 // many_read.cfa -- Make sure that multiple concurrent reads to mess up. 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Thierry Delisle -
tests/meta/dumpable.cfa
r92538ab r4559b34 14 14 // 15 15 16 #include <limits.h> 16 17 #include <errno.h> 17 #include <limits.h>18 #include <string.h>19 18 20 19 #include <fstream.hfa> 21 20 22 21 extern "C" { 23 #include <fcntl.h>24 #include <unistd.h>25 22 #include <sys/prctl.h> 26 23 #include <sys/resource.h> 27 24 #include <sys/statvfs.h> 28 #include <sys/stat.h> 29 #include <sys/types.h> 25 #include <unistd.h> 30 26 } 31 27 … … 76 72 } 77 73 78 uint64_t avail = buf.f_bavail; 79 avail *= buf.f_bsize; 80 if(avail < 536870912_l64u) { 81 serr | "Available diskspace is less than ~500Mb: " | avail; 74 if((buf.f_bsize * buf.f_bavail) < 536870912) { 75 serr | "Available diskspace is less than ~500Mb: " | (buf.f_bsize * buf.f_bavail); 82 76 } 83 77 … … 106 100 } 107 101 108 void check_core_pattern() {109 int ret;110 int cp = open("/proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern", 0, O_RDONLY);111 if(cp < 0) {112 perror("open(/proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern, O_RDONLY) error");113 return;114 }115 116 try {117 const char * expected = "core\n";118 const int sz = sizeof("core\n");119 char buf[512];120 ret = read(cp, buf, 512);121 if(ret < 0) {122 perror("first core pattern read error");123 return;124 }125 ret = strncmp(expected, buf, sz - 1);126 if(ret != 0) {127 serr | "/proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern does not contain 'core', was:" | nl | nl | buf | nl128 | "Test script expect cores files to be dumped with name 'core' in current working directory." | nl129 | "Apport is not supported, it should be deactivated in /etc/default/apport for the test suite to work with core dumps.";130 131 return;132 }133 }134 finally {135 ret = close(cp);136 if(ret < 0) perror("close(/proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern) error");137 }138 139 }140 141 102 int main() { 142 103 check_ulimit(); … … 150 111 check_dumpflag(); 151 112 152 check_core_pattern();153 154 113 sout | "Done"; 155 114 } -
tests/pybin/settings.py
r92538ab r4559b34 155 155 global generating 156 156 global make 157 global make_jobfds158 157 global output_width 159 158 global timeout … … 169 168 generating = options.regenerate_expected 170 169 make = ['make'] 171 make_jobfds = []172 170 output_width = 24 173 171 timeout = Timeouts(options.timeout, options.global_timeout) … … 179 177 os.putenv('DISTCC_LOG', os.path.join(BUILDDIR, 'distcc_error.log')) 180 178 181 def update_make_cmd(f lags):179 def update_make_cmd(force, jobs): 182 180 global make 183 make = ['make', *flags] 184 185 def update_make_fds(r, w): 186 global make_jobfds 187 make_jobfds = (r, w) 181 182 make = ['make'] if not force else ['make', "-j%i" % jobs] 188 183 189 184 def validate(): … … 192 187 global distcc 193 188 distcc = "DISTCC_CFA_PATH=~/.cfadistcc/%s/cfa" % tools.config_hash() 194 make_ret, out, err = tools.make( ".validate", output_file=subprocess.PIPE, error=subprocess.PIPE ) 189 errf = os.path.join(BUILDDIR, ".validate.err") 190 make_ret, out = tools.make( ".validate", error_file = errf, output_file=subprocess.DEVNULL, error=subprocess.DEVNULL ) 195 191 if make_ret != 0: 192 with open (errf, "r") as myfile: 193 error=myfile.read() 196 194 print("ERROR: Invalid configuration %s:%s" % (arch.string, debug.string), file=sys.stderr) 197 print(" verify returned : \n%s" % err, file=sys.stderr) 195 print(" verify returned : \n%s" % error, file=sys.stderr) 196 tools.rm(errf) 198 197 sys.exit(1) 198 199 tools.rm(errf) 199 200 200 201 def prep_output(tests): -
tests/pybin/tools.py
r92538ab r4559b34 23 23 24 24 # helper functions to run terminal commands 25 def sh(*cmd, timeout = False, output_file = None, input_file = None, input_text = None, error = subprocess.STDOUT, ignore_dry_run = False , pass_fds = []):25 def sh(*cmd, timeout = False, output_file = None, input_file = None, input_text = None, error = subprocess.STDOUT, ignore_dry_run = False): 26 26 try: 27 27 cmd = list(cmd) … … 65 65 **({'input' : bytes(input_text, encoding='utf-8')} if input_text else {'stdin' : input_file}), 66 66 stdout = output_file, 67 stderr = error, 68 pass_fds = pass_fds 67 stderr = error 69 68 ) as proc: 70 69 71 70 try: 72 out, errout= proc.communicate(71 out, _ = proc.communicate( 73 72 timeout = settings.timeout.single if timeout else None 74 73 ) 75 74 76 return proc.returncode, out.decode("latin-1") if out else None , errout.decode("latin-1") if errout else None75 return proc.returncode, out.decode("latin-1") if out else None 77 76 except subprocess.TimeoutExpired: 78 77 if settings.timeout2gdb: 79 78 print("Process {} timeout".format(proc.pid)) 80 79 proc.communicate() 81 return 124, str(None) , "Subprocess Timeout 2 gdb"80 return 124, str(None) 82 81 else: 83 82 proc.send_signal(signal.SIGABRT) 84 83 proc.communicate() 85 return 124, str(None) , "Subprocess Timeout 2 gdb"84 return 124, str(None) 86 85 87 86 except Exception as ex: … … 106 105 return (False, "No file") 107 106 108 code, out , err= sh("file", fname, output_file=subprocess.PIPE)107 code, out = sh("file", fname, output_file=subprocess.PIPE) 109 108 if code != 0: 110 return (False, "'file EXPECT' failed with code {} '{}'".format(code, err))109 return (False, "'file EXPECT' failed with code {}".format(code)) 111 110 112 111 match = re.search(".*: (.*)", out) … … 191 190 ] 192 191 cmd = [s for s in cmd if s] 193 return sh(*cmd, output_file=output_file, error=error , pass_fds=settings.make_jobfds)192 return sh(*cmd, output_file=output_file, error=error) 194 193 195 194 def make_recon(target): … … 242 241 # move a file 243 242 def mv(source, dest): 244 ret, _ , _= sh("mv", source, dest)243 ret, _ = sh("mv", source, dest) 245 244 return ret 246 245 247 246 # cat one file into the other 248 247 def cat(source, dest): 249 ret, _ , _= sh("cat", source, output_file=dest)248 ret, _ = sh("cat", source, output_file=dest) 250 249 return ret 251 250 … … 290 289 # system 291 290 ################################################################################ 292 def jobserver_version(): 293 make_ret, out, err = sh('make', '.test_makeflags', '-j2', output_file=subprocess.PIPE, error=subprocess.PIPE) 294 if make_ret != 0: 295 print("ERROR: cannot find Makefile jobserver version", file=sys.stderr) 296 print(" test returned : {} '{}'".format(make_ret, err), file=sys.stderr) 291 # count number of jobs to create 292 def job_count( options, tests ): 293 # check if the user already passed in a number of jobs for multi-threading 294 if not options.jobs: 295 make_flags = os.environ.get('MAKEFLAGS') 296 force = bool(make_flags) 297 make_jobs_fds = re.search("--jobserver-(auth|fds)=\s*([0-9]+),([0-9]+)", make_flags) if make_flags else None 298 if make_jobs_fds : 299 tokens = os.read(int(make_jobs_fds.group(2)), 1024) 300 options.jobs = len(tokens) 301 os.write(int(make_jobs_fds.group(3)), tokens) 302 else : 303 if settings.distribute: 304 ret, jstr = sh("distcc", "-j", output_file=subprocess.PIPE, ignore_dry_run=True) 305 if ret == 0: 306 options.jobs = int(jstr.strip()) 307 else : 308 options.jobs = multiprocessing.cpu_count() 309 else: 310 options.jobs = multiprocessing.cpu_count() 311 else : 312 force = True 313 314 # make sure we have a valid number of jobs that corresponds to user input 315 if options.jobs <= 0 : 316 print('ERROR: Invalid number of jobs', file=sys.stderr) 297 317 sys.exit(1) 298 318 299 re_jobs = re.search("--jobserver-(auth|fds)", out) 300 if not re_jobs: 301 print("ERROR: cannot find Makefile jobserver version", file=sys.stderr) 302 print(" MAKEFLAGS are : '{}'".format(out), file=sys.stderr) 303 sys.exit(1) 304 305 return "--jobserver-{}".format(re_jobs.group(1)) 306 307 def prep_recursive_make(N): 308 if N < 2: 309 return [] 310 311 # create the pipe 312 (r, w) = os.pipe() 313 314 # feel it with N-1 tokens, (Why N-1 and not N, I don't know it's in the manpage for make) 315 os.write(w, b'+' * (N - 1)); 316 317 # prep the flags for make 318 make_flags = ["-j{}".format(N), "--jobserver-auth={},{}".format(r, w)] 319 320 # tell make about the pipes 321 os.environ["MAKEFLAGS"] = os.environ["MFLAGS"] = " ".join(make_flags) 322 323 # make sure pass the pipes to our children 324 settings.update_make_fds(r, w) 325 326 return make_flags 327 328 def prep_unlimited_recursive_make(): 329 # prep the flags for make 330 make_flags = ["-j"] 331 332 # tell make about the pipes 333 os.environ["MAKEFLAGS"] = os.environ["MFLAGS"] = "-j" 334 335 return make_flags 336 337 338 def eval_hardware(): 339 # we can create as many things as we want 340 # how much hardware do we have? 341 if settings.distribute: 342 # remote hardware is allowed 343 # how much do we have? 344 ret, jstr, _ = sh("distcc", "-j", output_file=subprocess.PIPE, ignore_dry_run=True) 345 return int(jstr.strip()) if ret == 0 else multiprocessing.cpu_count() 346 else: 347 # remote isn't allowed, use local cpus 348 return multiprocessing.cpu_count() 349 350 # count number of jobs to create 351 def job_count( options ): 352 # check if the user already passed in a number of jobs for multi-threading 353 make_env = os.environ.get('MAKEFLAGS') 354 make_flags = make_env.split() if make_env else None 355 jobstr = jobserver_version() 356 357 if options.jobs and make_flags: 358 print('WARNING: -j options should not be specified when called form Make', file=sys.stderr) 359 360 # Top level make is calling the shots, just follow 361 if make_flags: 362 # do we have -j and --jobserver-... 363 jobopt = None 364 exists_fds = None 365 for f in make_flags: 366 jobopt = f if f.startswith("-j") else jobopt 367 exists_fds = f if f.startswith(jobstr) else exists_fds 368 369 # do we have limited parallelism? 370 if exists_fds : 371 try: 372 rfd, wfd = tuple(exists_fds.split('=')[1].split(',')) 373 except: 374 print("ERROR: jobserver has unrecoginzable format, was '{}'".format(exists_fds), file=sys.stderr) 375 sys.exit(1) 376 377 # read the token pipe to count number of available tokens and restore the pipe 378 # this assumes the test suite script isn't invoked in parellel with something else 379 tokens = os.read(int(rfd), 65536) 380 os.write(int(wfd), tokens) 381 382 # the number of tokens is off by one for obscure but well documented reason 383 # see man make for more details 384 options.jobs = len(tokens) + 1 385 386 # do we have unlimited parallelism? 387 elif jobopt and jobopt != "-j1": 388 # check that this actually make sense 389 if jobopt != "-j": 390 print("ERROR: -j option passed by make but no {}, was '{}'".format(jobstr, jobopt), file=sys.stderr) 391 sys.exit(1) 392 393 options.jobs = eval_hardware() 394 flags = prep_unlimited_recursive_make() 395 396 397 # then no parallelism 398 else: 399 options.jobs = 1 400 401 # keep all flags make passed along, except the weird 'w' which is about subdirectories 402 flags = [f for f in make_flags if f != 'w'] 403 404 # Arguments are calling the shots, fake the top level make 405 elif options.jobs : 406 407 # make sure we have a valid number of jobs that corresponds to user input 408 if options.jobs < 0 : 409 print('ERROR: Invalid number of jobs', file=sys.stderr) 410 sys.exit(1) 411 412 flags = prep_recursive_make(options.jobs) 413 414 # Arguments are calling the shots, fake the top level make, but 0 is a special case 415 elif options.jobs == 0: 416 options.jobs = eval_hardware() 417 flags = prep_unlimited_recursive_make() 418 419 # No one says to run in parallel, then don't 420 else : 421 options.jobs = 1 422 flags = [] 423 424 # Make sure we call make as expected 425 settings.update_make_cmd( flags ) 426 427 # return the job count 428 return options.jobs 319 return min( options.jobs, len(tests) ), force 429 320 430 321 # enable core dumps for all the test children … … 443 334 distcc_hash = os.path.join(settings.SRCDIR, '../tools/build/distcc_hash') 444 335 config = "%s-%s" % (settings.arch.target, settings.debug.path) 445 _, out , _= sh(distcc_hash, config, output_file=subprocess.PIPE, ignore_dry_run=True)336 _, out = sh(distcc_hash, config, output_file=subprocess.PIPE, ignore_dry_run=True) 446 337 return out.strip() 447 338 … … 483 374 484 375 if not os.path.isfile(core): 485 return 1, "ERR No core dump , expected '{}' (limit soft: {} hard: {})".format(core,*resource.getrlimit(resource.RLIMIT_CORE))376 return 1, "ERR No core dump (limit soft: {} hard: {})".format(*resource.getrlimit(resource.RLIMIT_CORE)) 486 377 487 378 try: 488 ret, out, err = sh('gdb', '-n', path, core, '-batch', '-x', cmd, output_file=subprocess.PIPE) 489 if ret == 0: 490 return 0, out 491 else: 492 return 1, err 379 return sh('gdb', '-n', path, core, '-batch', '-x', cmd, output_file=subprocess.PIPE) 493 380 except: 494 381 return 1, "ERR Could not read core with gdb" -
tests/test.py
r92538ab r4559b34 140 140 parser.add_argument('--regenerate-expected', help='Regenerate the .expect by running the specified tets, can be used with --all option', action='store_true') 141 141 parser.add_argument('--archive-errors', help='If called with a valid path, on test crashes the test script will copy the core dump and the executable to the specified path.', type=str, default='') 142 parser.add_argument('-j', '--jobs', help='Number of tests to run simultaneously , 0 (default) for unlimited', nargs='?', const=0, type=int)142 parser.add_argument('-j', '--jobs', help='Number of tests to run simultaneously', type=int) 143 143 parser.add_argument('--list-comp', help='List all valide arguments', action='store_true') 144 144 parser.add_argument('--list-dist', help='List all tests for distribution', action='store_true') … … 195 195 # build, skipping to next test on error 196 196 with Timed() as comp_dur: 197 make_ret, _ , _= make( test.target(), output_file=subprocess.DEVNULL, error=out_file, error_file = err_file )197 make_ret, _ = make( test.target(), output_file=subprocess.DEVNULL, error=out_file, error_file = err_file ) 198 198 199 199 # ---------- … … 208 208 if settings.dry_run or is_exe(exe_file): 209 209 # run test 210 retcode, _ , _= sh(exe_file, output_file=out_file, input_file=in_file, timeout=True)210 retcode, _ = sh(exe_file, output_file=out_file, input_file=in_file, timeout=True) 211 211 else : 212 212 # simply cat the result into the output … … 226 226 else : 227 227 # fetch return code and error from the diff command 228 retcode, error , _= diff(cmp_file, out_file)228 retcode, error = diff(cmp_file, out_file) 229 229 230 230 else: … … 366 366 print(os.path.relpath(t.expect(), settings.SRCDIR), end=' ') 367 367 print(os.path.relpath(t.input() , settings.SRCDIR), end=' ') 368 code, out , err= make_recon(t.target())368 code, out = make_recon(t.target()) 369 369 370 370 if code != 0: 371 print('ERROR: recond failed for test {} : {} \'{}\''.format(t.target(), code, err), file=sys.stderr)371 print('ERROR: recond failed for test {}'.format(t.target()), file=sys.stderr) 372 372 sys.exit(1) 373 373 … … 417 417 if is_empty(t.expect()): 418 418 print('WARNING: test "{}" has empty .expect file'.format(t.target()), file=sys.stderr) 419 420 options.jobs = job_count( options )421 419 422 420 # for each build configurations, run the test … … 432 430 local_tests = settings.ast.filter( tests ) 433 431 local_tests = settings.arch.filter( local_tests ) 432 options.jobs, forceJobs = job_count( options, local_tests ) 433 settings.update_make_cmd(forceJobs, options.jobs) 434 434 435 435 # check the build configuration works 436 436 settings.validate() 437 jobs = min(options.jobs, len(local_tests))438 437 439 438 # print configuration … … 441 440 'Regenerating' if settings.generating else 'Running', 442 441 len(local_tests), 443 jobs,442 options.jobs, 444 443 settings.ast.string, 445 444 settings.arch.string, … … 451 450 452 451 # otherwise run all tests and make sure to return the correct error code 453 failed = run_tests(local_tests, jobs)452 failed = run_tests(local_tests, options.jobs) 454 453 if failed: 455 454 if not settings.continue_:
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.